DESA INTERNATIONAL INC
S-4/A, 1998-04-30
HEATING EQUIPMENT, EXCEPT ELECTRIC & WARM AIR FURNACES
Previous: HARRIS INSIGHT FUNDS TRUST, 485BPOS, 1998-04-30
Next: CYBERCASH INC, S-3, 1998-04-30




   
                                                    Registration No. 333-44969
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                              --------------------
                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-4
             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    
                              --------------------
                            DESA INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              AND OTHER REGISTRANTS
                     (See Table of Other Registrants Below)
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
                              --------------------

      DELAWARE                       3433                       22-2940760
  (State or other             (Primary Standard              (I.R.S. Employer
  jurisdiction of                 Industrial                 Identification No.)
   incorporation               Classificatio Code
   or organization)                 Number)


              2701 INDUSTRIAL DRIVE, BOWLING GREEN, KENTUCKY 42102
                                 (502) 781-9600
       (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area
               code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
                              --------------------
                                 ROBERT H. ELMAN
                            DESA INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              2701 Industrial Drive
                          Bowling Green, Kentucky 42102
                                 (502) 781-9600
            (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                              --------------------
                                   Copies to:
                             MICHAEL A. MATZKA, ESQ.
                            SULLIVAN & WORCESTER LLP
                             One Post Office Square
                                Boston, MA 02109
                                 (617) 338-2800
                              --------------------
         Approximate  date of  commencement  of proposed sale to the public:  As
soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
         If the  securities  being  registered on this Form are being offered in
connection  with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. |_|
         If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  check the
following box and list the  Securities  Act  registration  number of the earlier
registration statement for the same offering.|_|
   
         If this  form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule
462(b) of the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities
Act  registration  number of the  earlier  registration  statement  for the same
offering. |_|
    
                              --------------------
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

          Title of Each Class of            Amount to be    Proposed Maximum Offering       Proposed Maximum          Amount of
       Securities to be Registered           Registered          Price Per Unit         Aggregate Offering Price   RegistrationFee
<S>                                        <C>                     <C>                      <C>                     <C>
97/8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2007    $130,000,000             100%(1)                 $130,000,000(1)          $38,350(3)

Guarantees of the 97/8% Senior Subordinated $130,000,000             None(2)                     None(2)                 ---
Notes Due 2007
<FN>
(1)  Pursuant to Rule  457(f)(2)  under the Securities  Act of 1933,  the  registration  fee has been based on the book value of the
     securities  to be received by the  Registrant  in exchange for the  securities  to be issued  hereunder  in the Exchange  Offer
     described herein.
(2)  Pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act of 1933, no separate fee is payable for the Guarantees.
(3)  Paid with original filing. 
</FN>
</TABLE>
                    
                                ----------------
         The Registrant hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date
or dates as may be necessary to delay its  effective  date until the  Registrant
will file a further amendment which  specifically  states that this Registration
Statement will  thereafter  become  effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933, or until this  Registration  Statement will become
effective  on such  date  as the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  acting
pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           TABLE OF OTHER REGISTRANTS

                                                        Standard                       Address, Including Zip Code, and
                                                        Industry       IRS Employer    Telephone Number, Including Area
                                    Jurisdiction of  Classification   Identification   Code, of the Principal Executive
        Name of Corporation          Incorporation        Code            Number                   Offices
<S>                                   <C>               <C>            <C>          <C>     

DESA Holdings Corporation              Delaware           3433          61-1251518    2701 Industrial Drive, Bowling
                                                                                      Green, Kentucky 42102
                                                                                      (502) 781-9600

</TABLE>
    
   


<PAGE>
   
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 30, 1998
    

                                OFFER TO EXCHANGE
                                 all outstanding
                    97/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007
                   ($130,000,000 principal amount outstanding)
                                       for
                    97/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007
                                       of
                            DESA INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                 ---------------

       The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on
                       ____________, 1998, unless extended
                                 ---------------

   
         DESA  International,   Inc.  a  Delaware  corporation  ("DESA"  or  the
"Company"),  hereby  offers,  upon the terms and subject to the  conditions  set
forth in this Prospectus and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter
of Transmittal"),  to exchange its 97/8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2007 (the
"New Notes"),  in an offering which has been registered under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), pursuant to a Registration Statement
of which this Prospectus  constitutes a part, for an equal  principal  amount of
its outstanding 97/8% Senior  Subordinated Notes Due 2007 (the "Old Notes"),  of
which an aggregate of $130,000,000 in principal  amount is outstanding as of the
date  hereof  (the  "Exchange  Offer").  The New  Notes  and the Old  Notes  are
sometimes referred to herein  collectively as the "Notes." The form and terms of
the New Notes  will be the same as the form and  terms of the Old  Notes  except
that the New Notes will not bear legends  restricting the transfer thereof.  The
New Notes will be  obligations  of the Company  entitled to the  benefits of the
Indenture,  dated as of November  26, 1997 (the  "Indenture"),  by and among the
Company, Desa Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation and the parent of the
Company  ("Holdings"),  and  Marine  Midland  Bank as trustee  (the  "Trustee"),
relating  to the  Notes.  See  "Description  of the New  Notes."  Following  the
completion of the Exchange Offer,  none of the New Notes will be entitled to any
rights under the Registration  Rights  Agreement,  dated as of November 26, 1997
(the "Registration  Rights Agreement"),  by and among the Company,  Holdings and
the Initial  Purchasers named therein.  The Company's payment  obligations under
the Old Notes is,  and under the New Notes  will be,  fully and  unconditionally
guaranteed on a Senior  Subordinated basis by Holdings.

         See "Risk  Factors"  beginning on page 22 for a  discussion  of certain
factors that should be considered in evaluating an investment in the New Notes.
                                 ---------------
    

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
         EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS
         THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
              COMMISSION PASSED ON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
                      PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
                         CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                                 ---------------

      THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS NOT BEING MADE TO, NOR WILL THE COMPANY ACCEPT
       SURRENDERS FOR EXCHANGE FROM, HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES IN ANY JURISDIC-
           TION IN WHICH THE EXCHANGE OFFER OR THE ACCEPTANCE THEREOF
                WOULD NOT BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES OR
                       BLUE SKY LAWS OF SUCH JURISDICTION.

                 The date of this Prospectus is __________,1998.

<PAGE>
         The Old Notes  were  issued in a  transaction  (the  "Prior  Offering")
pursuant to which the Company  issued an  aggregate  of  $130,000,000  principal
amount of the Old Notes to the  Initial  Purchasers  on  November  26, 1997 (the
"Closing Date") pursuant to a Purchase  Agreement,  dated November 26, 1997 (the
"Purchase Agreement") among the Company and the Initial Purchasers.  The Initial
Purchasers  subsequently resold the Old Notes in reliance on Rule 144A under the
Securities  Act. The Company,  Holdings and the Initial  Purchasers also entered
into the Registration  Rights  Agreement,  dated November 26, 1997,  pursuant to
which the Company  granted certain  registration  rights for the benefit for the
holders of the Old Notes.  The Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy  certain of
the Company's  obligations under the Registration  Rights Agreement with respect
to the Old Notes. See "The Exchange Offer-Purchase and Effect."

         The Old  Notes  were,  and the New  Notes  will be,  issued  under  the
Indenture,  dated as of November 26, 1997 (the "Indenture"),  among the Company,
Holdings and Marine Midland Bank, as trustee (the "Trustee"),  and the New Notes
and the Old Notes will constitute a single series of debt  securities  under the
Indenture.  The terms of the New Notes are identical in all material respects to
the  terms  of the Old  Notes  except  that (i) the New  Notes  will  have  been
registered under the Securities Act and thus will not bear  restrictive  legends
restricting  their  transfer  pursuant  to the  Securities  Act and  will not be
entitled to registration  rights, (ii) holders of New Notes will not be entitled
to liquidated damages for the Company's failure to register the Old Notes or New
Notes under the Registration  Rights  Agreement,  and (iii) holders of New Notes
will not be, and upon the  consummation  of the Exchange  Offer,  holders of Old
Notes  will no longer be,  entitled  to certain  rights  under the  Registration
Rights  Agreement  intended  for the  holders of  unregistered  securities.  The
Exchange Offer shall be deemed  consummated  upon the occurrence of the delivery
by the Company to Marine  Midland  Bank,  as registrar of the Old Notes (in such
capacity,  the  "Registrar")  under  the  Indenture,  of New  Notes  in the same
aggregate  principal amount as the aggregate  principal amount of Old Notes that
are validly tendered by holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer. See "The
Exchange  Offer-Termination  of Certain Rights,"  "-Procedures for Tendering Old
Notes" and  "Description  of Notes."  In the event  that the  Exchange  Offer is
consummated,  any Old Notes which remain  outstanding after  consummation of the
Exchange Offer and the New Notes issued in the Exchange Offer will vote together
as a single class for purposes of determining  whether  holders of the requisite
percentage in outstanding  principal  amount of Notes have taken certain actions
or exercised certain rights under the Indenture.

         The New Notes will bear interest at a rate of 97/8% per annum. Interest
on the New Notes is payable  semiannually,  commencing June 15, 1998, on June 15
and December 15 of each year (each, an "Interest Payment Date") and shall accrue
from  November  26,  1997 or from the most  recent  Interest  Payment  Date with
respect to the Old Notes to which  interest was paid or duly  provided  for. The
New Notes will mature on December 15, 2007. See "Description of Notes."

         The New Notes will not be redeemable  at the Company's  option prior to
December 15, 2002.  Thereafter,  the New Notes will be redeemable by the Company
at the redemption prices and subject to the conditions set forth in "Description
of Notes-Optional Redemption."  Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time on or
before  December 15, 2000,  the Company may, at its option,  redeem up to 35% of
the original aggregate  principal amount of Notes with the net proceeds from one
or more Public Equity  Offerings (as defined) at the redemption  price set forth
herein,  plus accrued and unpaid interest,  if any, through the redemption date;
provided,  however, that at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount
of Notes remain  outstanding  following such  redemption.  See  "Description  of
Notes-Redemption-Optional  Redemption."  Upon a Change of  Control  (as  defined
herein),  the Company (i) will be  required to make an offer to  repurchase  all
outstanding  Notes at 101% of the  principal  amount  thereof  plus  accrued and
unpaid  interest  thereon  and  Liquidated  Damages,  if  any,  to the  date  of
repurchase  and (ii) prior to  December  15, 2002 will have the option to redeem
the Notes,  in whole or in part,  at a redemption  price equal to the  principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
to the redemption date plus the Applicable  Premium (as defined  herein).  There
can be no assurance  that  sufficient  funds will be available to the Company at
the time of any Change of Control to make any required repurchases of Notes. See
"Risk  Factors  --  Potential  Inability  to  Fund  Change  of  Control  Offer,"
"Description  of Notes --  Repurchase  at the  Option  of  Holders  -- Change of
Control" and "-- Optional Redemption upon Change of Control." Depending upon the
circumstances  prevailing  at the time of such a Change of  Control,  there is a
risk that the  Company  may be unable to  satisfy  such  obligations.  See "Risk
Factors-Potential Inability to Fund Change of Control Offer."
   
         The Notes will be general unsecured obligations of the Company, will be
subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior  Indebtedness
(as defined in the  Indenture),  including all  obligations of the Company under
the New Credit  Facility,  and will be pari  passu in right of payment  with any
senior  subordinated  indebtedness of the Company.  As of November 29, 1997, the
Company had outstanding consolidated  indebtedness of $262.9 million,
                                        2
<PAGE>
including $132.9 million  outstanding  under the New Credit Facility  (excluding
letters   of   credit  in  the   aggregate   amount   of  $0.9   million).   See
"Capitalization."  In  addition,  subject  to the  limitations  set forth in the
Indenture,  the  Company  and its  subsidiaries  may  incur up to $38.5  million
additional indebtedness  (including Senior Indebtedness),  including up to $42.1
million  under  the New  Credit  Facility.  Indebtedness  under  the New  Credit
Facility  is secured by (i)  substantially  all of the assets of  Holdings,  the
Company and their domestic  subsidiaries,  (ii) 100% of the outstanding  capital
stock of each of the Company and the domestic  subsidiaries  of Holdings and the
Company and (iii) 65% of the outstanding capital stock of any foreign subsidiary
of the Company or Holdings.  The Company  conducts  certain  operations  through
subsidiaries  and,  accordingly,  the Notes will be effectively  subordinated to
indebtedness  and other  liabilities of such  subsidiaries.  See "Description of
Notes-General."  See also  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources."

         The Company's obligations under the Notes will be jointly and severally
guaranteed (the  "Guarantees") on a senior  subordinated  basis by the Company's
parent, DESA Holdings  Corporation  ("Holdings") and each subsidiary of Holdings
that  guarantees any  indebtedness of the Company or any other obligor under the
Notes  (the  "Guarantors").  Other  than a small  amount of  goodwill,  Holdings
presently has no assets or operations independent of the Company. The Guarantees
will be general unsecured obligations of the Guarantors, will be subordinated in
right  of  payment  to  all  existing  and  future  Senior  Indebtedness  of the
Guarantors,  including all  obligations of the  Guarantors  under the New Credit
Facility  and  will  rank  pari  passu  in right  of  payment  with  any  senior
subordinated  indebtedness of the Guarantors.  As of November 29, 1997, Holdings
had  outstanding  indebtedness of $262.9  million.  In addition,  subject to the
limitations  set forth in the Indenture,  Holdings may incur up to $38.5 million
in additional indebtedness  (including Senior Indebtedness).  Indebtedness under
the New Credit  Facility  is secured by (i)  substantially  all of the assets of
Holdings,  the  Company  and  their  domestic  subsidiaries,  (ii)  100%  of the
outstanding  capital stock of each of the Company and the domestic  subsidiaries
of Holdings and the Company and (iii) 65% of the  outstanding  capital  stock of
any foreign subsidiary of the Company or Holdings.

         Based on existing interpretations of the Securities Act by the staff of
the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission  (the  "Commission")  set  forth  in
"no-action" letters issued to third parties in other  transactions,  the Company
believes that New Notes issued  pursuant to the Exchange  Offer to any holder of
Old Notes in  exchange  for Old Notes may be  offered  for  resale,  resold  and
otherwise  transferred by such holder (other than a broker-dealer  who purchased
Old Notes  directly from the Company for resale  pursuant to Rule 144A under the
Securities  Act or any  other  available  exemption  under the  Securities  Act)
without compliance with the registration and prospectus  delivery  provisions of
the  Securities  Act,  provided  that  such  holder is not an  affiliate  of the
Company,  is acquiring  the New Notes in the ordinary  course of business and is
not  participating,  and has no arrangement or understanding  with any person to
participate, in the distribution of the New Notes. Holders wishing to accept the
Exchange  Offer must represent to the Company,  as required by the  Registration
Rights  Agreement,  that such  conditions  have been met. In  addition,  if such
holder is not a broker-dealer,  it must represent that it is not engaged in, and
does  not  intend  to  engage  in,  a  distribution  of  the  New  Notes.   Each
broker-dealer  that  receives  New Notes as a result of  market-making  or other
trading  activities  must  acknowledge  that it will  deliver  a  prospectus  in
connection with any resale of such New Notes. See "The Exchange Offer-Resales of
the New  Notes."  For a period  of 180 days from the date of  expiration  of the
Exchange  Offer,  as set forth in the  Letter of  Transmittal  (the  "Expiration
Date"),  the  Company  will make  this  Prospectus,  as  amended  or  supplement
available to any broker-dealer  for use in connection with any such resale.  See
"Plan of Distribution."
    
         There  has  previously  been only a limited  secondary  market,  and no
public market,  for the Old Notes. The Old Notes are eligible for trading in the
Private  Offering,  Resales and Trading through  Automatic  Linkages  ("PORTAL")
market.  In  addition,  each Initial  Purchaser  has advised the Company that it
currently  intends  to make a market  in the New  Notes;  however,  the  Initial
Purchasers  are not obligated to do so and any market making  activities  may be
discontinued by the Initial Purchasers at any time.  Therefore,  there can be no
assurance  that an active  market  for the New  Notes  will  develop.  If such a
trading market develops for the New Notes,  future trading prices will depend on
many factors,  including,  among other things,  prevailing  interest rates,  the
Company's results of operations and the market for similar securities. Depending
on such  factors,  the New Notes may trade at a discount  from their face value.
See "Risk Factors-Lack of Public Market."

         The Old Notes were issued  originally  in global form (the  "Global Old
Note").  The Global Old Note was deposited with, or on behalf of, The Depository
Trust Company (the  "Depositary")  and  registered in the name of Cede & Co., as
nominee of the Depositary  (such nominee being referred to herein as the "Global
Note  Holder").  The use of the Global 

                                        3
<PAGE>
Old  Note  to  represent  certain  of the Old  Notes  permits  the  Depositary's
participants, and anyone holding a beneficial interest in an Old Note registered
in the  name of such a  participant,  to  transfer  interests  in the Old  Notes
electronically  in  accordance  with  the  Depositary's  established  procedures
without  the need to  transfer  a  physical  certificate.  New  Notes  issued in
exchange  for the  Global  Old Note will also be issued  initially  as a note in
global form (the "Global New Note" and,  together with the Global Old Note,  the
"Global Notes") and deposited  with, or on behalf of, the Depositary.  After the
initial issuance of the Global New Note, New Notes in certificated  form will be
issued in exchange for a holder's  proportionate interest in the Global New Note
only as set forth in the Indenture.

         Any Old Notes not  tendered  and  accepted in the  Exchange  Offer will
remain  outstanding  and will be  entitled  to all the same  rights  and will be
subject to the same limitations  applicable  thereto under the Indenture (except
for those rights  which  terminate  upon  consummation  of the Exchange  Offer).
Following  consummation  of the  Exchange  Offer,  the Holders of Old Notes will
continue to be subject to the existing  restrictions  upon transfer  thereof and
the  Company  will have no further  obligation  to such  Holders  (other than to
certain Holders under certain limited circumstances) to provide for registration
under the  Securities  Act of the Old Notes held by them. To the extent that Old
Notes are tendered and accepted in the  Exchange  Offer,  a Holder's  ability to
sell  untendered  Old Notes  could be  adversely  affected.  See "Risk  Factors-
Consequences of a Failure to Exchange."

         This Prospectus,  together with the Letter of Transmittal is being sent
to all registered Holders of Old Notes as of __________, 1998.

         The Company will not receive any  proceeds  from this  Exchange  Offer.
Pursuant to the  Registration  Rights  Agreement,  the Company will bear certain
registration expenses.

                                        4
<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


   
                                                                           Page
Available Information.................................................       5
Prospectus Summary....................................................       6
Risk Factors..........................................................      22
The Exchange Offer....................................................      27
Capitalization of the Company.........................................      34
Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data of Holdings...........      35
Selected Financial Data...............................................      42
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations.........................      45
Business..............................................................      52
Management............................................................      66
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management........      69
Certain Transactions..................................................      70
Description of Notes..................................................      71
Description of New Credit Facility....................................     101
Description of Holding Preferred Stock................................     103
Legal Matters.........................................................     114
Experts...............................................................     114
Index to Financial Statements.........................................     F-1
    
                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The Company has filed a  registration  statement on Form S-4  (together
with any amendments thereto,  the "Registration  Statement") with the Commission
under the Securities Act with respect to the New Notes.  This Prospectus,  which
constitutes a part of the  Registration  Statement,  omits  certain  information
contained  in  the   Registration   Statement  and  reference  is  made  to  the
Registration  Statement  and the  exhibits  and  schedules  thereto  for further
information  with respect to the Company and the New Notes offered hereby.  This
Prospectus  contains  summaries of the material  terms and provisions of certain
documents  and in each  instance  reference is made to the copy of such document
filed  as an  exhibit  to the  Registration  Statement.  Each  such  summary  is
qualified in its entirety by such reference.

         Upon the  effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement filed with the
Commission,  the Company will be subject to the  reporting  requirements  of the
Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act")  and in
accordance  therewith,  will be required to file  reports and other  information
with the Commission. In addition, upon registration of the guarantees of the New
Notes in connection with the Exchange Offer, each Subsidiary Guarantor will also
become  subject to the reporting  requirements  of the Exchange Act,  subject to
obtaining  exemptive  relief from the  Commission  or no-action  advise from the
Commission staff.

         The  Registration  Statement  (including  the  exhibits  and  schedules
thereto) and the  periodic  reports and other  information  filed by the Company
with  the  Commission  may be  inspected  and  copied  at the  public  reference
facilities  maintained by the Commission at Room 1024,  450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,
Washington,  D.C. 20549 and at the regional offices of the Commission located at
7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048, and Citicorp Center,
500 West Madison Street,  Suite 1400, Chicago,  Illinois  60661-2511.  Copies of
such  materials  may be  obtained  from  the  Public  Reference  Section  of the
Commission at 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549,  and its public
reference facilities in New York, New York and Chicago,  Illinois, at prescribed
rates.  Such  information  may also be accessed  electronically  by means of the
Commission's  homepage on the Internet at  http://www.sec.gov.,  which  contains
reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and other  information  regarding
registrants,   including  the  Company,   that  file   electronically  with  the
Commission.

                                        5
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         The following summary  information is qualified in its entirety by, and
should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed  information and financial
data,  including the Financial  Statements and related notes thereto,  appearing
elsewhere  in this  Prospectus.  As used  herein,  references  to  "DESA" or the
"Company" are to DESA  International,  Inc. and its subsidiaries.  References to
"fiscal  year" are to the  Company's  fiscal  year  which  ends on the  Saturday
closest to February 28 in each year.

                                   The Company
   
         DESA is a  leading  manufacturer  and  marketer  of  zone  heating/home
comfort  products  and  specialty  products  in the United  States.  Through its
ability  to  consistently  offer  consumers  quality  products  with  innovative
features at attractive  price points,  the Company has developed  leading market
positions in (i) vent-free indoor heaters, (ii) vent-free hearth products, (iii)
outdoor  heaters,  (iv)  consumer  powder-actuated  fastening  systems  and  (v)
electric chain saws. In fiscal 1997,  approximately  90% of the Company's  sales
were  generated in the United  States and 10% were  generated  in  international
markets. Over 85% of the domestic sales were in product categories where DESA is
the market  leader.  The Company has grown  rapidly with sales  increasing  from
$83.0 million in fiscal 1992 to $209.1  million in fiscal 1997,  representing  a
compound annual growth rate ("CAGR") of 20%. The Company's EBITDA increased from
$10.6 million,  or 12.8% of sales, in fiscal 1992, to $37.5 million, or 17.9% of
sales,  in fiscal 1997,  representing a CAGR of 29%. In addition,  the Company's
operating  profit and cash flows provided by (used in) operating,  financing and
investing  activities  increased  from $8,175,  $6,518,  ($2,513) and  ($3,791),
respectively,  in 1992 to $32,958, $18,398, $10,599 and $2,882, respectively, in
1997.  For the twelve months ended  November 29, 1997,  the Company had sales of
$228.9 million and EBITDA of $39.2 million.
    

         The Company sells its products through multiple consumer and commercial
channels of  distribution  including the leading home centers,  mass  merchants,
warehouse  clubs,   hardware   cooperatives,   specialty  heating  distributors,
construction and industrial  equipment dealers,  farm supply outlets and natural
gas utilities under brand names well-recognized by its customers.  The Company's
strategy is to aggressively target the fastest growing retailers/distributors in
each  channel and service  these  customers  through a  multi-brand  approach to
capture the largest possible share of a given product market.  In addition,  the
Company  has an  established  record of success in new product  development  and
product line extensions.  Over the last five years, DESA has introduced over 100
new  products  and line  extensions  which  generated  approximately  56% of the
Company's sales growth over that time period.

Zone Heating Products (80% of Fiscal 1997 Domestic Gross Sales)

         The zone heating  market is  comprised  of indoor gas  heaters,  hearth
products  (gas logs,  fireplaces  and  stoves) and  outdoor  heaters.  DESA is a
leading  manufacturer of vent-free  indoor and outdoor zone heating  products in
the United States.  DESA's domestic zone heating business has experienced a CAGR
of over 27% with gross revenues  increasing from $46.2 million in fiscal 1992 to
$155.1  million in fiscal 1997.  DESA markets its zone  heating  products  under
well-known brand names such as Reddy(R),  Vanguard(R) and Comfort  Glow(R).  The
Company's  zone  heating   business  is  organized  into  two  primary   product
categories:

o    Indoor vent-free heating appliances and hearth products (40% of Fiscal 1997
     Domestic Gross Sales):  Indoor heating  appliances include vent-free liquid
     propane and natural gas space heaters which provide economical supplemental
     heat to a specific area as distinguished from central heating systems which
     are used to heat entire  buildings.  Vent-free  hearth products such as gas
     logs,  fireplaces and stoves are utilized for both  decorative and economic
     heating.  Vent-free  products  utilize a more efficient burner system which
     avoids the need for outside  venting,  whereas  vented  products  require a
     discharging of emissions outside of the building.

o    Outdoor  heating  appliances  (40% of Fiscal 1997  Domestic  Gross  Sales):
     Outdoor heating  products  consist of portable units which generate heat by
     either using a fan to discharge  heated air to a specific  area (forced air
     heaters) or emitting  heat  throughout  the  surrounding  area  without the
     assistance of a fan (convection heaters).

                                       6
<PAGE>
     Forced air heaters are fueled by either  kerosene,  propane or natural gas,
     while  convection  heaters  are fueled  only with  propane or natural  gas.
     Outdoor heaters are used in both  residential and commercial  applications.
     Residential  applications  include heating  otherwise  unheated garages and
     workshops.  Commercial applications include heating factories,  warehouses,
     construction sites and agricultural areas.

   
Specialty Products (20% of Fiscal 1997 Domestic Gross Sales)

         DESA's domestic  specialty  products business has experienced a CAGR of
11% with gross  revenues  increasing  from $23.0 million in fiscal 1992 to $38.8
million in fiscal 1997.  Specialty  products  include powder actuated  fastening
systems  (tools  and  accessories)  used to fasten  wood to  concrete  or steel,
stapling/rivet  tools and  electrical  products  such as chain saws and portable
generators.  These  products are marketed under  well-known  brand names such as
Remington(R), Master(R) and Powerfast(R).
    

Competitive Strengths

         Leading Market Positions in High Growth Segments.  DESA is the domestic
market leader in outdoor heating appliances (70% market share), vent-free indoor
gas heating (59% market share),  vent-free  hearth  products (31% market share),
powder  actuated  fastening  systems  (86% share of the consumer  market,  which
constitutes  26% of the total  domestic  market)  and  electric  chain saws (36%
market  share).   By  leveraging  its  strong  market   positions  and  customer
relationships  in  established  product  lines,  DESA  has  increased  sales  by
introducing  related  products or line  extensions of existing  products such as
vent-free gas logs (introduced in fiscal 1993), vent-free fireplaces (introduced
in fiscal 1995) and fireboxes (introduced in fiscal 1997).

         DESA's  targeted  market  segments  in the  zone  heating  market  have
exhibited  strong  historical  growth.  Vent-free  indoor  gas heater and hearth
products,  the most  rapidly  growing  segments in the $1.1 billion zone heating
market,  have  grown at a CAGR of  approximately  44% over the last  four  years
driven  primarily by the increasing  consumer trend towards heating with natural
gas and liquid  propane.  The outdoor  heater  market has achieved a CAGR of 22%
over the same period.

         Strong Relationships with a Diversified Distribution and Customer Base.
DESA has  organized  its  sales  and  marketing  organizations  by  channels  of
distribution. The Company has built strong, long-term relationships with some of
the most  rapidly  growing  retailers,  including  Home  Depot,  Lowe's,  Sears,
Wal-Mart,  W.W. Grainger,  Ace Hardware and TruServ.  The Company's products are
designed  to appeal to a  variety  of  end-users,  ranging  from  do-it-yourself
("DIY")   consumers  to   professional   home  builders.   By  building   strong
relationships  with the leading  retailers and  distributors  within each of the
Company's  channels,  DESA is  well-positioned  to  participate in the continued
growth of these key customers.

         Broad  Portfolio of Products  with  Well-Recognized  Brand Names.  DESA
provides a broad  offering of quality  products under numerous brand names which
are well-recognized by its customers. The Company's key brands include Reddy(R),
Remington(R),  Vanguard(R)  and Comfort  Glow(R) for zone  heating  products and
Remington(R) for powder actuated  fastening systems and electric chain saws. The
Company also manufactures  products on a private label basis for W.W.  Grainger,
Sears,  John Deere and  Homelite.  DESA  leverages its brand equity with its DIY
consumers,  professionals  and specialty  dealers by  continually  providing its
customers  new  product   offerings  and  product  line  extensions   under  its
established brand names.
   
     New Product Development Process.  DESA has a proven ability to consistently
offer consumers  products with innovative  features at attractive  price points.
The  quality and breadth of DESA's  customer  relationships  provide the Company
with valuable  market data that serves as the  foundation  for the Company's new
product  development  and product  line  extension  process.  For  example,  the
Company's  line of hearth  products was  initially  introduced  as the result of
shifting consumer  preferences away from (i) wood-burning hearth products to gas
technology and (ii) vented gas products to vent-free  units.  Over the last five
years, new product  introductions and product line extensions have accounted for
approximately 56% of the Company's sales growth.
    
                                        7
<PAGE>
         Effective Cost Reduction Program and Strong Cash Flow. A core component
of the Company's strong financial  performance over the last five years has been
a focused program to enhance  margins  through cost  reduction.  The Company has
exceeded  its annual cost  reduction  goal of 3% of cost of sales in each of the
last three years.  This cost reduction program has contributed to an increase in
gross profit margin from 33.6% in fiscal 1992 to 37.4% in fiscal 1997.

   
         The Company has been able to achieve its sales growth while efficiently
managing  working capital and maintaining  low capital  expenditures  generating
$127.7 million in free cash flow (EBITDA less capital expenditures) for the last
five years.
    
         Strong  Management  Team. DESA was founded in 1969 by a group including
Robert H. Elman,  DESA's current  Chairman and CEO. The top three  executives of
the  Company  have  worked  together  as a team  for the  last 13  years.  These
individuals  have served as the catalyst for  instilling a spirit of "continuous
improvements" and achievement as a cultural standard within the Company.  Senior
management is well-complemented by a broad team of experienced managers who have
been with DESA since 1985.

Business Strategy

         DESA's  objective is to continue to leverage its competitive  strengths
to increase  revenues and EBITDA.  In addition,  the Company  believes there are
significant   additional   opportunities  to  enhance  its  overall  market  and
competitive position as follows:

         Continue   Aggressive   Growth  through  DESA's  Primary  Channels  and
Customers. DESA's distribution strategy is twofold: (i) establish breadth across
distribution  channels;  and (ii) achieve depth within each channel by fostering
and enhancing  relationships  with some of the most rapidly growing retailers in
such  channel  (such as Home Depot and  Lowe's in the home  center  channel  and
Wal-Mart and Sears in the mass merchant channel). While DESA has managed to gain
access to multiple channels of distribution, significant opportunities remain to
sell the Company's full product line through each of these customers.
   
         Penetrate New Distribution Channels.  Although DESA currently sells its
products through a broad  distribution  network,  the Company believes there are
opportunities  to  increase  the  penetration  in  some of the  Company's  newer
channels such as plumbing  supply stores,  building  supply chains and fireplace
specialty  stores.  Management  believes  that these  newer  channels  represent
attractive markets across the United States.
    
         Capitalize  on Favorable  Trends for  Vent-Free  Gas  Products.  Recent
housing  construction  data reveals that over  two-thirds of new homes today use
gas as the primary  heating source  compared to one-third of new homes ten years
ago. The American Gas Association  estimates that approximately 60 million homes
currently use gas and the number of homes  utilizing gas will grow to 80 million
by the year 2010.  This growing  preference  for gas  represents  a  significant
growth  opportunity for DESA as all of its indoor heating products are fueled by
natural or propane gas.  Additionally,  by focusing on vent-free  gas  products,
which  have lower  installation  costs and  provide  increased  fuel  efficiency
compared to vented products,  the Company is well-positioned to benefit from the
fastest growing segments of the zone heating market.

         Increase Penetration of International Markets.  Similar to the trend in
the United States,  the global DIY markets are  experiencing  attractive  growth
rates. Five of the ten largest home improvement retailers in the world are based
outside of the United States. However, international sales comprised only 10% of
DESA's total sales in fiscal 1997.

         Make  Selected  Acquisitions.  The  Company  intends to seek  selective
acquisitions  where it can expand its existing  product  portfolio,  utilize its
diversified  distribution channels and achieve operational  synergies.  Over the
last  five  years,  only 9% of the  Company's  sales  growth  has  come  through
acquisitions.  Management  believes  that the markets in which it  operates  are
highly fragmented and there are numerous manufacturers of complementary products
which would make attractive acquisition candidates.

                                       8
<PAGE>
   
         The  principal  executive  offices  for the Company  and  Holdings  are
located at 2701 Industrial  Drive,  Bowling Green,  Kentucky  42102,  telephone:
(502) 781-9600.
    
                              The Recapitalization

   
         Holdings,  its  stockholders at the time (the "Existing  Stockholders")
and J.W. Childs Equity Partners, L.P. ("Childs") entered into a Recapitalization
Agreement dated as of October 8, 1997 (the  "Recapitalization  Agreement") which
provided for the recapitalization of Holdings.  Pursuant to the Recapitalization
Agreement,   on  November  26,  1997,   Holdings  purchased  from  the  Existing
Shareholders all outstanding shares of Holdings' capital stock.

         Financing  requirements  for the  Recapitalization,  the  retirement of
existing debt of the Company and the payment of fees and  expenses,  were $365.5
million  (including  $27.3 million in seasonal  borrowings)  and were  satisfied
through the  purchase  by Childs and  certain  other  investors,  including  UBS
Capital  LLC (the  "Equity  Investors"),  and the  Existing  Stockholders  of an
aggregate $100.0 million in Holdings' equity  securities and an aggregate $265.5
million in  borrowings  as follows:  (i) the  purchase by Childs,  and the other
Equity Investors of shares of Holdings' Common Stock  (representing 89.6% of the
outstanding   shares)  for  $73.8   million   (the   "Holdings   Common   Equity
Contribution");  (ii) the purchase by Childs and the other  Equity  Investors of
$14.6 million for cumulative  exchangeable  redeemable preferred stock issued by
Holdings  (the  "Holdings  Preferred  Stock");  (iii) the  purchase  by Existing
Stockholders of the Holdings Common Stock (representing 10.4% of the outstanding
shares)  for $8.6  million;  (iv) the  issuance  of  463,232  Warrants  (with an
allocated fair value of $3.0 million) to purchase  Holdings'  non-voting  common
stock at an  exercise  price of $.01 per  share to Childs  and the other  Equity
Investors;  (v) $130.0  million  from the proceeds of the Prior  Offering;  (vi)
$100.0 million of borrowings under a senior secured term loan facility among the
Company,  Holdings,  the  several  lenders  from  time to time  parties  thereto
(collectively,  the "Banks"),  and NationsBank,  N.A., as  administrative  agent
("NationsBank"),  and Union Bank of  Switzerland,  New York Branch,  as co-agent
(the "Term Loan Facility");  and (vii) $35.5 million of borrowings under a $75.0
million senior secured  revolving  credit facility among the Company,  Holdings,
the Banks, and NationsBank (the "Revolving  Credit Facility" and,  together with
the Term Loan Facility and certain other facilities, the "New Credit Facility").
See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations  -- Liquidity  and Capital  Resources,"  "Description  of the Notes,"
"Description  of New Credit  Facility" and  "Description  of Holdings  Preferred
Stock."

         The purchase of shares from the Existing  Stockholders,  the retirement
of  existing  debt of the  Company,  the  issuance  and sale by  Holdings of the
Holdings Common Equity  Contribution  and of the Holdings  Preferred  Stock, the
borrowing  by the  Company  of funds  under the New Credit  Facility,  the Prior
Offering  and the payment of related  fees and  expenses  are referred to herein
collectively   as  the   "Recapitalization."   The   Company   has  treated  the
Recapitalization as a recapitalization transaction for accounting purposes.
    

                                       9
<PAGE>
Sources and Uses of Funds

     The following  table sets forth the sources and uses of funds in connection
with the Recapitalization:
   
                                                                     (dollars in
                                                                     thousands)
Sources of Funds:
Cash Sources:
     New Credit Facility:
         Revolving Credit Facility(1)                                 $  35,500
         Term Loan Facility                                             100,000
     Issuance of Notes                                                  130,000
     Equity investment:
         Issuance of Holdings Preferred Stock(2)                         14,598
         Issuance of Holdings Warrants                                    3,002
         Issuance of Holdings Common Stock                               73,815
     Holdings Common Stock purchased by Existing Stockholders             8,585
                                                                     ----------
                                                                       $365,500
                                                                     ==========
Uses of Funds:
     Recapitalization consideration(3)                                 $165,022
     Repayment of existing debt                                         183,095
     Payment of accrued interest on existing debt                           255
     Fees and expenses                                                   16,772
     Working capital                                                        356
                                                                     ----------
                                                                       $365,500
                                                                     ==========
- ----------
(1)  The  Revolving  Credit  Facility  provides  for  borrowing  of up to  $75.0
     million.  Giving  effect  to  the  Recapitalization,   average  outstanding
     borrowings  under the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  would  have been  $10.7
     million  during the twelve  months ended  November  29,  1997.  This amount
     excludes letters of credit issued to replace  outstanding letters of credit
     established  to facilitate  merchandise  purchases,  which had an aggregate
     outstanding balance of $0.9 million as of November 29, 1997.
    
(2)  Holdings  may issue junior  subordinated  notes (the  "Exchange  Notes") in
     exchange  for  the  outstanding  Holdings  Preferred  Stock  under  certain
     circumstances.  The Exchange Notes have substantially the same terms as the
     Holdings Preferred Stock. See "Description of Holdings Preferred Stock" and
     "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
     Operations   --   Liquidity   and   Capital    Resources   --   After   the
     Recapitalization."

   
(3)  Net of $150,000  paid by Existing  Shareholders  for the  exercise of stock
     options at the time of the Recapitalization.
    
                                       10
<PAGE>
The Equity Investors

Childs

     J.W. Childs Equity Partners,  L.P., is a $463 million  institutional equity
fund managed by J.W. Childs Associates,  L.P. ("JWCA"),  a Boston-based  private
investment firm. Childs acquires equity positions primarily in established small
and middle-market growth companies through friendly, management-led acquisitions
and  recapitalizations.  Childs'  investment  strategy  is to  leverage  on  the
operating  and financial  experience  of its partners and to invest,  along with
management,  in growing  companies with a history of profitable  operations.  In
addition to four partners with financial backgrounds, JWCA has three "operating"
partners who have each had prior experience as the chief executive  officer of a
successful leveraged buyout. Childs invests in a wide variety of industries, but
places   particular  focus  on  those  in  which  the  partners  with  operation
backgrounds  have had direct  managerial  experience:  branded  and  non-branded
consumer products, specialty retailing, energy and light manufacturing.

UBS Capital

     UBS Capital LLC ("UBS  Capital")  is a merchant  banking  affiliate  of the
Union Bank of  Switzerland.  Headquartered  in New York,  New York,  UBS Capital
engages in a wide  range of private  equity  transactions  including  management
buyouts,  growth equity investments and  recapitalizations.  UBS Capital and its
merchant banking affiliates have investments in over 40 portfolio  companies and
manage a proprietary  capital  allocation  from the Union Bank of Switzerland of
over $1.2  billion.  UBS  Capital  and its  affiliates  have  invested in a wide
variety of industries,  including  branded consumer  products,  specialty paper,
industrial products, sporting goods, telecommunications, retailing and software.

                                       11
<PAGE>
                               THE PRIOR OFFERING

         The outstanding  $130.0 million principal amount of Old Notes were sold
by the Company to the Initial  Purchasers  on the Closing  Date  pursuant to the
Purchase  Agreement  among the Company and the Initial  Purchasers.  The Initial
Purchasers  subsequently resold the Old Notes in reliance on Rule 144A under the
Securities  Act.  The  Company,  the  Subsidiary   Guarantors  and  the  Initial
Purchasers also entered into the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to which
the Company granted certain  registration  rights for the benefit of the holders
of the Old Notes.  The  Exchange  Offer is  intended  to satisfy  certain of the
Company's  obligations  under the Registration  Rights Agreement with respect to
the Old Notes. See "The Exchange Offer--Purpose and Effect."

                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER
   
The Exchange Offer         The Company is offering upon the terms and subject to
                           the   conditions   set  forth   herein   and  in  the
                           accompanying  letter of  transmittal  (the "Letter of
                           Transmittal"), to exchange $1,000 in principal amount
                           of its 97/8% Senior  Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the
                           "New  Notes,"  with the Old  Notes  and the New Notes
                           collectively  referred to herein as the  "Notes") for
                           each $1,000 in  principal  amount of the  outstanding
                           Old Notes  (the"Exchange  Offer").  As of the date of
                           this   Prospectus,   $130.0   million  in   aggregate
                           principal amount of the Old Notes is outstanding. See
                           "The Exchange Offer--Terms of the Exchange Offer."
    
Expiration Date            5:00 p.m., New York City time, on  ___________,  1998
                           as  the  same  may be  extended.  See  "The  Exchange
                           Offer--Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments."

Conditions of 
the Exchange Offer         The  Exchange  Offer  is  not  conditioned  upon  any
                           minimum  principal amount of Old Notes being tendered
                           for  exchange.  The only  condition  to the  Exchange
                           Offer is the  declaration  by the  Commission  of the
                           effectiveness of the Registration  Statement of which
                           this Prospectus constitutes a part. See "The Exchange
                           Offer--Conditions of the Exchange Offer."
   
Termination of 
Certain Rights             Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and the
                           Old Notes,  holders  of Old Notes (i) have  rights to
                           receive  Liquidated  Damages  and (ii)  have  certain
                           rights  intended  for  the  holders  of  unregistered
                           securities.  "Liquidated  Damages"  means  damages of
                           $0.05  per week per  $1,000  principal  amount of Old
                           Notes (up to a maximum  of $0.50 per week per  $1,000
                           principal  amount)  during  the  period  in  which  a
                           Registration  Default is  continuing  pursuant to the
                           terms of the Registration  Rights Agreement.  Holders
                           of New Notes will not be and,  upon  consummation  of
                           the  Exchange  Offer,  holders  of Old Notes  will no
                           longer be,  entitled  to (i) the right to receive the
                           Liquidated Damages or (ii) certain other rights under
                           the  Registration   Rights  Agreement   intended  for
                           holders of unregistered securities. See "The Exchange
                           Offer--Termination    of    Certain    Rights"    and
                           "--Procedures for Tendering Old Notes."
    
                                       12
<PAGE>
Accrued Interest           The New Notes will bear  interest  at a rate equal to
                           97/8%  per  annum.   Interest   shall   accrue   from
                           _____________   or  from  the  most  recent  Interest
                           Payment  Date with  respect to the Old Notes to which
                           interest   was  paid  or  duly   provided   for.  See
                           "Description   of   Notes--Principal,   Maturity  and
                           Interest."

Procedures for  
Tendering Old Notes        Unless a tender of Old Notes is effected  pursuant to
                           the procedures  for  book-entry  transfer as provided
                           herein,  each holder  desiring to accept the Exchange
                           Offer   must   complete   and  sign  the   Letter  of
                           Transmittal, have the signature thereon guaranteed if
                           required  by the Letter of  Transmittal,  and mail or
                           deliver the Letter of Transmittal,  together with the
                           Old Notes or a Notice of Guaranteed  Delivery and any
                           other  required   documents   (such  as  evidence  of
                           authority  to act,  if the Letter of  Transmittal  is
                           signed  by   someone   acting  in  a   fiduciary   or
                           representative  capacity),  to the Exchange Agent (as
                           defined)  at the  address set forth on the back cover
                           page of this Prospectus  prior to 5:00 p.m., New York
                           City time, on the  Expiration  Date.  Any  Beneficial
                           Owner (as  defined)  of the Old Notes whose Old Notes
                           are  registered  in the name of a nominee,  such as a
                           broker, dealer,  commercial bank or trust company and
                           who wishes to tender Old Notes in the Exchange Offer,
                           should  instruct  such  entity or person to  promptly
                           tender on such Beneficial  Owner's  behalf.  See "The
                           Exchange Offer--Procedures for Tendering Old Notes."

Guaranteed 
Delivery Procedures        Holders  of Old Notes  who wish to  tender  their Old
                           Notes and (i)  whose  Old  Notes are not  immediately
                           available or (ii) who cannot  deliver their Old Notes
                           or any  other  documents  required  by the  Letter of
                           Transmittal  to  the  Exchange  Agent  prior  to  the
                           Expiration   Date  (or  complete  the  procedure  for
                           book-entry  transfer on a timely  basis),  may tender
                           their Old Notes according to the guaranteed  delivery
                           procedures  set forth in the  Letter of  Transmittal.
                           See   "The   Exchange    Offer--Guaranteed   Delivery
                           Procedures."

Acceptance of Old 
Notes and Delivery
of New Notes               Upon  effectiveness of the Registration  Statement of
                           which  this   Prospectus   constitutes   a  part  and
                           consummation of the Exchange Offer,  the Company will
                           accept  any and  all  Old  Notes  that  are  properly
                           tendered  in the  Exchange  Offer prior to 5:00 p.m.,
                           New York City time, on the  Expiration  Date. The New
                           Notes issued  pursuant to the Exchange  Offer will be
                           delivered promptly after acceptance of the Old Notes.
                           See "The Exchange  Offer--Acceptance of Old Notes for
                           Exchange; Delivery of New Notes."

Withdrawal Rights          Tenders  of Old  Notes may be  withdrawn  at any time
                           prior  to 5:00  p.m.,  New  York  City  time,  on the
                           Expiration Date. See "The Exchange  Offer--Withdrawal
                           Rights."

The Exchange Agent         Marine  Midland Bank is the  exchange  agent (in such
                           capacity,  the  "Exchange  Agent").  The  address and
                           telephone  number of the Exchange Agent are set forth
                           in   "The   Exchange   Offer--The   Exchange   Agent;
                           Assistance."

                                       13
<PAGE>
Fees and Expenses          All expenses  incident to the Company's  consummation
                           of  the  Exchange  Offer  and  compliance   with  the
                           Registration  Rights  Agreement  will be borne by the
                           Company.  The Company will also pay certain  transfer
                           taxes  applicable  to the  Exchange  Offer.  See "The
                           Exchange Offer--Fees and Expenses."

Resales of 
the New Notes              Based on existing interpretations by the staff of the
                           Commission  set forth in no-action  letters issued to
                           third  parties,  the Company  believes that New Notes
                           issued  pursuant to the Exchange Offer to a holder in
                           exchange  for Old Notes may be  offered  for  resale,
                           resold and otherwise  transferred  by a holder (other
                           than (i) a broker-dealer  who purchased the Old Notes
                           directly from the Company for resale pursuant to Rule
                           144A under the Securities Act or any other  available
                           exemption  under the  Securities Act or (ii) a person
                           that  is an  affiliate  of  the  Company  within  the
                           meaning  of  Rule  405  under  the  Securities  Act),
                           without   compliance   with  the   registration   and
                           prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act,
                           provided  that such holder is acquiring the New Notes
                           in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  and  is  not
                           participating,    and   has   no    arrangement    or
                           understanding  with any person to  participate,  in a
                           distribution  of the New  Notes.  Each  broker-dealer
                           that  receives  New Notes in exchange  for Old Notes,
                           where such Old Notes were  acquired by such broker as
                           a  result   of   market-making   or   other   trading
                           activities,  must  acknowledge that it will deliver a
                           prospectus in connection  with any resale of such New
                           Notes.  See "The Exchange  Offer--Resales  of the New
                           Notes" and "Plan of Distribution."

Effect of Not 
Tendering Old Notes
for Exchange               Old  Notes  that  are not  tendered  or that  are not
                           properly  tendered will,  following the expiration of
                           the  Exchange  Offer,  continue  to be subject to the
                           existing  restrictions  upon  transfer  thereof.  The
                           Company will have no further  obligations  to provide
                           for the registration under the Securities Act of such
                           Old  Notes  and such Old Notes  will,  following  the
                           expiration  of the Exchange  Offer,  bear interest at
                           the same rate as the New Notes.

                                       14
<PAGE>
   
                            Description of New Notes
    
         The form and terms of the New Notes will be  identical  in all material
respects  to the form and terms of the Old Notes,  except that (i) the New Notes
have been  registered  under the  Securities Act and,  therefore,  will not bear
legends restricting the transfer thereof, (ii) holders of the New Notes will not
be entitled to  Liquidated  Damages and (iii)  holders of the New Notes will not
be, and upon  consummation of the Exchange Offer,  holders of the Old Notes will
no longer be, entitled to certain rights under the Registration Rights Agreement
intended  for  the  holders  of  unregistered  securities,   except  in  limited
circumstances. See "Exchange Offer--Termination of Certain Rights." The Exchange
Offer shall be deemed  consummated  upon the  occurrence  of the delivery by the
Company  to the  Registrar  under  the  Indenture  of the New  Notes in the same
aggregate  principal amount as the aggregate  principal amount of Old Notes that
are  tendered  by holders  thereof  pursuant  to the  Exchange  Offer.  See "The
Exchange Offer--Termination of Certain Rights" and "Procedures for Tendering Old
Note;" and "Description of Notes."

Securities Offered.........   $130.0  million in aggregate  principal  amount of
                              97/8%  Senior  Subordinated  Notes  due 2007  (the
                              "Notes").

Maturity...................   December 15, 2007

Interest...................   The Notes will bear  interest at the rate of 97/8%
                              per  annum,  payable  semiannually  on June 15 and
                              December 15, commencing June 15, 1998.

Optional Redemption........   The Notes  may be  redeemed  at the  option of the
                              Company, in whole or in part, on or after December
                              15,  2002 at a premium  declining  to par in 2005,
                              plus accrued and unpaid  interest  and  Liquidated
                              Damages, if any, through the redemption date.

                              On or before  December 15, 2000,  the Company may,
                              at its  option,  redeem up to 35% of the  original
                              aggregate  principal  amount of Notes with the net
                              proceeds from one or more Public Equity  Offerings
                              (as  defined)  at the  redemption  price set forth
                              herein, plus accrued and unpaid interest,  if any,
                              through the redemption  date;  provided,  however,
                              that  at  least  65%  of  the  original  aggregate
                              principal  amount  of  Notes  remain   outstanding
                              following such redemption.

Change of Control..........   Upon a Change of Control (as defined herein),  the
                              Company  (i) will be  required to make an offer to
                              repurchase  all  outstanding  Notes at 101% of the
                              principal  amount  thereof plus accrued and unpaid
                              interest thereon and Liquidated  Damages,  if any,
                              to the  date  of  repurchase  and  (ii)  prior  to
                              December  15,  2002 will have the option to redeem
                              the Notes,  in whole or in part,  at a  redemption
                              price equal to the principal amount thereof,  plus
                              accrued  and  unpaid   interest   and   Liquidated
                              Damages,  if any, to the redemption  date plus the
                              Applicable Premium (as defined herein).  There can
                              be no  assurance  that  sufficient  funds  will be
                              available to the Company at the time of any Change
                              of Control  to make any  required  repurchases  of
                              Notes. See "Risk Factors -- Potential Inability to
                              Fund  Change of Control  Offer,"  "Description  of
                              Notes  --  Repurchase  at the  Option  of  Holders
                              --Change of Control" and "--  Optional  Redemption
                              upon Change of Control."

                                       15
<PAGE>
   
Ranking....................   The Notes will be general unsecured obligations of
                              the  Company,  will be  subordinated  in  right of
                              payment  to  all   existing   and  future   Senior
                              Indebtedness   (as  defined  in  the   Indenture),
                              including all obligations of the Company under the
                              New  Credit  Facility,  and will be pari  passu in
                              right  of  payment  with any  senior  subordinated
                              indebtedness of the Company.  The Company conducts
                              certain    operations    through    its    foreign
                              subsidiaries and,  accordingly,  the Notes will be
                              effectively subordinated to indebtedness and other
                              liabilities  of  such  foreign  subsidiaries.   At
                              November 29, 1997, the aggregate  principal amount
                              of Senior  Indebtedness  of the Company would have
                              been  approximately  $132.9 million,  all of which
                              would   have   been   Indebtedness    secured   by
                              substantially  all of the assets of  Holdings  and
                              the Company  pursuant to the New Credit  Facility,
                              and the Company's foreign  subsidiaries would have
                              had aggregate liabilities of $2.7 million.

Guarantees.................   The Company's  obligations under the Notes will be
                              jointly    and    severally     guaranteed    (the
                              "Guarantees")  on a senior  subordinated  basis by
                              Holdings  and each  subsidiary  of  Holdings  that
                              guarantees any  indebtedness of the Company or any
                              other obligor under the Notes (the  "Guarantors").
                              The   Guarantees   will   be   general   unsecured
                              obligations   of   the    Guarantors,    will   be
                              subordinated  in right of payment to all  existing
                              and future Senior  Indebtedness of the Guarantors,
                              including all obligations of the Guarantors  under
                              the New Credit  Facility  and will rank pari passu
                              in right of payment  with any senior  subordinated
                              indebtedness  of the  Guarantors.  On the date the
                              Notes   are   issued,   none   of  the   Company's
                              subsidiaries will guarantee the Notes.
    
Covenants..................   The indenture  pursuant to which the Notes will be
                              issued   (the   "Indenture")    contains   certain
                              covenants  that,  among  other  things,  limit the
                              ability  of  the   Company,   Holdings  and  their
                              subsidiaries to incur additional  Indebtedness and
                              issue preferred stock, pay dividends or make other
                              distributions,  create certain  liens,  enter into
                              certain transactions with affiliates,  sell assets
                              of the  Company,  Holdings or their  subsidiaries,
                              issue or sell Equity Interests of the Company's or
                              Holdings'   subsidiaries  or  enter  into  certain
                              mergers and  consolidations.  In  addition,  under
                              certain  circumstances,  the Company and  Holdings
                              will be required  to offer to purchase  Notes at a
                              price  equal  to  100%  of  the  principal  amount
                              thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any,
                              to the  date of  purchase,  with the  proceeds  of
                              certain Asset Sales (as defined). See "Description
                              of Notes."

                                  Risk Factors

         See "Risk  Factors" for a discussion of certain  factors that should be
considered in evaluating an investment in the Notes.

                                       16
<PAGE>
       Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data of Holdings
   
     The following sets forth summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
data of Holdings  derived from the unaudited pro forma  financial data contained
elsewhere herein. Certain management assumptions and adjustments relating to the
Recapitalization  are set forth in the notes  accompanying  such  unaudited  pro
forma financial data. The following  unaudited pro forma consolidated  Statement
of  Operating  Data for the  year  ended  March  1,  1997  gives  effect  to the
Recapitalization and the acquisition of the Heath/Zenith business as if they had
occurred on March 3, 1996 (see "Recent Developments" included elsewhere herein).
The following  unaudited pro forma consolidated  Statement of Operating Data for
the   thirty-nine   weeks  ended   November   29,  1997  gives   effect  to  the
Recapitalization  as if it had occurred on March 2, 1997.  Holdings'  historical
consolidated  Balance  Sheet Data at November  29,  1997  already  reflects  the
Recapitalization.  The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed  Consolidated Balance Sheet
Data of Holdings reflects the pro forma adjustments  related to the Heath/Zenith
acquisition  as though it had  occurred on November  29,  1997.  The  historical
information utilized for Heath/Zenith is based upon its financial statements for
the twelve  months ended  December 31, 1996 and the nine months ended October 5,
1997. This pro forma  information is not  necessarily  indicative of the results
that would have occurred had the  Recapitalization  been  completed on the dates
indicated  or the  Company's  actual or future  results or  financial  position.
Holdings is a holding  company which does not carry on  operations  and the sole
asset of which is 100% of the  capital  stock of the  Company.  The  summary pro
forma  consolidated  financial  data  should  be read in  conjunction  with  the
information  contained in the financial statements and notes thereto, "Pro Forma
Condensed   Consolidated   Financial  Data,"   "Selected   Financial  Data"  and
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations" included elsewhere herein.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Pro Forma
                                                                    -------------------------------------
                                                                                         Thirty-nine
                                                                       Fiscal Year       Weeks Ended
                                                                          Ended          November 29,
                                                                      March 1, 1997         1997(2)
                                                                      -------------      ------------
                                                                        (in thousands, except ratios)
Statement of Operating Data:
<S>                                                                       <C>                <C>     
Net sales (1)...................................................          $253,520           $234,555
Cost of sales...................................................           165,439            154,500
                                                                           -------            -------
Gross profit....................................................            88,081             80,055
Selling and administrative expenses.............................            51,803             42,888
                                                                          --------           --------
Operating profit ...............................................            36,278             37,167
Less dividends on preferred stock...............................             2,112              1,580
                                                                          --------           --------
Operating profit available for common stockholders..............          $ 34,166           $ 35,587
                                                                          ========           ========
Other Data:
EBITDA (3)..................................                              $ 41,947           $ 42,048
EBITDA margin(4)............................                                 16.6%              17.9%
Capital expenditures........................                              $  3,240           $  4,074
Depreciation................................                                 2,699              2,693
Amortization................................                                 2,970              2,188
Cash interest expense (5)...................                                23,852             19,019
Ratio of EBITDA to cash interest expense....                                  1.8x               2.2x
Ratio of EBITDA less capital expenditures to cash
  interest expenses.........................                                  1.6x               2.0x
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (6)......                                  1.5x               1.9x
Balance Sheet Data at November 29, 1997:
Working capital (7).........................                                                 $ 38,534
Total assets................................                                                  210,672
Long-term debt (less current portion).......                                                  269,500
Stockholders' equity (deficit)..............                                                 (153,455)

                                       17
<PAGE>
<FN>
- ---------- 
(1)  Net sales constitute gross sales net of accruals for returns and allowances and cash discounts.

(2)  The thirty-nine weeks ended November 29, 1997 excludes an extraordinary  charge of $2,308,000,  net of an income tax benefit of
     $1,495,000,  attributable to the write-off of unamortized  deferred financing costs related to the 1996  Recapitalization.  The
     fiscal year ended March 1, 1997 excludes a non-recurring  charge of $2,286,000  related to a litigation  settlement of a patent
     infringement suit related to Heath/Zenith. See "Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data of Holdings."

(3)  EBITDA is defined as income before income taxes plus interest expense and depreciation,  as well as amortization of intangibles
     and deferred charges. EBITDA is presented because it is a widely accepted financial indicator of a company's ability to service
     indebtedness  and because  management  believes  that EBITDA is a relevant  measure of the  Company's  ability to generate cash
     without regard to the Company's  capital  structure or working  capital needs.  However,  EBITDA should not be considered as an
     alternative to net income as a measure of a company's operating results or to cash flows from operating activities as a measure
     of liquidity.  EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other  companies,  depending upon
     the non-cash  charges  included.  When  evaluating  EBITDA,  investors  should also consider  other factors which may influence
     operating  and  investing  activities,  such as changes in  operating  assets and  liabilities  and  purchases  of property and
     equipment.

(4)  EBITDA margin is defined as EBITDA divided by net sales.

(5)  Pro forma cash interest  expense includes  interest  expense on the Notes,  borrowings under the Term Loan Facility and average
     borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility for the applicable period and excludes  amortization of debt issuance costs. See
     note 2 to "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income Data."

(6)  For purposes of computing this ratio, earnings consist of income before income taxes plus fixed charges.  Fixed charges consist
     of interest  expense,  amortization  of deferred  financing  cost and 33% of the rent expense from  operating  leases which the
     Company believes is a reasonable approximation of the interest factor included in the rent.

(7)  The Company's business is subject to a pattern of seasonal  fluctuation.  As such, the Company's needs for working capital tend
     to peak in the second and third fiscal quarters.
</FN>
</TABLE>
    
                                       18
<PAGE>
                             Summary Financial Data

   
     Set forth below are selected historical financial data and other historical
operating data of Holdings.  The summary historical Statements of Operating Data
and  Balance  Sheet Data  below for each of the years in the three  year  period
ended March 1, 1997 and as of March 2, 1996 and March 1, 1997 have been  derived
from the audited  consolidated  financial statements of Holdings which have been
audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent  auditors,  and are included elsewhere
in this Prospectus. The summary historical Statement of Operating Data below for
the year  ended  February  26,  1994 is  presented  as the  consolidated  income
statement  data of Holdings  from its date of  incorporation,  December 1, 1993,
through  February  26, 1994 and the income  statement  data of the Company  from
February 28, 1993 through  November 30, 1993, which statements for the three and
nine month  periods,  have also been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, but which are
not included  elsewhere  herein.  The summary  historical  Balance Sheet Data at
February 26, 1994 has been derived from the audited  consolidated  balance sheet
of Holdings  which has also been  audited by Ernst & Young LLP, but which is not
included elsewhere herein.  The summary  historical  Statement of Operating Data
and  Balance  Sheet Data at and for the year ended  February  27, 1993 have been
derived from the audited consolidated  financial statements of the Company which
have  also  been  audited  by Ernst & Young  LLP,  but  which  are not  included
elsewhere  herein.  The summary  historical  Statement of Operating Data for the
thirty-nine  weeks ended November 30, 1996 and November 29, 1997 and the summary
historical  Balance  Sheet Data at  November  29,  1997 have been  derived  from
Holdings' unaudited consolidated financial statements for those periods included
elsewhere  in the  Prospectus  and,  in each case,  include,  in the  opinion of
management,  all  adjustments,   consisting  of  normal  recurring  adjustments,
necessary  for a fair  presentation  of the  results for the  unaudited  interim
periods. Results of operations for the thirty-nine weeks ended November 29, 1997
are not  necessarily  indicative  of the results  that may be  expected  for the
entire year. The  information  presented  below is qualified in its entirety by,
and  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with   "Capitalization,"   "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations"  and
the Consolidated  Financial  Statements and notes thereto included  elsewhere in
this Prospectus.
    
                                       19

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Predecessor       |                           Successor
                            ------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     |                                           Thirty-nine Weeks
                                                     |                     Fiscal Year                 Ended
                                                     |             ----------------------------  ------------------
                                                     |   Three                                   
                                        Nine months  |   months                                              
                                           Ended     |   Ended                                    November November
                            Fiscal Year November 30, |  February                                     30,     29,
                               1993       1993 (1)   |  26, 1994     1995   1996(1)(2)   1997       1996   1997(1)
                            ----------  ------------ | ----------  ------- ----------  -------- ---------  -------
                                             (in thousands, except ratios)
Statement of Operating Data:                         |                                              (unaudited)
<S>                          <C>           <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>     
Net sales(3)                 $ 98,712      $  93,349 |  $  29,428 $ 172,501 $ 186,324 $ 209,105 $ 173,587 $193,404
Cost of sales                  66,902         60,860 |     19,584   107,484   116,217   130,890   108,587  123,243
                             --------      --------- |   --------  --------  --------  --------            -------
Gross profit                   31,810         32,489 |      9,844    65,017    70,107    78,215    65,000   70,161
Selling and administrative                           |
 expenses                      22,320         19,301 |      7,582    35,975    37,828    45,257    33,913   37,559
                             --------      --------- |   --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -------
Operating profit                9,490         13,188 |      2,262    29,042    32,279    32,958    31,087   32,602
Interest expense                4,186          2,893 |      1,455     5,777     7,073    14,509    11,105   11,321
                             --------      --------- |   --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -------
Income before income taxes      5,304         10,295 |        807    23,265    25,206    18,449    19,982   21,281
Income taxes                    2,154          4,356 |        346    10,064    10,703     7,733     8,378    8,769
                             --------      --------- |   --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -------
Income before extraordinary                          |
 item                           3,150          5,939 |        461    13,201    14,503    10,716    11,604   12,512
Extraordinary item(4)              --          4,150 |        238        --     2,638        --        --    2,308
                             --------      --------- |   --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -------
Net income                      3,150          1,789 |        223    13,201    11,865    10,716    11,604   10,204
Less dividends on preferred                          |
 stock                             --            211 |         --       900       853        --        --       17
                             --------      --------- |   --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -------
Net income available for                             |
 common stockholders         $  3,150      $   1,578 |  $     223 $  12,301 $  11,012 $  10,716 $  11,604 $ 10,187
                             ========      ========= |   ========  ========  ========  ========  ========  =======
Ratio of earnings to fixed                           |
charges(5)                        2.1x           4.2x|        1.5x      4.4x     4.0x       2.2x      2.6x     2.7x
Other Data:                                          |
EBITDA (6)                   $ 11,752      $  14,998 |  $   3,176 $  33,156 $  36,574 $  37,494 $  34,785 $ 36,535
EBITDA margin(7)                 11.9%          16.1%|      10.8%     19.2%     19.6%      17.9%     20.0%   18.9%
Capital expenditures         $  1,655            964 |  $     456 $   1,499 $   2,122 $   2,770 $   1,570 $  3,690
Net cash provided by (used                           |
 in operating activites         4,365         (4,258)|     16,150    18,337    19,375    18,398   (13,439) (35,493)
Net cash provided by (used                           |
 in investing activites        (2,170)          (964)|       (456)   (2,176)   (2,060)   (2,882)   (1,490)  (3,296)
Net cash provided by (used                           |
 in financing activities       (2,116)         5,320 |    (14,186)   (1,651)  (17,989)  (10,599)   15,186   34,086
Depreciation                    1,927          1,548 |        391     2,148     2,332     2,432     2,036    2,363
Amortization                      335            262 |        523     1,966     1,963     2,104     1,568    1,570
Balance Sheet Data (at period                        |
  end):                                              |
Cash and cash equivalents    $    462                |  $   1,597 $  16,170 $     145 $   5,058 $     393 $    201
Working capital (deficit)(8)    5,563                |      6,680     9,738    (1,194)   (8,566)   26,130   34,758
Total assets                   27,867                |     84,055   107,259    85,545    91,984   137,105  157,780
Long-term debt (less current                         |
  portion)                     27,956                |     62,000    49,700   149,709   130,600   163,194  240,500
Stockholders' equity (deficit)(13,210)               |      2,279    16,194   (95,402)  (84,754)  (83,577) (159,85)
<FN>
- ----------

(1)  Holdings was party to  recapitalizations  in November  1993,  January 1996 and November 1997 which impacted  interest  expense,
     stockholders' equity and long-term debt.

(2)  53 week fiscal year.

(3)  Net sales constitute gross sales net of accruals for returns and allowances and cash discounts.

                                       20
<PAGE>

(4)  Extraordinary  items relate to the write-off of unamortized  deferred  financing  costs at the time the Company  refinanced its
     existing debt obligations and other expenditures related to the recapitalization transactions in fiscal years 1994 and 1996.

(5)  For purposes of computing this ratio, earnings consist of income before income taxes plus fixed charges.  Fixed charges consist
     of interest  expense and  amortization of deferred  financing cost and 33% of the rent expense from operating  leases which the
     Company believes is a reasonable approximation of the interest factor included in the rent.

(6)  EBITDA is defined as income before taxes plus interest  expense and  depreciation,  as well as  amortization of intangibles and
     deferred  charges.  EBITDA is presented because it is a widely accepted  financial  indicator of a company's ability to service
     indebtedness  and because  management  believes  that EBITDA is a relevant  measure of the  Company's  ability to generate cash
     without regard to the Company's  capital  structure or working  capital needs.  However,  EBITDA should not be considered as an
     alternative to net income as a measure of a company's operating results or to cash flows from operating activities as a measure
     of liquidity.  EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other  companies,  depending upon
     the non-cash  charges  included.  When  evaluating  EBITDA,  investors  should also consider  other factors which may influence
     operating  and  investing  activities,  such as changes in  operating  assets and  liabilities  and  purchases  of property and
     equipment.

(7)  EBITDA margin is defined as EBITDA divided by net sales.

(8)  The Company's business is subject to a pattern of seasonal  fluctuation.  As such, the Company's needs for working capital tend
     to peak in the second and third fiscal quarters.
</FN>
</TABLE>
    
                                       21
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

         In  addition to the other  information  contained  in this  Prospectus,
holders of the Notes should consider the specific factors set forth below.

Significant Leverage and Debt Service

   
         The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries   have   significant   outstanding
indebtedness  and are  significantly  leveraged.  As of November 29,  1997,  the
Company had outstanding  consolidated  indebtedness of $262.9 million (excluding
letters   of   credit  in  the   aggregate   amount   of  $0.9   million).   See
"Capitalization."  In  addition,  subject  to the  limitations  set forth in the
Indenture,  the Company and its subsidiaries  may incur additional  indebtedness
(including  Senior  Indebtedness),  including up to $42.1  million under the New
Credit Facility.  In addition,  the Indenture  permits  Holdings,  under certain
circumstances, to exchange all outstanding Holdings Preferred Stock for Exchange
Notes  in an  aggregate  principal  amount  equal to the  aggregate  liquidation
preference of the Holdings Preferred Stock so exchanged. The Exchange Notes will
require Holdings to make semi-annual  interest payments thereon at a rate of 12%
per annum.  Subject to compliance  with the debt  agreements of Holdings and the
Company,  such payments must be made in cash. The Indenture restricts,  but does
not  prohibit,  Holdings  from making  such cash  interest  payments.  Under the
Exchange Notes,  Holdings may defer the payment of interest payable on or before
November 30, 2002, with any such deferred  interest  bearing interest at 12% per
annum,  compounded  semi-annually.  Holdings will be required to make a catch-up
payment  immediately  prior to the first  interest  payment date after the fifth
anniversary  of the date of issuance to the extent the aggregate  amount of such
deferred  interest  exceeds  an  amount  equal  to one  year's  interest  on the
originally  issued  Exchange  Notes.  The  Indenture  restricts  the  ability of
Holdings to make such catch-up payment. See "Description of the Notes -- Certain
Covenants -- Restricted  Payments" and "Description of Holdings  Preferred Stock
- -- Exchange Notes".
    

         The degree to which the  Company  is  leveraged  could  have  important
consequences  to  the  holders  of  the  Notes,   including  (i)  the  Company's
vulnerability  to adverse  general  economic and industry  conditions,  (ii) the
Company's   ability  to  obtain   additional   financing   for  future   capital
expenditures,  general corporate or other purposes and (iii) the dedication of a
substantial portion of the Company's cash flow from operations to the payment of
principal and interest on indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available for
operations and future business opportunities.

         The Company's  ability to make scheduled  payments on the principal of,
or interest or Liquidated Damages (if any) on, or to refinance, its indebtedness
will depend on its future operating performance and cash flow, which are subject
to  prevailing  economic  conditions,   prevailing  interest  rate  levels,  and
financial, competitive, business and other factors, many of which are beyond its
control, as well as the availability of borrowings under the New Credit Facility
or successor facilities.  However,  based upon the current and anticipated level
of operations, the Company believes that its cash flow from operations, together
with amounts  available  under the New Credit  Facility and its other sources of
liquidity,  will be adequate to meet its anticipated  cash  requirements for the
foreseeable future for working capital, capital expenditures,  interest payments
and principal payments.  There can be no assurance,  however, that the Company's
business will continue to generate cash flow at or above current levels.  If the
Company is unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future
to service its indebtedness, it may be required to refinance all or a portion of
its  existing  indebtedness,  including  the  Notes,  or  to  obtain  additional
financing. There can be no assurance that any such refinancing would be possible
or that any  additional  financing  could be obtained.  The  inability to obtain
additional  financing  could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company.
Finally, in order to pay the principal balance of the Notes due at maturity, the
Company may have to obtain alternative financing.

Subordination of Notes

         The  Notes  will  be  general  unsecured  obligations  of the  Company,
subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior  Indebtedness
of the Company, including borrowings under the New Credit Facility. In addition,
the Company conducts certain  operations through its foreign  subsidiaries,  and
accordingly,  the Notes will be effectively  subordinated  to  indebtedness  and
other  liabilities  of its  foreign  subsidiaries.  In the event of  bankruptcy,
liquidation or reorganization of the Company,  the assets of the Company will be
available to pay obligations on the Notes only after all Senior Indebtedness has
been paid in full,  and  there may not be  sufficient  assets  remaining  to pay
amounts due on
                                       22
<PAGE>
   
any  or  all  of  the  Notes  then  outstanding.   In  addition,  under  certain
circumstances  the Company will not be able to make  payment of its  obligations
under the Notes in the event of a default under certain Senior Indebtedness. The
aggregate principal amount of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, as of November
29, 1997, is $132.9 million.  Additional Senior  Indebtedness may be incurred by
the Company from time to time, subject to certain restrictions. See "Description
of Notes -- Subordination."
    
Future Acquisitions
   
         The Company expects to pursue  strategic  acquisitions.  On February 4,
1998,  the Company  acquired  Heath Company and its  Heath/Zenith  business from
Heath  Holding  Corp.  The Company has also  entered  into  letters of intent to
acquire Fireplace  Manufacturers,  Incorporated  ("FMI") and to form a strategic
alliance with Universal  Heating,  Inc. ("UHI").  No assurance may be given that
such  transactions  will  ultimately  be  consummated.   See   "Business--Recent
Developments."

         Except for the proposed  acquisition of FMI and the proposal  strategic
alliance  with UHI, the Company has no present  understandings,  commitments  or
agreements  with  respect  to any such  acquisitions,  the  Company  continually
evaluates potential acquisition opportunities.  The Company is unable to predict
whether any of these opportunities will result in acquisitions.  Acquisitions by
the Company could result in the  incurrence of  additional  indebtedness,  which
could materially  adversely affect the Company's  business,  financial condition
and  results of  operations.  Acquisitions  involve  numerous  risks,  including
difficulties in the assimilation of the operations,  technologies,  services and
products of the acquired  companies and the diversion of management's  attention
from other business  concerns.  In the event that any such  acquisition  were to
occur,  there  can  be no  assurance  that  the  Company's  business,  financial
condition and results of operations would not be materially  adversely affected.
See "Business -- Business Strategy."
    
Dependence on Brand Names
   
         In fiscal 1997,  the majority of the  Company's  net sales are sales of
products  bearing  the  Company's  principal   proprietary  names  of  Reddy(R),
Remington(R),   Vanguard(R),   Comfort  Glow(R),  Master(R),  and  Powerfast(R).
Accordingly,  the Company's  future success may depend in part upon the goodwill
associated with the Company's principal brand names. Most of the Company's brand
names are  registered in the United States and certain  foreign  countries.  The
Company  owns the  rights  to all of the  registrations  with the  exception  of
Remington,  (used in connection with approximately 15% of sales),  which is used
pursuant to a perpetual,  royalty-free license. In addition,  Heath Company uses
the  name  Zenith(R)  in its  Heath/Zenith  business  pursuant  to a  perpetual,
royalty-free license from Zenith Electronics Corporation.  See "Business--Recent
Developments."
    
         No  assurance  can be given that the Company will be able to develop or
acquire licenses to use other popular trademarks in the future.  Further,  there
can be no  assurance  that the steps  taken by the  Company or any  licensor  to
protect the  proprietary  rights in such brand names will be adequate to prevent
the  misappropriation  thereof in the United States or abroad. In addition,  the
laws of some foreign countries do not protect  proprietary rights in brand names
to the same extent as do the laws of the United States.

Risk of Loss of Material Customers

         In fiscal year 1997,  sales to Home Depot and Lowe's  accounted for 13%
and 11% of the  Company's  net sales,  respectively.  For the nine months  ended
November 29, 1997,  sales to Home Depot and Lowe's  accounted for 16% and 14% of
the  Company's  net  sales,  respectively.  In fiscal  year  1997,  sales to the
Company's top ten customers accounted for 49% of the Company's total sales.

         Consistent with industry practices,  the Company does not operate under
long-term  written supply  contracts  with any of its  customers.  The business,
financial  condition,  and  results  of  operations  of  the  Company  could  be
materially  adversely  affected  by loss of Home  Depot or Lowe's as  continuing
major customers of the Company.

                                       23
<PAGE>
Seasonality of Business

         The Company's  business is subject to seasonal  fluctuation.  In fiscal
1997,  sales and operating  income  during the second and third  quarters of the
year averaged approximately 71% and 90% respectively,  of the annual totals. The
Company's  needs for working capital and the  corresponding  debt levels tend to
peak in the second and third fiscal quarters.  The amount of the Company's sales
generated during the second and third fiscal quarters  generally  depends upon a
number of factors,  including  the level of retail  sales for  heating  products
during the fall and winter,  weather conditions  affecting the level of sales of
heating  products,  general  economic  conditions  and other factors  beyond the
Company's control.

Dependence on Key Personnel
   
         The  Company's  business is managed by a number of key  personnel,  the
loss of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.  In addition,
as the Company's  business  develops and expands,  the Company believes that its
future  success  will  depend  greatly on its  continued  ability to attract and
retain  highly  skilled and  qualified  personnel.  The Company has entered into
employment  agreements with Robert H. Elman (Chairman,  Chief Executive  Officer
and  Director),  Terry  G.  Scariot  (President,  Director)  and  John M.  Kelly
(Executive  Vice  President)  in  conjunction  with  the  Recapitalization.  See
"Management -- Employment  Agreements with Executive  Officers." However,  there
can be no  assurance  that key  personnel  will  continue  to be employed by the
Company after the expiration of such amended  employment  agreements or that the
Company  will be able to attract and retain  qualified  personnel in the future.
Failure by the Company to retain or attract such personnel could have a material
adverse effect on the Company.
    
Control by Investors
   
         The Company is controlled  by Childs,  which  beneficially  owns shares
representing approximately 67.5% of the common equity in Holdings.  Accordingly,
Childs and affiliates  have the power to elect the Holdings'  board of directors
(which,  in  turn,  elects  the  Company's  board  of  directors),  appoint  new
management  and cause the approval of any action  requiring  the approval of the
holders of the Company's  Common  Stock,  including  adopting  amendments to the
Company's   Articles  of  Incorporation   and  approving  mergers  or  sales  of
substantially all of the Company's assets. The directors caused to be elected by
Childs have the authority to make decisions  affecting the capital  structure of
the  Company,   including  the  issuance  of  additional  indebtedness  and  the
declaration of dividends.
    
Restrictive Covenants
   
         The  New  Credit  Facility  and  the  Indenture   contain   restrictive
covenants,  which limit the  discretion  of the  management  of the Company with
respect to certain business matters.  These covenants place certain restrictions
on,  among  other  things,  the  ability  of the  Company  to  incur  additional
indebtedness,  to create liens or other  encumbrances,  to pay dividends or make
other restricted payments, to make investments, loans and guarantees and to sell
or  otherwise  dispose  of a  substantial  portion  of  assets  to,  or merge or
consolidate with, another entity. The New Credit Facility also contains a number
of financial covenants that require the Company to meet certain financial ratios
and tests and provide that a "change of control"  would  constitute  an event of
default. See "Description of Notes -- Certain Covenants" and "Description of New
Credit Facility." A failure to comply with the obligations  contained in the New
Credit  Facility  or the  Indenture,  if  not  cured  or  waived,  could  permit
acceleration of the related  indebtedness and acceleration of indebtedness under
other instruments that contain  cross-acceleration or cross-default  provisions.
In the case of an event of default  under the New Credit  Facility,  the lenders
under the New  Credit  Facility  would be  entitled  to  exercise  the  remedies
available  to a  secured  lender  under  applicable  law.  If the  Company  were
obligated to repay all or a significant  portion of its indebtedness,  there can
be no assurance that the Company would have sufficient cash to do so or that the
Company could successfully  refinance such  indebtedness.  Other indebtedness of
the Company  that may be incurred in the future may contain  financial  or other
covenants more  restrictive  than those applicable to the New Credit Facility or
the Notes.
    
                                       24
<PAGE>
Potential Inability to Fund Change of Control Offer

         Upon a Change in Control  (as  defined in the  Indenture),  each holder
will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of such
holder's Notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof,  plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase.  See
"Description  of Notes --  Repurchase  at the  Option  of  Holders  -- Change of
Control."  However,  there can be no  assurance  that  sufficient  funds will be
available  to the  Company  at the time of the  Change  of  Control  to make any
required repurchases of Notes tendered. Moreover, restrictions in the New Credit
Facility  may  prohibit  the  Company  from  making  such  required   purchases;
therefore,  any such repurchases  would constitute an event of default under the
New Credit  Facility  absent a waiver.  Notwithstanding  these  provisions,  the
Company   could   enter   into   certain    transactions,    including   certain
recapitalizations,  that  would not  constitute  a Change of  Control  but would
increase the amount of debt outstanding at such time.

Fraudulent Conveyance and Preference Considerations

         Under  applicable  provisions of federal  bankruptcy  law or comparable
provisions  of state  fraudulent  conveyance  law, if, among other  things,  the
Company  or any of the  Guarantors,  at the time it  incurred  the  indebtedness
evidenced by the Notes or its  Guarantees,  as the case may be, (i)(a) was or is
insolvent or rendered  insolvent by reason of such  occurrence  or (b) was or is
engaged in a business  or  transaction  of which the assets  remaining  with the
Company or such Guarantor  were  unreasonably  small or constitute  unreasonably
small  capital or (c)  intended or intends to incur,  or  believed,  believes or
should have believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to repay such
debts as they mature and (ii) the Company or such Guarantor received or receives
less  than  the  reasonably  equivalent  value  or  fair  consideration  for the
incurrence  of  such  indebtedness,  the  Notes  and  the  Guarantees  could  be
invalidated  or  subordinated  to  all  other  debts  of  the  Company  or  such
Guarantors,  as the  case  may  be.  The  Notes  or  Guarantees  could  also  be
invalidated or  subordinated  if it were found that the Company or the Guarantor
party thereto, as the case may be, incurred  indebtedness in connection with the
Notes or its  Guarantees  with the intent of  hindering,  delaying or defrauding
current or future  creditors of the Company or such  Guarantor,  as the case may
be. In addition,  the payment of interest and principal by the Company  pursuant
to a Guarantee  could be voided and required to be returned to the person making
such payment,  or to a fund for the benefit of the creditors of the Company,  as
the case may be.

         The measures of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing considerations
will vary depending  upon the law applied in any proceeding  with respect to the
foregoing.  Generally,  however,  the Company or a Guarantor would be considered
insolvent if (i) the sum of its debts,  including contingent  liabilities,  were
greater than the sum of all of its assets at a fair  valuation or if the present
fair  saleable  value of its  assets  were less than the  amount  that  would be
required  to  pay  its  probable  liability  on  its  existing  debt,  including
contingent liabilities,  as they become absolute and mature or (ii) it could not
pay its debts as they become due.

         Additionally,  under federal  bankruptcy or applicable state insolvency
law, if certain  bankruptcy  or  insolvency  proceedings  were  initiated  by or
against the Company or any Guarantor  with respect to the Notes or a Guarantees,
respectively,  or after the issuance of a Guarantees,  or if the Company or such
Guarantor  anticipated  becoming  insolvent  at the  time  of  such  payment  or
issuance,  all or a portion of such payment or such Guarantees  could be avoided
as a  preferential  transfer,  and the  receipt  of any  such  payment  could be
required to return such payment.

         To the extent any Guarantees were voided as a fraudulent  conveyance or
held  unenforceable  for any other reason,  holders of Notes would cease to have
any claim in  respect of such  Guarantor  and would be  creditors  solely of the
Company  and  any   Guarantor   whose   Guarantees   was  not  avoided  or  held
unenforceable.  In such event, the claims of holders of Notes against the issuer
of an  invalid  Guarantees  would  be  subject  to  the  prior  payment  of  all
liabilities  and  preferred  stock  claims  of such  Guarantor.  There can be no
assurance  that,  after  providing  for all prior  claims  and  preferred  stock
interests,  if any,  there would be  sufficient  assets to satisfy the claims of
holders of Notes relating to any voided portions of any Guarantees.  The Company
currently has no significant subsidiaries.
   
         On the basis of its historical financial information,  recent operating
history and projected  financial data, the Company  believes that,  after giving
effect to the indebtedness incurred in connection with the Recapitalization,  it
is not  insolvent,  does not have  

                                       25
<PAGE>

unreasonably  small assets or capital for the  businesses in which it is engaged
and does not have  debts  beyond its  ability to pay such debts as they  mature.
There can be no assurance,  however,  as to what standard a court would apply in
making such determinations.
    
                                       26
<PAGE>
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER

General

         In connection with the sale of the Old Notes, the Company, Holdings and
the Initial  Purchasers  entered into the Registration  Rights Agreement,  which
requires the Company to file with the Commission a registration  statement under
the Securities Act with respect to an issue of senior  subordinated notes of the
Company  with  terms  identical  to  the  Old  Notes  (except  with  respect  to
restrictions  on  transfer)  and  to  use  their  best  efforts  to  cause  such
registration  statement to become effective under the Securities Act by no later
than March 26, 1998 and, upon the effectiveness of such registration  statement,
to offer to the  holders  of the Old Notes the  opportunity,  for a period of 30
business days (or longer if required by applicable law) from the date the notice
of the Exchange  Offer is mailed to holders of the Old Notes,  to exchange their
Old Notes for a like principal  amount of New Notes. The Exchange Offer is being
made  pursuant to the  Registration  Rights  Agreement to satisfy the  Company's
obligations thereunder.

         Under  existing   interpretations   of  the  staff  of  the  Commission
enunciated in no-action letters issued to third parties, the New Notes would, in
general,  be  freely  transferable  after the  Exchange  Offer  without  further
registration  under the  Securities  Act by holders  thereof  (other  than (i) a
broker-dealer  who acquires  such New Notes  directly from the Company to resell
pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available  exemption under the Securities Act
or (ii) a person that is an affiliate of the Company  within the meaning of Rule
405 under the Securities  Act),  without  compliance with the  registration  and
prospectus  delivery  provisions of the Securities  Act,  provided that such New
Notes are acquired in the  ordinary  course of such  holders'  business and such
holders have no arrangements  with any person to participate in the distribution
of such New Notes.  Eligible  holders  wishing to accept the Exchange Offer must
represent to the Company that such conditions have been met. Each  broker-dealer
that receives New Notes for its own account  pursuant to the Exchange Offer must
acknowledge  that it will deliver a prospectus in connection  with any resale of
such New Notes.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

         Each holder of Old Notes who wishes to exchange Old Notes for New Notes
in the  Exchange  Offer  will  be  required  to  make  certain  representations,
including that (i) it is neither an affiliate of the Company nor a broker-dealer
tendering Old Notes acquired directly from the Company for its own account, (ii)
any New Notes to be received by it were  acquired in the ordinary  course of its
business and (iii) at the time of  commencement of the Exchange Offer, it has no
arrangement  with any person to  participate  in the  distribution  (within  the
meaning of the Securities Act) of the New Notes. In addition, in connection with
any resales of New Notes, any  broker-dealer (a  "Participating  Broker-Dealer")
who  acquired  Old  Notes  for its own  account  as a  result  of  market-making
activities or other  trading  activities  must deliver a prospectus  meeting the
requirements  of the  Securities  Act in  connection  with any resale of the New
Notes.  The  Commission has taken the position,  in no-action  letters issued to
third parties,  that  Participating  Broker-Dealers may fulfill their prospectus
delivery  requirements  with respect to the New Notes (other than a resale of an
unsold  allotment  from the  original  sales of Old Notes)  with the  prospectus
contained  in  the  Registration   Statement.   Under  the  Registration  Rights
Agreement,  the Company and the Guarantors  are required to allow  Participating
Broker-Dealers  (and  other  persons,  if any,  subject  to  similar  prospectus
delivery  requirements)  to use the  prospectus  contained  in the  Registration
Statement in connection  with the resale of such New Notes,  provided,  however,
they shall not be required to amend or supplement  such  prospectus for a period
exceeding 180 days after the consummation of the Exchange Offer.

         If  (a)  the  Company  and  the  Guarantors  fail  to  file  any of the
Registration  Statements  required by the  Registration  Rights  Agreement on or
before  the  date  specified  for  such  filing,  (b) any of  such  Registration
Statements is not declared  effective by the  Commission on or prior to the date
specified for such  effectiveness  (the  "Effectiveness  Target Date"),  (c) the
Company and the  Guarantors  fail to  Consummate  the  Exchange  Offer within 30
business  days of the  Effectiveness  Target Date with  respect to the  Exchange
Offer Registration  Statement,  or (d) the Shelf  Registration  Statement or the
Exchange  Offer  Registration  Statement is declared  effective  but  thereafter
ceases  to be  effective  or usable  in  connection  with  resales  of  Transfer
Restricted  Securities during the periods  specified in the Registration  Rights
Agreement  (each  such event  referred  to in clauses  (a)  through  (d) above a
"Registration Default"), then the Company and the Guarantors will pay Liquidated
Damages to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, with respect to the
first 90-day period  immediately  following the occurrence of such  Registration
Default in an amount equal to $.05 per 
                                       27
<PAGE>
week per  $1,000  principal  amount of Notes  constituting  Transfer  Restricted
Securities  held by such  Holder.  The  amount of the  Liquidated  Damages  will
increase by an additional $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount constituting
Transfer  Restricted  Securities with respect to each  subsequent  90-day period
until all  Registration  Defaults  have been  cured,  up to a maximum  amount of
Liquidated  Damages  of $.50 per  week  per  $1,000  principal  amount  of Notes
constituting  Transfer Restricted  Securities.  Liquidated Damages accrued as of
any interest  payment date will be payable on such date.  Following  the cure of
all Registration Defaults, the accrual of Liquidated Damages will cease.

         Upon  the  terms  and  subject  to the  conditions  set  forth  in this
Prospectus  and in the  accompanying  Letter of  Transmittal,  the Company  will
accept all Old Notes validly tendered prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
the Expiration  Date.  The Company will issue $1,000 in principal  amount of New
Notes (and  integral  multiples  in excess  thereof)  in  exchange  for an equal
principal  amount of outstanding Old Notes tendered and accepted in the Exchange
Offer.  Holders  may  tender  some or all of their  Old  Notes  pursuant  to the
Exchange Offer in any denomination of $1,000 or in integral  multiples in excess
thereof.

         Based on no-action  letters  issued by the staff of the  Commission  to
third parties,  the Company  believes that the New Notes issued  pursuant to the
Exchange  Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for resale,  resold and
otherwise  transferred by holders thereof (other than any such holder that is an
"affiliate"  of the Company  within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities
Act)  without   compliance  with  the  registration   and  prospectus   delivery
requirements of the Securities Act, provided that such New Notes are acquired in
the  ordinary  course  of  such  holders'  business  and  such  holders  have no
arrangement  with any  person to  participate  in the  distribution  of such New
Notes. Any holder of Old Notes who tenders in the Exchange Offer for the purpose
of  participating  in a  distribution  of the  New  Notes  cannot  rely  on such
interpretation  by  the  staff  of the  Commission  and  must  comply  with  the
registration  and  prospectus  delivery  requirements  of the  Securities Act in
connection with any resale  transaction.  Each  broker-dealer  that receives New
Notes for its own account in exchange  for Old Notes,  where such Old Notes were
acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making  activities or other
trading  activities,  must  acknowledge  that it will  deliver a  prospectus  in
connection with any resale of such New Notes.

         The form and  terms of the New  Notes  will be the same as the form and
terms  of the Old  Notes  except  that  the New  Notes  will  not  bear  legends
restricting the transfer  thereof.  The New Notes will evidence the same debt as
the Old Notes.  The New Notes will be issued  under and entitled to the benefits
of the Indenture.

         As of the  date  of this  Prospectus,  $130,000,000  million  aggregate
principal amount of the Old Notes are outstanding and CEDE & Co., the nominee of
DTC, is the only registered  holder thereof.  In connection with the issuance of
the Old Notes, the Company arranged for the Old Notes to be eligible for trading
in the PORTAL Market,  the National  Association of Securities  Dealers'  screen
based,  automated  market  trading of securities  eligible for resale under Rule
144A,  and  to be  issued  and  transferable  in  book-entry  form  through  the
facilities  of DTC.  The New Notes will also be  issuable  and  transferable  in
book-entry form through DTC.

         This Prospectus,  together with the accompanying Letter of Transmittal,
is being sent to all  registered  holders as of  __________,  1998 (the  "Record
Date").

         The Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old Notes
when,  as and if the  Company  has given oral or written  notice  thereof to the
Exchange Agent.  See "Exchange  Agent." The Exchange Agent will act as agent for
the  tendering  holders of Old Notes for the purpose of receiving New Notes from
the Company and delivering New Notes to such holders.

         If any tendered  Old Notes are not accepted for exchange  because of an
invalid  tender or the  occurrence  of certain  other  events set forth  herein,
certificates  for any  such  unaccepted  Old  Notes  will be  returned,  without
expense,  to the tendering  holder thereof as promptly as practicable  after the
Expiration Date.

         Holders  of Old Notes  who  tender in the  Exchange  Offer  will not be
required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in
the Letter of  Transmittal,  transfer  taxes with respect to the exchange of Old
Notes  
                                       28
<PAGE>
pursuant to the Exchange  Offer.  The Company will pay all charges and expenses,
other than certain  applicable taxes, in connection with the Exchange Offer. See
"Fees and Expenses."

         Holders of Old Notes do not have any  appraisal or  dissenters'  rights
under the Delaware  General  Corporation Law or the Indenture in connection with
the  Exchange  Offer.  The  Company  intends to conduct  the  Exchange  Offer in
accordance  with the  provisions of the  Registration  Rights  Agreement and the
applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the
Commission  thereunder.  Old Notes that are not  tendered  for  exchange  in the
Exchange Offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest, but will
not be  entitled  to any  rights  or  benefits  under  the  Registration  Rights
Agreement.

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments

         The term "Expiration  Date" shall mean 5:00 p.m. New York City time, on
___________,  1998,  unless the  Company,  in its sole  discretion,  extends the
Exchange Offer, in which case the term  "Expiration  Date" shall mean the latest
date to which the Exchange Offer is extended.

         In order to extend the  Expiration  Date,  the Company  will notify the
Exchange  Agent of any extension by oral or written  notice and will mail to the
record holders of Old Notes an  announcement  thereof,  each prior to 9:00 a.m.,
New York City time,  on the next  business  day after the  previously  scheduled
Expiration  Date. Such  announcement may state that the Company is extending the
Exchange Offer for a specified period of time.

         The  Company  reserves  the  right (i) to delay  acceptance  of any Old
Notes,  to extend the Exchange  Offer or to terminate the Exchange  Offer and to
refuse to accept Old Notes not previously accepted, if any of the conditions set
forth herein  under  "Termination"  shall have  occurred and shall not have been
waived by the Company (if permitted to be waived by the Company), by giving oral
or written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the Exchange Agent,
and (ii) to amend the terms of the Exchange Offer in any manner ,deemed by it to
be advantageous  to the holders of the Old Notes.  Any such delay in acceptance,
extension,  termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable
by oral or written notice thereof.  If the Exchange Offer is amended in a manner
determined  by the Company to  constitute  a material  change,  the Company will
promptly disclose such amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the
holders of the Old Notes of such amendment.

         Without  limiting  the manner in which the  Company  may choose to make
public  announcements  of any delay in  acceptance,  extension,  termination  or
amendment  of the  Exchange  Offer,  the  Company  shall have no  obligation  to
publish, advertise, or otherwise communicate any such public announcement, other
than by making a timely release to the Dow Jones News Service.

Interest on the New Notes
   
         The New Notes will bear interest from the last Interest Payment Date on
which  interest was paid on the Old Notes,  or if interest has not yet been paid
on the Old Notes,  from  November 26, 1997.  Such interest will be paid with the
first interest payment on the New Notes.  Interest on the Old Notes accepted for
exchange will cease to accrue upon issuance of the New Notes.
    
          The New  Notes  will  bear  interest  at a rate of  97/8%  per  annum.
Interest  on the New Notes  will be  payable  semi-annually,  in arrears on each
Interest  Payment  Date  following  the  consummation  of  the  Exchange  Offer.
Untendered  Old  Notes  that are not  exchanged  for New Notes  pursuant  to the
Exchange  Offer  will  bear  interest  at a rate of 97/8%  per  annum  after the
Expiration Date.

Procedures for Tendering

         To tender in the Exchange Offer, a holder must complete,  sign and date
the Letter of Transmittal,  or a facsimile thereof,  have the signatures thereon
guaranteed  if  required  by the Letter of  Transmittal,  and mail or  otherwise
deliver such Letter of  Transmittal  or such  facsimile,  together  with the Old
Notes (unless the book-entry transfer  procedures  

                                      29
<PAGE>
described  below are used) and any other  required  documents,  to the  Exchange
Agent for  receipt  prior to 5:00 p.m.,  New York City time,  on the  Expiration
Date.
   
         Any financial  institution  that is a participant  in DTC's  Book-Entry
Transfer Facility system may make bookentry delivery of the Old Notes by causing
DTC to transfer such Old Notes into the Exchange  Agent's account and deliver an
Agent's  Message  (as  defined  below)  on or  prior to the  Expiration  Date in
accordance with DTC's  procedure for such transfer and delivery.  If delivery of
Old Notes may be effected through book-entry  transfer into the Exchange Agent's
account  at  DTC  and an  Agent's  Message  is  not  delivered,  the  Letter  of
Transmittal (or facsimile thereof),  with any required signature  guarantees and
any other required documents,  must, in any case, be transmitted to and received
or confirmed by the Exchange Agent at its addresses set forth in this Prospectus
prior to 5:00 p.m.,  New York City time,  on the  Expiration  Date.  DELIVERY OF
DOCUMENTS TO DTC IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS PROCEDURES DOES NOT CONSTITUTE  DELIVERY
TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.

         The term "Agent's  Message" means a message,  transmitted by DTC to and
received by the Exchange  Agent and forming a part of a Book-Entry  Confirmation
(as  defined   below),   which   states   that  DTC  has   received  an  express
acknowledgement from the tendering  participant,  which  acknowledgement  states
that the  participant  has  received  and  agrees to be bound by,  and makes the
representations and warranties  contained in, the Letter of Transmittal and that
the  Company may enforce the Letter of  Transmittal  against  such  participant.
Holders of Old Notes whose  certificates are not immediately  available,  or who
are unable to deliver  their  certificates  or  confirmation  of the  book-entry
tender  of  their  Old  Notes  into the  Exchange  Agent's  account  at DTC (the
"Book-Entry  Confirmation")  and all other  documents  required by the Letter of
Transmittal  to the  Exchange  Agent on or prior to the  Expiration  Date,  must
tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth
below.

         The  tender  (as  set  forth  above)  by a  holder  of Old  Notes  will
constitute an agreement  between such holder and the Company in accordance  with
the terms and subject to the  conditions  set forth  herein and in the Letter of
Transmittal.
    
         Delivery of all  documents  must be made to the  Exchange  Agent at its
address  set forth  herein.  Holders  may also  request  that  their  respective
brokers,  dealers,  commercial  banks,  trust  companies or nominees effect such
tender for such holders.

         The method of delivery of Old Notes and the Letter of  Transmittal  and
all other  required  documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and risk
of the holders.  Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that holders use
an overnight or hand delivery service.  In all cases,  sufficient time should be
allowed to assure timely delivery.  No Letter of Transmittal or Old Notes should
be sent to the Company.

         Only a holder of Old Notes may  tender  such Old Notes in the  Exchange
Offer.  The term "holder" with respect to the Exchange Offer means any person in
whose  name Old Notes are  registered  on the books of the  Company or any other
person  who has  obtained a properly  completed  bond power from the  registered
holder or any  person  whose Old Notes are held of record by DTC who  desires to
deliver such Old Notes by book-entry Transfer at DTC.

         Any beneficial holder whose Old Notes are registered in the name of his
broker,  dealer,  commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes
to tender  should  contact such  registered  holder  promptly and instruct  such
registered  holder to tender on his behalf.  If such beneficial holder wishes to
tender on his own behalf,  such beneficial  holder must, prior to completing and
executing the Letter of Transmittal  and  delivering his Old Notes,  either make
appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Old Notes in such holder's
name or obtain a properly  completed bond power from the registered  holder. The
transfer of record ownership may take considerable time.

         Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the
case may be,  must be  guaranteed  by a  member  firm of a  registered  national
securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc.,
a commercial  bank or trust  company  having an office or  correspondent  in the
United States or an "eligible guarantor  institution" within the meaning of Rule
17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act (an "Eligible Institution") that is a participant
in a  recognized  medallion  signature  guarantee  program  unless the Old Notes
tendered pursuant thereto are tendered (i)

                                       30
<PAGE>
by a registered  holder who has not completed the box entitled "Special Issuance
Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal or
(ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution.

         If the  Letter of  Transmittal  is signed  by a person  other  than the
registered  holder  of any Old Notes  listed  therein,  such Old  Notes  must be
endorsed or accompanied by appropriate  bond powers which  authorize such person
to  tender  the Old Notes on behalf of the  registered  holder,  in either  case
signed as the name of the registered holder or holders appears on the Old Notes.

          If the  Letter  of  Transmittal  or any Old Notes or bond  powers  are
signed by trustees,  executors,  administrators,  guardians,  attorneys-in-fact,
officers  of  corporations  or others  acting in a fiduciary  or  representative
capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by the
Company,  submit  evidence  satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so
act with the Letter of Transmittal.

         All questions as to the validity,  form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of the tendered Old Notes will be determined
by the Company in its sole  discretion,  which  determination  will be final and
binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all Old Notes
not properly tendered or any Old Notes the Company's  acceptance of which would,
in the  opinion of counsel  for the  Company,  be  unlawful.  The  Company  also
reserves the absolute right to waive any  irregularities or conditions of tender
as to  particular  Old  Notes.  The  Company's  interpretation  of the terms and
conditions of the Exchange Offer  (including the  instructions  in the Letter of
Transmittal)  will be final and  binding  on all  parties.  Unless  waived,  any
defects or  irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes must be cured
within such time as the  Company  shall  determine.  Neither  the  Company,  the
Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification
of defects or irregularities  with respect to tenders of Old Notes nor shall any
of them incur any  liability for failure to give such  notification.  Tenders of
Old Notes will not be deemed to have been made until  such  irregularities  have
been cured or waived.  Any Old Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not
properly  tendered and as to which the defects or  irregularities  have not been
cured or waived  will be  returned  without  cost by the  Exchange  Agent to the
tendering  holder of such Old Notes unless  otherwise  provided in the Letter of
Transmittal as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.

         In addition,  the Company  reserves the right in its sole discretion to
(a) purchase or make offers for any Old Notes that remain outstanding subsequent
to the Expiration Date, or, as set forth under  "Termination,"  to terminate the
Exchange Offer and (b) to the extent  permitted by applicable law,  purchase Old
Notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The
terms of any such  purchases or offers may differ from the terms of the Exchange
Offer.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

         Holders who wish to tender  their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are
not  immediately  available,  or (ii) who cannot  deliver  their Old Notes,  the
Letter of  Transmittal  or any other  required  documents to the Exchange  Agent
prior to the  Expiration  Date, or if such holder cannot  complete the procedure
for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may effect a tender if:

         (a) the tender is made through an Eligible Institution;

         (b) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent receives from such
Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery (by facsimile  transmission,  mail or hand delivery)  setting forth the
name and  address  of the  holder of the Old Notes,  the  certificate  number or
numbers  of such Old Notes  and the  principal  amount  of Old  Notes  tendered,
stating that the tender is being made thereby,  and  guaranteeing  that,  within
three  business days after the Expiration  Date,  the Letter of Transmittal  (or
facsimile thereof),  together with the certificate(s) representing the Old Notes
(unless the  book-entry  transfer  procedures  are to be used) to be tendered in
proper  form for  transfer  and any other  documents  required  by the Letter of
Transmittal,  will be deposited by the  Eligible  Institution  with the Exchange
Agent; and

                                       31
<PAGE>
         (c) such properly  completed  and executed  Letter of  Transmittal  (or
facsimile thereof),  together with the certificate(s)  representing all tendered
Old Notes in proper form for transfer (or confirmation of a book-entry  transfer
into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC of Old Notes delivered  electronically)
and all other  documents  required by the Letter of Transmittal  are received by
the Exchange Agent within three business days after the Expiration Date.

         Upon request to the Exchange  Agent,  a Notice of  Guaranteed  Delivery
will be sent to  holders  who wish to tender  their Old Notes  according  to the
guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.

Withdrawal of Tenders

         Except  as  otherwise  provided  herein,  tenders  of Old  Notes may be
withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m.,  New York City time, on the Expiration
Date.

          To withdraw a tender of Old Notes in the Exchange  Offer, a written or
facsimile  transmission  notice of  withdrawal  must be received by the Exchange
Agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
the Expiration  Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of
the person  having  deposited the Old Notes to be withdrawn  (the  "Depositor"),
(ii) identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number or
numbers  and  principal  amount  of such  Old  Notes),  (iii) be  signed  by the
Depositor  in the  same  manner  as the  original  signature  on the  Letter  of
Transmittal  by which  such Old Notes  were  tendered  (including  any  required
signature  guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer  sufficient to
permit the Trustee  with  respect to the Old Notes to register  the  transfer of
such Old Notes into the name of the  Depositor  withdrawing  the tender and (iv)
specify the name in which any such Old Notes are to be registered,  if different
from  that  of the  Depositor.  All  questions  as to  the  validity,  form  and
eligibility  (including  time of receipt)  of such  withdrawal  notices  will be
determined by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding on all
parties.  Any Old Notes so  withdrawn  will be deemed  not to have been  validly
tendered  for purposes of the  Exchange  Offer,  and no New Notes will be issued
with respect  thereto unless the Old Notes so withdrawn are validly  retendered.
Any Old Notes that have been  tendered  but which are not  accepted for exchange
will be returned to the holder  thereof  without  cost to such holder as soon as
practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange
Offer.  Properly  withdrawn  Old Notes may be retendered by following one of the
procedures described above under "Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior to
the Expiration Date.

Termination

         Notwithstanding  any other term of the Exchange Offer, the Company will
not be required to accept for exchange,  or exchange New Notes for any Old Notes
not theretofore  accepted for exchange,  and may terminate or amend the Exchange
Offer as provided  herein  before the  acceptance  of such Old Notes if: (i) any
action or  proceeding  is  instituted or threatened in any court or by or before
any  governmental  agency with  respect to the  Exchange  Offer,  which,  in the
Company's  judgment,  might materially  impair the Company's  ability to proceed
with  the  exchange  Offer  or (ii)  any law,  statute,  rule or  regulation  is
proposed,  adopted or enacted, or any existing law, statute,  rule or regulation
is  interpreted  by the  staff of the  Commission  in a  manner,  which,  in the
Company's  judgment,  might materially  impair the Company's  ability to proceed
with the Exchange Offer.

         If the Company  determines that it may terminate the Exchange Offer, as
set forth  above,  the Company may (i) refuse to accept any Old Notes and return
any Old Notes that have been  tendered to the holders  thereof,  (ii) extend the
Exchange  Offer and retain all Old Notes tendered prior to the expiration of the
Exchange  Offer,  subject to the rights of such holders of tendered Old Notes to
withdraw their tendered Old Notes,  or (iii) waive such  termination  event with
respect to the Exchange  Offer and accept all  properly  tendered Old Notes that
have not been  withdrawn.  If such waiver  constitutes a material  change in the
Exchange  Offer,  the Company will disclose such change by means of a supplement
to this  Prospectus  that will be distributed to each  registered  holder of Old
Notes,  and the Company will extend the  Exchange  Offer for a period of five to
ten business days,  depending upon the significance of the waiver and the manner
of disclosure to the registered  holders of the Old Notes, if the Exchange Offer
would otherwise expire during such period.

                                       32
<PAGE>
Exchange Agent

         The Marine  Midland Bank has been  appointed as Exchange  Agent for the
Exchange  Offer.   Questions  and  requests  for  assistance  and  requests  for
additional  copies of this Prospectus or of the Letter of Transmittal  should be
directed to the Exchange Agent addressed as follows:
   
       By Mail, By Overnight Courier                     By Facsimile:
                or By Hand:                    (For Eligible Institutions Only)
            Marine Midland Bank                         (212) 658-2292
           140 Broadway, Level A
       New York, New York 10005-1180                 Confirm by Telephone:
  Attention:  Corporate Trust Operations                (212) 658-5931
    
Fees and Expenses

         The expenses of soliciting  tenders pursuant to the Exchange Offer will
be borne by the Company. The principal  solicitation for tenders pursuant to the
Exchange Offer is being made by mail.  Additional  solicitations  may be made by
officers and regular  employees of the Company and its affiliates in person,  by
telegraph or by telephone.

         The Company  will not make any  payments  to brokers,  dealers or other
persons soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. The Company, however, will
pay the Exchange  Agent  reasonable and customary fees for its services and will
reimburse  the  Exchange  Agent for its  reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  in
connection  therewith.  The  Company  may also pay  brokerage  houses  and other
custodians,  nominees and  fiduciaries  the  reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses
incurred by them in forwarding copies of this Prospectus, Letters of Transmittal
and related  documents to the beneficial owners of the Old Notes and in handling
or forwarding tenders for exchange.

         The  expenses to be incurred in  connection  with the  Exchange  Offer,
including fees and expenses of the Exchange Agent and Trustee and accounting and
legal fees, will be paid by the Company.

         The Company  will pay all transfer  taxes,  if any,  applicable  to the
exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however,  certificates
representing New Notes or Old Notes not tendered or accepted for exchange are to
be delivered  to, or are to be  registered  or issued in the name of, any person
other than the registered  holder of the Old Notes tendered,  or if tendered Old
Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the
Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than
the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any
such  transfer  taxes  (whether  imposed on the  registered  holder or any other
persons) will be payable by the tendering  holder.  If satisfactory  evidence of
payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with the Letter of
Transmittal,  the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed  directly to such
tendering holder.

Accounting Treatment

         The New Notes will be  recorded at the same  carrying  value as the Old
Notes, which is face value, as reflected in the Company's  accounting records on
the date of the exchange.  Accordingly,  no gain or loss for accounting purposes
will be recognized by the Company upon the  consummation  of the Exchange Offer.
The  expenses of the  Exchange  Offer will be  amortized by the Company over the
term of the New Notes under generally accepted accounting principles.


                                       33
<PAGE>
                          CAPITALIZATION OF THE COMPANY

   
         The  following   table  sets  forth,  as  of  November  29,  1997,  the
consolidated  capitalization  of the  Company.  This  table  should  be  read in
conjunction  with  "Description  of  the  Notes,"  "Description  of  New  Credit
Facility,"  "Description  of  Holdings  Preferred  Stock"  and the  Consolidated
Financial   Statements  and  the  notes  thereto  appearing  elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus.
    
                                                                    (dollars
                                                                       in
                                                                    thousands)
                                                                 --------------
New Credit Facility Revolving Credit Facility(1)................      $  32,855
Term Loan Facility..............................................        100,000
Senior Subordinated Notes.......................................        130,000
                                                                        -------
  Total Long-Term Debt..........................................        262,855
Stockholders' equity (deficit)(2)...............................       (23,872)
                                                                 --------------
  Total Capitalization..........................................       $238,983
                                                                 ==============
- ----------
   
(1)      The  Revolving  Credit  Facility  provides for borrowing of up to $75.0
         million.  Giving effect to the  Recapitalization,  average  outstanding
         borrowings  under the Revolving  Credit  Facility would have been $10.7
         million during the twelve months ended  November 29, 1997.  This amount
         excludes  letters of credit  issued to replace  outstanding  letters of
         credit  established to facilitate  merchandise  purchase,  which had an
         aggregate outstanding balance of $0.9 million as of November 29, 1997.

(2)      The   following   are  the   components   to  reconcile  the  Company's
         Stockholders'  Equity (Deficit) to historical  Holdings'  Stockholders'
         Equity (Deficit):
    

   
                                                   November 29, 1997
                                   -------------------------------------------

                                       DESA            DESA       DESA Holdings
                                   International     Holdings      Consolidated
                                   --------------  ------------- ---------------
                                          (dollars in thousands)
   
Common Stock.......................    $     10      $      127     $      127
Capital in Excess of Par...........      31,890          79,786         79,786
Carryover Predecessor Adjustment...     (32,030)           (279)       (32,309)
Retained Earnings (Deficit)........     (23,280)       (183,717)(3)   (206,997)
Cumulative Transaction Adjustment..        (462)                          (462)
                                       --------       ---------    -----------
Stockholders' Equity (Deficit).....    $(23,872)      $(104,083)     $(159,855)
                                       ========       =========      =========

(3)      Includes   cumulative   amortization   of  goodwill  of  $129,000   and
         organization  costs of $891,000  plus  dividends  of  $115,136,000  and
         recapitalization consideration of $67,561,000.
    
                                       34
<PAGE>
           PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA OF HOLDINGS
   
         The following Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data
are  based  on the  historical  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  of
Holdings included  elsewhere in this Prospectus,  adjusted to give effect to the
pro forma  adjustments  described in the notes thereto.  The Unaudited Pro Forma
Condensed  Consolidated  Statement of Income Data of Holdings for the year ended
March 1, 1997 gives effect to the  Recapitalization  and the  acquisition of the
Heath/Zenith  business as if they had occurred on March 3, 1996.  The  Unaudited
Pro Forma  Condensed  Consolidated  Statement of Income Data of Holdings for the
thirty-nine   weeks   ended   November   29,   1997  give  effect  to  the  1996
Recapitalization  and the acquisition of the  Health/Zenith  business as if they
had occurred on March 2, 1997.  The Unaudited Pro Forma  Condensed  Consolidated
Statements of Income Data exclude an extraordinary charge of $2,308,000,  net of
an  income  tax  benefit  of  $1,495,000,   attributable  to  the  write-off  of
unamortized deferred financing costs related to the 1996  Recapitalization and a
non-recurring  charge of  $2,286,000  related to a  litigation  settlement  of a
patent  infringement  suit related to  Health/Zenith.  The  Unaudited  Pro Forma
Condensed  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet Data of Holdings  reflects the pro forma
adjustments related to the Heath/Zenith acquisition as though it had occurred on
November 29, 1997. The historical information utilized for Heath/Zenith is based
upon its financial  statements for the twelve months ended December 31, 1996 and
the nine months ended October 5, 1997.

         The pro forma  adjustments  are based upon  available  data and certain
assumptions  that  Holdings  believes are  reasonable.  The  Unaudited Pro Forma
Condensed   Consolidated  Financial  Data  are  not  necessarily  indicative  of
Holdings'  financial  position or results of operations that might have occurred
had the  Recapitalization  or the Heath/Zenith  acquisition been completed as of
the dates  indicated  above  and do not  purport  to  represent  what  Holdings'
consolidated financial position or results of operations might be for any future
period or date. The Unaudited Pro Forma  Condensed  Consolidated  Financial Data
should be read in  conjunction  with the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements of
Holdings and the information contained in "Management's  Discussion and Analysis
of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations"  included  elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
    

      The Recapitalization was accounted for as a recapitalization.

                                       35
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

                                             STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA

                                             Year Ended March 1, 1997
                                                  (in thousands)



                                                   Pro Forma                                         Pro Forma
                                                   Pro Forma                                      Adjustments for
                                    DESA        Adjustments for                   Heath/Zenith      Heath/Zenith
                                 Historical     Recapitalization    Pro Forma      Historical       Acquisition        Pro Forma
                               ---------------  ---------------- -------------------------------  ----------------  ----------------
<S>                               <C>               <C>                             <C>               <C>                       
Net sales......................   $209,105          $                 $209,105      $ 44,415          $                 $253,520
Cost of sales..................    130,890                             130,890        34,758              (209)(9)       165,439
                                  --------                           ---------      --------          --------         ---------
Gross profit...................     78,215                              78,215         9,657               209            88,081
Selling and administrative 
     expenses                       45,257              (950)(1)        44,302         7,687              (984)(8)(9)     51,803
                                                         (45)(3)                                           (28)(10)
                                                          40 (4)                                           826 (7)
                                  --------         ---------         ---------      --------          --------         ---------
Operating profit...............     32,958               950            33,913         1,970               395            36,278
Interest expense...............     14,509             6,814 (2)        21,323           559             1,970(6)         23,852
                                  --------         ---------         ---------      --------          --------         ---------
Income before income taxes.....     18,449            (5,859)           12,590         1,411            (1,575)           12,426
Income taxes...................      7,733            (2,461)(5)         5,272           494              (563)(5)         5,203
                                  --------         ---------         ---------      --------          --------         ---------
Income before extraordinary item  
     and non-recurring charge..   $ 10,716          $ (3,398)         $  7,318      $    917          $ (1,012)         $  7,223
                                  ========         =========         =========      ========          ========         =========


                See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income Data
</TABLE>
    
                                       36
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

                                             STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA

                                     Thirty-nine Weeks Ended November 29, 1997
                                                  (in thousands)

                                                   Pro Forma                                         Pro Forma
                                                   Pro Forma                                      Adjustments for
                                    DESA        Adjustments for                   Heath/Zenith      Heath/Zenith
                                 Historical     Recapitalization    Pro Forma      Historical       Acquisition        Pro Forma
                               ---------------  ---------------- -------------------------------  ----------------  ----------------
<S>                               <C>               <C>                             <C>               <C>                       
Net sales......................   $193,404          $                 $193,404      $ 41,151          $                 $234,555
Cost of sales..................    123,243                             123,243        31,409              (152)(9)       154,500
                                  --------                           ---------      --------          --------         ---------
Gross profit...................     70,161                              70,161         9,742               152            80,055
Selling and administrative 
     expenses                       37,559              (700)(1)        36,854         6,150              (714)(8)(9)     42,888
                                                         (35)(3)                                           (21)(10)
                                                          30 (4)                                           619 (7)
                                  --------         ---------         ---------      --------          --------         ---------
Operating profit...............     32,602               705            33,307         3,592               268            37,167
Interest expense...............     11,321             5,748 (2)        17,069           587             1,363(6)         19,019
                                  --------         ---------         ---------      --------          --------         ---------
Income before income taxes.....     21,281            (5,043)           16,238         3,005            (1,095)           18,148
Income taxes...................      8,769            (1,981)(5)         6,788           901               (99)(5)         7,590
                                  --------         ---------         ---------      --------          --------         ---------
Income before extraordinary item  
     and non-recurring charge..   $ 12,512          $ (3,062)         $  9,450      $  2,104          $   (996)         $ 10,558
                                  ========         =========         =========      ========          ========         =========

                 See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income Data
</TABLE>
    
                                       37
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED

                                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA
                                                  (In thousands)

                                                                                                       Thirty-nine
                                                                                 Fiscal Year Ended      Weeks Ended
                                                                                   March 1, 1997     November 29, 1997
                                                                                 ------------------  -----------------
Pro Forma Adjustments:
<S>                                                                                     <C>              <C>       
(1)   To eliminate historical payments made under existing management bonus plan
      and to  reflect  payments  under the  management  bonus  plan  adopted  in
      connection with the Recapitalization, as follows:

      Management incentive compensation plan adopted by the Company                     $      500       $      500
      Less: Existing management incentive compensation plan                                 (1,450)          (1,200)
                                                                                        -----------      -----------
      Pro forma adjustment                                                              $     (950)      $     (700)
                                                                                        ===========      ===========
(2)   The pro forma  adjustment  to interest  expense  for the  Recapitalization
      reflects the following:
      Interest expense related to new debt:
        New Revolving Credit Facility                                                   $       43       $      926
        New Term Loans                                                                       8,074            6,226
        New Senior Subordinated Notes                                                       12,838            9,627
        Commitment Fee: Line of Credit                                                         181              180
        Other interest and bank charges                                                        187              110
                                                                                        -----------      -----------
          Subtotal                                                                          21,323           17,069
      Less: Interest expense relating to Existing Credit Facility                          (14,509)         (11,321)
                                                                                        -----------      -----------
      Pro forma adjustment                                                              $    6,814       $    5,748
                                                                                        ===========      ===========

(3)   To  eliminate  historical  management  fees and  related  expenses  and to
      reflect management fees to be paid subsequent to the Recapitalization,  as
      follows:
      Management fee subsequent to the Recapitalization                                 $      240       $      180
      Less: Historical management fee                                                         (285)            (215)
                                                                                        -----------      -----------
      Pro forma adjustment                                                              $      (45)      $      (35)
                                                                                        ===========      ===========

(4)   To eliminate  amortization of historical  deferred  financing costs and to
      reflect  amortization  of deferred  financing costs incurred in connection
      with the Recapitalization:
      Amortization of deferred financing costs incurred in connection with the
      Recapitalization                                                                  $    1,016       $      762   
      Less: Amortization of historical deferred financing costs                               (976)            (732)
                                                                                        -----------      -----------
      Pro forma adjustment                                                              $       40       $       30
                                                                                        ===========      ===========



                                       38
<PAGE>

<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       Thirty-nine
                                                                                 Fiscal Year Ended      Weeks Ended
                                                                                   March 1, 1997     November 29, 1997
                                                                                 ------------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>              <C>       
(5)   To record the income tax benefit related to pro forma adjustments computed
      using an effective  tax rate of 42% for the  Recapitalization  and 36% for
      the Health/Zenith acquisition.

(6)   The  pro  forma  adjustment  to  interest  expense  for  the  Heath/Zenith
      acquisition reflects the following:
      Interest expense related to new debt:                                             
      Working capital advance                                                           $      726       $      561
      Acquisition advance                                                                    1,653            1,276 
      Note payable                                                                             150              113
                                                                                        -----------      -----------
        Subtotal                                                                             2,529            1,950
      Less: Interest expense relating to Existing Credit Facility                             (559)            (587)
                                                                                        -----------      -----------
      Pro forma adjustment                                                              $    1,970       $    1,363
                                                                                        ===========      ===========

(7)   To  eliminate   amortization   of  historical   goodwill  and  to  reflect
      amortization  over 40 years of goodwill  incurred in  connection  with the
      Heath/Zenith acquisition:
      Amortization of goodwill incurred in connection with the acquisition              $      677       $      508
      Less: Amortization of historical negative goodwill                                       149              111
                                                                                        -----------      -----------
      Pro forma adjustment                                                              $      826       $      619
                                                                                        ===========      ===========

(8)   To  eliminate  historical  management  fees and  related  expenses  and to
      reflect  management  fees  to  be  paid  subsequent  to  the  Heath/Zenith
      acquisition, as follows:
      Management fee subsequent to the acquisition                                      $       --       $       --
      Less: Historical management fee                                                         (217)            (169)
                                                                                        -----------      -----------
      Pro forma adjustment                                                              $      217       $      169
                                                                                        ===========      ===========

(9)  To reflect savings from consolidation of Heath/Zenith warehouse with
     DESA warehouse and related freight cost savings                                    $      209       $      152
     Reduction of salaries and fringe benefits of Heath Company
       employees who did not become employees of the Company                                   767              545
                                                                                        -----------      -----------
     Pro forma adjustment                                                               $     (976)      $     (697)
                                                                                        ===========      ===========

(10) To eliminate depreciation recorded in Selling, General & Administrative                                    (28
     expenses related to the real estate not acquired in the Heath/Zenith
     acquisition:                                                                       $      (28)      $      (21)
                                                                                        -----------      -----------
      Pro forma adjustment                                                              $      (28)      $      (21)
                                                                                        ===========      ===========
</TABLE>
    

                                       39
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED

                                            CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                                                  (in thousands)


                                                                      As of November 29, 1997
                                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 DESA       Heath/Zenith              Pro Forma         Pro Forma
                                              Historical   Historical(A)              Adjustments        Holdings
                                              ----------   -------------              -----------        --------
                                                                           Heath/Zenith
                                                                           Acquisition         Other
                                                                           -----------         -----
Assets
Current assets:
<S>                                           <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>             <C>
  Cash and cash equivalents.............       $    201       $    131     $             $               $    332 
  Accounts receivable (net)                                                          
   Trade................................         65,586          8,268         (350) (4)                   73,504
   Other................................             --          1,079                                      1,079
  Inventories...........................         27,133         10,539         (120) (4)                   37,552
  Other current assets..................          2,331          1,721                                      4,052
                                              ---------      ---------     --------                      --------
Total current assets....................         95,251         21,738         (470)                      116,519

  Fixed assets (net)....................         11,409          1,040                       (713)(2)      11,736
  Goodwill(B)(C)........................         39,999         (1,651)      29,108 (4)     1,651 (2)      69,107
  Other assets..........................         11,121          1,561          628 (4)                    13,310
                                              ---------      ---------     --------      --------        --------
  Total assets..........................      $ 157,780      $ 22,688      $ 29,266      $    938        $210,672
                                              =========      =========     ========      ========        ========
                                                                                     
Liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit) 
Current liabilities:                  
  Accounts payable......................       $ 25,114       $  4,580                   $ (1,273)(1)    $ 28,421
  Accrued liabilities...................         10,319          6,121        1,099 (4)                    17,539               
  Note payable..........................             --          7,160                     (7,160)(1)       2,000      
                                                                                            2,000 (3)
  Income taxes payable..................          2,705             --                                      2,705
  Current portion of long-term debt.....         22,355            221                       (221)(1)      27,320
                                                                                            4,965 (3)
                                              ---------      ---------     --------      --------        --------
Total current liabilities...............         60,493         18,082        1,099        (1,689)         77,985
                                                                                             (313)(1)     269,500
Long-term debt..........................        240,500            313                     29,000 (3)     

Deferred tax liabilities................          1,663             --                                      1,663
Other liabilities.......................            381             --                                        381
                                              ---------      ---------     --------      --------        --------
Total liabilities.......................        303,037         18,395        1,099        26,998         349,529

Commitments.............................                                             

Preferred stock.........................         14,598             --                                     14,598

Stockholders' equity (deficit)..........       (159,855)         4,293                      6,400 (3)    (153,455)
                                                                                           (4,293)(5)
                                              ---------      ---------     --------      --------        --------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                                           
  (deficit).............................      $ 157,780      $  22,688     $  1,099      $ 29,105        $210,672
                                              =========      =========     ========      ========        ========
                                                                          
<FN>
              (A) Heath/Zenith based upon October 5, 1997 financial statements

              (B) Heath/Zenith historical goodwill is negative goodwill

              (C) Amount of goodwill is different from amount calculated at date of acquisition, February 4, 1998, as shown 
                  on F-23, Note 15.

                       See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
</FN>
</TABLE>
    
                                       40
<PAGE>
                     NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

Pro Forma Adjustments:

   
(1) To adjust for items that were settled by Heath Company  immediately prior to
acquisition

         Account Payable                                     $(1,273)
         Repayment of debt - Note payable                     (7,160)
                             Current portion of long-term
                               debt                             (221)
                             Long-term debt                     (313)

(2)      To eliminate items included in historical balance sheet of Heath/Zenith
         but not purchased by DESA International

         Fixed assets                                          $(713)
         Negative goodwill                                     1,651

(3) To reflect the financing of Heath/Zenith by DESA International

         New Credit Facility-Revolving                       $13,965
         New Credit Facility-Acquisition Facility             20,000
         Sale of Common Stock                                  6,400
         Note payable                                          2,000
                                                            --------
                                                             $42,365
                                                            ========

(4) To record adjustments to historical Heath/Zenith amounts

         Accounts receivable                                  $(350)
         Inventories                                           (120)
         Accrued liabilities                                  1,099
         Deferred tax (other assets)                            628
         Goodwill                                            29,108

(5) To eliminate historical Heath/Zenith stockholders' equity.
    

                                       41
<PAGE>
                             SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

   
         Set  forth  below  are  selected  historical  financial  data and other
historical  operating  data of Holdings.  The summary  historical  Statements of
Operating  Data and Balance  Sheet Data below for each of the years in the three
year  period  ended March 1, 1995 and as of March 2, 1996 and March 1, 1997 have
been  derived from the audited  consolidated  financial  statements  of Holdings
which  have been  audited by Ernst & Young LLP,  independent  auditors,  and are
included  elsewhere  in this  Prospectus.  The summary  historical  Statement of
Operating  Data below for the year ended  February  26, 1994 is presented as the
consolidated  income statement data of Holdings from its date of  incorporation,
December 1, 1993, through February 26, 1994 and the income statement data of the
Company from February 28, 1993 through  November 30, 1993,  which statements for
the three and nine month periods have also been audited by Ernst & Young LLP but
which are not included  elsewhere herein.  The summary  historical Balance Sheet
Data at February 26, 1994 has been derived from the audited consolidated balance
sheet of Holdings which has also been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, but which is
not included  elsewhere herein.  The summary  historical  Statement of Operating
Data and  Balance  Sheet Data at and for the year ended  February  27, 1993 have
been derived from the audited  consolidated  financial statements of the Company
which have also been  audited by Ernst & Young LLP,  but which are not  included
elsewhere  herein.  The summary  historical  Statement of Operating Data for the
thirty-nine  weeks ended November 30, 1996 and November 29, 1997 and the summary
historical  Balance  Sheet Data at  November  29,  1997 have been  derived  from
Holdings' unaudited consolidated financial statements for those periods included
elsewhere in the Offering  Memorandum and, in each case, include, in the opinion
of  management,  all  adjustments  consisting of normal  recurring  adjustments,
necessary  for a fair  presentation  of the  results for the  unaudited  interim
periods. Results of operations for the thirty-nine weeks ended November 29, 1997
are not  necessarily  indicative  of the results  that may be  expected  for the
entire year. The  information  presented  below is qualified in its entirety by,
and  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with   "Capitalization,"   "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations"  and
the Consolidated  Financial  Statements and notes thereto included  elsewhere in
this Prospectus.
    
                                       42
<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Predecessor                                     Successor
                                  ----------------------- |---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               9 Months   |  3 Months                                   Thirty-nine Weeks Ended 
                                                 Ended    |   ended              Fiscal Year            -----------------------
                                               November   |  February            -----------            November 30,November 29,
                                     1993      30, 1993   | 26, 1994(1)   1995     1996(1)(2)    1997       1996      1997(1)
                                     ----      --------   | -----------   ----     ----          ----   ------------------------
                                                          |   (in thousand, except ratios)
Statement of Operating Data:                              |                                                     (Unaudited)
<S>                                  <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>     
Net sales(3).....................     $98,712     $93,349 |   $29,428    $172,501   $186,324    $209,105    $173,587    $193,404
Cost of sales....................      66,902      60,860 |    19,584     107,484    116,217     130,890     108,587     123,243
                                      -------     ------- |   -------    --------   --------    --------    --------    --------
Gross profit.....................      31,810      32,489 |     9,844      65,017     70,107      78,215      65,000      70,161
Selling and administrative expenses    22,320      19,301 |     7,582      35,975     37,828      45,257      33,913      37,559
                                      -------     ------- |   -------    --------   --------    --------    --------    --------
Operating profit.................       9,490      13,188 |     2,262      29,042     32,279      32,958      31,087      32,602
Interest expense.................       4,186       2,893 |     1,455       5,777      7,073      14,509      11,105      11,321
                                      -------     ------- |   -------    --------   --------    --------    --------    --------
Income before income taxes.......       5,304      10,295 |       807      23,265     25,206      18,449      19,982      21,281
Income taxes.....................       2,154       4,356 |       346      10,064     10,703       7,733       8,378       8,769
                                      -------     ------- |   -------    --------   --------    --------    --------    --------
Income before extraordinary item.       3,150       5,939 |       461      13,201     14,503      10,716      11,604      12,512
Extraordinary item(4)............          --       4,150 |       238          --      2,638          --          --       2,308
                                      -------     ------- |   -------    --------   --------    --------    --------    --------
Net income.......................       3,150       1,789 |       223      13,201     11,865      10,716      11,604      10,204
Less dividends on preferred stock          --         211 |        --         900        853         716          --          17
                                      -------     ------- |   -------    --------   --------    --------    --------    --------
Net income available for common                           |
  stockholders...................     $ 3,150     $ 1,578 |   $   223    $ 12,301   $ 11,012    $ 10,716    $ 11,604    $ 10,187
                                      =======     ======= |   =======    ========   ========    ========    ========    ========
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(5)    2.1x        4.2x |      1.5x        4.4x       4.0x        2.2x        2.6x        2.7x
Other Data:                                               |
EBITDA(6)........................     $11,752     $14,998 |    $3,176     $33,156    $36,574     $37,494     $34,785     $36,534
EBITDA margin(7).................       11.9%       16.1% |     10.8%       19.2%      19.6%       17.9%       20.0%       18.9%
Capital expenditures.............      $1,655        $964 |      $456      $1,499     $2,122      $2,770      $1,570      $3,690
Depreciation.....................       1,927       1,548 |       391       2,148      2,332       2,432       2,036       2,363
Amortization.....................         335         262 |       523       1,966      1,963       2,104       1,568       1,570
Net cash provided by (used in)                            |
operating  activities............       4,365      (4,258)|    16,150      18,337     19,375      18,398    (13,439)     (35,493)
Net cash provided by (used in)                            |
investing activities.............      (2,170)       (964)|      (456)     (2,176)    (2,060)     (2,882)     (1,490)     (3,296)
Net cash provided by (used in)                            |
financing activities.............      (2,116)      5,320 |   (14,186)     (1,651)   (17,989)    (10,599)     15,186      34,086
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):                       |
Cash and cash equivalents........        $462             |    $1,597     $16,170       $145      $5,058        $393        $201
Working capital (deficit)(8).....       5,563             |     6,680       9,738     (1,194)     (8,566)     26,130      34,758
Total assets.....................      27,867             |    84,055     107,259     85,545      91,984     137,105     157,780
Long-term debt (less current                              |
 portion)........................      27,956             |    62,000      49,700    149,709     130,600     163,194     240,500
Stockholders' equity (deficit)...     (13,210)            |     2,279      16,194    (95,402)    (84,754)    (83,577)   (159,855)
                                                          
<FN>
- ----------
(1)      Holdings was party to a  recapitalization  in January 1996 which impacted interest expense,  stockholders'  equity and long
         term debt.

(2)      53-week fiscal year.

(3)      Net sales constitute gross sales net of an accrual for returns and allowances and cash discounts.

(4)      Extraordinary items relate to the write-off of unamortized  deferred financing costs at the time the Company refinanced its
         existing debt obligations and other expenditures related to the recapitalization transactions in fiscal year 1994 and 1996.

(5)      For purposes of computing  this ratio,  earnings  consist of income before income taxes plus fixed  charges.  Fixed charges
         consist of interest  expense,  amortization of deferred  financing cost and 33% of rent expense from operating leases which
         the Company believes is a reasonable approximation of the interest factor included in the rent.

                                       43
<PAGE>


(6)      EBITDA is defined as income before taxes plus interest  expense and depreciation as well as amortization of intangibles and
         deferred charges.  EBITDA is presented because it is a widely accepted financial indicator of a leveraged company's ability
         to service and/or incur  indebtedness  and because  management  believes that EBITDA is a relevant measure of the Company's
         ability to generate cash without regard to the Company's capital structure or working capital needs. However, EBITDA should
         not be  considered  as an  alternative  to net income as a measure of a company's  operating  results or to cash flows from
         operating activities as a measure of liquidity. EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used
         by other companies,  depending upon the non-cash charges included.  When evaluating EBITDA,  investors should also consider
         other factors which may influence operating and investing  activities,  such as changes in operating assets and liabilities
         and purchases of property and equipment.

(7)      EBITDA margin is defined as EBITDA divided by net sales.

(8)      The Company's  business is subject to a pattern of seasonal  fluctuation.  As such, the Company's needs for working capital
         tend to peak in the second and third fiscal quarters.
</FN>
</TABLE>
    
                                       44
<PAGE>
                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Introduction
   
         The following  discussion  should be read in conjunction with "Selected
Financial Data" and the audited  Consolidated  Financial  Statements of Holdings
and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

         The Company is organized into two primary product categories:  (a) Zone
Heating  Products  (80% of domestic  fiscal 1997 gross  sales),  which  includes
indoor room  heaters,  hearth  products and outdoor  heaters,  and (b) Specialty
Tools (20% of domestic fiscal 1997 gross sales),  which includes powder actuated
fastening systems (tools and accessories) and electrical  products.  The Company
records sales upon shipment of products to its customers.  Net sales  constitute
gross sales net of an accrual for returns and allowances and cash discounts.

         The Company has experienced  strong historical  growth,  with net sales
and EBITDA increasing at CAGRs of 20% and 29%, respectively, from fiscal 1992 to
fiscal 1997. In addition, the Company's operating profit and cash flows provided
by (used in)  operating,  financing  and  investing  activities  increased  from
$8,175,  $6,518,  ($2,513)  and  ($3,791),  respectively,  in 1992  to  $32,958,
$18,398, $(10,599) and $(2,882), respectively, in 1997. The Company's growth has
been driven by strong  performance  across all product  categories from both new
product introductions and internally generated growth. The Company has made only
three small acquisitions from fiscal 1992 to fiscal 1997. Since fiscal 1992, new
product  introductions  have generated  approximately 56% of the Company's sales
growth. The Company focuses on its new product  development  efforts on products
that (i) are  complementary to its current product offerings or that utilize the
Company's established  technologies,  and (ii) can be sold through the Company's
well-established  distribution  channels. The Company's strategy is to introduce
its new hearth products in the specialty  heating channel (i.e.,  liquid propane
distributors  and natural gas utilities) and then expand the distribution to the
consumer channel (i.e.,  home centers and mass  merchandisers).  As part of this
strategy,  the Company began selling its line of vent-free  fireplace  products,
introduced to the specialty  heating channel in fiscal 1995, to Lowe's in fiscal
1997 and to Home Depot in fiscal 1998.
    
         Zone heating  product  revenues have been driven by factors such as (i)
the effectiveness of zone heating products for area heating,  (ii) the increased
availability  of these  products  as a result of the growth in home  improvement
retailers,  (iii) the cost  efficiency  of  natural  gas and  propane as heating
fuels,  (iv) favorable  regulatory  trends and (v) seasonal weather  conditions.
Specialty  tools  revenues  have been  driven by  demand  of DIY  consumers  and
commercial contractors.

         In fiscal 1997, approximately $19.6 million or 9.4% of DESA's net sales
were  generated  outside  the U.S.  DESA  adapts its  domestic  product  line to
accommodate local requirements,  government  regulations and user preferences in
each international market.

         Principally due to sales of zone heating  products,  DESA's business is
seasonal,  as depicted by the following table which sets forth certain operating
results of DESA for each of the four consecutive  fiscal quarters in the periods
ending March 1, 1997 and March 2, 1996 (dollars in thousands):
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            First           Second            Third           Fourth
                           Quarter          Quarter          Quarter          Quarter            Total
                           -------          -------          -------          -------            -----
Fiscal 1997
<S>                    <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>        
      Total Net Sales.. $   24,267       $   60,021       $   89,299       $   35,518       $   209,105
      Operating Profit.        319           12,220           18,546            1,873            32,958
Fiscal 1996
      Total Net Sales.. $   25,986       $   68,138       $   65,925       $   26,275       $   186,324
      Operating Profit.      3,291           15,051           13,306              631            32,279
</TABLE>
    
                                       45
<PAGE>
         Approximately  70% of annual sales occur in the second and third fiscal
quarters  (June-  November) as the Company's zone heating  customers place early
booking  orders for  shipment  in  anticipation  of the winter  selling  season.
Approximately  60% of the  Company's  annual  sales  volume  are  booked  in the
five-month period of March through July.

         DESA has not  historically  been  capital  intensive.  The  Company has
focused  on  investing  in  programs  which  either  reduce  operating  costs or
facilitate  new  product  development.  The  Company  has a  long-standing  cost
reduction  program and has exceeded its annual cost reduction goal of 3% of cost
of sales in each of the last three fiscal  years.  Historically,  the  Company's
cost reduction efforts have been focused on indoor vent-free heaters and outdoor
heaters.  In fiscal 1998, the Company's  cost  reduction  efforts are focused on
some of its newer products, such as vent-free hearth products.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Historical Capital Expenditures
                             (dollars in thousands)


                                                                               Fiscal Year
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                          1992        1993        1994     1995       1996      1997
                                                          ----        ----        ----     ----       ----      ----
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>     <C>
Replacement Expenditures, Cost Reduction Programs, New
  Products and Capacity                                  $1,331      $1,132      $1,420   $1,499      $2,122   $2,770
Acquisitions/Buildings/Other                                754(1)      523(2)        0      664(3)        0        0
                                                         ------      ------      ------   ------      ------   ------
Total Capital Expenditures                               $2,085      $1,655      $1,420   $2,163      $2,122   $2,770
                                                         ======      ======      ======   ======      ======   ======
<FN>
  
(1)  Acquisition of a vented heater product line and an electric generator product line

(2)  Bowling Green, Kentucky office building expansion to replace leased offices

(3)  Acquisition of an outdoor heater product line
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       46
<PAGE>
Results of Operations

     The following  table sets forth certain income  statement  information  for
Holdings for the fiscal years ended  February 25, 1995,  March 2, 1996 and March
1, 1997 and the  thirty-nine  week periods ended  November 30, 1996 and November
29, 1997:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Fiscal Year Ended                        Thirty-nine Weeks Ended
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------
                                Percentage            Percentage           Percentage    November  Percentage   November  Percentage
                                    of                   of                   of            30,        of          29,       of
                        1995    Net Sales     1996    Net Sales    1997     Net Sales      1996     Net Sales     1997    Net Sales
                     --------  ----------- --------  ----------- --------  ----------- -----------  ---------- ---------  ---------

<S>                 <C>          <C>      <C>          <C>      <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>   
Net sales            $172,501     100.0%   $186,324     100.0%   $209,105    100.0%     $173,587     100.0%     $193,404     100.0%
Cost of sales         107,484      62.3%    116,217      62.4%    130,890     62.6%      108,587      62.6%      123,243      63.7%
                     --------     -----    --------     -----    --------    -----      --------     -----      --------     -----
Gross profit           65,017      37.7%     70,107      37.6%     78,215     37.4%       65,000      37.4%       70,161      36.3%
Selling and
  administrative                                                                                                
  expenses             35,975      20.8%     37,828      20.3      45,257     21.6        33,913      19.5%       37,559      19.4%
                     --------     -----    --------     -----    --------    -----      --------     -----      --------     -----
Operating profit       29,042      16.8%     32,279      17.3%     32,958     15.8%       31,087      17.9%       32,602      16.9%
Interest expense        5,777       3.3%      7,073       3.8%     14,509      6.9%       11,105       6.4%       11,321       5.9%
                     --------     -----    --------     -----    --------    -----      --------     -----      --------     -----
Income before
  provision for                                                                                                 
  taxes                23,265      13.6%     25,206      13.5%     18,449      8.9%       19,982      11.5%       21,281      11.0%
Provision for
  income taxes         10,064       5.8%     10,703       5.7%      7,733      3.7%        8,378       4.8%        8,769       4.6%
                     --------     -----    --------     -----    --------    -----      --------     -----      --------     -----
Income before
  extraordinary                                                                                                 
  item                 13,201       7.8%     14,503       7.8%     10,716      5.2%       11,604       6.7%       12,512       6.4%
                     --------     -----    --------     -----    --------    -----      --------     -----      --------     -----
Extraordinary item       --         0.0%      2,638       1.4%       --        0.0%         --         0.0%        2,308       1.2%
                     --------     -----    --------     -----    --------    -----      --------     -----      --------     -----
Net income           $ 13,201       7.8%   $ 11,865       6.4%   $ 10,716      5.2%     $ 11,604       6.7%     $ 10,204       5.2%
                     ========     =====    ========     =====    ========    =====      ========     =====      ========     =====
</TABLE>
    
Thirty-nine  Weeks Ended November 29, 1997 Compared to  Thirty-nine  Weeks Ended
November 30, 1996
   
         Net Sales.  Total net sales increased 11.4% from $173.6 million for the
thirty-nine  weeks ended November 30, 1996 to $193.4 million for the thirty-nine
weeks ended November 29, 1997. Indoor heating and hearth product sales increased
36.7% from $67.6 million to $92.4 million due to increased  acceptance of hearth
products in both the Company's  consumer  channel (e.g.,  Home Depot and Lowe's)
and its traditional  specialty gas channel (i.e.,  liquid propane  distributors)
and the growth of DESA's  existing  customers.  Outdoor  heating  products sales
declined 12.1% from $64.3 million to $56.5 million due to the impact of the mild
1996/1997  winter  weather  which left certain of the Company's  customers  with
higher  than  anticipated  inventory  levels.   Specialty  tools  product  sales
increased  9.8% to $32.4  million due to DESA's  expansion  within the  consumer
channel.

         Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased  13.5% from $108.6 million for
the  thirty-nine  weeks  ended  November  30,  1996 to  $123.2  million  for the
thirty-nine weeks ended November 29, 1997. The increase was primarily associated
with the  increase  in net  sales  over the same  period.  Gross  profit  margin
decreased  from 37.4% to 36.3%.  The  decrease in gross profit  margin  resulted
primarily  from the decrease in sales of outdoor  heating  products,  which have
higher  gross profit  margins  than hearth  products  and  specialty  tools.  In
addition,  gross  profit was  adversely  impacted as a result of  inefficiencies
relating to the expansion of hearth products  capacity at the Shelbyville  plant
(new paint system, fabrication equipment/tooling and workforce training).

         Selling  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling  and  administrative
expenses  increased  10.8% from $33.9  million for the  thirty-nine  weeks ended
November 30, 1996 to $37.6 million for the thirty-nine  weeks ended November 29,
1997.  The increase was due primarily to the increase in net sales over the same
period.  However,  these costs  declined as a percentage  of sales from 19.5% to
19.4% due to increased  operating  leverage as a result of the increase in sales
during the period.

                                       47
<PAGE>
         Operating Profit. Due to the factors described above,  operating profit
increased 4.9%, from $31.1 million for the thirty-nine  weeks ended November 30,
1996 to $32.6 million for the thirty-nine weeks ended November 29, 1997.
    
         Interest  Expense.  Interest  expense  increased  modestly  from  $11.1
million for the  thirty-nine  weeks ended November 30, 1996 to $11.3 million for
the thirty-nine weeks ended November 29, 1997, as higher current working capital
requirements  were largely offset by the debt reductions due to increased fiscal
year 1997 cash flow.
   
         Income  Tax.  Income  taxes  increased  6.5% from $8.4  million for the
thirty-nine  weeks ended  November 30, 1996 to $8.8 million for the  thirty-nine
weeks ended November 29, 1997. The overall effective income tax rate was 42% for
both periods.

         Net Income.  Net income before  extraordinary  item increased 7.8% from
$11.6 million for the thirty-nine weeks ended November 30, 1996 to $12.5 million
for the thirty-nine  weeks ended November 29, 1997 due to the factors  described
above.

         Extraordinary  Item.  The  extraordinary  item of $2.3  million  in the
thirty-nine  weeks ended November 29, 1997 reflects the write off of unamortized
deferred financing costs related to the 1996 Recapitalization.
    
Year Ended March 1, 1997 (52 weeks) Compared to the Year Ended March 2, 1996 (53
weeks)

         Net sales.  Net sales  increased 12.2% from $186.3 million for the year
ended March 2, 1996 to $209.1  million for the year ended March 1, 1997.  Indoor
heating product sales increased 10.1% from $69.3 million to $76.3 million driven
by higher hearth  product sales due  primarily to increased  penetration  of the
consumer  channel.  Outdoor  heating  product sales  increased  18.2% from $75.2
million to $88.9  million  due to an  increase in  promotion,  expansion  in the
hardware/home  center  channel  and  higher  sales  resulting  from  the  colder
1996/1997  winter weather in Europe.  Specialty  tool sales  increased 5.0% from
$41.8 million to $43.9 million due primarily to continued growth in the consumer
channel of powder  actuated tools and related  accessories  and the expansion of
one of the  Company's  chain saw  models to a major  customer  which  replaced a
competitive product.

         Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased  12.7% from $116.2  million in
fiscal  year 1996 to $130.9  million  in fiscal  year  1997.  The  increase  was
primarily  due to sales growth of 12.2% for the same period.  As a percentage of
sales, gross profit margin decreased slightly from 37.6% to 37.4%. Gross margins
were negatively affected by a shift in product mix which was partially offset by
cost  reductions  and  margin  improvements  realized  as a result of  increased
production volume resulting from sales growth.
   
         Selling  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling  and  administrative
expenses increased 19.6% from $37.8 million in fiscal year 1996 to $45.3 million
in fiscal  year  1997 due  primarily  to the sales  growth of 12.2% for the same
period.  Selling and administrative  expenses increased as a percentage of sales
from 20.3% in fiscal 1996 to 21.6% in fiscal 1997 due to a consumer  advertising
program,  key account  volume  rebate  program,  warranty  expense and executive
recruiting expenses.

         Operating Profit. Operating profit increased 2.1% from $32.3 million in
fiscal 1996 to $33.0 million in fiscal 1997 due to the factors mentioned above.
    
         Interest  Expense.  Interest expense increased 104.2% from $7.1 million
in fiscal year 1996 to $14.5  million in fiscal year 1997.  The higher  interest
expense relates to the increased borrowings associated with the recapitalization
of Holdings in January 1996.

         Income Taxes.  Income taxes (exclusive of extraordinary item) decreased
by 28.0% from $10.7  million in fiscal 1996 to $7.7 million in fiscal year 1997.
The overall effective income tax rate is 42% for both periods.

         Net Income.  Net income  decreased  10.1% from $11.9  million in fiscal
year 1996 to $10.7  million in fiscal year 1997.  This  reduction  reflected the
higher interest expense incurred during fiscal 1997. Fiscal 1996 performance was
adversely 
                                       48
<PAGE>
affected by the write-off of unamortized  balance of deferred financing costs of
existing debt in  connection  with the  recapitalization  of Holdings in January
1996.

Year Ended March 2, 1996 (53 weeks) Compared to the Year Ended February 25, 1995
(52 weeks)

         Net sales.  Net sales  increased  8.0% from $172.5 million for the year
ended  February  25, 1995,  to $186.3  million for the year ended March 2, 1996.
Indoor  heating  product  sales  increased  by 2.4% from $67.7  million to $69.3
million due to sales increases in mini-hearth and vent-free  fireplace  products
partially  offset by lower gas log sales resulting from higher than  anticipated
customer  inventories  of gas  logs  at the  beginning  of  fiscal  1996  in the
specialty gas channel of  distribution.  Outdoor heating product sales increased
14.0% from  $66.0  million  to $75.2  million  due to  increased  promotion  and
expansion in the  hardware/home  center channel.  Specialty tool sales increased
7.5% from $38.9 million to $41.8  million due  primarily to continued  growth in
sales of powder actuated tools and related accessories.

         Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased  8.1% from  $107.5  million in
fiscal 1995 to $116.2 million in fiscal 1996 due to sales growth of 8.0% for the
same period.  Gross profit margin of 37.6% was  comparable to prior year's gross
profit margin of 37.7%.
   
         Selling  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling  and  administrative
expenses  increased  5.2% from $36.0  million in fiscal 1995 to $37.8 million in
fiscal year 1996.  However,  these costs decreased as a percentage of sales from
20.8% in fiscal year 1995 to 20.3% in fiscal 1996  resulting from a reduction in
sales commissions and increased  operating leverage due to the increase in sales
during the period.

         Operating Profit. Due to the factors discussed above,  operating profit
increased  11.1% from $29.0  million in fiscal  1995 to $32.3  million in fiscal
1996.
    
         Interest Expense. Interest expense increased 22.4% from $5.8 million in
fiscal 1995 to $7.1  million in fiscal 1996 due to higher debt levels  resulting
from higher working capital requirements and the recapitalization of Holdings in
January 1996.

         Income Taxes.  Income taxes increased 5.9% from $10.1 million in fiscal
1995 to $10.7 million in fiscal 1996 as the overall tax rate  decreased from 43%
in  fiscal  1995  to 42% in  fiscal  1996  due to  adoption  of  LIFO  inventory
accounting which favorably affected income taxes.

         Net Income.  Net income declined 9.8% from $13.2 million in fiscal 1995
to $11.9 million in fiscal 1996.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historical

         The Company's primary cash needs have been for working capital, capital
expenditures and debt service  requirements.  The Company's sources of liquidity
have been cash flows from operations and borrowings  under its revolving  credit
facilities.  The  Company's  business  is  subject  to  a  pattern  of  seasonal
fluctuation.  The Company's needs for working capital and the corresponding debt
levels tend to peak in the second and third fiscal quarters. The amount of sales
generated during the second and third fiscal quarters  generally  depends upon a
number of factors,  including  the level of retail  sales for  heating  products
during the fall and winter,  weather conditions  affecting the level of sales of
heating  products,  general  economic  conditions,  and other factors beyond the
Company's control.
   
         Cash used in  operating  activities  for the  thirty-nine  weeks  ended
November  29,  1997  was  $35.6  million  compared  to  $13.4  million  for  the
thirty-nine  weeks ended  November  30,  1996,  an  increase  of $22.2  million.
Inventories  as of November 29, 1997 were $7.6 million higher than the amount at
November  30,  1996,  to support  higher sales and  production  activities.  The
increase in  accounts  receivable  from $13.1  million at March 1, 1997 to $65.6
million at November 27, 1997 is attributable to the seasonality of the Company's
sales  and  the  industry   practice  which  results  in  

                                       49
<PAGE>
many heating product receivables becoming due in December.  Net cash provided by
operating  activities  was $18.4  million,  $19.4  million and $18.3 million for
fiscal years 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

         Net cash used in investing  activities  increased from $1.5 million for
the  thirty-nine  weeks  ended  November  30,  1996  to  $3.3  million  for  the
thirty-nine weeks ended November 29, 1997 due to capital  expenditures for a new
powder paint system and  fabrication  equipment  at the  Company's  Shelbyville,
Tennessee plant to support growth of hearth products. Net cash used in investing
activities was $2.9 million,  $2.1 million and $2.2 million in fiscal 1997, 1996
and 1995,  respectively,  consisting  primarily of capital  expenditures for new
products,  capacity  increases  and cost  reduction  programs.  Fiscal 1995 also
included a $0.9 million acquisition of an outdoor heater products line.

         Net cash  provided by financing  activities  increased  125% from $15.2
million in the thirty-nine weeks ended November 30, 1996 to $34.1 million in the
thirty-nine  weeks ended  November 29, 1997 due to an increase in the use of the
Company's  revolving  credit  facility  to fund  operations,  primarily  for the
increase in  inventories.  Net cash used in financing  activities  totaled $10.6
million, $18.0 million and $1.7 million in fiscal years 1997, 1996 and 1995.

         The Existing Credit  Facility  provided for commitments in an aggregate
amount of up to $220.0 million. Borrowings outstanding under the Existing Credit
Facility were $183.1 million on November 29, 1997. Outstanding letters of credit
and foreign currency contracts  established to facilitate  merchandise purchases
were $0.9 million and $1.8 million, respectively, on November 29, 1997.
    
After the Recapitalization

         Following  the  Recapitalization,  the  Company's  primary  sources  of
liquidity will be cash flow from  operations and borrowings  under the Revolving
Credit  Facility.  The  Company's  primary  uses  of cash  will be debt  service
requirements, working capital and capital expenditures.
   
         Concurrently  with the  Recapitalization,  the  Company  issued the Old
Notes for  $130.0  million in gross  proceeds,  and  entered  into the Term Loan
Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility.  The Term Loan Facility is comprised
of two tranches,  each in the aggregate  principal amount of $50.0 million.  The
Revolving Credit Facility provides  revolving loans in an aggregate amount of up
to $75.0 million. Upon closing of the Recapitalization, the Company borrowed the
full amount  available  under the Term Loan Facility and $35.5 million under the
Revolving Credit  Facility.  Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility were
used partially to refinance seasonal  borrowings  outstanding under the Existing
Credit  Facility.  The amount  remaining  available  under the Revolving  Credit
Facility is available to fund the working  capital  requirements of the Company.
Proceeds to the  Company  from the  issuance  of the Old Notes and from  initial
borrowings  under the New Credit  Facility,  less the  repayment of the Existing
Credit Facility and other indebtedness,  and transaction expenses, were remitted
to Holdings to partially finance the  Recapitalization and the fees and expenses
of Holdings incurred in connection therewith. To provide additional financing to
fund the Recapitalization, Holdings raised (i) $73.8 million through the sale to
Childs and the other  Equity  Investors of Holdings  Common Stock  (representing
89.6% of the outstanding shares upon completion of the  Recapitalization),  (ii)
$14.6 million  through the issuance to Childs and the other Equity  Investors of
the Holdings Preferred Stock, (iii) $3.0 million through the issuance of 463,232
Warrants to purchase  Holdings  Nonvoting  Common Stock at an exercise  price of
$.01 per share and (iv) $8.6 million  through the sale to Existing  Stockholders
of Holdings  Common Stock  (representing  10.4% of the  outstanding  shares upon
completion of the Recapitalization).

         The  proceeds  of the Old Notes,  the  Holdings  Preferred  Stock,  the
Holdings Warrant, the Holdings Common Stock and the initial borrowings under the
New  Credit  Facility  were  used to  finance  the  purchase  of all  previously
outstanding  shares  of  Holdings'  capital  stock,  to  refinance   outstanding
indebtedness of the Company and to pay fees and expenses  incurred in connection
with the Recapitalization.
    
         Borrowings  under the New Credit  Facility  bear interest at a rate per
annum  equal (at the  Company's  option) to a margin  over either a base rate or
LIBOR.  The  Revolving  Credit  Facility will mature six years after the closing
date.  The two  tranches  of the Term Loan  Facility  will be  amortized  over a
six-year and a seven-year period, respectively.  The Company's obligations under
the New Credit  Facility are  guaranteed  by Holdings and each of the  Company's
direct and  
                                       50
<PAGE>
indirect  domestic  subsidiaries.  The New Credit  Facility  and the
guarantees   thereof  are  secured  by  substantially  all  assets  of  Holdings
(including  the  capital  stock of the  Company)  and its  direct  and  indirect
domestic  subsidiaries  and a pledge of the capital  stock of all the  Company's
direct and indirect subsidiaries, subject to certain limitations with respect to
foreign  subsidiaries.  The New Credit Facility contains customary covenants and
events of default,  including substantial  restrictions on the Company's ability
to make dividends or distributions  to Holdings.  See "Description of New Credit
Facility." Based on the Company's  capital and loan structure upon completion of
the  Recapitalization,  the Company's  average monthly  revolver balance will be
approximately $15 million,  with peak borrowings of approximately $40.0 to $45.0
million  from  August  through  October.  In  addition,  the  Company  will have
approximately  $3.0 to $4.0 million of letters of credit  outstanding  under the
Revolving Credit Facility.

         The Holdings Preferred Stock bears cumulative  dividends at the rate of
12% per annum (payable semi-annually). Dividends will compound to the extent not
paid. Subject to restrictions imposed by the Indenture,  the New Credit Facility
and  other  documents  relating  to  Holdings'  or the  Company's  indebtedness,
Holdings may exchange the  Holdings  Preferred  Stock for Exchange  Notes having
substantially  the same terms as the Holdings  Preferred  Stock.  The  Indenture
permits  Holdings,  under  certain  circumstances,  to exchange all  outstanding
Holdings  Preferred  Stock for Exchange Notes in an aggregate  principal  amount
equal to the aggregate liquidation preference of the Holdings Preferred Stock so
exchanged. The Exchange Notes will require Holdings to make semi-annual interest
payments thereon at a rate of 12% per annum. Subject to compliance with the debt
agreements  of Holdings  and the Company,  such  payments  must be in cash.  The
Indenture  restricts,  but does not prohibit,  the Company from making such cash
interest payments.  Under the Exchange Notes,  Holdings may defer the payment of
interest payable on or before November 30, 2001, with any such deferred interest
bearing interest at 12% per annum,  compounded  semi-annually.  Holdings will be
required  to make a catch-up  payment  immediately  prior to the first  interest
payment date after the fifth  anniversary  of the date of issuance to the extent
the aggregate  amount of such deferred  interest  exceeds an amount equal to one
year's  interest  on  the  originally   issued  Exchange  Notes.  The  Indenture
restricts,  but does not prohibit, the ability of Holdings to make such catch-up
payment.  See  "Description  of the Notes --  Certain  Covenants  --  Restricted
Payments" and "Description of Holdings  Preferred Stock -- Exchange Notes".  See
"Description of Holdings Preferred Stock."

         The Company expects that capital expenditures,  during fiscal 1998 will
be approximately $6.2 million, including $1.7 million for a new paint system and
fabrication equipment at the Company's  Shelbyville,  Tennessee plant to support
growth of hearth  products  and $1.3 million to expand the  engineering  lab and
offices at the Company's  main  facilities in Bowling Green,  Kentucky.  Capital
expenditures are expected to be funded from internally  generated cash flows and
by borrowings under the New Credit Facility.

         Management  believes that cash flow from  operations  and  availability
under  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  will  provide  adequate  funds  for the
Company's  foreseeable working capital needs,  planned capital  expenditures and
debt service obligations.  The Company's ability to fund its operations and make
planned  capital  expenditures,  to make scheduled  debt payments,  to refinance
indebtedness  and to remain in compliance  with all of the  financial  covenants
under its debt agreements  depends on its future operating  performance and cash
flow,  which in turn,  are  subject to  prevailing  economic  conditions  and to
financial, business and other factors, some of which are beyond its control. See
"Risk Factors."

                                       51
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS

   
         DESA is a  leading  manufacturer  and  marketer  of  zone  heating/home
comfort  products  and  specialty  products  in the United  States.  Through its
ability  to  consistently  offer  consumers  quality  products  with  innovative
features at attractive  price points,  the Company has developed  leading market
positions in (i) vent-free indoor heaters, (ii) vent-free hearth products, (iii)
outdoor  heaters,  (iv)  consumer  powder-actuated  fastening  systems  and  (v)
electric chain saws. In fiscal 1997,  approximately  90% of the Company's  sales
were  generated in the United  States and 10% were  generated  in  international
markets. Over 85% of the domestic sales were in product categories where DESA is
the market  leader.  The Company has grown  rapidly with sales  increasing  from
$83.0 million in fiscal 1992 to $209.1  million in fiscal 1997,  representing  a
CAGR of 20%. The Company's  EBITDA  increased  from $10.6  million,  or 12.8% of
sales,  in fiscal 1992,  to $37.5  million,  or 17.9% of sales,  in fiscal 1997,
representing a CAGR of 29%. In addition, the Company's operating profit and cash
flows  provided  by (used in)  operating,  financing  and  investing  activities
increased from $8,175, $6,518, ($2,513) and ($3,791),  respectively,  in 1992 to
$32,958,  $18,398,  $10,599 and $2,882,  respectively,  in 1997.  For the twelve
months  ended  November 29,  1997,  the Company had sales of $228.9  million and
EBITDA of $39.2 million.
    
         The Company sells its products through multiple consumer and commercial
channels of  distribution  including the leading home centers,  mass  merchants,
warehouse  clubs,   hardware   cooperatives,   specialty  heating  distributors,
construction and industrial  equipment dealers,  farm supply outlets and natural
gas utilities under brand names well recognized by its customers.  The Company's
strategy is to aggressively target the fastest growing retailers/distributors in
each  channel and service  these  customers  through a  multi-brand  approach to
capture the largest possible share of a given product market.  In addition,  the
Company  has an  established  record of success in new product  development  and
product line extensions.  Over the last five years, DESA has introduced over 100
new  products  and line  extensions  which  generated  approximately  56% of the
Company's sales growth over that time period.

Zone Heating Products (80% of Fiscal 1997 Domestic Gross Sales)

         The zone heating  market is  comprised  of indoor gas  heaters,  hearth
products  (gas logs,  fireplaces  and  stoves) and  outdoor  heaters.  DESA is a
leading  manufacturer of vent-free  indoor and outdoor zone heating  products in
the United States.  DESA's domestic zone heating business has experienced a CAGR
of over 27% with gross revenues  increasing from $46.2 million in fiscal 1992 to
$155.1  million in fiscal 1997.  DESA markets its zone  heating  products  under
well-known brand names such as Reddy(R),  Vanguard(R) and Comfort  Glow(R).  The
Company's  zone  heating   business  is  organized  into  two  primary   product
categories:

o        Indoor vent-free heating  appliances and hearth products (40% of Fiscal
         1997 Domestic Gross Sales): Indoor heating appliances include vent-free
         liquid  propane and natural gas space heaters which provide  economical
         supplemental  heat to a specific  area as  distinguished  from  central
         heating  systems  which are used to heat  entire  buildings.  Vent-free
         hearth  products such as gas logs,  fireplaces  and stoves are utilized
         for both decorative and economic heating.  Vent-free products utilize a
         more efficient burner system which avoids the need for outside venting,
         whereas vented products  require a discharging of emissions  outside of
         the building.

o        Outdoor  heating  appliances (40% of Fiscal 1997 Domestic Gross Sales):
         Outdoor heating  products consist of portable units which generate heat
         by  either  using a fan to  discharge  heated  air to a  specific  area
         (forced air heaters) or emitting heat throughout the  surrounding  area
         without  the  assistance  of a fan  (convection  heaters).  Forced  air
         heaters  are  fueled  by  kerosene,   propane  or  natural  gas,  while
         convection heaters are fueled only with propane or natural gas. Outdoor
         heaters  are  used in both  residential  and  commercial  applications.
         Residential applications include heating otherwise unheated garages and
         workshops.   Commercial   applications   include   heating   factories,
         warehouses, construction sites and agricultural areas.

                                       52
<PAGE>
   
Specialty Products (20% of Fiscal 1997 Domestic Gross Sales)

         DESA's domestic  specialty  products business has experienced a CAGR of
11% with gross  revenues  increasing  from $23.0 million in fiscal 1992 to $38.8
million in fiscal 1997.  Specialty  products  include powder actuated  fastening
systems  (tools  and  accessories)  used to fasten  wood to  concrete  or steel,
stapling/rivet  tools and  electrical  products  such as chain saws and portable
generators.  These  products are marketed under  well-known  brand names such as
Remington(R), Master(R) and Powerfast(R).
    
Competitive Strengths

         Leading Market Positions in High Growth Segments.  DESA is the domestic
market leader in outdoor heating appliances (70% market share), vent-free indoor
gas heating (59% market share),  vent-free  hearth  products (31% market share),
powder  actuated  fastening  systems  (86% share of the consumer  market,  which
constitutes  26% of the total  domestic  market)  and  electric  chain saws (36%
market  share).   By  leveraging  its  strong  market   positions  and  customer
relationships  in  established  product  lines,  DESA  has  increased  sales  by
introducing  related  products or line  extensions of existing  products such as
vent-free gas logs (introduced in fiscal 1993), vent-free fireplaces (introduced
in fiscal 1995) and fireboxes (introduced in fiscal 1997).

         DESA's  targeted  market  segments  in the  zone  heating  market  have
exhibited  strong  historical  growth.  Vent-free  indoor  gas heater and hearth
products,  the most  rapidly  growing  segments in the $1.1 billion zone heating
market,  have  grown at a CAGR of  approximately  44% over the last  four  years
driven  primarily by the increasing  consumer trend towards heating with natural
gas and liquid  propane.  The outdoor  heater  market has achieved a CAGR of 22%
over the same period.

         Strong Relationships with a Diversified Distribution and Customer Base.
DESA has  organized  its  sales  and  marketing  organizations  by  channels  of
distribution. The Company has built strong, long-term relationships with some of
the most  rapidly  growing  retailers,  including  Home  Depot,  Lowe's,  Sears,
Wal-Mart,  W.W. Grainger,  Ace Hardware and TruServ.  The Company's products are
designed to appeal to a variety of  end-users,  ranging  from DIY  consumers  to
professional home builders.  By building strong  relationships  with the leading
retailers  and  distributors  within  each of the  Company's  channels,  DESA is
well-positioned to participate in the continued growth of these key customers.

         Broad  Portfolio of Products  with  Well-Recognized  Brand Names.  DESA
provides a broad  offering of quality  products under numerous brand names which
are  well-recognized  by  its  customers.  The  Company's  key  brands  include:
Reddy(R),  Remington(R),  Vanguard(R)  and  Comfort  Glow(R)  for  zone  heating
products and  Remington(R)  for powder actuated  fastening  systems and electric
chain saws. The Company also manufactures  products on a private label basis for
W.W. Grainger,  Sears, John Deere and Homelite.  DESA leverages its brand equity
with its DIY  consumers,  professionals  and  specialty  dealers by  continually
providing its customers new product  offerings and product line extensions under
its established brand names.

         New  Product  Development  Process.   DESA  has  a  proven  ability  to
consistently  offer consumers  products with  innovative  features at attractive
price points. The quality and breadth of DESA's customer  relationships  provide
the Company  with  valuable  market data that serves as the  foundation  for the
Company's  new product  development  and product  line  extension  process.  For
example,  the Company's line of hearth products was initially  introduced as the
result  of  shifting  consumer  preferences  away from (i)  wood-burning  hearth
products to gas technology and (ii) vented gas products to vent-free units. Over
the last five years, new product  introductions and product line extensions have
accounted for approximately 56% of the Company's sales growth.

         Effective Cost Reduction Program and Strong Cash Flow. A core component
of the Company's strong financial  performance over the last five years has been
a focused program to enhance  margins  through cost  reduction.  The Company has
exceeded  its annual cost  reduction  goal of 3% of cost of sales in each of the
last three years.  This cost reduction program has contributed to an increase in
gross profit margin from 33.6% in fiscal 1992 to 37.4% in fiscal 1997.

                                       53
<PAGE>
   
         The Company has been able to achieve  its sales  growth with  efficient
use of working capital and low capital expenditures generating $127.7 million in
free cash flow (EBITDA less capital expenditures) for the last five years.
    
         Strong  Management  Team. DESA was founded in 1969 by a group including
Robert H. Elman,  DESA's current  Chairman and CEO. The top three  executives of
the  Company  have  worked  together  as a team  for the  last 13  years.  These
individuals  have served as the catalyst for  instilling a spirit of "continuous
improvements" and achievement as a cultural standard within the Company.  Senior
management is well-complemented by a broad team of experienced managers who have
been with DESA since 1985.

Business Strategy

         DESA's  objective is to continue to leverage its competitive  strengths
to increase  revenues and EBITDA.  In addition,  the Company  believes there are
significant   additional   opportunities  to  enhance  its  overall  market  and
competitive position as follows:

         Continue   Aggressive   Growth  through  DESA's  Primary  Channels  and
Customers. DESA's distribution strategy is twofold: (i) establish breadth across
distribution  channels;  and (ii) achieve depth within each channel by fostering
and enhancing  relationships  with some of the most rapidly growing retailers in
such  channel  (such as Home Depot and  Lowe's in the home  center  channel  and
Wal-Mart and Sears in the mass merchant channel). While DESA has managed to gain
access to multiple channels of distribution, significant opportunities remain to
sell the Company's full product line through each of these customers.
   
         Penetrate New Distribution Channels.  Although DESA currently sells its
products through a broad  distribution  network,  the Company believes there are
opportunities  to  increase  the  penetration  in  some of the  Company's  newer
channels such as plumbing  supply stores,  building  supply chains and fireplace
specialty  stores.  Management  believes  that these  newer  channels  represent
attractive markets across the United States.
    
         Capitalize  on Favorable  Trends for  Vent-Free  Gas  Products.  Recent
housing  construction  data reveals that over  two-thirds of new homes today use
gas as the primary  heating source  compared to one-third of new homes ten years
ago. The American Gas Association  estimates that approximately 60 million homes
currently use gas and the number of homes  utilizing gas will grow to 80 million
by the year 2010.  This growing  preference  for gas  represents  a  significant
growth  opportunity for DESA as all of its indoor heating products are fueled by
natural or propane gas.  Additionally,  by focusing on vent-free  gas  products,
which  have lower  installation  costs and  provide  increased  fuel  efficiency
compared to vented products,  the Company is well positioned to benefit from the
fastest growing segments of the zone heating market.

         Increase Penetration of International Markets.  Similar to the trend in
the United States,  the global DIY markets are  experiencing  attractive  growth
rates. Five of the ten largest home improvement retailers in the world are based
outside of the United States. However, international sales comprised only 10% of
DESA's total sales in fiscal 1997.

         Make  Selected  Acquisitions.  The  Company  intends to seek  selective
acquisitions  where it can expand its existing  product  portfolio,  utilize its
diversified  distribution channels and achieve operational  synergies.  Over the
last  five  years,  only 9% of the  Company's  sales  growth  has  come  through
acquisitions.  Management  believes  that the markets in which it  operates  are
highly fragmented and there are numerous manufacturers of complementary products
which would make attractive acquisition candidates.

Products and Markets
   
         DESA  is  the  leader  in  a  number  of  markets   where  its  quality
manufacturing   and  innovative   product  design  have  resulted  in  a  strong
competitive  position.  The  Company's  products are sold for both  consumer and
commercial use utilizing multiple  distribution  channels and a variety of brand
names.  The Company  currently  serves  markets for zone  heating  products  and
specialty products.  Approximately 90% of the Company's 1997 sales were domestic
and 10% of sales were international.
    

                                       54
<PAGE>

Zone Heating Market

         Market  Overview.  The zone  heating  market  includes a broad range of
products  that are used to heat  limited  areas as  distinguished  from  central
heating systems which are used to heat entire buildings. The zone heating market
is currently  estimated to be  approximately  $1.1 billion in size,  with hearth
products (i.e., vented gas hearth,  vent-free gas hearth, wood fireplaces,  wood
stoves/inserts,  pellet stoves/inserts)  accounting for $628 million or over 55%
of the total market; indoor gas heaters comprising $145 million; outdoor heaters
accounting for $110 million and accessories comprising $250 million.

                 Calendar Year 1996 Zone Heating Products Market
                           Market Size = $1.1 Billion

                   [PIE CHART SHOWING THE FOLLOWING SEGMENTS:

                            Gas Heaters         $145.0 
                            Gas Hearth          $430.8
                            Non-Gas Hearth      $196.7
                            Outdoor Heaters (a) $110.0
                            Accessories (b)     $250.0]
                                 (in millions)

- ----------
Source: Hearth Products Association and GAMA Statistical Release.

(a)      Does not include electrical products and installed units.

(b)      Midpoint  management  estimate of $200 to $300  million  includes  vent
         pipes,   connectors,   glass  fireplace  doors,  screens,  mantles  and
         decorative trim.


                                      55
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      Zone Heating Market Size and Growth
                                                                                              DESA's
                                                  Calendar Year            % of       CAGR    Market
                                               1992          1996         Market     '92-'96   Share
                                               ----          ----         ------     -------   -----
                                                                    ($ in Millions)
<S>                                        <C>          <C>              <C>        <C>        <C>  
Indoor Heaters and Hearth Products
Vent-Free Gas Heaters                       $   35.3     $     71.9        6.4%       19.5%      59%    
Vented Gas Heaters                              61.8           73.1        6.4         4.3       NM
                                            --------     ----------       ----        ----       --
          Total Gas Heaters                     97.1          145.0       12.8        10.5      
Vent-Free Gas Hearth                             9.0          116.1       10.3        89.5       31%
Vented Gas Hearth                              137.4          314.7       27.8        23.0       NA
                                            --------     ----------       ----        ----       --
          Total Gas Hearth                     146.4          430.8       38.1        31.0      
Wood Fireplaces                                 67.3           83.0        7.3         5.4       NA
Wood Stoves/Inserts                             91.0           74.9        6.6        (4.7)      NA
Pellet Stoves/Inserts                           36.8           38.8        3.4         1.3       NA
                                            --------     ----------       ----        ----       --
          Total Non-gas Hearth                 195.1          196.7       17.3         0.2      
          Total Indoor Heaters and Hearth                                                       
            Products                           438.6          772.5       68.2        15.2      
Outdoor Heaters                                 50.0          110.0        9.7        21.8       70%(b)
Accessories                                      NA           250.0(a)    22.1      NA           NM
                                            --------     ----------       ----        ----       --
          Total Zone Heating Market         $  488.6     $  1,132.5      100.0%         NA
                                                                                     --     
Source: Hearth Products Association and GAMA Statistical Release
<FN>
(a)      Midpoint of management's estimate of $200 to $300 million. Includes vent pipes, connectors, glass fireplace doors, screens,
         mantels and decorative trim.

(b)      Management estimate.
</FN>
</TABLE>
    
         Market Outlook.  DESA's strong market position in the vent-free segment
provides a solid  foundation  for further  growth of the Company's  business and
expansion  into other  categories  (e.g.  vented gas  hearth) as a result of the
following factors:

         Benefits of low-cost zone heating.  Over the past decade,  zone heating
products have become increasingly  popular because:  (i) propane and natural gas
are 50% to 70%  cheaper on a BTU basis than  electricity,  (ii)  consumers  have
become aware of the cost advantage of zone heating  versus  central  heating and
(iii)  fireplaces  are  being  used  as  both  heating  sources  and  decorative
furnishing.

         This growing  preference  for gas represents a growth  opportunity  for
DESA as all of its indoor heating products are fueled by natural or propane gas.
The  market  is still  under-penetrated  with only 4  million  vent-free  indoor
heating units having been sold over the last 10 years in North America  compared
to over 60  million  homes  using gas in 1996.  Gas hearth  shipments  have been
growing  at a rate in excess of 30% per year for the past  five  years.  Over 27
million  homes have been  plumbed  for gas and have a  fireplace,  providing  an
opportunity for gas log sales. In addition, 36 million homes are plumbed for gas
but do not have a fireplace,  representing  a  significant  opportunity  for the
installation of vent-free fireplaces and logs.

         Increased  home   center/hardware   channel   participation.   Consumer
awareness  of gas  logs  and gas  fireplaces  is  currently  only  67% and  20%,
respectively.  Awareness  of zone  heating  and hearth  products  is expected to
increase as these products gain wider  distribution in home centers and hardware
stores. The potential for home improvement sales, through retrofitting or adding
a new fireplace, represents a meaningful market opportunity for hearth products.
DESA, with its strong home center and hardware co-op channel  relationships  and
portfolio of zone heating  products,  is  well-positioned  to capitalize on this
trend.
                                       56
<PAGE>
         Favorable Regulatory Development.  A positive development for vent-free
indoor heating products  (heaters,  gas logs,  fireplaces,  stoves) involves the
easing of state restrictions regarding the sale and use of these products. As of
last year, 42 of the 50 states in the United  States  permitted the sale and use
of vent-free indoor heating products.  In the past year, California and New York
enacted  legislation  to  allow  the sale and use of  vent-free  indoor  heating
products,  subject to rules and guidelines being established by agencies in each
state.  These two large  population  states along with the six remaining  states
(including  Massachusetts)  represent  approximately one-third of the homes that
use natural gas in the United  States.  DESA's Vice  President -- Sales and Vice
President --  Engineering,  who represent the industry  trade  association  (Gas
Appliance  Manufacturer's  Association,  GAMA-Vent-Free  Alliance), are actively
working with state  agencies in California  and New York which could provide for
sale of vent-free products as early as 1998.

Indoor Heating Products (Domestic)

         DESA's indoor zone heating  products  consist  primarily of two product
categories:  (i)  vent-free  natural gas and  propane-fueled  residential  space
heaters; and (ii) a line of hearth products,  including vent-free gas fireplaces
and logs.  Indoor heating  products  comprised 40% of the Company's  fiscal 1997
gross sales. Sales of these products have increased at a CAGR of 30% from fiscal
1992 to fiscal 1997.

Indoor Vent-Free Heaters

         The Company's space heaters are generally wall-mounted and provide heat
to the  surrounding  area.  Residential  space  heaters come in either vented or
vent-free versions. Vented heaters require a discharging of emissions outside of
the dwelling,  while vent-free  heaters  utilize a more efficient  burner system
which  avoids the need for outside  venting.  Vent-free  heaters  are  generally
smaller and more physically attractive than their vented counterparts.  DESA has
been the market leader in vent-free gas heaters since 1983.  Historically,  DESA
has focused on vent-free models. Only 2.9% of the Company's indoor heating sales
in fiscal 1997 are vented units.

         The Company  offers seven sizes and  forty-six  models of vent-free gas
heaters ranging in output from 5,000 to 30,000 BTU/hour for use with natural gas
or liquified  propane.  Key applications of these products include use in family
rooms, dens,  kitchens and commercial  offices.  DESA's indoor vent-free heaters
are sold at retail prices,  ranging from $149 to $349,  which are  significantly
lower than vented gas heaters.

         Heaters are  classified  into two  different  types:  infrared and blue
flame. Infrared models employ ceramic plaque burners which glow red-orange while
in use and they  produce  radiant heat that warms people or objects in the room.
Blue flame models have a stainless  steel burner hidden behind a darkened  glass
front.  When  burning,  a line of blue flame is visible  across the width of the
heater.  These models produce convection heat that warms the air and distributes
the heat  throughout the room. Both infrared and blue flame models are available
with either manual or thermostatic control and with piezo ignition.

         The  Company  has  developed  patented   technology  for  its  line  of
thermostatic  infrared  models,  known as Infra-Stat,  which  provides  superior
features versus competitors' offerings. DESA's heaters incorporate a proprietary
feature  of two  separate  controls  to  regulate  both the heat  output and the
thermostatic operation.  Enhanced blue-flame models are available for heavy-duty
garage and workshop  applications.  Optional accessories such as floor bases and
fan accessories are also available.

Vent-Free Hearth Products

         In 1993, DESA pioneered the introduction of vent-free gas technology to
hearth products with the introduction of a heat efficient  vent-free  decorative
gas log.  Vent-free  gas logs  have  provided  DESA  with a new  product  growth
opportunity.   Vent-free   represents  an  advancement  in  decorative  gas  log
technology  and,  more  importantly,  has  allowed  the  Company to  establish a
presence in the fast-growing hearth products market.

         Vent-free gas logs,  which retail for $200 to $300,  are  aesthetically
attractive and an economical  source of heat since none of the heat generated is
lost  through  an open vent.  Historically,  decorative  gas logs have  required
venting  (i.e.,  an 

                                       57
<PAGE>
open  chimney  damper) and were used  primarily by  individuals  who enjoyed the
ambiance  of a  fireplace  but  wanted to avoid the  trouble  and  inconvenience
associated with burning wood.  DESA's vent-free logs utilize an efficient burner
system similar to vent-free heaters,  and are thus less expensive to install and
operate than their vented counterparts.

         In 1994,  DESA  combined the  technology  of blue flame heaters and gas
logs to create an  aesthetically  pleasing Mini- Hearth gas heater which retails
for $499.  The  Mini-Hearth  utilizes a blue flame heater  cabinet and burner to
which a decorative fibrous ceramic log has been added. A wooden mantle is placed
around  the  heater to create a  fireplace  effect.  While the  Mini-Hearth  was
designed to be used as a zone heater rather than as a  replacement  for a formal
fireplace,  the improved  appearance has generated  sales to customers who might
not have otherwise purchased a gas zone heater.

         In 1995, DESA introduced a vent-free  free-standing  gas fireplace with
logs and a full sized mantle which is marketed as a  traditional  fireplace at a
retail  price of  approximately  $1,000.  DESA's  vent-free  fireplace  does not
require  venting  and  may  be  placed  against  any  wall  without   structural
renovations. Traditional fireplace boxes must be mounted into an outside wall to
facilitate  venting,   requiring  significant  structural  modifications  to  an
existing home.  Furthermore,  vent-free fireplace  installation costs are highly
attractive relative to wood fireplaces (masonry and manufactured), which cost an
average  of two to three  times  the cost of a  vent-free  fireplace,  including
installation.

         The  Company's  vent-free  gas logs are  offered  in  three  sizes  and
thirty-six  models while  vent-free gas fireplaces are offered in ten models and
mini-hearth products in six models.

Outdoor Heating Products (Domestic)

         Outdoor heating products  represent  approximately 40% of the Company's
fiscal 1997 gross sales. Sales of these products have increased at a CAGR of 25%
from fiscal 1992 to fiscal 1997.

         DESA's line of outdoor  heating  products  consists  of portable  units
which generate heat by either using a fan to discharge  heated air to a specific
area (forced air  heaters) or emitting  heat  throughout  the  surrounding  area
without the  assistance of a fan  (convection  heaters).  Forced air heaters are
fueled by either kerosene,  propane or natural gas, while convection heaters are
fueled  only with  propane  or natural  gas.  Outdoor  heaters  are used in both
residential  and  commercial  applications.   Residential  applications  include
heating  otherwise  unheated  garages  and  workshops.  Commercial  applications
include  heating  factories,  warehouses,  construction  sites and  agricultural
areas.

         Annual sales  increased  from $25.4  million to $77.4 million from 1992
through 1997,  reflecting the  introduction  of new outdoor heater  products and
expanded  sales of these  products  through  the home  center and mass  merchant
channels.  The Company also acquired an outdoor oil heater product line in April
1994, which added  approximately  $3.5 million in net sales in fiscal 1997. DESA
sells  kerosene  heaters in eight sizes with retail prices  ranging from $139 to
approximately $2,000.
   
Specialty Products (Domestic)

         DESA's specialty products category consists of (i) specialty  fastening
systems  (i.e.,  powder  actuated  tools and  staple  guns) and (ii)  electrical
products (i.e.,  chain saws and electric  generators) which are sold to both DIY
and  commercial  customers.  The specialty  tool category  represents 20% of the
Company's gross sales which have grown at an 11% CAGR from fiscal 1992 to fiscal
1997.
    
Specialty Fastening Systems Products

         Powder  actuated  tools  utilize  a  powder  load to  drive  nails  for
fastening  wood to concrete or steel.  The charge is  activated  using  either a
trigger on the tool or by striking the tool with a hammer. The energy discharged
propels a piston  inside the tool which in turn drives the nail.  DESA sells two
powder  actuated  tools targeted at the DIY market and six tools targeted at the
commercial  market.  The two consumer  models  retail for $19 to $79 and the six
commercial  models  retail  for $129 to $199.  Sales of  powder  loads  and nail
accessories account for over 50% of this product category's revenues.

                                       58
<PAGE>
         Market  Overview.  The total  domestic  powder  actuated tool market in
which DESA competes is approximately  $80 million,  consisting of $60 million in
the commercial  market and $20 million in the DIY market.  In fiscal 1997,  DESA
had a  market  share  of 86% in the DIY  segment.  The  staple  gun and  related
accessories market size is approximately $110 million of which DESA has a modest
market share.

Electrical Products

         DESA  assembles and markets a line of electric  chain saws and electric
generators.  Electric chain saws are used primarily by homeowners for light-duty
pruning and trimming.  The Company offers models retailing from $39 to $69. DESA
also  maintains a modest  presence in the portable  electric  generator  market.
Nearly 75% of the Company's generator sales are made to W.W. Grainger who offers
this product  line to end-users  through its  equipment  catalog and  industrial
supply outlets.

         Market   Overview.   The   domestic   electric   chain  saw  market  is
approximately  $20  million in size,  and DESA is the market  leader  with a 36%
share. In the important home center segment of the market,  DESA maintains a 52%
share.  The  electric  chain saw market is mature and  industry  volume has been
reasonably stable over the past five years.

International

         In  fiscal  1997,  $19.6  million  or 9.4% of  DESA's  net  sales  were
generated in international markets such as Canada, Europe and the Far East. This
segment  has grown at a CAGR of 9.4%  from  fiscal  1992  through  fiscal  1997.
Although the global markets have not traditionally been an area of DESA's focus,
the Company believes that the  international  category  represents a significant
opportunity  for increased sales in the future.  International  markets have the
potential to far surpass the home improvement market in the United States.

         DESA's  strategy  for the  international  markets  has  been to  export
customized   versions  of  its   products  to   accommodate   local   electrical
requirements,  government  regulation  and  user  preferences  for its  exported
products. DESA utilizes local distributors in each country to sell its products,
typically relying on more than one distributor in each country.

         In 1990,  DESA  increased its presence in the foreign  markets with the
purchase of Jennen B.V.,  its Dutch  distributor  of outdoor forced air heaters.
Located in  Rotterdam,  it was  subsequently  renamed as DESA  Europe  B.V.  and
currently serves as the Company's European headquarters.

Sales, Marketing and Distribution

         Sales.  DESA has  organized  its  domestic  sales  force by channels of
distribution  and product  categories in order to optimize the  effectiveness of
its selling efforts. DESA management believes that such a structure enhances the
Company's relationships with key channel participants by: (i) enabling the sales
force to develop specific customer insights regarding specialized needs and (ii)
creating a sense of partnership through customized attention and focus.

                                       59
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         Approximate Number
         DESA Sales                     Channel of                                                            of Sales
        Organization                   Distribution                  Products Marketed                    Representatives
<S>                                <C>                             <C>                                        <C>
General Consumer..................  Mass Merchants                  Indoor Heating                              120
                                    Hardware Co-ops                 Hearth Products
                                    Home Centers                    Outdoor Heating
                                    Warehouse Stores
                                    Catalog Showrooms
                                    Agricultural Supply
Specialty Heating.................  Utilities                       Indoor Heating                             40-50
                                    Propane Marketers               Hearth Products
                                    Specialty Distributors
                                    Appliance Distributors
Construction......................  Equipment Distributors          Outdoor Heating                            40-50
                                    Equipment Renters               Generators
Specialty Products................  Mass Merchants                  Specialty Fastening Systems                 100
                                    Hardware Co-ops                 Electrical Products
                                    Home Centers
                                    Warehouse Stores
                                    Catalog Showrooms
                                    Agricultural Supply
</TABLE>
    
         The  sales  representative  organizations  report  to  DESA's  regional
managers who, in turn, report to that channel's Sales Director who report to the
Executive Vice President -- Sales & Marketing.

         Marketing.   The  Company's  marketing  staff  utilizes  a  variety  of
traditional and innovative  programs to increase consumer  awareness and augment
sales.  DESA uses  limited  national  advertising  and  relies  instead on local
customer  advertising  through  newspapers  and circular  flyers.  DESA has also
created a broad national network of independent, factory-trained service centers
to provide local support to customers and end-users.

         Distribution.  The Company's  significant  customers include all of the
major home center accounts. The Company's consumer channels,  which include home
centers,  mass  merchants,  warehouse  clubs and hardware  co-ops,  are the most
important channel for DESA's products and were responsible for 62% of its fiscal
1997  domestic  sales.  Other  channels,   including  specialty  heating,  farm,
construction and industrial, contributed 38% of domestic sales in fiscal 1997.

         Key  customers  include  Home Depot and  Lowe's,  two of the major home
centers in the country;  Ace and TruServ,  leaders in the hardware co-op market;
Sears and Wal-Mart/Sam's,  major mass merchandisers,  and W.W. Grainger, a major
industrial supply company.  Consistent with industry practices, the Company does
not operate under a long-term written supply contract with any of its customers.
See "Risk Factors -- Risk of Loss of Material Customers."

Competition

         Each of the  industries  in which the  Company  manufactures  and sells
products is highly  competitive.  Although  competitive  factors vary by product
line,  competition in all product lines is based  primarily on product  quality,
product innovation, customer service and price. The Company also believes that a
manufacturer's  relationship with its distributors and principal  customers is a
key factor in the industries in which the Company competes.

        The  Company  competes  with a number of  manufacturers  in the heating
products industry.  Within this industry, there are several manufacturers of gas
heaters and numerous producers of gas logs,  pre-engineered fireplaces and solid
fuel 
                                       60

<PAGE>
heaters.  The  Company  also  competes  with a number  of  manufacturers  in the
specialty tool industry.  The Company believes that it is a market leader in the
outdoor  heating  appliance,  vent-free  indoor gas  heating  and hearth and DIY
powder  actuated  fastener and electric  chain saw markets and believes that its
experience,  well-recognized  brand names,  comprehensive  product offerings and
strong customer  relationships  give it a competitive  advantage with respect to
these products.
         The Company's  competitors  offer a number of products  which  directly
compete with or can be utilized as substitutes for the products  manufactured by
the Company. No assurance can be given that the future sales of such competitive
products will not adversely  affect the market for the  Company's  products.  In
addition,  certain of the Company's  competitors,  particularly in the specialty
tool industry, are larger and better capitalized than the Company.

Management Information Systems

         DESA  maintains an advanced MIS utilizing  customized  software for its
manufacturing and engineering design. The Company also has established  Customer
Electronic Data  Interchange  for order entry by major  accounts.  These systems
provide  "real-time"  information  in regards to  work-in-process  inventory and
provides  detailed labor  reporting to enable the Company to identify  potential
labor cost savings. For product development and engineering, employees utilize a
state-of-the-art three dimensional CAD/CAM system.
   
          Many existing computer programs use only two digits to identify a year
included  in date  information.  These  programs  may  have  been  designed  and
developed without considering the impact of a change in the century to which the
date information relates. If not corrected,  many of these computer applications
could fail or create  erroneous  results  by or at the Year 2000 (the  so-called
"Year 2000  Problem").  The Company has  conducted  an analysis of its  computer
systems to determine the actions which may be necessary to address the Year 2000
Problem.  The Company  presently expects that corrective action for its internal
systems  will be  completed  by the  fall  of 1998  and  that  the  cost of such
corrections  will not be  material.  The  Company  expects  that the third party
systems  used in its business  will have  releases  which  address any Year 2000
Problems prior to the end of 1998.
    
Manufacturing

         Indoor and Outdoor Heating  Products.  DESA's  manufacturing  processes
include metal fabrication,  painting,  assembly and product testing. In general,
DESA cuts, forms and coats the product housing, assembles the various components
such as motors, fans,  electrical parts and burners,  packages the final product
and ships it to customers.  Punch presses,  welding,  powder coated painting and
assembly  systems  are  mechanized  with  state-of-the-art  equipment  utilizing
robotics to permit high volume output with minimum labor content.

         Specialty  Fastening Systems.  DESA manufactures and packages the nails
(pins) for sale with its powder  actuated  tool product  line.  Powder  actuated
tools are sourced from a manufacturing  joint venture with  Continental/Midland,
Inc. and loads are purchased from a third party.  Powerfast(R) stapling products
are sourced from Asian manufacturers.

         Electrical  Tools.  DESA assembles  electric chain saws from components
made to its  specifications by third-party  suppliers.  Electric  generators are
assembled on a chassis by connecting  gasoline engines  purchased from Honda and
Briggs & Stratton with an alternator purchased from a European supplier.

Trademarks, Patents and Licenses

         The success of the Company's various  businesses depends in part on the
Company's ability to exploit certain proprietary  designs,  trademarks and brand
names  on an  exclusive  basis in  reliance  upon the  protections  afforded  by
applicable  copyright,  patent and trademark laws and  regulations.  The loss of
certain of the Company's  rights to such designs,  trademarks and brand names or
the inability of the Company to protect effectively or enforce such rights could
adversely affect the Company. See "Risk Factors -- Dependence On Brand Names."

                                       61
<PAGE>
Backlog and Warranty

         The Company's  backlog  consists of cancelable  orders and is dependent
upon trends in consumer demand throughout the year. Customer order patterns vary
from year to year, largely because of annual differences in consumer end-product
demand,  marketing strategies,  overall economic and weather conditions.  Orders
for the Company's products are generally subject to cancellation until shipment.
As a  result,  comparison  of  backlog  as of any date in a given  year with the
backlog at the same date in a prior year is not necessarily  indicative of sales
trends.  Moreover,  the Company  does not believe  that  backlog is  necessarily
indicative of the Company's future results of operations or prospects.

         The  Company's  warranty  policy is to accept  returns of products with
defects in materials  or  workmanship.  The Company will also accept  returns of
incorrectly  shipped goods where the Company has been notified on a timely basis
and, in certain  cases,  to maintain  customer  good will.  During  fiscal 1997,
warranty costs amounted to approximately 1.4% of sales.

Environmental Liability

         The  Company is subject to various  evolving  federal,  state and local
environmental laws and regulations governing,  among other things,  emissions to
air, discharge to waters and the generation,  handling, storage, transportation,
treatment and disposal of hazardous  and  non-hazardous  substances  and wastes.
These laws and  regulations  provide  for  substantial  fees and  sanctions  for
violations  and, in many cases could  require the Company to remediate a site to
meet  applicable  legal  requirements.  A Phase  I  environmental  audit  of the
Company's  manufacturing  facilities was completed on August 9, 1997 and did not
identify any material matters.  The Company  believes,  although there can be no
assurance,  that liabilities  relating to environmental  matters will not have a
material  adverse  effect  on  its  future  financial  position  or  results  of
operations.

Employees

         DESA's zone heating products  operation is seasonal.  As a result,  the
number of  workers  employed  by the  Company  at any  particular  point in time
varies.  The work force is accustomed to seasonal layoffs of two to four months.
In 1997, total employment  averaged 772 with a low of 404 employees in March and
a peak of 997 employees in October.

         The hourly  labor force in Bowling  Green is  represented  by the Sheet
Metal Workers  International  Association (AFL- CIO) under a three-year contract
expiring in June 1998. The Manchester and Shelbyville,  Tennessee facilities are
non-union plants.

         The hourly labor force in Bowling Green is covered by a defined benefit
pension plan.  All other  employees are covered by a defined  contribution  plan
(401K). All workers are covered by self-insured medical plans.

Legal Proceedings

         DESA is a party to  various  litigation  in the  normal  course  of its
business activities, none of which is expected to have a material adverse effect
on the Company.  Although the Company has not experienced  significant  products
liability  to date,  the  Company  carries  occurrence-based  product  liability
insurance  coverage with a $101 million limit,  $250,000 self insured  retention
("SIR") and an aggregate annual capped SIR exposure to DESA of $1 million.

Properties

   
         The Company's Bowling Green,  Kentucky facility serves as the corporate
headquarters as well as the manufacturing site for DESA's zone heating products,
both indoor and outdoor.  The  principal  executive  offices for the Company and
Holdings are located at 2701 Industrial  Drive,  Bowling Green,  Kentucky 42102,
telephone:  (502) 781-9600.  The Company also leases  warehouse space in Bowling
Green as needed.  The facility in  Shelbyville,  Tennessee is the  manufacturing
headquarters  for the  production of hearth  products and outdoor  heaters.  The
manufacturing  facility in 
                                      62
<PAGE>
Manchester,  Tennessee produces the specialty tools sold by DESA. In addition to
these manufacturing  facilities,  the Company leases sales offices and warehouse
locations in Toronto, Canada and Rotterdam, Holland.
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Location                   Square Footage         Ownership                 Function
                    --------                   --------------         ---------                 --------
<S>                                            <C>                      <C>           <C>
Bowling Green, Kentucky......................     225,000                Owned         Corporate Headquarters
                                                 28 acres                              Manufacturing, Engineering, Distribution
Shelbyville, Tennessee.......................      70,000                Leased        Manufacturing
                                                  7 acres
Manchester, Tennessee........................      57,400                Leased        Manufacturing, Distribution
                                                 11 acres
Toronto, Canada..............................       9,400                Leased        Sales offices, Distribution
Rotterdam, Holland...........................       5,200                Leased        Sales offices, Distribution
</TABLE>

         Management  believes its  facilities are in good condition and that the
facilities  are  adequate for its  operating  needs for the  foreseeable  future
without significant modifications or capital investment.

Recent Developments
   
Pending Acquisitions

         In March 1998, DESA entered into a letter of intent to acquire 92.1% of
the issued and outstanding common stock of Fireplace Manufacturers, Inc. ("FMI")
for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $25.5 million. As of such date,
DESA already owned the  remaining  7.9% of FMI's issued and  outstanding  common
stock.  In  connection  with  the  acquisition  of FMI,  DESA  will  enter  into
non-compete  agreements  with three  officers of FMI,  each with a term of three
years.  Upon  execution  of such  agreements,  DESA  will pay such  officers  an
aggregate of $3.5 million,  included in the  aggregate  purchase  price.  FMI, a
manufacturer of gas and wood fireplaces and related  accessories,  had net sales
and net income of $31.9 million and $1.0 million,  respectively,  for its fiscal
year ended March 31,  1997.  Also,  in April 1998,  the Company  entered  into a
letter of intent with Universal  Heating,  Inc. ("UHI") to acquire the worldwide
rights (except in China) to distribute  Universal's  indoor and outdoor  heating
products and to form a joint venture to  manufacture  various  products in China
that  will be  marketed  by the  Company.  The  total  purchase  price for these
transactions is approximately $15 million. UHI, a privately held manufacturer of
gas  heating  products,  had net sales and net  income  of  approximately  $21.2
million and $1.6 million,  respectively,  for its year ended  December 31, 1997.
The two  proposed  acquisitions  will  be  financed  through  a  combination  of
indebtedness  under the  Company's  New Credit  Facility  as well as  additional
equity contributions from the Company's principal stockholders.

Heath/Zenith

         On February 4, 1998, the Company acquired Heath Holding Company and its
Heath/Zenith  business from Heath Holding Corp.  Heath/Zenith,  headquartered in
Benton Harbor,  Michigan,  is a leading North American manufacturer and marketer
of residential motion sensor "security"  lighting products sold primarily to DIY
retail home centers. Heath/Zenith is also a leading manufacturer and marketer of
residential  motion  sensor  "decorative"  lighting  products and wireless  home
control  devices,  including  wireless  doorbells and light switches.  Since its
inception in 1987,  Heath/Zenith has consistently  expanded its market positions
and today commands  either the number one or number two market  position in each
of its primary product categories.
    
         Demand for Heath/Zenith's products has increased in recent years due to
consumers'  heightened interest in products that provide effective home security
and innovative,  reliable convenience features.  Heath/Zenith has also benefited
from the rapid growth and  consolidation  in its primary DIY retail home centers
distribution  channel.  Due to its products and  capabilities,  Heath/Zenith has
been selected as the core supplier to the leading participants in the DIY retail
industry  including,  Home Depot.  In  addition,  Heath/Zenith  has secured core
supplier  status with many of the  nation's  top mass  merchandisers,  warehouse
clubs, and hardware buying groups.

                                       63
<PAGE>
   
         Similar to Desa, Heath/Zenith has achieved leading market positions and
strong   operating   performance  as  a  result  of  (i)  the  strength  of  the
Heath/Zenith's  relationships  with its  rapidly-expanding  customer base,  (ii)
innovative  product  design  and  development,  (iii)  broad and  differentiated
product  lines  supported  by strong brand names,  (iv)  consistent  new product
introductions,  (v) implementing effective sales and marketing programs designed
to  increase  customer  awareness  and expand  distribution  channels,  and (vi)
achieving low-cost manufacturing and distribution expertise.
    
         In  the  Motion  Sensor  Security  and  Decorative  Lighting  segments,
Heath/Zenith competes against Intelectron Incorporated, a privately held company
headquartered  in  Hayward,  California,  and  Regent  Lighting  Corporation,  a
privately held company headquartered in Burlington,  North Carolina.  Within the
Wireless Doorbell segment,  Heath/Zenith competes against Dimango Products, Co.,
based in Brighton,  Michigan, and Trine Products,  Co., a privately held company
based in Bronx, New York.

         On a pro forma basis, Heath/Zenith will account for approximately 17.5%
and  7.3%  of  sales  and  EBITDA,   respectively,   of  the  combined  company.
Heath/Zenith's  business is comprised of three primary  segments:  Motion Sensor
Security Lighting, Motion Sensor Decorative Lighting, and Wireless Doorbells.

Motion Sensor Security Lighting

         Within  its  motion  sensor  security   lighting  product  line,  which
accounted for 61% of 1996 revenues,  Heath/Zenith  offers 58 stock keeping units
("SKUs")  representing a variety of security  lighting  products which appeal to
various segments of the DIY market.  The  Heath/Zenith's  standard motion sensor
security  lighting products retail from $9.95 for promotional items up to $34.95
for a  full-feature  security  light.  The  Heath/Zenith's  primary  focus is to
de-emphasize promotional products and to emphasize its high quality, high margin
products  that are made with metal  fixtures and hoods,  and which  contain such
value-added  features as Pulse Count, Dual BriteTM,  and 270(degree)  activation
capability.

         Market Overview.  The $200 million North American  residential  outdoor
security lighting industry market is segmented into three categories: (i) motion
sensor security lighting, (ii) photocell (darkness activated) security lighting,
and (iii)  standard  (switch  activated)  security  lighting.  The motion sensor
security  lighting  segment has been the primary growth segment in the industry,
growing  at a  compounded  annual  growth  rate of  almost 6% over the last five
years.  Since the introduction of motion sensor security  lighting,  the product
has  established  itself  as an easy to  install,  reliable,  low-cost  security
product. As a result, motion sensor products have steadily captured market share
from  standard and  photocell  lighting as those  traditional  products are less
effective crime deterrents and more expensive and less convenient to operate.

Motion Sensor Decorative Lighting

         With 38 SKUs,  motion sensor  decorative  lighting  products  represent
approximately 15% of the Heath/Zenith's  1996 total revenue.  The Heath/Zenith's
motion sensor decorative lighting products, which sell for retail prices ranging
from $24.95 to $79.95, were introduced in 1992 as part of management's  strategy
to move consumer to higher price point  products.  Included in this product line
are coach lanterns, cast aluminum lanterns, brass lanterns and post lanterns.

         Market Overview.  The $400 million North American  residential  outdoor
decorative  lighting  industry is driven  primarily by the home  improvement and
remodeling industry. As a result, the overall retail outdoor decorative lighting
industry has benefited from the expansion in the home  improvement  industry and
DIY retail channel.  Historically,  the decorative lighting market was dominated
by standard (switch activated)  lighting products.  However, as customers become
more aware of the benefits of motion  sensor  lighting  products  such as energy
efficiency, crime deterrence, and convenience,  they are requiring motion sensor
capabilities in all of their outdoor lighting products.

Wireless Doorbells

         Wireless doorbell products, introduced in 1991, represent approximately
15% of 1996 total  revenue.  This product line,  which retails for between $9.95
and $49.95,  represents the Heath/Zenith's successful entry into a new market by
leveraging  a  high-quality  product  with  the  Heath/Zenith  brand  name.  The
Heath/Zenith's wireless doorbell products are 

                                       64
<PAGE>
positioned  to take  advantage  of an  underserved  market with  relatively  few
solutions.  Wireless  doorbells  present  the most  viable  and  cost  effective
solution  to the  problem.  Heath/Zenith  has become  the  market  leader in the
wireless  doorbell  industry by offering a diverse  line of products  and,  most
importantly, by differentiating its product with a proprietary sound chip.

         Market Overview. Approximately 17% of Heath/Zenith's 1996 revenues were
generated by sales in the wireless controls systems  industry,  primarily in the
wireless  doorbell  segment.  The wireless control systems industry is a diverse
industry that includes  products ranging from home automation  systems to garage
door openers to wireless doorbells. Heath/Zenith currently competes primarily in
the  wireless  doorbell  segment of the  residential  wireless  control  systems
industry.

Customers

         Heath/Zenith  targets  the  rapidly-expanding  DIY home  center  retail
market  and,  to a lesser  extent,  mass  merchandisers,  warehouse  clubs,  and
cooperative.   In  1996,  sales  to  home  improvement  retailers  and  hardware
cooperatives  accounted  for 90% of  revenues  and sales to mass  merchandisers,
warehouse clubs and other retailers accounted for 10% of sales.

Manufacturing and Assembly

         Heath/Zenith  designs and  manufactures  its products  through its Hong
Kong based  subsidiary,  Heath Ltd.,  which  provides  purchasing,  engineering,
contract  manufacturing,  administration  and assembly.  Heath/Zenith uses three
subcontractors  in  China  who  assemble  products  according  to  predetermined
specifications and ship assembled  products to Heath Ltd.  Heath/Zenith owns all
the tooling  utilized in the production of its products.  Finished  products are
shipped to a public warehouse in Reno,  Nevada and distributed  throughout North
America directly to customers.

Employees

   
         Heath/Zenith has  approximately  78 employees,  42 at its Benton Harbor
headquarters and 36 at Heath Ltd.
    

                                      65

<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT

Directors and Officers

         The  following  table sets forth the name,  age and position of each of
the   Company's   directors   who  will   continue  in  office   following   the
Recapitalization,  directors designate, executive officers and other significant
employees.  All of the Company's  officers are elected annually and serve at the
discretion of the Board of Directors.

         Name                       Age               Positions
         ----                       ---               ---------
Robert H. Elman..................    59    Chairman, Chief Executive Officer,
                                           Director
John W. Childs...................    55    Director
Raymond B. Rudy..................    65    Director
Adam L. Suttin...................    30    Director
Michael Greene...................    35    Director
Terry G. Scariot.................    49    President, Director
John M. Kelly....................    48    Executive Vice President
Edward G. Patrick................    51    Vice President of Finance, Treasurer
Scott M. Nehm....................    48    Vice President, Controller

         Robert H. Elman joined DESA  Industries,  at its inception,  in 1969 as
Vice  President and member of the Board of the Directors and as President of its
Power  Products  Division.  He planned and directed the  division's  growth from
sales of $11  million in 1969 to $35  million  in 1975,  with  operating  income
increasing  significantly  during the same period.  Mr. Elman remained with AMCA
International  when it acquired DESA  Industries in 1975 and became Senior Group
Vice President responsible for the Consumer, Automotive Products, Aerospace, and
Food Packaging  Divisions until March 1985. Since March 1985, when Mr. Elman and
his fellow  managers  formed DESA  International,  Inc. and  participated in the
leveraged  buyout of  AMCA's  Consumer  Products  Division,  Mr.  Elman has been
Chairman and Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company.  Prior to DESA, he worked
with ITT and Singer in various  management  positions  in the United  States and
Europe. Mr. Elman serves as the non-employee  Chairman of the Board of Directors
of Hedstrom  Holdings,  Inc. He received  his  Bachelor's  Degree in  Mechanical
Engineering  from  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute  and his MBA from  Harvard
Business School.
   
         John W.  Childs has been  President  of JWCA since July 1995.  Prior to
that time,  he was an  executive  at Thomas H. Lee Company  from May 1987,  most
recently  holding the position of Senior Managing  Director.  Prior to that, Mr.
Childs  was with the  Prudential  Insurance  Company  of  America  where he held
various executive  positions in the investment area ultimately serving as Senior
Managing  Director in charge of the Capital  Markets Group.  He is a director of
Big V Supermarkets, Inc., Central Tractor Farm & Country, Inc., Chevys Holdings,
Inc.,  Cinnabon,  Inc., The Edison Project,  Inc.,  Select  Beverages,  Inc. and
Playtex Products, Inc.

         Raymond B. Rudy has been a Managing  Director  of JWCA since July 1995.
Prior to that time,  he was Deputy  Chairman  and  Director of Snapple  Beverage
Corporation from 1992 until the company was sold in 1994. From 1987 to 1989, Mr.
Rudy was President of Best Foods Subsidiaries of CPC International. From 1984 to
1986, Mr. Rudy was Chairman,  President and CEO of Arnold Foods Company, Inc. He
is chairman of Empire Kosher Poultry, Inc.

         Adam L. Suttin has been a Vice President of JWCA since July 1995. Prior
to that time,  he was an  executive  at Thomas H. Lee Company  from August 1989,
most  recently  holding the position of  Associate.  He is a director of Central
Tractor Farm & Country, Inc. and Empire Kosher Poultry, Inc.
    
         Michael  Greene is a Managing  Director  of UBS  Capital,  which is the
private  equity  subsidiary  of the Union Bank of  Switzerland.  Mr.  Greene has
worked in Union  Bank of  Switzerland's  private  equity and  leveraged  finance
business since he joined Union Bank of Switzerland in 1990. Mr. Greene serves on
the board of directors of CBP Resources, Inc. and Metrocall, Inc.
                                       66
<PAGE>
   
         Terry  G.  Scariot  joined  AMCA's  Consumer  and  Automotive  Products
Division as Vice  President -- Finance in early 1984 and became Chief  Financial
Officer of DESA International, Inc. in March 1985. He was appointed President of
DESA  International,  Inc.  in March 1996 and joined the Board of  Directors  in
December 1996. Prior to joining AMCA  International,  Mr. Scariot held positions
of  increasing  responsibility  in financial  and  manufacturing  management  at
Monsanto  Industrial  Chemicals  Company,  Rockwell  International's  Automotive
Products Group, and Gulf and Western's  Bonney Forge Division.  In October 1979,
Mr.  Scariot  served as a member of the Board of Directors  and Chief  Financial
Officer for The  Massillon  Steel  Casting  Company.  Mr.  Scariot  received his
Bachelor of Science degree in finance and MBA from the University of Missouri.
    
         John  M.  Kelly  joined  DESA  Industries  in  Canada  in  1972.  After
successful  management  assignments  in  sales,   manufacturing   services,  and
administration,  he was  appointed  General  Sales  Manager in 1976 and  General
Manager in 1977.  In 1983,  Mr.  Kelly was  promoted to Vice  President -- North
American   Sales  for  AMCA's   Consumer   Products   Division.   In  1984,  his
responsibilities  were  expanded to include the entire  marketing  function.  He
became  DESA's  senior sales and  marketing  Executive  Vice  President in North
America in March 1985. Mr. Kelly assumed the role of Executive Vice President in
March 1996,  responsible for worldwide sales and marketing and  engineering.  He
majored in Economics at the University of Toronto.

         Edward G. Patrick has been associated with DESA International, Inc. and
its predecessor  company since January 1985,  joining the company as Director of
Credit and Accounts  Receivable.  In May of 1991, he was appointed Treasurer and
in January 1995 appointed Vice President of Finance.  Prior to joining DESA, Mr.
Patrick held financial  positions  with Benchmark Tool Company,  a Subsidiary of
Shopsmith  Inc.  (1981-1985),  McGraw Edison  Company  (1975-1981),  and General
Motors  Corp.  (1972-1975).  Mr.  Patrick  received his  Bachelor's  Degree from
Northeast Missouri State University.

         Scott M. Nehm has been with DESA and the  predecessor  operation  since
1982. In January 1995, he was appointed  Vice  President,  Controller.  Prior to
DESA,  Mr. Nehm has held  positions of  increasing  responsibility  in financial
management  at Modine  Manufacturing  Company  (1971-  1973),  Koehring  Company
(1974-1979),   and  Allied  Products  Inc.  (1980-1981).  Mr.  Nehm  has  a  CPA
Certificate, BBA and MBA degrees from the University of Wisconsin in Accounting,
Finance and Marketing.

Executive Compensation

     The  following  table  sets  forth  compensation  earned  for all  services
rendered to the Company  during  fiscal 1995,  fiscal 1996 and fiscal  1997,  as
applicable,  by the Company's chief  executive  officer and the four most highly
compensated  executive officers other than the Company's chief executive officer
(collectively, the "Named Executives").

                                       67
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           Long-Term
                                                                                         Compensation
                                                                                            Awards
                                                                                           Number of
                                                       Annual Compensation                Securities       All Other
           Name and Principal                 Fiscal        Salary(1)        Bonus        Underlying     Compensation
        Position at March 1, 1997              Year            ($)           ($)(1)       Options(2)          ($)
        -------------------------              ----            ---           ------       ----------          ---
<S>                                            <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
Robert H. Elman.......................          1997          565,385        820,000            --          112,233
  Chairman, Chief                               1996          516,162        535,000            --          100,255
  Executive Officer                             1995          385,546        512,000            --          108,091
Terry G. Scariot......................          1997          249,400        120,000            --           16,203
  President                                     1996          195,769        102,000            --           28,829
                                                1995          146,461         96,000            --           24,373
John M. Kelly.........................          1997          249,400        120,000            --           29,203
  Executive Vice                                1996          195,769        102,000            --           33,039
  President                                     1995          146,461         96,000            --           27,000
Edward G. Patrick.....................          1997           74,822         17,500         4,000            8,111
  Vice President of                             1996           68,631         15,000            --            5,697
  Finance, Treasurer                            1995           65,086         12,000            --            1,277
Scott M. Nehm.........................          1997           74,822         17,500         4,000           10,766
  Vice President                                1996           71,383         15,000            --            8,044
  Controller                                    1995           67,987         12,000            --            2,066
- ----------
   
<FN>
(1)      Annual bonuses are indicated for the year in which they were earned and accrued.  Annual bonuses for any year are generally
         paid in the following fiscal year.

(2)      All of the options were redeemed in connection with the Recapitalization.

</FN>
    
</TABLE>


Employment Arrangements with Executive Officers

     Mr. Elman is currently  employed as Chairman  and Chief  Executive  Officer
pursuant to an employment  agreement which carries a three-year term. Under this
agreement,  Mr. Elman  currently  receives a salary of $650,000.  Mr. Scariot is
currently  employed as  President  pursuant  to an  employment  agreement  which
carries a three-year term. Under this agreement,  Mr. Scariot currently receives
a salary  of  $292,000.  Mr.  Kelly is  currently  employed  as  Executive  Vice
President  pursuant to an employment  agreement which carries a three-year term.
Under  this  agreement,  Mr.  Kelly  currently  receives  a salary of  $292,000.
Pursuant to these employment  agreements,  the salary of each of Messrs.  Elman,
Scariot and Kelly will be subject to annual  increases at the  discretion of the
Board of  Directors  of the Company.  Messrs.  Elman,  Scariot and Kelly will be
eligible to participate in an executive  bonus plan which will be instituted for
fiscal 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003.  Messrs.  Elman,  Scariot and Kelly will
also  participate  in an option plan which will allow  management  to earn up to
12.5% of the fully diluted equity of Holdings upon achievement of pre-determined
performance  targets.  In the event of a Change of Control of the Company  after
which the employment of Messrs. Elman, Scariot and Kelly with the Company is not
continued,  Messrs.  Elman,  Scariot  and Kelly  will be  entitled  to Change of
Control benefits unless the equity investment of each of Messrs.  Elman, Scariot
and Kelly in Holdings of each shall have tripled in value.

                                       68
<PAGE>
                    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL
                              OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The  following  table  sets  forth  information  regarding  the  beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock of Holdings by each person known to the Company to
be the  beneficial  owner of more  than  five  percent  of the  common  stock of
Holdings,  each director of the Company,  each Named Executive and all directors
and executive officers of the Company as a group. Except as otherwise indicated,
the  beneficial  owners of the voting stock listed below,  based on  information
furnished by such owners,  have sole investment and voting power with respect to
such shares.  The business address for each executive  officer of the Company is
in care of the Company.
   
                                                           Shares
                                                        Beneficially
              Name and Address                             Owned        Percent
              ----------------                             -----        -------
J.W. Childs Equity Partners, L.P.(1)
  One Federal Street
  Boston, Massachusetts..............................    9,408,761        66.5%
UBS Capital LLC(1)
  299 Park Avenue
  New York, New York.................................    2,742,526        19.8
Robert H. Elman(2)...................................      377,602         2.7
John W. Childs(1)(3)
  One Federal Street
  Boston, Massachusetts..............................    9,787,594        69.2
Raymond B. Rudy(1)(3)
  One Federal Street
  Boston, Massachusetts..............................    9,433,275        66.7
Adam L. Suttin(1)(3)
  One Federal Street
  Boston, Massachusetts..............................    9,443,188        66.8
Michael Greene(4)
  299 Park Avenue
  New York, New York.................................    2,742,526        19.8
Terry G. Scariot.....................................      100,054           *
John M. Kelly........................................      100,054           *
Edward G. Patrick....................................       30,409           *
Scott M. Nehm........................................       30,409           *
All Directors and executive officers as a group (9
  persons)(1)(2)(3)(4)...............................   13,182,470        92.6
- ----------
 *  Less than 1.0%
    

(1)      Includes 363,968 shares  beneficially owned by Childs and 99,264 shares
         beneficially  owned by UBS  Capital  pursuant  to  warrants  issued  in
         connection with their respective purchases of Holdings Preferred Stock.

   
(2)      Includes 177,494 shares owned by Mr. Elman's family.
    

(3)      Includes  shares  beneficially  owned by  Childs,  as to which  Messrs.
         Childs, Rudy and Suttin may be deemed also to be beneficial owners.

(4)      Includes  shares  beneficially  owned by UBS  Capital,  as to which Mr.
         Greene may also be deemed to be a beneficial owner.

                                       69
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

   
         At the  closing  of the  Recapitalization,  the  Company  and  Holdings
entered  into a  management  agreement  with JWCA  providing  for payment by the
Company  to  JWCA  of  (i)  a  $2.55  million  advisory  and  financing  fee  in
consideration  of  JWCA's  services  regarding  the  planning,  structuring  and
negotiation  of the  Recapitalization  and related  financing and (ii) an annual
management  fee of $189,000 in  consideration  of JWCA's  ongoing  provision  of
certain  consulting  and  management  advisory  services.  Payments  under  this
management  agreement may be made only to the extent permitted by the New Credit
Facility and the Indenture.  The management  agreement is for a five-year  term,
automatically  renewable for successive extension terms of one year, unless JWCA
or Holdings shall give notice of termination.

         At the  closing  of the  Recapitalization,  the  Company  and  Holdings
entered into a management  agreement  with UBS Capital  providing for payment by
the Company to UBS Capital of (i) a $0.7 million  advisory and  financing fee in
consideration of UBS Capital's services regarding the planning,  structuring and
negotiation  of the  Recapitalization  and related  financing and (ii) an annual
management fee of $51,000 in consideration of UBS Capital's ongoing provision of
certain  consulting  and  management  advisory  services.  Payments  under  this
management  agreement may be made only to the extent permitted by the New Credit
Facility and the Indenture.  The management  agreement is for a five-year  term,
automatically  renewable for successive  extension terms of one year, unless UBS
Capital or Holdings shall give notice of termination.

         Pursuant  to the  Recapitalization  Agreement,  concurrently  with  the
closing of the Recapitalization, Holdings, the Equity Investors and the Existing
Stockholders  (the  "Stockholders")  entered into a Stockholders  Agreement (the
"Stockholders  Agreement").  Subject to  certain  exceptions,  the  Stockholders
Agreement  restricts  the right of the  Stockholders  to transfer  any  Holdings
Common Stock or Warrants or other vested rights to acquire Holdings Common Stock
(collectively, the "Subject Securities") without the consent of the holders of a
majority of the Subject Securities at the time held by Childs and its affiliates
and associates  (the "JWC  Holders").  Holdings and the JWC Holders have certain
rights of first  refusal with respect to Subject  Securities.  In addition,  the
Stockholder Agreement provides for certain so-called  "tag-along",  "drag-along"
and "piggyback  registration"  rights.  In addition,  the Stockholder  Agreement
provides  each  Stockholder  with certain  preemptive  rights.  The  Stockholder
Agreement also  obligates  Holdings and the  Stockholders  to take all necessary
actions to include certain  nominees of the JWC Holders (who could  constitute a
majority  of the board of  directors)  and one  nominee  of UBS  Capital  LLP on
Holdings' board of directors and to ensure that certain  representatives  of the
other  Stockholders  may  attend  meetings.   The  Stockholders  Agreement  also
restricts  Holdings' right to enter into agreements with JWC Holders without the
consent of the other Stockholders.
    

         Holdings  and its  subsidiaries  expect  to  enter  into a tax  sharing
agreement  providing  (among other  things) that each of the  subsidiaries  will
reimburse  Holdings  for  its  share  of  income  taxes  determined  as if  such
subsidiary had filed its tax returns separately from Holdings.


                                       70

<PAGE>
                              DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

General
   
         The Notes  were  issued  pursuant  to an  Indenture  (the  "Indenture")
between the Company, Holdings (as guarantor) and Marine Midland Bank, as trustee
(the  "Trustee").  The terms of the Notes  include those stated in the Indenture
and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust  Indenture Act of
1939 (the "Trust  Indenture  Act"). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and
Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a
statement  thereof.  The  following  summary of the material  provisions  of the
Indenture  does not purport to be complete  and is  qualified in its entirety by
reference to the Indenture,  including the definitions  therein of certain terms
used below.  A copy of the proposed  form of Indenture and  Registration  Rights
Agreement  is  available  as  set  forth  under  "Available  Information".   The
definitions  of certain terms used in the following  summary are set forth below
under "-- Certain Definitions."

         The  Notes  are  general   unsecured   obligations   of  the   Company,
subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior  Indebtedness
of the Company,  including the New Credit Facility, and rank pari passu in right
of payment with any existing and future senior subordinated  indebtedness of the
Company.  The  Company's  payment  obligations  under  the  Notes  are fully and
unconditionally  guaranteed (the "Holdings  Guarantee") on a senior subordinated
basis by Holdings. In addition, all borrowings under the New Credit Facility are
secured by a Lien on  substantially  all of the assets of the Company,  Holdings
and their domestic Subsidiaries.

         In  addition,  the  Company  conducts  certain  operations  through its
foreign  subsidiaries  and  the  Notes  are  effectively   subordinated  to  all
indebtedness and other liabilities and commitments (including trade payables and
lease  obligations)  of such foreign  subsidiaries.  Any right of the Company to
receive  assets of any of its  Subsidiaries  upon the  latter's  liquidation  or
reorganization  (and  the  consequent  right  of the  Holders  of the  Notes  to
participate in those assets) is effectively  subordinated  to the claims of that
Subsidiary's  creditors,  except  to the  extent  that  the  Company  is  itself
recognized  as a creditor  of such  Subsidiary,  in which case the claims of the
Company are subordinate to any security in the assets of such Subsidiary and any
indebtedness  of such Subsidiary  senior to that held by the Company.  As of the
date  of the  Indenture,  all  of  the  Company's  Subsidiaries  are  Restricted
Subsidiaries.  However, under certain circumstances, the Company will be able to
designate   current  or  future   Subsidiaries  as  Unrestricted   Subsidiaries.
Unrestricted  Subsidiaries  will  not be  subject  to  many  of the  restrictive
covenants set forth in the Indenture.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

         The Notes are limited in aggregate  principal  amount to $130.0 million
and mature on December 15, 2007.  The Indenture  provides for the issuance of up
to $75.0 million aggregate principal amount of additional Notes having identical
terms and  conditions  to the Notes  offered  hereby (the  "Additional  Notes"),
subject  to  compliance  with the  covenants  contained  in the  Indenture.  Any
Additional  Notes will be part of the same issue as the Notes offered hereby and
will vote on all matters  with the Notes  offered  hereby.  For purposes of this
"Description of Notes," references to the Notes do not include Additional Notes.
Interest on the Notes  accrues  from the most recent date to which  interest has
been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original  issuance.
Interest is computed on the basis of a 360-day year  comprised of twelve  30-day
months. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
on the Notes is be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for
such  purpose  within  the City and State of New York or,  at the  option of the
Company,  payment of interest  and  Liquidated  Damages,  if any, may be made by
check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth
in the register of Holders of Notes;  provided that all payments with respect to
Notes the Holders of which have given wire transfer  instructions to the Company
are required to be made by wire transfer of immediately  available  funds to the
accounts  specified by the Holders  thereof.  Until otherwise  designated by the
Company, the Company's office or agency in New York is the office of the Trustee
maintained  for such  purpose.  The Notes have been issued in  denominations  of
$1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

                                       71
<PAGE>
Subordination

         The payment of all  Obligations on the Notes are  subordinated in right
of payment, as set forth in the Indenture,  to the prior payment in full in cash
of all Senior Indebtedness,  whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or
thereafter incurred.

         Upon any  distribution  to  creditors  of the  Company or Holdings in a
liquidation or dissolution of the Company or Holdings, as the case may be, or in
a bankruptcy,  reorganization,  insolvency,  receivership or similar  proceeding
relating to the Company or Holdings or their respective property,  an assignment
for the benefit of creditors or any  marshalling  of the  Company's or Holdings'
assets and  liabilities,  the  holders of Senior  Indebtedness  are  entitled to
receive payment in full in cash of all Obligations due in respect of such Senior
Indebtedness  (including  interest after the commencement of any such proceeding
at the rate specified in the applicable Senior  Indebtedness) before the Holders
of Notes are  entitled to receive any payment  with  respect to the Notes or the
Holdings   Guarantee,   and  until  all  Obligations   with  respect  to  Senior
Indebtedness  are paid in full, any  distribution  to which the Holders of Notes
would be entitled  shall be made to the holders of Senior  Indebtedness  (except
that Holders of Notes may receive  securities that are  subordinated at least to
the same extent as the Notes to Senior Indebtedness and any securities issued in
exchange  for Senior  Indebtedness  and payments  made from the trust  described
under "-- Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance").  Senior Indebtedness shall
not be deemed to have been paid in full until the termination of all commitments
or other Obligations  under the New Credit Facility,  and the payment in full in
cash thereof.
    
         The Company and Holdings also may not make any payment or  distribution
upon or in  respect  of the  Notes or the  Holdings  Guarantee  (except  in such
subordinated  securities or from the trust described under "-- Legal  Defeasance
and Covenant  Defeasance")  if (i) a default in the payment of any Obligation on
Designated  Senior  Indebtedness  occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable
period of grace or (ii) any other default occurs and is continuing  with respect
to Designated Senior  Indebtedness that permits holders of the Designated Senior
Indebtedness as to which such default relates to accelerate its maturity and the
Trustee receives a notice of such default (a "Payment Blockage Notice") from the
Company, Holdings, the agent under the New Credit Facility or the holders of any
other  Designated  Senior  Indebtedness.  Payments on the Notes or the  Holdings
Guarantee  may and shall be resumed (a) in the case of a payment  default,  upon
the  date  on  which  such  default  is  cured  or  waived  and (b) in case of a
nonpayment default,  the earlier of the date on which such nonpayment default is
cured or waived  or 179 days  after  the date on which  the  applicable  Payment
Blockage  Notice is  received,  unless the  maturity  of any  Designated  Senior
Indebtedness has been accelerated. No new period of payment blockage pursuant to
a Payment  Blockage  Notice may be commenced  unless and until (i) 360 days have
elapsed since the effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice
and (ii) all scheduled payments of principal,  premium,  if any, and interest on
the Notes  that have  come due have  been  paid in full in cash.  No  nonpayment
default  that existed or was  continuing  on the date of delivery of any Payment
Blockage  Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent
Payment Blockage Notice.
   
         The Indenture further requires that the Company promptly notify holders
of Senior  Indebtedness  if  payment of the Notes is  accelerated  because of an
Event of Default.

         As a result of the  subordination  provisions  described  above, in the
event of a liquidation or insolvency,  Holders of Notes may recover less ratably
than   creditors   of  the  Company  or  Holdings  who  are  holders  of  Senior
Indebtedness.  At November 29, 1997,  the aggregate  principal  amount of Senior
Indebtedness  of the Company was  approximately  $135.5  million.  The Indenture
limits,   subject  to  certain   financial   tests,  the  amount  of  additional
Indebtedness,  including  Senior  Indebtedness,  that the Company,  Holdings and
their respective subsidiaries can incur. See "-- Certain Covenants -- Incurrence
of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock."
    
Holdings Guarantee
   
         The  payment  of  principal  of,  premium,  if any,  and  interest  and
Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed
on an unsecured basis by Holdings.  The Holdings Guarantee is, or will be, joint
and several with any other guarantor.  The Holdings Guarantee is subordinated to
the amounts for which Holdings will be liable under the  guarantees  issued from
time to time with respect to Senior Indebtedness to the same extent as the Notes

                                       72
<PAGE>
are subordinated to such Senior  Indebtedness.  The obligation of Holdings under
the  Holdings  Guarantee  are  limited  so as not  to  constitute  a  fraudulent
conveyance  under  applicable  law.  See,  however,  "Risk Factors -- Fraudulent
Conveyance and Preference Considerations."

         The Indenture  provides that Holdings may not consolidate with or merge
with  or  into  (whether  or not  Holdings  is the  surviving  Person),  another
corporation, Person or entity whether or not affiliated with Holdings unless (i)
subject to the  provisions of the following  paragraph,  the Person formed by or
surviving any such  consolidation or merger (if other than Holdings) assumes all
the  obligations of Holdings  pursuant to a  supplemental  indenture in form and
substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Trustee,  under  the  Notes and the
Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction,  no Default
or Event of Default exists; (iii) Holdings, or any Person formed by or surviving
any such consolidation or merger, would have Consolidated Net Worth (immediately
after  giving  effect  to  such  transaction),  equal  to or  greater  than  the
Consolidated Net Worth of Holdings  immediately  preceding the transaction;  and
(iv)  Holdings  would be  permitted,  immediately  after  giving  effect to such
transaction,  to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the covenant described below under
the caption "-- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock."
    
Optional Redemption
   
         The Notes are not redeemable at the Company's  option prior to December
15, 2002.  Thereafter,  the Notes will be subject to redemption at the option of
the Company,  in whole or in part,  upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days'
notice,  at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount)
set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
thereon to the applicable  redemption  date, if redeemed during the twelve-month
period beginning on December 15 of the years indicated below:
    
       Year                                                        Percentage
       ----                                                        ----------
   
2002...........................................................      104.9375%
2003...........................................................      103.2917%
2004...........................................................      101.6458%
thereafter.....................................................      100.0000%
    
         Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  at any time on or before  December 15,
2000, the Company may (but shall not have the obligation to) redeem up to 35% of
the original  aggregate  principal  amount of Notes  (including  any  Additional
Notes) at a redemption  price of 109.875% of the principal  amount  thereof plus
accrued and unpaid  interest and  Liquidated  Damages  thereon to the redemption
date,  with  the net  cash  proceeds  of one or more  Public  Equity  Offerings;
provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including
any Additional  Notes) remain  outstanding  immediately  after the occurrence of
such redemption; and provided,  further, that such redemption shall occur within
60 days of the date of the closing of such Public Equity Offering.

         If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection
of  Notes  for  redemption  will be made by the  Trustee  on a pro  rata  basis;
provided  that no Notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.  Notices of
redemption  shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60
days  before the  redemption  date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its
registered  address.  If any Note is to be redeemed in part only,  the notice of
redemption  that  relates to such Note shall state the portion of the  principal
amount  thereof to be  redeemed.  A new Note in  principal  amount  equal to the
unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon
cancellation  of the original Note. On and after the redemption  date,  interest
ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Optional Redemption Upon Change Of Control

         Upon the  occurrence of a Change of Control prior to December 15, 2002,
the Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company,
upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice to each Holder of 
                                       73
<PAGE>
Notes to be  redeemed,  at a  redemption  price equal to the sum of (i) the then
outstanding  principal  amount  thereof  plus (ii)  accrued and unpaid  interest
thereon and Liquidated  Damages,  if any, to the redemption  date plus (iii) the
Applicable  Premium.  The  following  definitions  are  used  to  determine  the
Applicable Premium:
   
         "Applicable Premium" is defined, with respect to a Note, as the greater
of (i) 4.9375% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Note or (ii) the
excess of (A) the present value of the remaining required interest and principal
payments  due on such  Note  (exclusive  of  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  and
Liquidated  Damages,  if  any),  computed  using a  discount  rate  equal to the
Treasury  Rate plus 50 basis  points,  over (B) the then  outstanding  principal
amount of such Note.

         "Treasury  Rate" is  defined  as the yield to  maturity  at the time of
computation of United States Treasury  securities  with a constant  maturity (as
compiled and published in the most recent Federal  Reserve  Statistical  Release
H.15 (519) which has become publicly  available at least two Business Days prior
to the date fixed for prepayment (or, if such  Statistical  Release is no longer
published,  any publicly  available  source of similar market data)) most nearly
equal to the then  remaining  Average  Life to  Stated  Maturity  of the  Notes;
provided,  however,  that if the Average Life to Stated Maturity of the Notes is
not equal to the  constant  maturity of a United  States  Treasury  security for
which a weekly  average  yield is given,  the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by
linear interpolation  (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the
weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields
are given,  except that if the Average  Life to Stated  Maturity of the Notes is
less than one year,  the weekly  average yield on actually  traded United States
Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.
    
Mandatory Redemption

         Except as set forth below under  "Repurchase at the Option of Holders,"
the  Company is not  required  to make  mandatory  redemption  or  sinking  fund
payments with respect to the Notes.

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

         Upon the  occurrence of a Change of Control,  each Holder of Notes will
have the right to require  the Company to  repurchase  all or any part (equal to
$1,000 or an integral  multiple  thereof) of such Holder's Notes pursuant to the
offer  described below (the "Change of Control Offer") at an offer price in cash
equal to 101% of the aggregate  principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages thereon,  if any, to the date of repurchase (the
"Change  of Control  Payment").  Within  fifteen  days  following  any Change of
Control,  the  Company  will  mail  a  notice  to  each  Holder  describing  the
transaction or  transactions  that constitute the Change of Control and offering
to repurchase Notes on the date specified in such notice, which date shall be no
earlier  than 30 days and no later  than 60 days  from the date  such  notice is
mailed  (the  "Change of Control  Payment  Date"),  pursuant  to the  procedures
required by the Indenture and described in such notice.  The Company will comply
with the  requirements  of Rule  14e-1  under  the  Exchange  Act and any  other
securities  laws  and  regulations  thereunder  to  the  extent  such  laws  and
regulations  are applicable in connection  with the repurchase of the Notes as a
result of a Change of Control.

         On the Change of Control  Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent
lawful,  (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly  tendered
pursuant to the Change of Control  Offer,  (2) deposit  with the Paying Agent an
amount  equal to the  Change  of  Control  Payment  in  respect  of all Notes or
portions  thereof so tendered  and (3) deliver or cause to be  delivered  to the
Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating the
aggregate  principal  amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the
Company. The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered
the Change of Control  Payment for such Notes,  and the  Trustee  will  promptly
authenticate  and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder
a new Note equal in  principal  amount to any  unpurchased  portion of the Notes
surrendered,  if any;  provided  that each such new Note will be in a  principal
amount of $1,000 or an integral  multiple  thereof.  The Indenture  will provide
that, prior to complying with the provisions of this covenant,  but in any event
within 75 days following a Change of Control,  the Company will either repay all
outstanding Senior Indebtedness or obtain the requisite consents,  if any, under
all agreements governing outstanding
                                       74
<PAGE>
Senior Indebtedness to permit the repurchase of Notes required by this covenant.
The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on
or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

         The Change of Control  provisions  described above will take precedence
over  other  provisions  of the  Indenture  which may be  applicable.  Except as
described  above with  respect to a Change of Control,  the  Indenture  does not
contain  provisions  that  permit the  Holders of the Notes to require  that the
Company   repurchase   or  redeem  the  Notes  in  the  event  of  a   takeover,
recapitalization or similar transaction.

         The New Credit Facility currently prohibits the Company from purchasing
any Notes,  and also  provides  that  certain  events  constituting  a change of
control with respect to the Company would constitute a default  thereunder.  Any
future credit agreements or other agreements  relating to Senior Indebtedness to
which  the  Company  becomes  a  party  may  contain  similar  restrictions  and
provisions.  In the event a Change of Control  occurs at a time when the Company
is prohibited from purchasing  Notes,  the Company could seek the consent of its
lenders to the purchase of Notes or could  attempt to refinance  the  borrowings
that contain such prohibition.  If the Company does not obtain such a consent or
repay such borrowings, the Company will remain prohibited from purchasing Notes.
In such case, the Company's  failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute
an Event of Default  under the  Indenture  which  would,  in turn,  constitute a
default under the New Credit Facility. In such circumstances,  the subordination
provisions in the  Indenture  would likely  restrict  payments to the Holders of
Notes.

         The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon
a Change of Control if a third  party  makes the Change of Control  Offer in the
manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth
in the  Indenture,  applicable  to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company
and purchases all Notes validly  tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of
Control Offer.

         The definition of Change of Control  includes a phrase  relating to the
sale, lease, transfer,  conveyance or other disposition of "all or substantially
all" of the  assets  of the  Company  and its  Subsidiaries  taken  as a  whole.
Although  there  is a  developing  body  of case  law  interpreting  the  phrase
"substantially  all," there is no precise  established  definition of the phrase
under applicable law.  Accordingly,  the ability of a Holder of Notes to require
the Company to  repurchase  such Notes as a result of a sale,  lease,  transfer,
conveyance  or other  disposition  of less than all of the assets of the Company
and its  Subsidiaries  taken  as a whole  to  another  Person  or  group  may be
uncertain.

Asset Sales
   
         The Indenture provides that the Company and Holdings will not, and will
not permit any of their respective  Restricted  Subsidiaries  to,  consummate an
Asset Sale unless (i) the Company, Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be,  receives  consideration  at the time of such  Asset  Sale at least
equal to the fair  market  value  (evidenced  by a  resolution  of the  Board of
Directors set forth in an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of the
assets or Equity Interests  issued or sold or otherwise  disposed of and (ii) at
least 75% of the  consideration  therefor  received by the Company,  Holdings or
such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents;  provided
that the amount of (x) any liabilities (as shown on the Company's,  Holdings' or
such Restricted Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet) of the Company, Holdings
or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent  liabilities and liabilities
that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, the Holdings Guarantee or any
Subsidiary  Guarantee)  that are  assumed by the  transferee  of any such assets
pursuant to a customary novation  agreement that releases the Company,  Holdings
or such Restricted  Subsidiary from further liability and (y) any notes or other
obligations received by the Company,  Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary
from such transferee that are immediately converted by the Company,  Holdings or
such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received), shall
be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision.
    
         Within 360 days after the  receipt  of any Net  Proceeds  from an Asset
Sale, the Company or Holdings,  as the case may be, may apply such Net Proceeds,
at its option, (a) to permanently  reduce  outstanding Senior  Indebtedness (and
correspondingly  reduce commitments  thereunder) or (b) to acquire a controlling
interest  in  another  business,  the  making  of a capital  expenditure  or the
acquisition of other  long-term  assets,  in each case, in the same or a similar
line of business  as the  Company  was engaged in on the date of the  Indenture.
Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, 

                                       75
<PAGE>
the Company or Holdings,  as the case may be, may temporarily  reduce  revolving
credit  Indebtedness or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is
not prohibited by the Indenture.  Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not
applied or invested as provided in the first  sentence of this paragraph will be
deemed to constitute  "Excess  Proceeds."  When the  aggregate  amount of Excess
Proceeds exceeds $5.0 million, the Company and Holdings will be required to make
an offer to all Holders of Notes and Additional Notes (an "Asset Sale Offer") to
purchase the maximum  principal amount of Notes and Additional Notes that may be
purchased  out of the Excess  Proceeds,  at an offer  price in cash in an amount
equal to 100% of the principal  amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid  interest
and Liquidated Damages,  if any, thereon to the date of purchase,  in accordance
with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate
amount of Notes and Additional Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is
less than the Excess Proceeds,  the Company or Holdings, as the case may be, may
use any  remaining  Excess  Proceeds  for  general  corporate  purposes.  If the
aggregate  principal amount of Notes and Additional Notes surrendered by Holders
thereof  exceeds the amount of Excess  Proceeds,  the Trustee  shall  select the
Notes and Additional Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis.  Upon completion
of such offer to purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

Certain Covenants

Restricted Payments
   
         The Indenture provides that the Company and Holdings will not, and will
not permit any of the Restricted  Subsidiaries  to, directly or indirectly:  (i)
declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account
of the  Company's,  Holdings'  or any of  the  Restricted  Subsidiaries'  Equity
Interests  (including,  without  limitation,  any payment in connection with any
merger or  consolidation  involving the Company or Holdings) or to the direct or
indirect  holders of the Company's,  Holdings' or any  Restricted  Subsidiaries'
Equity   Interests  in  their   capacity  as  such  (other  than   dividends  or
distributions  payable in Equity  Interests (other than  Disqualified  Stock) of
Holdings);  (ii)  purchase,  redeem or  otherwise  acquire  or retire  for value
(including  without  limitation,  in connection with any merger or consolidation
involving  the  Company  or  Holdings)  any  Equity  Interests  of the  Company,
Holdings, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or Holdings, or any Affiliate
of the Company or Holdings  (other than any such Equity  Interests  owned by the
Company or any Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company);  (iii) make
any payment on, or purchase,  redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for
value any  Indebtedness  that is  subordinated  to the Notes (other than Notes),
except a payment of interest or principal of  Indebtedness  (other than interest
payments on any Exchange Notes or Qualified Subordinated Indebtedness) at Stated
Maturity or (iv) make any  Restricted  Investment  (all such  payments and other
actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively  referred
to as "Restricted Payments"),  unless, at the time of and after giving effect to
such Restricted Payment:
    
         (a)  no  Default  or  Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

         (b) the Company (in the case of a Restricted  Payment by the Company or
any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries)  or Holdings (in all other cases) would, at
the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as
if such  Restricted  Payment had been made at the  beginning  of the  applicable
four-quarter  period,  have a Fixed Charge  Coverage  Ratio of at least 2.0 to 1
pursuant  to the  Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio  test set  forth  in the  first
paragraph  of the  covenant  described  below under  caption "--  Incurrence  of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;"

         (c) in the case of a Restricted  Payment of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, such Restricted Payment,  together with the aggregate
of all  other  Restricted  Payments  made  by the  Company  and  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  after the date of the  Indenture  (excluding  Restricted  Payments
permitted by clause (ii) of the second succeeding  paragraph),  is less than the
sum of (i) 50% of the  Consolidated  Net  Income of the  Company  for the period
(taken as one accounting  period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter
commencing  after the date of the  Indenture  to the end of the  Company's  most
recently  ended  fiscal  quarter for which  internal  financial  statements  are
available at the time of such Restricted  Payment (or, if such  Consolidated Net
Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit),  plus (ii) 100%
of the  aggregate  net cash  proceeds  received by the Company from the issue or
sale since the date 
                                       76
<PAGE>
of the  Indenture of Equity  Interests of the Company  (other than  Disqualified
Stock) or of Disqualified Stock or debt securities of the Company that have been
converted  into  such  Equity   Interests   (other  than  Equity  Interests  (or
Disqualified  Stock or convertible  debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the
Company and other than  Disqualified  Stock or convertible  debt securities that
have been converted into Disqualified  Stock), plus (iii) to the extent that any
Restricted  Investment that was made after the date of the Indenture is sold for
cash or  otherwise  liquidated  or repaid  for cash,  the lesser of (A) the cash
return of capital with respect to such Restricted  Investment  (less the cost of
disposition,  if any) and (B) the initial amount of such  Restricted  Investment
plus (iv) the amount resulting from redesignations of Unrestricted  Subsidiaries
as Restricted  Subsidiaries  (in each case, such amount to be valued as provided
in the second  succeeding  paragraph)  not to exceed  the amount of  Investments
previously made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted
Subsidiary  and which was treated as a Restricted  Payment under the  Indenture;
and

         (d) in the case of a  Restricted  Payment by Holdings  or a  Restricted
Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company),  such  Restricted  Payment,  together  with the aggregate of all other
Restricted  Payments  made  by  Holdings,   the  Company  and  their  Restricted
Subsidiaries  after the date of the  Indenture  (excluding  Restricted  Payments
permitted by clause (ii) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum
of (i) 50% of the  Consolidated  Net Income of Holdings for the period (taken as
one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing
after the date of the  Indenture to the end of  Holdings'  most  recently  ended
fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time
of such Restricted  Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period
is a deficit,  less 100% of such  deficit),  plus (ii) 100% of the aggregate net
cash proceeds  received by Holdings from the issue or sale since the date of the
Indenture of Equity Interests of Holdings (other than Disqualified  Stock) or of
Disqualified  Stock or debt securities of Holdings that have been converted into
such Equity Interests  (other than Equity  Interests (or  Disqualified  Stock or
convertible  debt  securities)  sold to a Subsidiary  of Holdings and other than
Disqualified  Stock or convertible debt securities that have been converted into
Disqualified  Stock),  plus (iii) to the extent that any  Restricted  Investment
that was made  after  the date of the  Indenture  is sold for cash or  otherwise
liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of (A) the cash return of capital with
respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any) and
(B) the  initial  amount of such  Restricted  Investment  plus  (iv) the  amount
resulting  from  redesignations  of  Unrestricted   Subsidiaries  as  Restricted
Subsidiaries  (in each case,  such amount to be valued as provided in the second
succeeding paragraph) not to exceed the amount of Investments previously made by
Holdings in such  Unrestricted  Subsidiary and which was treated as a Restricted
Payment under the Indenture.
   
         The  foregoing  provisions  do not  prohibit:  (i) the  payment  of any
dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration  thereof,  if at said date
of  declaration  such payment  would have  complied  with the  provisions of the
Indenture;  (ii) the  redemption,  repurchase,  retirement,  defeasance or other
acquisition of any subordinated  Indebtedness or Equity Interests of the Company
in  exchange  for,  or  out of the  net  cash  proceeds  of,  the  substantially
concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company) of other
Equity  Interests of the Company (other than any Disqualified  Stock);  provided
that the amount of any such net cash  proceeds  that are  utilized  for any such
redemption,  repurchase,  retirement,  defeasance or other  acquisition shall be
excluded  from clause  (c)(ii) of  paragraph  (c) above;  (iii) the  redemption,
repurchase,  retirement,  defeasance or other  acquisition  of any  subordinated
Indebtedness or Equity  Interests of Holdings in exchange for, or out of the net
cash proceeds of, the  substantially  concurrent sale (other than to the Company
or a Restricted  Subsidiary  of Holdings) of other Equity  Interests of Holdings
(other than any  Disqualified  Stock);  provided that the amount of any such net
cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement,
defeasance  or other  acquisition  shall be  excluded  from  clause  (d)(ii)  of
paragraph  (d)  above;  (iv) the  defeasance,  redemption,  repurchase  or other
acquisition  of  subordinated  Indebtedness  with the net cash  proceeds from an
incurrence  of  Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness;  (v)  the  making  of  any
Restricted  Payment by Holdings  utilizing the proceeds of a Restricted  Payment
made by the Company to  Holdings  in  accordance  with the  Indenture;  (vi) the
payment of any  dividend by a Restricted  Subsidiary  of the Company or Holdings
(other than the Company) to the holders of its common Equity  Interests on a pro
rata basis;  (vii) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and is continuing,  the repurchase,  redemption or other retirement for value of
any Equity  Interests of the Company,  Holdings or a Restricted  Subsidiary,  or
dividends  or other  distributions  by the Company to Holdings  the  proceeds of
which are utilized by Holdings to  repurchase,  redeem or  otherwise  acquire or
retire for value any Equity  Interests  of Holdings,  in each case,  held by any
member of the management,  employees or consultants of the Company, a Restricted
Subsidiary or Holdings pursuant to any management, employee or consultant equity
subscription agreement or stock option agreement; provided
                                       77
<PAGE>
that the aggregate price paid for all such  repurchased,  redeemed,  acquired or
retired  Equity  Interests  shall  not  exceed  the sum of (x)  $500,000  in any
twelve-month  period and (y) the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company
or Holdings from any  reissuance of Equity  Interests by Holdings or the Company
to members of  management  of the  Company or Holdings  (provided  that the cash
proceeds referred to in this clause (y) shall be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of
paragraph (c) above);  (viii) dividends or other payments to Holdings sufficient
to  enable  Holdings  to pay (x)  accounting,  legal,  corporate  reporting  and
administrative expenses of Holdings incurred in the ordinary course of business,
(y) required fees and expenses,  and any adjustments to the purchase price under
the  Stock   Purchase   Agreement,   in  each  case  in   connection   with  the
Recapitalization,  and (z) the  registration  fees and expenses under applicable
laws and  regulations  of its debt or equity  securities;  and (ix)  payments to
Holdings pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement.  In addition, the Indenture will
provide that the Company may make a  distribution  to Holdings to consummate the
Recapitalization.
    
         The Board of Directors of the Company or Holdings,  as the case may be,
may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such
designation   would  not  cause  a  Default.   For   purposes   of  making  such
determination,  all  outstanding  Investments  by the Company,  Holdings and the
Restricted  Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid in cash) in the Subsidiary
so  designated  will be deemed  to be  Restricted  Payments  at the time of such
designation and will reduce the amount  available for Restricted  Payments under
the first paragraph of this covenant.  All such outstanding  Investments will be
deemed to  constitute  Investments  in an amount equal to the greater of (x) the
net book value of such  Investments at the time of such  designation and (y) the
fair market  value of such  Investments  at the time of such  designation.  Such
designation will only be permitted if such Restricted Payment would be permitted
at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of
an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

         The amount of all  Restricted  Payments  (other than cash) shall be the
fair  market  value on the date of the  Restricted  Payment of the  asset(s)  or
securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company, Holdings or such
Subsidiary,  as the case may be,  pursuant to the Restricted  Payment.  The fair
market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined by the Board
of Directors of the Company or  Holdings,  as the case may be, whose  resolution
with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee, such determination to be
based  upon an  opinion  or  appraisal  issued by an  accounting,  appraisal  or
investment  banking firm of national  standing if such fair market value exceeds
$5.0  million.  Not later than the date of making any  Restricted  Payment,  the
Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers'  Certificate stating that such
Restricted  Payment  is  permitted  and  setting  forth the basis upon which the
calculations  required by the  covenant  "Restricted  Payments"  were  computed,
together  with a copy of any  fairness  opinion  or  appraisal  required  by the
Indenture,  which  calculations  may be based upon  Holdings'  latest  available
financial statements.

Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock
   
         The Indenture provides that the Company and Holdings will not, and will
not permit any of their  respective  Subsidiaries  to,  directly or  indirectly,
create,  incur,  issue,  assume,  guarantee  or  otherwise  become  directly  or
indirectly  liable,  contingently or otherwise,  with respect to  (collectively,
"incur")  any  Indebtedness  (including  Acquired  Debt),  will  not  issue  any
Disqualified  Stock and will not permit any of their respective  Subsidiaries to
issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that (i) the Company may
incur  Indebtedness  (including  Acquired Debt) or issue shares of  Disqualified
Stock if the Fixed Charge  Coverage  Ratio of the Company for the Company's most
recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements
are  available   immediately   preceding  the  date  on  which  such  additional
Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is issued would have been at
least 1.75 to 1, if such  incurrence  or issuance is on or prior to December 15,
1999, or 2.0 to 1, if such incurrence or issuance is after December 15, 1999, in
each case, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of
the  net  proceeds  therefrom),  as if  the  additional  Indebtedness  had  been
incurred,  or the Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the
beginning of such four-quarter  period and (ii) Holdings may incur  Indebtedness
(including  Acquired  Debt) or issue shares of  Disqualified  Stock if the Fixed
Charge  Coverage  Ratio of Holdings for Holdings'  most recently ended four full
fiscal   quarters  for  which  internal   financial   statements  are  available
immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred
or such Disqualified Stock is issued would have been at least 1.75 to 1, if such
incurrence or issuance is on or prior to December 15, 1999, or 2.0 to 1, if such
incurrence or issuance is after December 15, 1999, in each case, determined on a
pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds

                                       78
<PAGE>
therefrom),  as if  the  additional  Indebtedness  had  been  incurred,  or  the
Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such
four-quarter period.
    
         The  provisions of the first  paragraph of this covenant will not apply
to the incurrence of any of the following (collectively, "Permitted Debt"), each
of which shall be given independent effect:

         (i) the  incurrence  by the  Company,  Holdings  and  their  respective
Subsidiaries of  Indebtedness  (including  letters of credit),  or guarantees of
such Indebtedness, pursuant to the term loan portion of the New Credit Facility;
provided  that,  after  giving pro forma effect to any such  incurrence  and the
application of the proceeds  therefrom,  the aggregate  principal  amount of all
Indebtedness of the Company,  Holdings and their Subsidiaries  outstanding under
the term loan portion of the New Credit  Facility does not exceed $100.0 million
less the  aggregate  amount  of all Net  Proceeds  of  Asset  Sales  applied  to
permanently repay any such Indebtedness pursuant to the covenant described above
under the caption "Repurchase at the Option of Holders -- Asset Sales;"

         (ii) the  incurrence  by the  Company,  Holdings  and their  respective
Subsidiaries of  Indebtedness  (including  letters of credit),  or guarantees of
such  Indebtedness,  pursuant to the  revolving  loan  portion of the New Credit
Facility  (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal  amount equal
to  the  maximum  potential  liability  of  the  Company,   Holdings  and  their
Subsidiaries  thereunder);  provided that,  after giving pro forma effect to any
such  incurrence and the  application of the proceeds  therefrom,  the aggregate
principal  amount of all  Indebtedness  (including  letters  of  credit)  of the
Company,  Holdings and their  Subsidiaries  outstanding under the revolving loan
portion of the New  Credit  Facility  does not  exceed the  greater of (x) $75.0
million less the aggregate  amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied to
permanently repay any such Indebtedness pursuant to the covenant described above
under the caption  "Repurchase  at the Option of Holders -- Asset  Sales" or (y)
the amount of the Borrowing Base as of any date of incurrence;

         (iii) the incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness  represented by the
Notes  (other than any  Additional  Notes),  the  incurrence  by Holdings of the
Holdings Guarantee or the incurrence by any Restricted  Subsidiary of Subsidiary
Guarantees;

         (iv)  the  incurrence  by  the  Company,   Holdings  or  any  of  their
Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations,  mortgage
financings or purchase money obligations,  in each case incurred for the purpose
of financing all or any part of the purchase  price or cost of  construction  or
improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company,
Holdings or such Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5.0
million at any time outstanding;

         (v) the incurrence by any corporation  that becomes a Subsidiary of the
Company after the Issue Date of Acquired Debt, which Indebtedness is existing at
the time such  corporation  becomes a Subsidiary;  provided,  however,  that (A)
either (x) the  principal  amount (or accreted  value,  as  applicable)  of such
Acquired  Debt,  together  with  any  other  outstanding  Indebtedness  incurred
pursuant to this clause (iv),  does not exceed $5.0 million since the Issue Date
or  (y)  immediately  after  giving  effect  to  such  corporation   becoming  a
Subsidiary,  Holdings  could  incur at least  $1.00 of  additional  Indebtedness
(other  than  Permitted  Debt)  in  accordance  with  the  Indenture,  (B)  such
Indebtedness  is without  recourse to the  Company,  Holdings or to any of their
respective Subsidiaries or to any of their respective properties or assets other
than Person  becoming a  Subsidiary  or its  properties  and assets and (C) such
Indebtedness  was  not  incurred  as a  result  of or in  connection  with or in
contemplation of such entity becoming a Subsidiary;

         (vi)  the  incurrence  by  the  Company,   Holdings  or  any  of  their
Subsidiaries of Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net
proceeds  of which are used to extend,  refinance,  renew,  replace,  defease or
refund, Indebtedness that was permitted by the Indenture to be incurred;

                                       79
<PAGE>
         (vii) the incurrence of intercompany  Indebtedness between or among the
Company,   Holdings  and  any  of  their  respective   Wholly  Owned  Restricted
Subsidiaries;  provided,  however,  that (i) if the  Company or  Holdings is the
obligor on such Indebtedness,  such Indebtedness is expressly subordinate to the
prior payment in full in cash of all  Obligations  with respect to the Notes and
(ii)(A) any subsequent  issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in
any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company, Holdings or
a Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary and (B) any sale or other transfer of any
such  Indebtedness  to a Person  that is not either the  Company,  Holdings or a
Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute
an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company,  Holdings or such Subsidiary,
as the case may be;

         (viii)  Indebtedness of an Unrestricted  Subsidiary owed to and held by
the Company,  Holdings or a Restricted  Subsidiary,  provided  that the Company,
Holdings or such  Restricted  Subsidiary  is permitted to make an  investment in
such  Unrestricted  Subsidiary under the Indenture at the time such Indebtedness
is incurred in an amount equal to the principal amount of such Indebtedness;

         (ix) the  incurrence by the Company or Holdings of Hedging  Obligations
that are incurred for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency risk or interest
rate risk with respect to any floating  rate  Indebtedness  that is permitted by
the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding;

         (x) the incurrence by Unrestricted  Subsidiaries of Non-Recourse  Debt,
provided,  however, that if any such Indebtedness ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt
of an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary,  such event  shall be deemed to  constitute  an
incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary;

         (xi)  Indebtedness  incurred  in  respect  of  performance,  surety and
similar bonds provided by the Company,  Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries
in the ordinary course of business, and refinancings thereof;

         (xii)   Indebtedness   for  letters  of  credit  relating  to  workers'
compensation  claims and self-insurance or similar  requirements in the ordinary
course of business;

         (xiii)  Indebtedness  arising from  guarantees of  Indebtedness  of the
Company, Holdings or any Subsidiary or other agreements of the Company, Holdings
or a Subsidiary providing for  indemnification,  adjustment of purchase price or
similar  obligations,  in each case,  incurred or assumed in connection with the
disposition  of any business,  assets or  Subsidiary,  other than  guarantees of
Indebtedness  incurred  by any  person  acquiring  all or any  portion  of  such
business,  assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing  such  acquisition,
provided  that  the  maximum   aggregate   liability  in  respect  of  all  such
Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the
Company, Holdings and their Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

        (xiv)  the  issuance  by  Holdings,  on the  Issue  Date,  of shares of
Holdings  Preferred Stock,  with an aggregate  liquidation  value of up to $17.6
million and the issuance of  additional  shares of Holdings  Preferred  Stock as
dividends on outstanding  shares of Holdings  Preferred Stock  subsequent to the
Issue Date in accordance with the terms of the Holdings Preferred Stock;

         (xv) the  incurrence of Exchange  Notes issued (a) in exchange for all,
but not less than all, of the outstanding Holdings Preferred Stock in accordance
with the terms of the Holdings  Preferred  Stock as in effect on the Issue Date,
if immediately  prior to giving effect to the incurrence of such Exchange Notes,
the Fixed Charge  Coverage  Ratio of 

                                       80
<PAGE>
Holdings  would have been at least 2.0 to 1 pursuant to the Fixed  Charge  Ratio
test set forth in clause  (ii) of the  proviso  of the first  paragraph  of this
covenant;  provided  that in  calculating  such Fixed Charge  Coverage  Ratio of
Holdings,  no  effect  shall  be  given  to  clause  (ii) of the  definition  of
"Consolidated  Net Income" set forth under "-- Certain  Definitions"  below) and
(b) as interest on Exchange Notes in accordance with the terms thereof;

         (xvi) the incurrence by Holdings of Qualified Subordinated Indebtedness
in an  aggregate  principal  amount  not to  exceed  $5.0  million  at any  time
outstanding; and

         (xvii)  the  incurrence  by the  Company,  Holdings  or  any  of  their
Subsidiaries of additional  Indebtedness (in addition to Indebtedness  permitted
by any other  clause of this  paragraph)  in an aggregate  principal  amount (or
accreted  value,  as  applicable)  at any time  outstanding  not to exceed $20.0
million.

         For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event
that an  item of  Indebtedness  meets  the  criteria  of  more  than  one of the
categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xvii) above or is
entitled to be incurred  pursuant to the first  paragraph of this covenant,  the
Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify such item of Indebtedness in any
manner that complies with this  covenant and such item of  Indebtedness  will be
treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of such clauses or pursuant
to the first paragraph hereof. Accrual of interest and the accretion of accreted
value will not be deemed to be an  incurrence  of  Indebtedness  for purposes of
this covenant.

Liens
   
         The Indenture provides that the Company and Holdings will not, and will
not permit any of their  respective  Subsidiaries  to,  directly or  indirectly,
create,  incur,  assume  or  suffer  to exist any Lien on any asset now owned or
hereafter  acquired,  or any income or profits therefrom or assign or convey any
right to receive income therefrom, except Permitted Liens.
    
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
   
         The Indenture provides that the Company and Holdings will not, and will
not permit any Restricted  Subsidiaries  to,  directly or indirectly,  create or
otherwise  cause or suffer  to exist or  become  effective  any  encumbrance  or
restriction on the ability of any Restricted  Subsidiary to (i)(a) pay dividends
or  make  any  other  distributions  to  the  Company,  Holdings  or  any of the
Restricted  Subsidiaries  (1) on its  Capital  Stock or (2) with  respect to any
other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits,  or (b) pay any
Indebtedness   owed  to  the  Company,   Holdings  or  any  of  the   Restricted
Subsidiaries, (ii) make loans or advances to the Company, Holdings or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) transfer any of its properties or assets to the
Company,  Holdings  or any of  the  Restricted  Subsidiaries,  except  for  such
encumbrances or restrictions  existing under or by reason of (a) applicable law,
(b) any instrument governing  Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired
by the Company,  Holdings or any of the Restricted  Subsidiaries as in effect at
the  time of such  acquisition  (except  to the  extent  such  Indebtedness  was
incurred in connection  with or in  contemplation  of such  acquisition),  which
encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or
assets of any Person,  other than the Person,  or the  property or assets of the
Person,  so  acquired,  provided  that,  in  the  case  of  Indebtedness,   such
Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred,  (c) by
reason of customary non-assignment provisions in leases, licenses, encumbrances,
contracts or similar assets  entered into or acquired in the ordinary  course of
business and consistent with past practices,  (d) purchase money obligations for
property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of
the nature  described in clause  (iii) above on the  property so  acquired,  (e)
existing by virtue of any  transfer of,  agreement to transfer,  option or right
with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company,  Holdings or
any Restricted  Subsidiary not otherwise  prohibited by the Indenture,  (f) with
respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an agreement that has
been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the
Capital  Stock of, or property and assets of, such  Restricted  Subsidiary,  (g)
Indebtedness  of  the  Company  and  its  Restricted   Subsidiaries   containing
restrictions on dividends,  distributions and other payments to Holdings and its
Restricted   Subsidiaries   (other   than  the   Company   and  its   Restricted
Subsidiaries),  (h) the New Credit Facility, provided that such restrictions are
no more restrictive than those contained 

                                       81
<PAGE>
in the New  Credit  Facility  as in effect on the Issue  Date or such  Permitted
Refinancing  Indebtedness  is no more  restrictive  than those  contained in the
agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced.
    
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets
   
         The Indenture  provides that the Company may not  consolidate  or merge
with or into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation), or sell,
assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all
of its  properties  or assets in one or more  related  transactions,  to another
corporation, Person or entity unless (i) either (a) the Company is the surviving
corporation  or (b) the entity or the  Person  formed by or  surviving  any such
consolidation  or merger  (if other  than the  Company)  or to which  such sale,
assignment,  transfer,  lease,  conveyance or other  disposition shall have been
made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States,
any state thereof or the District of Columbia;  (ii) the entity or Person formed
by or surviving any such  consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or
the entity or Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance
or other  disposition  shall have been made assumes all the  obligations  of the
Company under the Notes and the Indenture,  pursuant to a supplemental indenture
in a form reasonably  satisfactory to the Trustee;  (iii) immediately after such
transaction no Default or Event of Default exists;  (iv) except in the case of a
merger of the Company with or into a Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary,  the
Company or the entity or Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or
merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
lease,  conveyance  or other  disposition  shall  have  been  made (A) will have
Consolidated  Net Worth  immediately  after the transaction  equal to or greater
than  the  Consolidated  Net  Worth of the  Company  immediately  preceding  the
transaction  and (B) will, at the time of such  transaction and after giving pro
forma effect thereto as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the
applicable  four-quarter  period,  be  permitted  to  incur  at  least  $1.00 of
additional  Indebtedness  pursuant to the Fixed Charge  Coverage  Ratio test set
forth in the first  paragraph of the covenant  described above under the caption
"--  Incurrence of  Indebtedness  and Issuance of Preferred  Stock;" and (v) the
Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers'  Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel,  each  stating  that  such  consolidation,  merger,  sale,  assignment,
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and such supplemental indenture
complies with the Indenture and that all  conditions  precedent  provided for in
the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.
    
Transactions with Affiliates
   
         The Indenture provides that the Company and Holdings will not, and will
not permit any Restricted  Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease,
transfer or otherwise  dispose of any of their  respective  properties or assets
to, or purchase any property or assets from,  or enter into or make or amend any
transaction,  contract,  agreement,  understanding,  loan,  advance or guarantee
with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each of the foregoing, an "Affiliate
Transaction"),  unless (i) such  Affiliate  Transaction  is on terms that are no
less favorable to the Company,  Holdings or the relevant Restricted  Subsidiary,
as the case may be,  than those that would have been  obtained  in a  comparable
transaction by the Company,  Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be, with an  unrelated  Person and (ii) the Company or Holdings  delivers to
the Trustee (a) with respect to any Affiliate  Transaction  or series of related
Affiliate   Transactions   involving   aggregate   consideration  in  excess  of
$1,000,000,  a resolution  of the Board of Directors  approving  such  Affiliate
Transaction  and  an  Officers'  Certificate   certifying  that  such  Affiliate
Transaction  complies with clause (i) above and that such Affiliate  Transaction
has been  approved  by a majority of the  disinterested  members of the Board of
Directors and (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related
Affiliate  Transactions  involving  aggregate  consideration  in  excess of $5.0
million,  an  opinion  as to the  fairness  to the  Holders  of  such  Affiliate
Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or
investment banking firm of national  standing;  provided that (t) any employment
agreement entered into by the Company,  Holdings or any of their Subsidiaries in
the ordinary  course of business and  consistent  with the past  practice of the
Company, Holdings or such Subsidiary,  (u) transactions between or among (A) the
Company and/or its Restricted  Subsidiaries  and (B) Holdings and its Restricted
Subsidiaries  (other  than the  Company and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries),  (v)
Restricted  Payments (other than Restricted  Investments)  that are permitted by
the provisions of the Indenture described above under the caption "-- Restricted
Payments," (w) investment  banking and management fees in an aggregate amount no
greater than $240,000 in the aggregate in any calendar year (plus  reimbursement
of expenses) to be paid by the Company and/or  Holdings to the Principals or any
Related Party, (x) an aggregate cash fee of $3.25 million payable by the Company
and/or  Holdings to the Principals or any Related Party or UBS Capital LLC on or
about the Issue Date and (y) any loans made to the
                                       82
<PAGE>
Company  under the New Credit  Facility  by any  Affiliate  of the Union Bank of
Switzerland  and fees and  reimbursement  of expenses in respect thereof and (z)
discounts and  commissions  payable to UBS Securities LLC in the Offering of the
Notes, in each case, shall not be deemed Affiliate Transactions.
    
Sale and Leaseback Transactions
   
         The Indenture provides that the Company and Holdings will not, and will
not permit any  Restricted  Subsidiaries  to, enter into any sale and  leaseback
transaction  (other  than,  (x) among the  Company and Wholly  Owned  Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Company or (y) among Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of
the  Company);  provided  that the Company or Holdings may enter into a sale and
leaseback  transaction if (i) the Company or Holdings, as the case may be, could
have (a)  incurred  Indebtedness  in an amount  equal to the  Attributable  Debt
relating  to such  sale  and  leaseback  transaction  pursuant  to the  covenant
described above under the caption "-- Incurrence of Additional  Indebtedness and
Issuance of Preferred Stock" and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness
pursuant to the covenant  described above under the caption "-- Liens," (ii) the
gross cash proceeds of such sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to
the fair market value (as  determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of
the  Company  or  Holdings,  as  applicable,  and  set  forth  in  an  Officers'
Certificate  delivered to the  Trustee) of the  property  that is the subject of
such sale and  leaseback  transaction  and (iii) the  transfer of assets in such
sale and leaseback  transaction is permitted by, and the Company or Holdings, as
the case may be, applies the proceeds of such  transaction  in compliance  with,
the covenant described above under the caption "-- Asset Sales."
    
Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries
   
         The  Indenture  provides  that the Company  (i) will not,  and will not
permit any Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the Company  to,  transfer,
convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Capital Stock of any such Wholly
Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  to any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly
Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  of  the  Company),   unless  (a)  such  transfer,
conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition is of all the Capital Stock of such
Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  and (b) the cash Net  Proceeds  from such
transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition are applied in accordance
with the covenant  described  above under the caption "-- Asset Sales," and (ii)
will not permit any Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company to issue
any of its Equity  Interests  (other than, if  necessary,  shares of its Capital
Stock constituting directors' qualifying shares) to any Person other than to the
Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

         The Indenture  provides that Holdings (i) will not, and will not permit
any Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary of Holdings to, transfer,  convey, sell,
lease or  otherwise  dispose  of any  Capital  Stock of any  such  Wholly  Owned
Restricted  Subsidiary  to any Person  (other than  Holdings  or a Wholly  Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings), unless (a) such transfer,  conveyance, sale,
lease or other  disposition  is of all the Capital  Stock of such  Wholly  Owned
Restricted  Subsidiary  and  (b) the  cash  Net  Proceeds  from  such  transfer,
conveyance,  sale, lease or other disposition are applied in accordance with the
covenant  described  above under the caption "-- Asset Sales," and (ii) will not
permit any Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  of Holdings to issue any of its
Equity  Interests  (other  than,  if  necessary,  shares  of its  Capital  Stock
constituting  directors' qualifying shares) to any Person other than to Holdings
or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings.
    
Limitations on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness
   
         The  Indenture  provides  that the Company and Holdings will not permit
any Restricted  Subsidiary to guarantee the payment of any  Indebtedness  of the
Company,  Holdings  or any  other  Restricted  Subsidiary,  (in each  case,  the
"Guaranteed Debt"), unless (i) if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Guarantor,
such Restricted Subsidiary  simultaneously  executes and delivers a supplemental
indenture to the Indenture  providing  for a Subsidiary  Guarantee of payment of
the Notes by such  Restricted  Subsidiary,  (ii) if the Notes or the  Subsidiary
Guarantee (if any) of such  Restricted  Subsidiary are  subordinated in right of
payment to the Guaranteed Debt, the Subsidiary  Guarantee under the supplemental
indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted  Subsidiary's  guarantee with
respect to the Guaranteed Debt  substantially to the same extent as the Notes or
the  Subsidiary  Guarantee are  subordinated  to the  Guaranteed  Debt under the
Indenture,  (iii) if the Guaranteed Debt is by its express terms subordinated in
right of  payment  to the  Notes

                                      83
<PAGE>
or the Subsidiary  Guarantee (if any) of such  Restricted  Subsidiary,  any such
guarantee of such  Restricted  Subsidiary  with respect to the  Guaranteed  Debt
shall be  subordinated  in  right of  payment  to such  Restricted  Subsidiary's
Subsidiary  Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent
as the Guaranteed Debt is subordinated to the Notes or the Subsidiary  Guarantee
(if  any)  of  such  Restricted  Subsidiary,  (iv)  such  Restricted  Subsidiary
subordinates  rights of  reimbursement,  indemnity or  subrogation  or any other
rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any
payment by such  Restricted  Subsidiary  under its  Subsidiary  Guarantee to its
obligation under its Subsidiary  Guarantee,  and (v) such Restricted  Subsidiary
shall  deliver to the  Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that (A) such
Subsidiary Guarantee has been duly authorized,  executed and delivered,  and (B)
such  Subsidiary   Guarantee   constitutes  a  valid,  binding  and  enforceable
obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary,  except insofar as enforcement thereof
may be limited by  bankruptcy,  insolvency or similar laws  (including,  without
limitation,  all laws relating to fraudulent  transfers)  and except  insofar as
enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity.

         The Indenture  provides that no Guarantor may consolidate with or merge
with or into (whether or not such  Guarantor is the surviving  Person),  another
corporation,  person or entity  whether or not  affiliated  with such  Guarantor
unless (i) subject to the  provisions  of the  following  paragraph,  the Person
formed by or  surviving  any such  consolidation  or merger  (if other than such
Guarantor)  assumes  all  the  obligations  of  such  Guarantor  pursuant  to  a
supplemental  indenture in form and  substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to the
Trustee,  under the Notes,  the  Indenture  and  Subsidiary  Guarantee  and (ii)
immediately  after  giving  effect to such  transaction,  no Default or Event of
Default exists.

         The Indenture provides that in the event of a sale or other disposition
of all of the  assets  of any  Guarantor,  by way of  merger,  consolidation  or
otherwise,  or a sale or other  disposition  of all of the capital  stock of any
Guarantor, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition,  by
way of such a merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the capital stock of
such  Guarantor)  or the  corporation  acquiring the property (in the event of a
sale or  other  disposition  of all of the  assets  of such  Guarantor)  will be
released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; provided that
the Net  Proceeds of such sale or other  disposition  are applied in  accordance
with the applicable  provisions of the Indenture.  See  "Repurchase at Option of
Holders -- Asset Sales." The Indenture  will also provide that in the event that
a Guarantor is  designated  by the Company to be an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture,  such Guarantor will be released and
of any obligations  under its Subsidiary  Guarantee.  See "Certain  Covenants --
Restricted Payments."
    
No Senior Subordinated Debt
   
         The  Indenture  provides  that (i) the Company will not incur,  create,
issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is
subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior  Indebtedness and senior
in any  respect  in right of  payment  to the Notes and (ii) no  Guarantor  will
incur,  create,  issue,  assume,  guarantee or otherwise  become  liable for any
Indebtedness  that is  subordinate  or junior in right of  payment to any Senior
Indebtedness of such Guarantor, and senior in any respect in right of payment to
such Guarantor's guarantees of the Notes.
    
Payments for Consent
   
         The Indenture  provides that neither the Company,  nor Holdings nor any
of their respective  Subsidiaries will, directly or indirectly,  pay or cause to
be paid any consideration,  whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any
Holder of any Notes for or as an inducement to any consent,  waiver or amendment
of any of the terms or  provisions  of the  Indenture  or the Notes  unless such
consideration  is offered to be paid or is paid to all Holders of the Notes that
consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation
documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
    
Reports
   
         The Indenture  provides that,  whether or not required by the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission"),  so
long as any Notes are outstanding,  the Company and Holdings will furnish to the
Holders of Notes (i) all quarterly and annual  financial  information that would
be required to be  contained in a filing with the  Commission  on Forms 10-Q and
10-K if Holdings  were  required to file such Forms,  including a  "Management's

                                       84
<PAGE>
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations"  that
describes the financial  condition and results of operations of Holdings and its
consolidated  Subsidiaries  (showing in reasonable detail, either on the face of
the  financial  statements  or in the  footnotes  thereto  and  in  Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations,  the
financial  condition and results of operations of the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries  separate from the financial condition and results of operations of
the Unrestricted Subsidiaries), but excluding exhibits, and, with respect to the
annual information only, a report thereon by the Company's certified independent
accountants and (ii) all current reports that would be required to be filed with
the  Commission on Form 8-K if Holdings  were required to file such reports.  In
addition,  whether  or  not  required  by  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the
Commission,  Holdings will file a copy of all such  information and reports with
the Commission for public  availability  (unless the Commission  will not accept
such a filing) and make such  information  available to securities  analysts and
prospective  investors upon request. In addition,  the Company and Holdings have
agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain  outstanding,  they will furnish to
the Holders and to securities  analysts and  prospective  investors,  upon their
request,  the information  required to be delivered  pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4)
under the Securities Act.
    
Events of Default and Remedies
   
         The Indenture provides that each of the following  constitutes an Event
of Default:  (i) default for 30 days in the payment  when due of interest on, or
Liquidated  Damages with respect to, the Notes (whether or not prohibited by the
subordination provisions of the Indenture); (ii) default in the payment when due
of principal of or premium,  if any, on the Notes  (whether or not prohibited by
the subordination provisions of the Indenture);  (iii) failure by the Company or
Holdings to comply with the provisions  described under the captions "Repurchase
at the Option of the Holders -- Change of Control" or "-- Asset Sales"  "Certain
Covenants -- Restricted Payments" or "-- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance
of  Preferred  Stock;" (iv) failure by the Company or Holdings for 60 days after
notice from the Trustee or holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount
of the  outstanding  Notes to  comply  with any of its other  agreements  in the
Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee; (v) default under any mortgage, indenture
or  instrument  under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured
or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company, Holdings or any
of the  Restricted  Subsidiaries  (or the payment of which is  guaranteed by the
Company,   Holdings  or  any  of  the  Restricted   Subsidiaries)  whether  such
Indebtedness  or  guarantee  now  exists,  or is  created  after the date of the
Indenture,  which  default  (a) is caused by a failure  to pay  principal  of or
premium,  if any, or interest on the final maturity date of such Indebtedness (a
"Payment Default") or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior
to its express  maturity  and, in each case,  the  principal  amount of any such
Indebtedness,  together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness
under which there has been a Payment  Default or the  maturity of which has been
so  accelerated,  aggregates  $5.0 million or more; (vi) failure by the Company,
Holdings  or  any  of  the  Restricted   Subsidiaries  to  pay  final  judgments
aggregating in excess of $5.0 million,  which judgments are not paid, discharged
or stayed for a period of 60 days; (vii) except as permitted by the Indenture or
any  Guarantee  that is given by a Guarantor,  any  Guarantee  of a  Significant
Restricted   Subsidiary  shall  be  held  in  any  judicial   proceeding  to  be
unenforceable  or invalid or shall  cease for any reason to be in full force and
effect;  and (viii) certain  events of bankruptcy or insolvency  with respect to
the Company, Holdings or any of their Significant Restricted Subsidiaries.
                                        
         If any Event of Default  occurs and is  continuing,  the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in principal  amount of the then  outstanding  Notes may
declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately; provided, however, that
such declaration will not become effective until the earlier to occur of (i) the
acceleration of the maturity of any  Indebtedness  under the New Credit Facility
or (ii) five business days  following  notice of such  declaration  to the agent
under the New Credit Facility.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an
Event of Default  arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency,  with
respect to the Company,  Holdings, any Significant  Restricted  Subsidiary,  all
outstanding  Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice.
Holders  of the Notes  may not  enforce  the  Indenture  or the Notes  except as
provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority
in  aggregate  principal  amount of the then  outstanding  Notes may  direct the
Trustee in its  exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may  withhold  from
Holders  of the  Notes  notice of any  continuing  Default  or Event of  Default
(except a Default or Event of Default  relating to the payment of  principal  or
interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

         In the case of any Event of Default  occurring by reason of any willful
action (or  inaction)  taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company  with
the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had

                                       85
<PAGE>
to pay if the  Company  then had  elected  to redeem the Notes  pursuant  to the
optional  redemption  provisions of the Indenture,  an equivalent  premium shall
also become and be immediately due and payable,  to the extent permitted by law,
upon the  acceleration  of the  Notes.  If an Event of Default  occurs  prior to
December 15, 2002, by reason of any willful  action (or inaction)  taken (or not
taken)  by or on  behalf of the  Company  with the  intention  of  avoiding  the
prohibition  on  redemption  of the Notes prior to December 15,  2002,  then the
premium specified in the Indenture shall also become immediately due and payable
to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes.

         The Holders of a majority in  aggregate  principal  amount of the Notes
then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of
the Notes waive any  existing  Default or Event of Default and its  consequences
under the  Indenture  except a  continuing  Default  or Event of  Default in the
payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes.

         The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee  annually a statement
regarding  compliance  with the  Indenture,  and the  Company is  required  upon
becoming  aware of any Default or Event of Default,  to deliver to the Trustee a
statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

         No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or
stockholder  of the Company or Holdings,  as such,  shall have any liability for
any obligations of the Company,  Holdings or any Subsidiary under the Notes, the
Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason
of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note
waives and releases all such  liability.  The waiver and release are part of the
consideration  for  issuance of the Notes.  Such waiver may not be  effective to
waive  liabilities  under the federal  securities laws and it is the view of the
Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

         The Company  may,  at its option and at any time,  elect to have all of
its  obligations  discharged  with  respect  to the  outstanding  Notes  ("Legal
Defeasance")  except  for (i) the  rights of  Holders  of  outstanding  Notes to
receive  payments in respect of the principal of, premium,  if any, and interest
and  Liquidated  Damages,  if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from
the trust referred to below, (ii) the Company's  obligations with respect to the
Notes  concerning  issuing  temporary Notes,  registration of Notes,  mutilated,
destroyed,  lost or stolen Notes and the  maintenance of an office or agency for
payment and money for security payments held in trust, (iii) the rights, powers,
trusts,  duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company's  obligations in
connection therewith and (iv) the Legal Defeasance  provisions of the Indenture.
In addition,  the Company may, at its option and at any time,  elect to have the
obligations of the Company  released with respect to certain  covenants that are
described in the Indenture  ("Covenant  Defeasance") and thereafter any omission
to comply  with such  obligations  shall not  constitute  a Default  or Event of
Default  with respect to the Notes.  In the event  Covenant  Defeasance  occurs,
certain   events   (not   including   non-payment,   bankruptcy,   receivership,
rehabilitation  and insolvency  events) described under "Events of Default" will
no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

         In order to exercise  either Legal  Defeasance or Covenant  Defeasance,
(i) the Company must  irrevocably  deposit with the Trustee,  in trust,  for the
benefit  of the  Holders  of the  Notes,  cash  in  U.S.  dollars,  non-callable
Government  Securities,  or a  combination  thereof,  in such amounts as will be
sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants,  to pay the  principal  of,  premium,  if  any,  and  interest  and
Liquidated  Damages,  if any, on the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity or
on the  applicable  redemption  date,  as the case may be, and the Company  must
specify  whether the Notes are being  defeased  to  maturity or to a  particular
redemption  date; (ii) in the case of Legal  Defeasance,  the Company shall have
delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United  States  reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee  confirming that (A) the Company has received from, or
there has been published by, the Internal  Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since
the date of the  Indenture,  there has been a change in the  applicable  federal
income  tax law,  in either  case to the effect  that,  and based  thereon  such
opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will
not recognize  income,  gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result
of such Legal  Defeasance  and will be subject to federal income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if
such  Legal  Defeasance  had  not  occurred;  (iii)  in  the  case  of  Covenant

                                       86
<PAGE>
Defeasance,  the  Company  shall  have  delivered  to the  Trustee an opinion of
counsel in the United States  reasonably  acceptable  to the Trustee  confirming
that the Holders of the  outstanding  Notes will not recognize  income,  gain or
loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and
will be subject to federal  income tax on the same  amounts,  in the same manner
and at the same  times as would have been the case if such  Covenant  Defeasance
had not occurred; (iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default
resulting  from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) or insofar
as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned,  at any
time in the period  ending on the 91st day after the date of  deposit;  (v) such
Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation
of, or  constitute a default under any material  agreement or instrument  (other
than the Indenture) to which the Company,  Holdings or any of their Subsidiaries
is a party or by which the  Company,  Holdings or any of their  Subsidiaries  is
bound; (vi) the Company must have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel
to the effect that after the 91st day  following  the  deposit,  the trust funds
will not be  subject  to the effect of any  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally;  (vii) the
Company must deliver to the Trustee an  Officers'  Certificate  stating that the
deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of
Notes over the other  creditors  of the  Company  with the intent of  defeating,
hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others; and (viii)
the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers'  Certificate and an opinion
of counsel,  each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to
the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Transfer and Exchange

         A  Holder  may  transfer  or  exchange  Notes  in  accordance  with the
Indenture.  The  Registrar  and the Trustee  may  require a Holder,  among other
things,  to furnish  appropriate  endorsements  and transfer  documents  and the
Company  may  require  a Holder to pay any  taxes  and fees  required  by law or
permitted by the Indenture.  The Company is not required to transfer or exchange
any Note selected for redemption.  Also, the Company is not required to transfer
or exchange  any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection  of Notes to be
redeemed.

         The registered  Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for
all purposes.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

         Except  as  provided  in  the  next  two  succeeding  paragraphs,   the
Indenture,  the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented  with the
consent of the Holders of at least a majority in  principal  amount of the Notes
then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection
with a purchase  of, or tender  offer or  exchange  offer for,  Notes),  and any
existing  default  or  compliance  with  any  provision  of the  Indenture,  the
Guarantees  or the Notes may be waived  with the  consent  of the  Holders  of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding  Notes (including  consents
obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes).

         Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may
not (with respect to any Notes held by a nonconsenting  Holder):  (i) reduce the
principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement
or waiver, (ii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note
or alter the provisions  with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than
provisions  relating  to the  covenants  described  above  under the caption "--
Repurchase  at the Option of  Holders"),  (iii) reduce the rate of or change the
time for  payment  of  interest  on any Note,  (iv)  waive a Default or Event of
Default in the payment of  principal  of or premium,  if any, or interest on the
Notes  (except a rescission  of  acceleration  of the Notes by the Holders of at
least a majority in aggregate  principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the
payment default that resulted from such acceleration), (v) make any Note payable
in money  other  than that  stated  in the  Notes,  (vi) make any  change in the
provisions of the  Indenture  relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights
of Holders of Notes to receive  payments of principal of or premium,  if any, or
interest on the Notes, (vii) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note
(other than a payment required by one of the covenants described above under the
caption "-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders"),  (viii) release any Guarantor
from any of its  obligations  under its  Guarantee or the  Indenture,  except in
accordance  with the  terms of the  Indenture  or (ix)  make any  change  in the
foregoing  amendment and waiver  provisions.  In addition,  any amendment to the
provisions of Article 

                                       87
<PAGE>
10 of the Indenture (which relate to subordination)  will require the consent of
the  Holders  of at least 75% in  aggregate  principal  amount of the Notes then
outstanding if such amendment  would  adversely  affect the rights of Holders of
Notes.

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  without  the consent of any Holder of
Notes,  the Company,  the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the
Indenture,  the  Notes  or any  Guarantee  to  cure  any  ambiguity,  defect  or
inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
certificated  Notes,  to provide  for the  assumption  of the  Company's  or any
Guarantor's  obligations  to  Holders  of  Notes  in the  case  of a  merger  or
consolidation,  to provide  for the  issuance  of a  Subsidiary  Guarantee  by a
Subsidiary of the Company or Holdings, to provide for the issuance of Additional
Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture on the Issue
Date, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to
the Holders of Notes or that does not  adversely  affect the legal  rights under
the  Indenture  of any  such  Holder,  or to  comply  with  requirements  of the
Commission  in order to effect or maintain the  qualification  of the  Indenture
under the Trust Indenture Act.

Concerning the Trustee

         The  Indenture  contains  certain  limitations  on  the  rights  of the
Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims
in certain cases, or to realize on certain  property  received in respect of any
such claim as security or otherwise.  The Trustee will be permitted to engage in
other  transactions;  however,  if it acquires any conflicting  interest it must
eliminate such conflict  within 90 days,  apply to the Commission for permission
to continue or resign.

         The Holders of a majority in principal  amount of the then  outstanding
Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding  for  exercising  any remedy  available  to the  Trustee,  subject to
certain  exceptions.  The  Indenture  provides  that in case an Event of Default
shall occur  (which shall not be cured),  the Trustee  will be required,  in the
exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct
of his own  affairs.  Subject to such  provisions,  the Trustee will be under no
obligation  to exercise any of its rights or powers  under the  Indenture at the
request of any Holder of Notes,  unless  such Holder  shall have  offered to the
Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense.

Additional Information

         Anyone who receives this  Prospectus may obtain a copy of the Indenture
and   Registration   Rights   Agreement   without  charge  by  writing  to  Desa
International,  Inc.,  2701  Industrial  Drive,  P.O. Box 90004,  Bowling Green,
Kentucky, 42102, Attention: Ed Patrick.

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form
   
         Except as set forth in the next  paragraph,  the Notes  offered  hereby
will initially be issued in the form of one Global Note (the "Global Note"). The
Global  Note will be  deposited  on the date of the  closing  of the sale of the
Notes offered hereby (the "Closing  Date") with, or on behalf of, the Depositary
and  registered  in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of the  Depositary  (such
nominee being referred to herein as the "Global Note Holder").
    
         Notes  that  were  (i)   originally   issued  to  or   transferred   to
"institutional  accredited  investors"  who  are  not  "qualified  institutional
buyers" (as such terms are defined under "Notice to Investors" elsewhere herein)
(the   "Non-Global   Purchasers")  or  (ii)  issued  as  described  below  under
"Certificated  Securities," will be issued in the form of registered  definitive
certificates (the "Certificated  Securities").  Upon the transfer to a qualified
institutional buyer of Certificated  Securities initially issued to a Non-Global
Purchaser,  such  Certificated  Securities  may,  unless  the  Global  Note  has
previously  been  exchanged  for  Certificated  Securities,  be exchanged for an
interest in the Global Note  representing  the  principal  amount of Notes being
transferred.

         The Depositary is a  limited-purpose  trust company that was created to
hold  securities  for  its  participating   organizations   (collectively,   the
"Participants"  or  the  "Depositary's  Participants")  and  to  facilitate  the
clearance and settlement of transactions in such securities between Participants
through  electronic  book-entry  changes in  accounts of 

                                       88
<PAGE>
its Participants.  The Depositary's  Participants include securities brokers and
dealers (including the Initial Purchasers),  banks and trust companies, clearing
corporations and certain other organizations.  Access to the Depositary's system
is also  available to other entities such as banks,  brokers,  dealers and trust
companies  (collectively,  the  "Indirect  Participants"  or  the  "Depositary's
Indirect  Participants") that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship
with  a  Participant,  either  directly  or  indirectly.  Persons  who  are  not
Participants  may  beneficially  own  securities  held  by or on  behalf  of the
Depositary  only  through  the  Depositary's  Participants  or the  Depositary's
Indirect Participants.

         The Company  expects that  pursuant to  procedures  established  by the
Depositary (i) upon deposit of the Global Note,  the Depositary  will credit the
accounts of Participants  designated by the Initial  Purchasers with portions of
the  principal  amount  of the  Global  Note and  (ii)  ownership  of the  Notes
evidenced  by the Global Note will be shown on, and the  transfer  of  ownership
thereof will be effected only  through,  records  maintained  by the  Depositary
(with  respect  to  the  interests  of  the  Depositary's   Participants),   the
Depositary's   Participants   and  the   Depositary's   Indirect   Participants.
Prospective  purchasers  are advised  that the laws of some states  require that
certain  persons take physical  delivery in definitive  form of securities  that
they own.  Consequently,  the ability to transfer Notes  evidenced by the Global
Note will be limited to such  extent.  For  certain  other  restrictions  on the
transferability of the Notes, see "Notice to Investors."

         So long as the Global Note Holder is the registered owner of any Notes,
the Global Note Holder will be considered the sole Holder under the Indenture of
any Notes evidenced by the Global Note.  Beneficial owners of Notes evidenced by
the Global Note will not be considered  the owners or Holders  thereof under the
Indenture  for  any  purpose,  including  with  respect  to  the  giving  of any
directions,  instructions  or approvals to the Trustee  thereunder.  Neither the
Company nor the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect
of the records of the  Depositary or for  maintaining,  supervising or reviewing
any records of the Depositary relating to the Notes.

         Payments in respect of the principal of, premium,  if any, interest and
Liquidated  Damages,  if any, on any Notes  registered in the name of the Global
Note Holder on the  applicable  record date will be payable by the Trustee to or
at the  direction  of the Global Note Holder in its  capacity as the  registered
Holder under the Indenture.  Under the terms of the  Indenture,  the Company and
the Trustee may treat the persons in whose names the Notes, including the Global
Note,  are  registered as the owners  thereof for the purpose of receiving  such
payments. Consequently, neither the Company nor the Trustee has or will have any
responsibility or liability for the payment of such amounts to beneficial owners
of Notes (including principal, premium, if any, interest and Liquidated Damages,
if any). The Company believes,  however,  that it is currently the policy of the
Depositary to immediately credit the accounts of the relevant  Participants with
such  payments,  in  amounts  proportionate  to  their  respective  holdings  of
beneficial  interests  in the  relevant  security as shown on the records of the
Depositary.  Payments  by the  Depositary's  Participants  and the  Depositary's
Indirect  Participants  to the  beneficial  owners of Notes will be  governed by
standing  instructions and customary  practice and will be the responsibility of
the Depositary's Participants or the Depositary's Indirect Participants.
Certificated Securities

         Subject to certain conditions,  any person having a beneficial interest
in the Global Note may, upon request to the Trustee,  exchange  such  beneficial
interest  for  Notes  in the  form of  Certificated  Securities.  Upon  any such
issuance,  the Trustee is required to register such  Certificated  Securities in
the name of, and cause the same to be  delivered  to, such person or persons (or
the nominee of any thereof). All such certificated Notes would be subject to the
legend  requirements  described herein under "Notice to Investors." In addition,
if (i) the Company  notifies  the Trustee in writing that the  Depositary  is no
longer  willing  or able to act as a  depositary  and the  Company  is unable to
locate a qualified  successor within 90 days or (ii) the Company, at its option,
notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Notes in
the form of Certificated Securities under the Indenture, then, upon surrender by
the Global Note Holder of its Global Note,  Notes in such form will be issued to
each person that the Global Note Holder and the Depositary identify as being the
beneficial owner of the related Notes.

         Neither the Company nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by the
Global Note Holder or the  Depositary in identifying  the  beneficial  owners of
Notes and the  Company and the  Trustee  may  conclusively  rely on, and will be
protected  in  relying  on,  instructions  from the  Global  Note  Holder or the
Depositary for all purposes.

                                       89
<PAGE>
Same-Day Settlement and Payment
   
         The   Indenture   requires  that  payments  in  respect  of  the  Notes
represented by the Global Note (including  principal,  premium, if any, interest
and Liquidated  Damages,  if any) be made in immediately  available funds.  With
respect to Certificated Securities,  however, the Company will make all payments
of principal,  premium,  if any,  interest and  Liquidated  Damages,  if any, by
mailing  a check to each  Holder's  registered  address.  Secondary  trading  in
long-term  notes and  debentures  of corporate  issuers is generally  settled in
clearing-house  or next day funds.  In contrast,  the Notes  represented  by the
Global Note are  expected  to be  eligible to trade in the PORTAL  Market and to
trade in the Depositary's  Same-Day Funds Settlement  System,  and any permitted
secondary market trading activity in such Notes will, therefore,  be required by
the Depositary to be settled in immediately available funds. The Company expects
that secondary  trading in the  Certificated  Securities will also be settled in
immediately available funds.
    

Certain Definitions

         Set forth  below  are  certain  defined  terms  used in the  Indenture.
Reference is made to the Indenture for a full  disclosure of all such terms,  as
well as any other  capitalized  terms  used  herein for which no  definition  is
provided.

         "Acquired  Debt"  means,  with  respect to any  specified  Person,  (i)
Indebtedness  of any other  Person  existing  at the time such  other  Person is
merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person,  including,
without   limitation,   Indebtedness   incurred  in   connection   with,  or  in
contemplation  of,  such  other  Person  merging  with  or into  or  becoming  a
Subsidiary of such specified  Person,  and (ii)  Indebtedness  secured by a Lien
encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

         "Affiliate" of any specified  Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly  controlling  or  controlled  by or under  direct or indirect  common
control with such specified Person.  For purposes of this definition,  "control"
(including,  with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by"
and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean
the  possession,  directly  or  indirectly,  of the power to direct or cause the
direction  of the  management  or policies of such Person,  whether  through the
ownership  of voting  securities,  by  agreement  or  otherwise;  provided  that
beneficial  ownership of 10% or more of the voting  securities of a Person shall
be deemed to be control.

         "Asset Sale" means (i) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition
of any assets or rights  (including,  without  limitation,  by way of a sale and
leaseback) other than sales of inventory or other current assets in the ordinary
course of  business  or  obsolete  equipment  (provided  that the  sale,  lease,
conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of (x)
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (y) Holdings and
its Restricted  Subsidiaries  as a whole,  will be governed by the provisions of
the Indenture  described  above under the caption  "Repurchase  at the Option of
Holders -- Change of Control"  and/or the provisions  described  above under the
caption "Certain  Covenants -- Merger,  Consolidation or Sale of Assets" and not
by the provisions of the Asset Sale covenant), and (ii) the issue or sale by the
Company, Holdings or any of their respective Subsidiaries of Equity Interests of
any of the Company's or Holdings' Subsidiaries, in the case of either clause (i)
or (ii),  whether in a single  transaction  or a series of related  transactions
that have a fair  market  value  (as  determined  in good  faith by the Board of
Directors  of the  Company)  in  excess  of $1.0  million.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing:  (i) a transfer of assets by the Company to a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company or by a Subsidiary to the Company or to a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) a transfer of assets by Holdings to a
Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of Holdings or by a Subsidiary  (other than
the Company or a  Subsidiary  of the  Company) to Holdings or to a Wholly  Owned
Restricted  Subsidiary of Holdings,  (iii) an issuance of Equity  Interests by a
Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to another
Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company,  (iv) an issuance of Equity
Interests by a Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of Holdings  (other than the
Company or any of its  Subsidiaries)  to  Holdings  or to another  Wholly  Owned
Restricted  Subsidiary  of  Holdings,  and  (v) a  Restricted  Payment  that  is
permitted by the covenant  described above under the caption "Certain  Covenants
- -- Restricted Payments" will not be deemed to be Asset Sales.

                                       90
<PAGE>
         "Attributable  Debt" in  respect  of a sale and  leaseback  transaction
means, at the time of  determination,  the present value (discounted at the rate
of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP) of
the obligation of the lessee for net rental  payments  during the remaining term
of the lease  included in such sale and  leaseback  transaction  (including  any
period  for which  such  lease has been  extended  or may,  at the option of the
lessor, be extended).

         "Average  Life  to  Stated  Maturity"   means,   when  applied  to  any
Indebtedness  at any date,  the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the sum
of the products  obtained by  multiplying  (a) the amount of each then remaining
installment,  sinking  fund,  serial  maturity  or other  required  payments  of
principal,  including payment at final maturity,  in respect thereof, by (b) the
number of years  (calculated  to the  nearest  one-  twelfth)  that will  elapse
between such date and the making of such payment,  by (ii) the then  outstanding
principal amount of such Indebtedness.

         "Borrowing  Base" means,  as of any date, an amount equal to the sum of
85%  of  accounts  receivable  of  the  Company,  Holdings  and  the  Restricted
Subsidiaries  as of such date that are not more than 90 days past due,  plus 65%
of the  book  value of all  inventory  owned by the  Company,  Holdings  and the
Restricted  Subsidiaries  as  of  such  date,  in  each  case  calculated  on  a
consolidated  basis and in accordance with GAAP. To the extent that  information
is not  available as to the amount of accounts  receivable  or inventory as of a
specific  date,  the Company and Holdings may utilize the most recent  available
information for purposes of calculating the Borrowing Base.

         "Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination thereof
is to be made,  the amount of the  liability in respect of a capital  lease that
would  at such  time  be  required  to be  capitalized  on a  balance  sheet  in
accordance with GAAP.

         "Capital  Stock"  means  (i) in the  case of a  corporation,  corporate
stock,  (ii) in the  case of an  association  or  business  entity,  any and all
shares,  interests,   participations,   rights  or  other  equivalents  (however
designated)  of corporate  stock,  (iii) in the case of a partnership or limited
liability  company,  partnership  or membership  interests  (whether  general or
limited) and (iv) any other interest or  participation  that confers on a Person
the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or  distributions  of
assets of, the issuing Person.
   
         "Cash  Equivalents"  means (i) United States  dollars,  (ii) securities
issued  or  directly  and fully  guaranteed  or  insured  by the  United  States
government or any agency or  instrumentality  thereof  having  maturities of not
more than one year from the date of acquisition,  (iii)  certificates of deposit
and Eurodollar  time deposits with  maturities of one year or less from the date
of acquisition,  bankers'  acceptances  with maturities not exceeding six months
and  overnight  bank  deposits,  in each case with any  lender  party to the New
Credit Facility or with any domestic  commercial bank having capital and surplus
in excess of $500.0 million and a Keefe Bank Watch Rating of "B" or better, (iv)
repurchase  obligations  with a term of not more than seven days for  underlying
securities  of the types  described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above entered into
with any financial  institution  meeting the qualifications  specified in clause
(iii) above,  (v)  commercial  paper of a domestic  issuer having a rating of at
least A-1 by Standard and Poor's  Ratings  Services or P-1 by Moody's  Investors
Service,  Inc.  maturing  within twelve months after the date of acquisition and
(vi) any mutual fund which invests solely in investments of the types  described
in clauses (i) through (v) above.
    
         "Change of Control" means the  occurrence of any of the following:  (i)
the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of
merger or consolidation),  in one or a series of related transactions, of all or
substantially  all of the  assets  of either  (x)  Holdings  and its  Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (y) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
taken as a whole, in each case, to any "person" (as such term is used in Section
13(d)(3)  of the  Exchange  Act)  other  than the  Principals  or their  Related
Parties,  (ii) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution
of  the  Company  or  Holdings,   (iii)  the  consummation  of  any  transaction
(including,  without  limitation,  any merger or consolidation) (a) prior to the
initial  underwritten  public  offering by the Company or Holdings of its Common
Stock pursuant to an effective  registration  statement under the Securities Act
(the  "IPO") the result of which is that  either  (A) the  Principals  and their
Related Parties become the  "beneficial  owner" (as such term is defined in Rule
13d-3 and Rule  13d-5  under the  Exchange  Act,  except  that for  purposes  of
calculating the beneficial  ownership of any person, such person shall be deemed
to have "beneficial  ownership" of all securities that such person has the right
to acquire,  whether such right is currently  exercisable or is exercisable only
upon the  occurrence  of a subsequent  condition) of less than 40%

                                       91
<PAGE>
of the Voting Stock of the Company or Holdings  (measured by voting power rather
than  number of shares) or (B) any person  (as  defined  above),  other than the
Principals and their Related  Parties,  becomes the beneficial owner (as defined
above),  directly  or  indirectly,  of 40% or more of the  Voting  Stock  of the
Company or Holdings and such person is or becomes,  directly or indirectly,  the
beneficial owner of a greater percentage of the voting power of the Voting Stock
of the  Company or  Holdings,  calculated  on a fully  diluted  basis,  than the
percentage  beneficially  owned by the Principals and their Related Parties,  or
(b) after the IPO, any person (as defined above),  other than the Principals and
their Related Parties, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined above), directly
or indirectly, of 35% or more of the Voting Stock of the Company or Holdings and
such person is or becomes,  directly or indirectly,  the  beneficial  owner of a
greater  percentage  of the voting  power of the Voting  Stock of the Company or
Holdings,  calculated on a fully diluted basis, than the percentage beneficially
owned by the Principals and their Related Parties, (iv) the first day on which a
majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or Holdings are
not Continuing Directors, (v) the first day on which Holdings ceases to own 100%
of the  outstanding  Equity  Interests  of the  Company,  or (vi) the Company or
Holdings  consolidates  with,  or  merges  with or into,  any  Person  or sells,
assigns,   conveys,   transfers,   leases  or  otherwise   disposes  of  all  or
substantially all of its assets to any Person, or any Person  consolidates with,
or merges with or into, the Company or Holdings, in any such event pursuant to a
transaction  in which any of the  outstanding  Voting  Stock of the  Company  or
Holdings is converted into or exchanged for cash,  securities or other property,
other  than any such  transaction  where  the  Voting  Stock of the  Company  or
Holdings outstanding  immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or
exchanged for Voting Stock (other than  Disqualified  Stock) of the surviving or
transferee  Person  constituting  a majority of the  outstanding  shares of such
Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee  Person  (immediately  after giving
effect to such issuance).  For purposes of this  definition,  any transfer of an
equity interest of an entity that was formed for the purpose of acquiring Voting
Stock of the Company or Holdings will be deemed to be a transfer of such portion
of such Voting Stock as  corresponds to the portion of the equity of such entity
that has been so transferred.

         "Consolidated Cash Flow" means, with respect to the Company or Holdings
for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus,
without duplication,  (i) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net
loss realized in  connection  with an Asset Sale (to the extent such losses were
deducted in computing  such  Consolidated  Net Income),  plus (ii) provision for
taxes  based on income or profits of such Person and its  Subsidiaries  for such
period,  to the extent that such  provision  for taxes was included in computing
such Consolidated Net Income,  plus (iii) consolidated  interest expense of such
Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether
or not capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance
costs and original  issue  discount,  noncash  interest  payments,  the interest
component of any deferred  payment  obligations,  the interest  component of all
payments  associated  with Capital  Lease  Obligations,  imputed  interest  with
respect to Attributable Debt, commissions,  discounts and other fees and charges
incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers' acceptance  financings,  and
net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging  Obligations),  to the extent that any
such expense was deducted in computing such  Consolidated Net Income,  plus (iv)
depreciation,   amortization  (including  amortization  of  goodwill  and  other
intangibles  but excluding  amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid
in a prior  period) and other  non-cash  expenses  (excluding  any such non-cash
expense  to the extent  that it  represents  an  accrual of or reserve  for cash
expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was
paid in a prior period) of such Person and its  Subsidiaries  for such period to
the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were
deducted in computing  such  Consolidated  Net Income,  minus (v) non-cash items
increasing  such  Consolidated  Net Income for such period,  in each case,  on a
consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the  provision  for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the
depreciation  and  amortization and other non-cash charges of, a Subsidiary of a
Person shall be added to Consolidated  Net Income to compute  Consolidated  Cash
Flow only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the Net Income of such
Subsidiary  was  included in  calculating  the  Consolidated  Net Income of such
Person and only if a  corresponding  amount  would be  permitted  at the date of
determination  to be dividended to the Company or Holdings,  as the case may be,
by such Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant
to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees,
orders,   statutes,  rules  and  governmental  regulations  applicable  to  that
Subsidiary or its stockholders.

         "Consolidated  Net  Income"  means,  with  respect  to the  Company  or
Holdings for any period,  the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its
Restricted  Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in
accordance  with GAAP;  provided  that (i) the Net Income  (but not loss) of any
Person  that is not a  Restricted  Subsidiary  
                                       92
<PAGE>
or that is accounted for by the equity  method of  accounting  shall be included
only to the extent of the amount of dividends or  distributions  paid in cash to
the referent Person or a Restricted  Subsidiary thereof,  (ii) the Net Income of
any Restricted  Subsidiary  shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration
or payment of dividends or similar  distributions by that Restricted  Subsidiary
of that Net Income is not at the date of  determination  permitted  without  any
prior  governmental  approval  (that  has not been  obtained)  or,  directly  or
indirectly,  by  operation  of the  terms  of  its  charter  or  any  agreement,
instrument,  judgment,  decree, order, statute, rule or governmental  regulation
applicable  to that  Restricted  Subsidiary or its  stockholders,  (iii) the Net
Income of any Person  acquired  in a pooling of  interests  transaction  for any
period  prior  to the  date of such  acquisition  shall  be  excluded,  (iv) the
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded and (v)
the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded,  whether or not
distributed to the Company, Holdings or one of their Subsidiaries.

         "Consolidated Net Worth" means, with respect to the Company or Holdings
as of  any  date,  the  sum  of  (i)  the  consolidated  equity  of  the  common
stockholders of such Person and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries as of such date,
plus (ii) the respective  amounts  reported on such Person's balance sheet as of
such date with respect to any series of preferred stock (other than Disqualified
Stock) that by its terms is not entitled to the payment of dividends unless such
dividends  may be declared  and paid only out of net  earnings in respect of the
year of such  declaration  and  payment,  but  only to the  extent  of any  cash
received by such Person upon  issuance  of such  preferred  stock,  less (x) all
write-ups (other than write-ups resulting from foreign currency translations and
write-ups of tangible  assets of a going concern  business made within 12 months
after the acquisition of such business)  subsequent to the date of the Indenture
in the book value of any asset owned by such Person or a consolidated Subsidiary
of  such  Person,  (y)  all  investments  as  of  such  date  in  unconsolidated
Subsidiaries  and in Persons that are not  Subsidiaries  (except,  in each case,
Permitted  Investments),  and (z) all unamortized  debt discount and expense and
unamortized deferred charges as of such date, all of the foregoing determined in
accordance with GAAP.

         "Continuing  Directors"  means,  as of any date of  determination,  any
member of the Board of Directors of the Company or Holdings who (i) was a member
of such Board of  Directors on the date of the  Indenture or (ii) was  nominated
for  election  or elected  to such Board of  Directors  with the  approval  of a
majority of the Continuing  Directors who were members of such Board at the time
of such nomination or election.

         "Default"  means any event  that is or with the  passage of time or the
giving of notice or both would be an Event of Default.

         "Designated  Senior  Indebtedness"  means  (i) so  long  as any  Senior
Indebtedness  under  the  New  Credit  Facility  is  outstanding,   such  Senior
Indebtedness and (ii) thereafter,  any other Senior Indebtedness permitted under
the Indenture the principal  amount of which is $50 million or more and that has
been designated by the Company as "Designated Senior Indebtedness."

         "Disqualified  Stock" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by
the  terms of any  security  into  which it is  convertible  or for  which it is
exchangeable,  at the option of the holder thereof) or upon the happening of any
event,  matures  or  is  mandatorily  redeemable,  pursuant  to a  sinking  fund
obligation or otherwise,  or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof,  in
whole or in part,  on or prior  to the date  that is 91 days  after  the date on
which the Notes  mature;  provided,  however,  that any Capital Stock that would
constitute  Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right
to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a
Change of Control or an Asset Sale shall not  constitute  Disqualified  Stock if
the terms of such Capital Stock  provide that the Company may not  repurchase or
redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase
or redemption  complies with the covenant  described above under the caption "--
Certain Covenants -- Restricted Payments."

         "Equity  Interests"  means Capital  Stock and all warrants,  options or
other rights to acquire  Capital Stock (but  excluding any debt security that is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

         "Exchange Notes" means the 12% Junior  Subordinated  Notes due December
31, 2009 of Holdings,  issuable pursuant to the terms of the Holdings  Preferred
Stock as in effect on the Issue Date.

                                       93
<PAGE>
         "Existing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company, Holdings and
their  Subsidiaries  (other than Indebtedness  under the New Credit Facility) in
existence on the date of the Indenture, until such amounts are repaid.

         "Fixed Charges" means,  with respect to the Company or Holdings for any
period, the sum, without duplication,  of (i) the consolidated  interest expense
of such Person and its Restricted  Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or
accrued  (including,  without  limitation,  original  issue  discount,  non-cash
interest payments,  the interest component of any deferred payment  obligations,
the  interest   component  of  all  payments   associated   with  Capital  Lease
Obligations,  imputed interest with respect to Attributable  Debt,  commissions,
discounts and other fees and charges  incurred in respect of letter of credit or
bankers'  acceptance  financings,  and net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging
Obligations  but  excluding  amortization  of debt  issuance  costs),  (ii)  the
consolidated  interest  expense of such Person and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries
that  was  capitalized  during  such  period,  (iii)  any  interest  expense  on
Indebtedness  of another  Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its
Restricted  Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of
its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  (whether or not such  guarantee or Lien is called
upon),  and (iv) the product of (a) all cash dividend  payments on any series of
preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than
dividend  payments on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests (other
than Disqualified  Stock) of the Company or Holdings,  as the case may be, times
(b) a fraction,  the numerator of which is one and the  denominator  of which is
one minus the then current combined federal,  state and local statutory tax rate
of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries,  expressed as a decimal, in each
case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

         "Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio"  means with  respect to the Company or
Holdings for any period,  the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person
and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  for such period to the Fixed  Charges of such
Person and its Restricted  Subsidiaries  for such period.  In the event that the
Company,  Holdings  or any  of  the  Restricted  Subsidiaries  incurs,  assumes,
guarantees or redeems any Indebtedness  (other than revolving credit borrowings)
or issues or redeems  preferred  stock  subsequent  to the  commencement  of the
period for which the Fixed Charge  Coverage Ratio is being  calculated but prior
to the date on which the event for  which the  calculation  of the Fixed  Charge
Coverage Ratio is made (the "Calculation  Date"), then the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio  shall  be  calculated   giving  pro  forma  effect  to  such  incurrence,
assumption,  guarantee  or  redemption  of  Indebtedness,  or such  issuance  or
redemption of preferred  stock,  as if the same had occurred at the beginning of
the  applicable  four-quarter  reference  period.  In addition,  for purposes of
making the computation  referred to above, (i) acquisitions  that have been made
by the  Company,  Holdings  or any of  the  Restricted  Subsidiaries,  including
through  mergers  or   consolidations   and  including  any  related   financing
transactions,  during the  four-quarter  reference  period or subsequent to such
reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date shall be deemed to have
occurred on the first day of the four-quarter  reference period and Consolidated
Cash Flow for such reference period shall be calculated without giving effect to
clause  (iii) of the proviso set forth in the  definition  of  Consolidated  Net
Income, (ii) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations,
as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses  disposed of
prior to the Calculation  Date,  shall be excluded,  and (iii) the Fixed Charges
attributable to discontinued operations,  as determined in accordance with GAAP,
and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be
excluded,  but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed
Charges will not be obligations of the referent  Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date.

         "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting  principles set forth in the
opinions and  pronouncements of the Accounting  Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public  Accountants and statements and  pronouncements of
the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board or in such other  statements by such
other entity as have been  approved by a significant  segment of the  accounting
profession, which are in effect from time to time.

         "guarantee"  means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments  for  collection  in the  ordinary  course of  business),  direct or
indirect,  in any manner (including,  without limitation,  letters of credit and
reimbursement  agreements  in  respect  thereof),  of  all or  any  part  of any
Indebtedness.

         "Guarantee"  means a guarantee  of the Notes  (including  the  Holdings
Guarantee and each Subsidiary Guarantee).

         "Guarantor"  means (i) Holdings,  (ii) each  Subsidiary that executes a
Subsidiary  Guarantee in accordance  with the provisions of the  Indenture,  and
(iii) their respective successors and assigns.

                                       94
<PAGE>
         "Hedging   Obligations"   means,  with  respect  to  any  Person,   the
obligations  of such Person under (i) interest  rate swap  agreements,  interest
rate  cap  agreements  and  interest  rate  collar  agreements  and  (ii)  other
agreements or arrangements  designed to protect such Person against fluctuations
in interest  rates or the value of foreign  currencies  purchased or received by
the Company in the ordinary course of business.

         "Holdings" means Desa Holdings Corporation,  a Delaware corporation and
parent of the Company.

         "Holdings   Preferred  Stock"  means  Holdings'  Series  C  12%  Senior
Redeemable  Exchangeable  Pay-In-Kind Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share,
as in effect on the Issue Date.

         "Indebtedness"  means, with respect to any Person,  any indebtedness of
such  Person,  whether  or not  contingent,  in  respect  of  borrowed  money or
evidenced  by bonds,  notes,  debentures  or similar  instruments  or letters of
credit (or reimbursement  agreements in respect thereof) or banker's acceptances
or representing  Capital Lease Obligations or the balance deferred and unpaid of
the purchase  price of any  property or  representing  any Hedging  Obligations,
except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if
and to the extent  any of the  foregoing  indebtedness  (other  than  letters of
credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet
of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as all  indebtedness of
others  secured  by a Lien on any  asset  of such  Person  (whether  or not such
indebtedness  is  assumed by such  Person)  and,  to the  extent  not  otherwise
included,  the guarantee by such Person of any indebtedness of any other Person.
The  amount  of any  Indebtedness  outstanding  as of any date  shall be (i) the
accreted value thereof,  in the case of any  Indebtedness  that does not require
current payments of interest,  and (ii) the principal  amount thereof,  together
with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any
other Indebtedness.

        "Investments"  means,  with respect to any Person,  all  investments by
such Person in other Persons  (including  Affiliates)  in the forms of direct or
indirect loans  (including  guarantees of  Indebtedness  or other  obligations),
advances  or capital  contributions  (excluding  commission,  travel and similar
advances to officers and  employees  made in the ordinary  course of  business),
purchases  or other  acquisitions  for  consideration  of  Indebtedness,  Equity
Interests  or other  securities,  together  with all items  that are or would be
classified as investments  on a balance sheet prepared in accordance  with GAAP.
If the  Company,  Holdings  or any of  their  respective  Subsidiaries  sells or
otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect  Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company or Holdings such that, after giving effect to any such
sale or  disposition,  such Person is no longer a Restricted  Subsidiary  of the
Company or Holdings,  the Company and/or Holdings,  as the case may be, shall be
deemed to have made an  Investment  on the date of any such sale or  disposition
equal to the  fair  market  value of the  Equity  Interests  of such  Restricted
Subsidiary  not sold or disposed of in an amount  determined  as provided in the
final paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption "-- Restricted
Payments."

         "Issue Date" means the first date of issuance of Notes.

         "Lien" means,  with respect to any asset, any mortgage,  lien,  pledge,
charge,  security  interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset,
whether or not filed,  recorded or  otherwise  perfected  under  applicable  law
(including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in
the nature  thereof,  any option or other  agreement  to sell or give a security
interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under
the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction).

         "Net Income" means,  with respect to any Person,  the net income (loss)
of such Person,  determined in accordance  with GAAP and before any reduction in
respect of preferred stock dividends,  excluding, however, (i) any gain (but not
loss),  together  with any  related  provision  for  taxes on such gain (but not
loss),  realized  in  connection  with (a) any Asset  Sale  (including,  without
limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions) or (b) the
disposition  of  any  securities  by  such  Person  or  any  of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries or the  extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (but
not loss),  together with any related provision for taxes on such  extraordinary
or nonrecurring gain (but not loss).

                                       95
<PAGE>
         "Net  Proceeds"  means the  aggregate  cash  proceeds  received  by the
Company,  Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset
Sale (including,  without  limitation,  any cash received upon the sale or other
disposition of any non-cash  consideration  received in any Asset Sale),  net of
the direct costs  relating to such Asset Sale  (including,  without  limitation,
legal,  accounting and investment  banking fees, and sales  commissions) and any
relocation  expenses  incurred as a result  thereof,  taxes paid or payable as a
result  thereof  (after  taking  into  account  any  available  tax  credits  or
deductions and any tax sharing arrangements),  amounts required to be applied to
the  repayment of  Indebtedness  (other than  Indebtedness  under the New Credit
Facility) secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such
Asset Sale and any reserve for  adjustment  in respect of the sale price of such
asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP.

         "New Credit Facility" means that certain credit  facility,  dated as of
the Issue Date,  by and among the Company,  Holdings and  NationsBank,  N.A., as
administrative  agent,  issuing  bank and swing line bank and the other  parties
party  thereto,  together with all "Loan  Documents" as defined  therein and all
other  documents,  instruments and agreements  executed in connection  therewith
(including,  without limitation, any guarantees,  security documents and Hedging
Obligations), and in each case as amended, supplemented or modified from time to
time,   including  any  renewal,   refunding,   replacement,   restructuring  or
refinancing of all or a portion thereof from time to time whether by the same or
any other agent, lender or other party thereto.

         "Non-Recourse  Debt"  means  Indebtedness  (i) as to which  neither the
Company, nor Holdings nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit
support of any kind  (including any  undertaking,  agreement or instrument  that
would  constitute  Indebtedness),  (b) is  directly or  indirectly  liable (as a
guarantor or otherwise), or (c) constitutes the lender; and (ii) no default with
respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take
enforcement  action  against an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary)  would  permit  (upon
notice,  lapse of time or both)  any  holder of any  other  Indebtedness  of the
Company,  Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on
such  other  Indebtedness  or cause the  payment  thereof to be  accelerated  or
payable  prior to its stated  maturity;  and (iii) as to which the lenders  have
been  notified in writing  that they will not have any  recourse to the stock or
assets of the Company, Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

         "Obligations"   means  any  principal,   interest,   penalties,   fees,
indemnifications,  reimbursements,  damages and other liabilities  payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

         "Permitted Investments" means (a) any Investment in the Company or in a
Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the  Company;  (b) any  Investment  by
Holdings or any of its  Subsidiaries  (other than the Company or a Subsidiary of
the Company) in Holdings or in a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings;
(c) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; (d) any Investment by the Company or any
of its Restricted  Subsidiaries  in a Person,  if as a result of such Investment
(i) such Person becomes a Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company or
(ii)  such  Person is  merged,  consolidated  or  amalgamated  with or into,  or
transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated
into, the Company or a Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company;  (e)
any Investment by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person, if
as a result of such Investment (i) such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary  of  Holdings  or  (ii)  such  Person  is  merged,   consolidated  or
amalgamated  with or into, or transfers or conveys all or  substantially  all of
its assets to, or is  liquidated  into,  Holdings or a Wholly  Owned  Restricted
Subsidiary of Holdings;  (f) any Restricted  Investment  made as a result of the
receipt of non-cash  consideration  from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to
and  in  compliance  with  the  covenant   described  above  under  the  caption
"Repurchase  at the Option of Holders -- Asset  Sales;" (g) any  acquisition  of
assets  solely in  exchange  for the  issuance of Equity  Interests  (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company or Holdings; and (h) other Investments in any
Person  having an aggregate  fair market  value  (measured on the date each such
Investment was made and without  giving effect to subsequent  changes in value),
when taken together with all other  Investments made pursuant to this clause (h)
that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed $5.0 million.

         "Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens securing  Indebtedness  under the New
Credit Facility; (ii) Liens on assets of Subsidiaries of the Company in favor of
the Company;  (iii) Liens on assets of  Subsidiaries of Holdings (other than the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries) in favor of Holdings; (iv) Liens on property
of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with
the  Company,  Holdings  or any of  their  respective  Restricted  Subsidiaries;

                                       96
<PAGE>
provided that such Liens were in existence  prior to the  contemplation  of such
merger or consolidation  and do not extend to any assets other than those of the
Person  merged  into or  consolidated  with  the  Company  or  Holdings  or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; (v) Liens on property existing at the
time of acquisition thereof by the Company,  Holdings or any of their respective
Subsidiaries,   provided  that  such  Liens  were  in  existence  prior  to  the
contemplation  of such  acquisition;  (v) Liens to  secure  the  performance  of
statutory or regulatory obligations, leases, surety or appeal bonds, performance
bonds or other  obligations of a like nature  incurred in the ordinary course of
business;   (vi)  Liens  to  secure   Indebtedness   (including   Capital  Lease
Obligations)  permitted  by clause (iv) of the second  paragraph of the covenant
entitled  "Incurrence of Indebtedness  and Issuance of Preferred Stock" covering
only the assets  acquired with such  Indebtedness;  (vii) Liens  existing on the
date of the  Indenture;  (viii)  Liens for taxes,  assessments  or  governmental
charges or claims that are not yet  delinquent  or that are being  contested  in
good  faith  by  appropriate  proceedings  promptly  instituted  and  diligently
concluded,  provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be
required in conformity  with GAAP shall have been made therefor;  (ix) statutory
and  common  law  Liens of  landlords  and  carriers,  warehousemen,  mechanics,
suppliers, materialmen, repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary
course of business with respect to amounts not yet more than ninety days overdue
or being  contested  in good faith by  appropriate  legal  proceedings  promptly
instituted and diligently conducted and for which a reserve or other appropriate
provision,  if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been
made; (x) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary  course of business in
connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of
social security; (xi) easements, rights-of-way,  municipal and zoning ordinances
and similar charges, encumbrances, title defects or other irregularities that do
not materially  interfere  with the ordinary  course of business of the Company,
Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; (xii) Liens encumbering property
or assets  under  construction  arising from  progress or partial  payments by a
customer of the Company,  Holdings or its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  relating to
such  property  or  assets;  (xiii)  any  interest  or title of a lessor  in the
property  subject to any  Capitalized  Lease or  operating  lease;  (xiv)  Liens
arising from filing  Uniform  Commercial  Code  financing  statements  regarding
leases;  (xv)  Liens  in  favor  of the  Company,  Holdings  or  any  Restricted
Subsidiary;  (xvi) Liens arising from the rendering of a final judgment or order
against the Company,  Holdings or any Restricted  Subsidiary  that does not give
rise to an Event of  Default;  (xvii)  Liens in  favor of  customs  and  revenue
authorities  arising as a matter of law to secure  payment of customs  duties in
connection with the importation of goods;  (xviii) Liens  encumbering  customary
initial deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens that are either within the
general parameters customary in the industry and incurred in the ordinary course
of business, in each case securing Hedging Obligations;  (xix) Liens arising out
of conditional  sale, title retention,  consignment or similar  arrangements for
the sale of goods entered into by the Company, Holdings or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries  in the  ordinary  course of business in  accordance  with the past
practices of the Company,  Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries prior to the
Issue  Date;  (xx) Liens  incurred  in the  ordinary  course of  business of the
Company,  Holdings  or any of their  respective  Subsidiaries  with  respect  to
obligations that do not exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding and that
(a) are not incurred in connection  with the borrowing of money or the obtaining
of  advances  or credit  (other  than  trade  credit in the  ordinary  course of
business) and (b) do not in the aggregate  materially  detract from the value of
the property or  materially  impair the use thereof in the operation of business
by  the  Company,  Holdings  or  such  Subsidiary;  (xxi)  Liens  on  assets  of
Unrestricted   Subsidiaries  that  secure   Non-Recourse  Debt  of  Unrestricted
Subsidiaries;  and (xxii)  Liens on assets of the Company  securing  Obligations
under any Senior  Indebtedness of the Company and Liens on assets of a Guarantor
securing Obligations under any Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor.

         "Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness"  means any  Indebtedness  of the
Company,  Holdings or any of their  respective  Subsidiaries  issued in exchange
for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace,
defease or refund Existing  Indebtedness  or other  Indebtedness of the Company,
Holdings or any of the Restricted  Subsidiaries  incurred in accordance with the
Indenture  (other than  Indebtedness  incurred in  accordance  with clauses (i),
(ii), (iv), (vii), (viii),  (ix), (x), (xi), (xii),  (xiii),  (xiv), (xv), (xvi)
and (xvii) of the second  paragraph  of the  covenant  entitled  "Incurrence  of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;") provided that: (i) the principal
amount  (or  accreted  value,  if  applicable)  of  such  Permitted  Refinancing
Indebtedness  does not exceed the  principal  amount of (or accreted  value,  if
applicable), plus accrued interest on, the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced,
renewed, replaced,  defeased or refunded (plus the amount of reasonable expenses
incurred in connection therewith);  (ii) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
has a final maturity date at or later than the final maturity date of, and has a
Weighted  Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average
Life to Maturity  of, the  Indebtedness  being  extended,  refinanced,  renewed,
replaced,  defeased  or  refunded;  (iii) if the  Indebtedness  being  extended,
refinanced,  renewed, replaced, defeased or 
                                     97
<PAGE>
refunded  is  subordinated  in right of  payment to the  Notes,  such  Permitted
Refinancing  Indebtedness  has a final  maturity date at or later than the final
maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms
at least as  favorable  to the  Holders  of  Notes  as  those  contained  in the
documentation  governing the Indebtedness being extended,  refinanced,  renewed,
replaced,  defeased  or  refunded;  (iv)  if the  Indebtedness  being  extended,
refinanced,  renewed,  replaced,  defeased or refunded  is  Indebtedness  of the
Company or its Restricted  Subsidiaries,  such  Indebtedness  is incurred by the
Company,  Holdings  or the  Restricted  Subsidiary  who is  the  obligor  on the
Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded
and (v) if the  Indebtedness  being  extended,  refinanced,  renewed,  replaced,
defeased or refunded is Indebtedness of Holdings or its Restricted  Subsidiaries
(other than the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries),  such Indebtedness is
incurred  by  Holdings or the  Restricted  Subsidiary  who is the obligor of the
Indebtedness  being  extended,   refinanced,   renewed,  replaced,  defeased  or
refunded.

         "Principals"  means (i) J.W.  Childs Equity  Partners,  L.P., (ii) each
Affiliate of J.W. Childs Equity  Partners,  L.P. as of the Issue Date, and (iii)
each officer or employee  (including their respective  immediate family members)
of J.W. Childs Associates, L.P. as of the Issue Date.

         "Public  Equity  Offering"  means an  underwritten  public  offering of
common  stock  (other  than  Disqualified  Stock) of the  Company  or  Holdings,
pursuant to an effective  registration  statement  filed with the  Commission in
accordance with the Securities Act;  provided,  however,  that, in the case of a
Public Equity Offering by Holdings,  Holdings  contributes to the capital of the
Company net cash  proceeds  thereof in an amount  sufficient to redeem the Notes
called for redemption in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

        "Qualified  Subordinated  Indebtedness"  means Indebtedness of Holdings
which (i) does not require  payments  (other than payments made with  additional
Qualified Subordinated Indebtedness) in respect of principal,  premium, interest
or otherwise  (pursuant  to mandatory  redemption,  sinking fund  obligation  or
otherwise)  prior to the date that is 91 days  after the date on which the Notes
mature,  (ii)  does not  directly  or  indirectly  provide  for any  restrictive
covenants or events of default  other than the  covenants  and events of default
which are substantially the same as those provided for in the Exchange Notes (as
in effect on the Issue  Date) and (iii) is  subordinated  in right of payment to
the  Notes at  least  to the same  extent  as the  Holdings  Preferred  Stock is
subordinated  to the Notes on the Issue  Date  (including  with  respect  to the
standstill provisions provided therein).

         "Related Party" with respect to any Principal means (A) any controlling
stockholder or 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary of such Principal or (B) or trust,
corporation,  partnership  or other  entity,  the  beneficiaries,  stockholders,
partners,  owners or Persons  beneficially  holding  an 80% or more  controlling
interest of which consist of such Principal  and/or such other Persons  referred
to in the immediately preceding clause (A).

         "Restricted  Investment"  means any  Investment  other than a Permitted
Investment.

         "Restricted  Subsidiary"  of a  Person  means  any  Subsidiary  of  the
referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

         "Senior  Indebtedness" means (i) all "Obligations" in respect of and as
defined in the New Credit Facility (including, without limitation, interest that
accrues after the filing of a petition initiating any action or proceeding under
Bankruptcy  Law or any other  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or similar law or statute
protecting creditors in effect in any jurisdiction, whether or not such interest
accrues after the filing of such petition for purposes of Bankruptcy Law or such
other law or statute or is an allowed  claim in any such action or  proceeding),
whether  existing on the date hereof or hereafter  incurred,  and (ii) any other
Indebtedness  permitted to be incurred by the Company or any Guarantor under the
terms of the Indenture,  unless the instrument under which such  Indebtedness is
incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right
of  payment  to the  Notes.  Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary  in the
foregoing,  Senior  Indebtedness will not include (w) any liability for federal,
state,  local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company or any Guarantor,  (x)
any  Indebtedness  of the Company or any  Guarantor  to any of their  respective
Subsidiaries or other Affiliates,  except to the extent any such Indebtedness is
pledged as security under the New Credit Facility, (y) any trade payables or (z)
any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of the Indenture.

                                       98
<PAGE>
         "Significant Restricted Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary, that
would be a  "significant  subsidiary"  as  defined  in  Article  1, Rule 1-02 of
Regulation S-X,  promulgated  pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation
is in effect on the date of the Indenture.

         "Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any installment of interest or
principal  on any  series of  Indebtedness,  the date on which  such  payment of
interest or principal  was  scheduled  to be paid in the original  documentation
governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to
repay,  redeem or repurchase  any such  interest or principal  prior to the date
originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

         "Stock Purchase Agreement" means that Stock Purchase  Agreement,  dated
October 8, 1997,  among J.W. Childs Equity  Partners,  L.P.,  Holdings,  and the
stockholders of Holdings named therein, as in effect on the Issue Date.

         "Subsidiary"  means,  with respect to any Person,  (i) any corporation,
association or other business  entity of which more than 50% of the total voting
power of shares of Capital Stock entitled  (without  regard to the occurrence of
any  contingency)  to vote in the  election of  directors,  managers or trustees
thereof is at the time owned or  controlled,  directly  or  indirectly,  by such
Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination
thereof) or (ii) any  partnership  (a) the sole general  partner or the managing
general  partner of which is such Person or a  Subsidiary  of such Person or (b)
the  only  general  partners  of  which  are  such  Person  or of  one  or  more
Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

         "Subsidiary  Guarantee"  means each  guarantee of the Notes issued by a
Subsidiary of Holdings or the Company pursuant to the Indenture.

         "Tax Sharing Agreement" means the tax sharing agreement among Holdings,
the Company and any one or more of Holdings' subsidiaries,  as amended from time
to time,  so long as the  method of  calculating  the  amount  of the  Company's
payments,  if any, to be made  thereunder  is not less  favorable to the Company
than as provided in such agreement as in effect on the Issue Date (except to the
extent required to reflect changes in applicable  federal or state tax laws), as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

         "Unrestricted  Subsidiary"  means any Subsidiary  that is designated by
the Board of  Directors  of the Company or  Holdings,  as the case may be, as an
Unrestricted  Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution,  but only to the extent
that such Subsidiary:  (a) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; (b)
is not party to any agreement,  contract,  arrangement or understanding with the
Company,  Holdings  or any  Restricted  Subsidiary  unless the terms of any such
agreement,  contract,  arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the
Company,  Holdings  or such  Restricted  Subsidiary  than  those  that  might be
obtained  at the time from  Persons  who are not  Affiliates  of the  Company or
Holdings (as  determined  in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company
or Holdings,  as the case may be); (c) is a Person with respect to which neither
the Company, nor Holdings nor any of the Restricted  Subsidiaries has any direct
or indirect  obligation (x) to subscribe for additional  Equity Interests or (y)
to maintain or  preserve  such  Person's  financial  condition  or to cause such
Person to achieve any  specified  levels of operating  results;  and (d) has not
guaranteed or otherwise  directly or indirectly  provided credit support for any
Indebtedness of the Company, Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries. Any
such designation by such Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by
filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board  Resolution  giving effect
to  such  designation  and  an  Officers'   Certificate   certifying  that  such
designation  complied  with the  foregoing  conditions  and was permitted by the
covenant  described  above under the caption  "Certain  Covenants --  Restricted
Payments." If, at any time, any  Unrestricted  Subsidiary would fail to meet the
foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary,  it shall thereafter cease
to be  an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  for  purposes  of  the  Indenture  and  any
Indebtedness of such  Subsidiary  shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted
Subsidiary  as of such date (and,  if such  Indebtedness  is not permitted to be
incurred  as of such  date  under  the  covenant  described  under  the  caption
"Incurrence of  Indebtedness  and Issuance of Preferred  Stock," the Company and
Holdings  shall be in default of such  covenant).  The Board of Directors of the
Company or Holdings may at any time designate any Unrestricted  Subsidiary to be
a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation shall be deemed to be an
incurrence  of  Indebtedness  by a  Restricted  Subsidiary  of  any  outstanding
Indebtedness of such Unrestricted  Subsidiary and such designation shall only be
permitted if (i) such  Indebtedness  is permitted  under the covenant  described
under the caption "Certain  Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance
of Preferred Stock,"  calculated on a pro

                                      99
<PAGE>
forma  basis  as if  such  designation  had  occurred  at the  beginning  of the
four-quarter  reference period, and (ii) no Default or Event of Default would be
in existence following such designation.

         "Voting Stock" means, with respect to any Person,  the Capital Stock of
such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of
Directors of such Person.

         "Weighted  Average  Life  to  Maturity"  means,  when  applied  to  any
Indebtedness  at any date,  the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the sum
of the products  obtained by  multiplying  (a) the amount of each then remaining
installment,  sinking  fund,  serial  maturity  or other  required  payments  of
principal,  including payment at final maturity,  in respect thereof, by (b) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment, by (ii) the then outstanding principal
amount of such Indebtedness.

         "Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary" of any Person means a Restricted
Subsidiary  of  such  Person  all of the  outstanding  Capital  Stock  or  other
ownership interests of which (other than directors'  qualifying shares) shall at
the time be owned  by such  Person  or by one or more  Wholly  Owned  Restricted
Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries
of such Person.

                                       100

<PAGE>
                       DESCRIPTION OF NEW CREDIT FACILITY

General
   
         Concurrently with the consummation of the Recapitalization, the Company
entered  into the New Credit  Facility  with the lenders from time to time party
thereto,  NationsBank,  as Administrative Agent, Union Bank of Switzerland,  New
York Branch, as Documentation Agent,  NationsBanc  Montgomery  Securities,  Inc.
("NMSI"), as Syndication Agent for the lenders referred to therein, and NMSI and
UBS Securities  LLC, as  Co-Arrangers,  providing for borrowings in an aggregate
principal amount of up to $195 million.  The New Credit Facility is comprised of
a six-year term facility (the "New Term Loan A") in the principal  amount of $50
million,  a seven-year  term  facility  (the "New Term Loan B") in the principal
amount of $50  million,  a revolving  credit  facility  (the  "Revolving  Credit
Facility") in the principal amount of $75.0 million,  a swing line facility (the
"Swing  Line  Facility")  in the amount of $5 million  and a 6-year  acquisition
facility (the  "Acquisition  Facility") in the principal  amount of $20 million.
Indebtedness  under the New Credit  Facility is  guaranteed by Holdings and each
existing  and  hereafter  acquired  domestic  subsidiary  of the  Company.  This
information  relating to the New Credit Facility is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the complete  text of the  documents  entered into or to be entered
into in connection  therewith.  The  following is a  description  of the general
terms of the New Credit Facility.
    
Security

         Indebtedness   under  the  New  Credit   Facility  is  secured  by  (i)
substantially  all of the assets of  Holdings,  the Company  and their  domestic
subsidiaries,  (ii) 100% of the outstanding capital stock of each of the Company
and the domestic  subsidiaries  of Holdings and the Company and (iii) 65% of the
outstanding capital stock of any foreign subsidiary of the Company or Holdings.

Interest
   
         Amounts  outstanding  under the New Term  Loan A and the New  Revolving
Credit  Facility  bear  interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 225 basis points.
Amounts outstanding under the New Term Loan B and the Acquisition  Facility bear
interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 262.5  basis  points.  Amounts  under the
Swing Line Facility bear interest at the prime rate plus 125 basis points.
    
Borrowing Base

         Pursuant to the terms of the New Credit  Facility,  advances  under the
Revolving Credit Facility are limited to a borrowing base comprised of specified
percentages of eligible accounts receivable and eligible inventory.  The Company
will be required to reduce  outstanding  borrowings  under the Revolving  Credit
Facility to a maximum of $15.0 million for a period of at least thirty (30) days
during each year.

Maturity

         Loans made pursuant to the Revolving  Credit  Facility may be borrowed,
repaid  and  reborrowed  from time to time  until the sixth  anniversary  of the
Closing Date or the earlier repayment in full of the New Term Loan A, subject to
the satisfaction of certain conditions on the date of any such borrowing.

Fees

         The  Company  is  required  to pay  to the  Banks  in the  aggregate  a
commitment  fee equal to 50 basis  points  per  annum,  payable  in arrears on a
quarterly basis, on the committed undrawn amount of the New Credit Facility. The
Agent and the Banks shall receive such other fees as have been separately agreed
upon with the Agent,  including,  without  limitation,  in respect of letters of
credit issued under the letter of credit subfacility.

                                       101
<PAGE>
Letters of Credit Subfacility

         The New Credit  Facility  includes a  subfacility  for the  issuance of
letters of credit up to a maximum  aggregate  amount at any one time outstanding
not to exceed $10.0 million.  If any letter of credit is  outstanding  after the
termination of the New Credit Facility,  the Company would be required to post a
standby letter of credit or deposit cash  collateral in an amount  sufficient to
reimburse  the Banks for  amounts  drawn  under any such  outstanding  letter of
credit.

Covenants
   
         The New Credit Facility contains a number of financial, affirmative and
negative   covenants   that   regulate  the   operations  of  Holdings  and  its
subsidiaries,  including the Company.  Financial  covenants  require Holdings to
maintain:  (i) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio  increasing from 1.25:1 for
the measurement period ending in February 1998 to 1.30:1 for measurement periods
ending in or after May 2000, (ii) a minimum  interest  coverage ratio increasing
from 1.75:1 for the  measurement  period  ending in February  1998 to 2.50:1 for
measurement  periods  ending  in or after  November  2000;  and  (iii) a maximum
leverage  ratio  decreasing  from 6.25:1 for the  measurement  period  ending in
February  1998 to 4.25:1 for  measurement  periods  ending in or after  February
2002. Negative covenants  restrict,  among other things, the incurrence of debt,
the  existence  of liens,  transactions  with  affiliates,  loans,  advances and
investments,  payment of  dividends  and other  distributions  to  shareholders,
dispositions of assets,  mergers,  consolidations  and dissolutions,  contingent
liabilities and changes in business.
    

Events of Default; Remedies

         The New Credit Agreement contains customary events of default under the
New Credit  Facility,  including (i) the  non-payment of principal,  interest or
other amounts, (ii) violation of covenants,  (iii) inaccuracy of representations
and warranties,  (iv)  cross-defaults to certain other indebtedness and material
agreements  (including  the  Notes),  (iv)  certain  events  of  bankruptcy  and
insolvency,  (v) ERISA, (vi) actual or asserted invalidity of any loan documents
or security interests, (vii) changes in control of the ownership of the Company,
(viii)  bankruptcy and (ix) Holdings  engaging in any business or activity other
than  holding  100% of the stock of the  Company.  If any such  event of default
occurs,  the Administrative  Agent will be entitled,  on behalf of the Banks, to
take all actions  permitted to be taken by a secured  creditor under the Uniform
Commercial  Code and to accelerate the amounts due under the New Credit Facility
and may require all such amounts  outstanding  thereunder to be immediately paid
in full.


                                       102

<PAGE>
                     DESCRIPTION OF HOLDINGS PREFERRED STOCK

         The  following  statements  are brief  summaries of certain  provisions
relating to the shares of the Holdings Preferred Stock. The following statements
are qualified in their  entirety by the  provisions of Holdings'  Certificate of
Incorporation  and the  Restated  Certificate  of  Designation  relating  to the
Holdings  Preferred  Stock (the  "Certificate  of  Designation")  filed with the
secretary of state of Delaware,  which includes the  resolutions of the Board of
Directors of Holdings creating the Holdings Preferred Stock.

Dividend Rights

         Holders of Holdings  Preferred Stock are entitled to receive,  but only
when and as declared by the Board of Directors of Holdings out of funds  legally
available  therefor,  cumulative  dividends  at the annual  rate of $120.00  per
share,  payable  semiannually on the last day of June 30 and December 31 in each
year,  commencing  June 30, 1998 (a "Dividend  Reference  Date").  Dividends are
cumulative,  accrue on a daily basis,  are calculated  from the date of issue of
the Holdings Preferred Stock and are payable to holders of record on such record
dates as are fixed by the Board of Directors of Holdings.  Dividends payable for
any period less than a full semiannual period will be computed on the basis of a
365-day year and the actual number of days elapsed.

         Dividends  are payable in cash,  except if any dividend  payable on any
Dividend  Reference Date occurring  before December 31, 2009 is not declared and
paid in full in cash on such Dividend  Reference  Date,  the amount payable as a
dividend on such Dividend Reference Date that is not paid in cash shall, subject
to the terms of any Parity Securities or Senior Securities (each defined below),
be declared and paid in additional shares of Holdings Preferred Stock, with such
additional  shares of Holdings  Preferred Stock being valued at $1,000 per share
for such purpose.

         For purposes of the Certificate of Designation:

         "Equity  Interests"  means capital  stock and all warrants,  options or
other rights to acquire  capital stock (but  excluding any debt security that is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, capital stock).

         "Junior  Security"  means  any  shares  of the  voting  common  and the
non-voting  common  stock of Holdings  and any other class or series of stock of
Holdings which, by the terms of Holdings' Certificate of Incorporation or of the
instrument by which its Board of Directors, acting pursuant to authority granted
in  Holdings'  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  shall fix the  relative  rights,
preferences and limitations  thereof,  shall be junior to the Holdings Preferred
Stock in respect  of the right to receive  dividends  or to  participate  in any
distribution of assets  (including but not limited to any distribution of assets
in connection with the liquidation of Holdings) other than by way of dividends.

         "Parity  Security"  means any shares of any class or series of stock of
Holdings which, by the terms of Holdings' Certificate of Incorporation or of the
instrument by which its Board of Directors, acting pursuant to authority granted
in  Holdings'  certificate  of  incorporation,  shall fix the  relative  rights,
preferences  and  limitations  thereof,  shall be on a parity with the  Holdings
Preferred Stock in respect of the right to receive  dividends and to participate
in any distribution of assets  (including but not limited to any distribution of
assets in  connection  with the  liquidation  of Holdings)  other than by way of
dividends.

         "Senior  Security"  means  shares  of any  class or  series of stock of
Holdings which, by the terms of Holdings' certificate of incorporation or of the
instrument by which the Board of Directors, acting pursuant to authority granted
in  Holdings'  certificate  of  incorporation,  shall fix the  relative  rights,
preferences and limitations  thereof,  shall be senior to the Holdings Preferred
Stock in respect  of the right to receive  dividends  or to  participate  in any
distribution of assets  (including but not limited to any distribution of assets
in connection with the liquidation of Holdings) other than by way of dividends.

         No  dividend  (payable  other  than in  shares  of  Junior  Securities)
whatsoever shall be paid upon, or moneys or other property of Holdings set apart
for  payment of any  dividend  upon,  any Junior  Security  nor shall any Junior
Security be redeemed or purchased by Holdings or any subsidiary  thereof (except
by conversion into or exchange for Junior
                                       103
<PAGE>
Securities)  nor shall any moneys or other property be paid to or made available
for a sinking fund for any such  redemption or purchase of any Junior  Security,
unless, in each such instance,  all of the following conditions are met: (i) all
dividends on all outstanding  shares of Holdings Preferred Stock accrued through
the most recent  Dividend  Reference  Date shall have been paid or declared  and
sufficient   moneys  (or,  to  the  extent   permitted  by  the  Certificate  of
Designation,  shares of Holdings Preferred Stock) set aside for payment thereof;
(ii) all dividends on all outstanding shares of Holdings Preferred Stock accrued
through the most recent Dividend Reference Date from the Dividend Reference Date
immediately  preceding such most recent Dividend  Reference Date shall have been
paid in cash or declared and  sufficient  moneys set aside for payment  thereof;
(iii) all shares of Holdings  Preferred  Stock issued by Holdings after December
31, 2002 as payment-in-kind  dividends shall have been redeemed;  (iv), Holdings
shall have redeemed all shares of Holdings  Preferred Stock (A) for which it has
received a notice of redemption from the holders  thereof  pursuant to the right
of holders to demand redemption described below under the heading "Redemption on
Demand by Holder" and in respect of which  Holdings'  obligation  to redeem such
shares  shall  not have  terminated  or (B) which are  required  to be  redeemed
pursuant to the  mandatory  redemption  obligation of Holdings  described  below
under the heading  "Mandatory  Redemption;" and (v) certain other limitations on
the maximum  amount of such  dividends on or  redemptions or purchases of Junior
Securities are met. The foregoing  provisions shall not prohibit (i) the payment
of any dividend within sixty (60) days after the date of declaration thereof, if
at the date of such  declaration  such  payment  would  have  complied  with the
provisions of the Certificate of Designation, or (ii) the repurchase, redemption
or other  retirement  for value of any Equity  Interests of Holdings held by any
member of the  management or employees of Holdings or any subsidiary of Holdings
pursuant to the Stockholders  Agreement to be entered into concurrently with the
closing of the  Recapitalization,  among  Holdings  and its  stockholders  named
therein;  provided that (A) the aggregate  price paid for all such  repurchased,
redeemed,  acquired  or  retired  Equity  Interests  shall be subject to certain
limitations on the maximum amount thereof, (B) no Voting Rights Triggering Event
(defined  below) shall have  occurred and be continuing  immediately  after such
transaction,  and (C)  Holdings  shall  have  redeemed  all  shares of  Holdings
Preferred  Stock (I) for which it has received a notice of  redemption  from the
holders thereof pursuant to the right of holders to demand redemption  described
below under the heading "Redemption on Demand by Holder" and in respect of which
Holdings'  obligation  to redeem such shares shall not have  terminated  or (II)
which  are  required  to  be  redeemed  pursuant  to  the  mandatory  redemption
obligation of Holdings described below under the heading "Mandatory Redemption."

         So long as any share of Holdings  Preferred Stock remains  outstanding,
no full dividend  (payable other than in shares of Junior  Securities)  shall be
paid upon, or moneys or other  property of Holdings set apart for payment of any
full  dividend  upon,  any  Parity  Securities,  unless  all  dividends  on  all
outstanding  shares of Holdings  Preferred Stock accrued through the most recent
Dividend  Reference Date shall have been paid or declared and sufficient  moneys
(or,  to the  extent  required  by the  Certificate  of  Designation,  shares of
Holdings  Preferred Stock) set aside for payment thereof.  If all such dividends
are not so paid,  the Holdings  Preferred  Stock shall share  dividends pro rata
with such Parity Securities.

         Substantially  all of Holdings'  operations  are conducted  through the
Company. The ability of Holdings to pay cash dividends on the Holdings Preferred
Stock will be dependent  upon the payment to it of dividends,  interest or other
charges by the Company.  The Company's right to make such payments is restricted
by the New Credit Facility and the Indenture.

Liquidation Preference

         Upon any  liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of Holdings,  whether
voluntary  or  involuntary,  the  holders of  Holdings  Preferred  Stock will be
entitled to be paid out of the assets of Holdings  available for distribution to
stockholders,  before  any  distribution  or  payment  is made  upon any  Junior
Securities,  an amount in cash equal to the sum of $1,000 per share of  Holdings
Preferred Stock plus all accrued and unpaid dividends  thereon (the "Liquidation
Value"). After such payment, the holders of Holdings Preferred Stock will not be
entitled  to any  further  payment  or claim to any of the  remaining  assets of
Holdings.  If, upon any liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of Holdings, the
assets of Holdings to be distributed  among holders of Holdings  Preferred Stock
are insufficient to permit payment to holders of the aggregate Liquidation Value
to which they are  entitled,  then the assets of Holdings to be  distributed  to
such  holders  will be  distributed  ratably  among such  holders.  Neither  the
consolidation or merger of Holdings into or with any other person or entity, nor
the sale or  transfer  by  Holdings  of all or any part of its  assets,  nor the
reduction of the capital stock of Holdings,  will be deemed to be a liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of Holdings.


                                      104
<PAGE>
Redemption

         Holdings  has the  following  redemption  rights and  obligations  with
respect to the Preferred Stock:

         Optional  Redemptions  by  Holdings.  At any time within six (6) months
after a Change of  Control  or a  Qualified  Public  Offering  (each as  defined
below), Holdings may, at its election, redeem all or any part of the outstanding
shares of Holdings Preferred Stock, out of funds legally available therefor,  at
the Liquidation Value. For purposes of the Certificate of Designation:

         "Change of Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

         (i) The sale, lease,  transfer,  conveyance or other disposition (other
than  by  way of  merger  or  consolidation),  in one  or a  series  of  related
transactions,  of all or  substantially  all of the  assets of  Holdings  or the
Company  to any  "person"  (as  such  term is used in  Section  13(d)(3)  of the
Exchange  Act),  except to the extent such  transaction  would not  constitute a
Change of Control under clause (vi) of this definition;

         (ii) The adoption of a plan relating to the  liquidation or dissolution
of Holdings or the Company;

         (iii) The consummation of any transaction (including but not limited to
any  merger or  consolidation,  (A)  prior to the  initial  underwritten  public
offering of the common stock of Holdings  pursuant to an effective  registration
statement  under the  Securities Act (the "IPO") the result of which is that the
JWC Holders and their Related  Parties  become the  "beneficial  owner" (as such
term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that
a person shall be deemed to have  "beneficial  ownership" of all securities that
such  person  has  the  right  to  acquire,  whether  such  right  is  currently
exercisable  or  is  exercisable  only  upon  the  occurrence  of  a  subsequent
condition) of less than 40% of the Voting Stock of Holdings  (measured by voting
power rather than number of shares) or (B) after the IPO, any person (as defined
above),  other than the JWC  Holders  and their  Related  Parties,  becomes  the
beneficial owner (as defined above),  directly or indirectly,  of 35% or more of
the  Voting  Stock of  Holdings  and such  person  is or  becomes,  directly  or
indirectly,  the beneficial owner of a greater percentage of the voting power of
the Voting Stock of Holdings,  calculated  on a fully  diluted  basis,  than the
percentage beneficially owned by the JWC Holders and their Related Parties;

         (iv) The first day on which a majority  of the  members of the Board of
Directors of Holdings are not Continuing Directors;

         (v) The first day on which Holdings shall own,  directly or indirectly,
less than all of the issued and  outstanding  capital stock of the Company or of
the  surviving  or  transferee  Person  of  the  Company  in a  transaction  not
constituting a Change of Control under clause (vi) of this definition; or

         (vi) Holdings or the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into,
any Person or sells, assigns, conveys,  transfers,  leases or otherwise disposes
of all  or  substantially  all  of its  assets  to  any  Person,  or any  Person
consolidates with, or merges with or into,  Holdings or the Company, as the case
may be, in any such  event  pursuant  to a  transaction  in which (A) any of the
outstanding  Voting Stock of Holdings is converted  into or exchanged  for cash,
securities or other property,  other than any such transaction  where the Voting
Stock of Holdings outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted
into or  exchanged  for  Voting  Stock of the  surviving  or  transferee  Person
constituting a majority of the  outstanding  shares of such Voting Stock of such
surviving  or  transferee  Person  (immediately  after  giving  effect  to  such
issuance) or (B) any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is converted
into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property (other than payments of
or the right to  receive  cash in respect of  fractional  shares of such  Voting
Stock),  other than any such  transaction  where the Voting Stock of the Company
outstanding immediately prior

                                      105
<PAGE>
to such  transaction  is  converted  into or  exchanged  for Voting Stock of the
surviving or transferee Person all of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by
Holdings (immediately after giving effect to such issuance).

         "Continuing  Directors"  means,  as of any date of  determination,  any
member of the Board of  Directors of Holdings who (i) was a member of such Board
of Directors on the date of adoption of the  Certificate  of  Designation by the
Board of Directors of Holdings or (ii) was  nominated for election or elected to
such  Board of  Directors  with the  approval  of a majority  of the  Continuing
Directors  who were  members  of such  Board at the time of such  nomination  or
election.

         "JWC  Holders"  means the JWC  Holders as  defined in the  Stockholders
Agreement   to  be  entered   into   concurrently   with  the   closing  of  the
Recapitalization  among Holdings and the stockholders of Holdings named therein.
The Principals are included among the JWC Holders.

         "Person"  means  any  individual,  partnership,   corporation,  limited
liability corporation, trust, estate, joint venture, association, unincorporated
organization, government or any department or agency thereof, or other entity.

         "Qualified  Public  Offering"  means  one or more  public  sales of any
capital stock of Holdings pursuant to one or more registration statements (other
than on Form S-4 or S-8 or any other similar  limited  purpose form),  that have
become  effective under the Securities  Act,  yielding at least $10.0 million in
aggregate gross proceeds.

         "Related   Party"  with  respect  to  any  JWC  Holder  means  (i)  any
controlling  stockholder or 80% (or more) owned subsidiary of such JWC Holder or
(ii)  trust,  corporation,  partnership  or  other  entity,  the  beneficiaries,
stockholders,  partner,  owners or Persons  beneficially  holding an 80% or more
controlling  interest of which consist of JWC Holders  and/or such other Persons
referred to in the immediately preceding clause (i).

         "Voting Stock" means, with respect to any Person,  the capital stock of
such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of
Directors of such Person.

         At any time and from time to time Holdings may, at its election, redeem
all or any part of the outstanding  shares of Holdings Preferred Stock issued by
the  Holdings  as  payment-in-kind  dividends  out of  funds  legally  available
therefor, at the Liquidation Value.

         Redemption on Demand by Holder. Within ten business days after a Change
of Control,  Holdings shall, unless Holdings shall have theretofore given notice
of the  optional  redemption  by  Holdings of all of the  outstanding  shares of
Holdings  Preferred  Stock,  give written  notice to the holders of the Holdings
Preferred Stock of the demand redemption rights described in this paragraph.  In
addition,  within ten business days after each Dividend Reference Date occurring
at least six months  after such Change of Control,  Holdings  shall give written
notice to the holders of Preferred Stock of such demand redemption rights.  Upon
receipt of any such notice,  each holder of shares of Holdings  Preferred  Stock
may require Holdings to redeem, at the Liquidation Value plus an amount equal to
one percent (1%) of such Liquidation Value at the time of redemption,  up to the
lesser of (i) all of the shares of Holdings  Preferred Stock held by such holder
and (ii) such  number of shares of  Holdings  Preferred  Stock held of record by
such  holder as shall  equal the  product of (x) all of the  shares of  Holdings
Preferred  Stock in respect of which such holder shall have exercised his demand
redemption  right  multiplied  by (y) a ratio,  the  numerator of which shall be
equal to the Cash Available for Redemption and the denominator of which shall be
equal to the  aggregate  of the  Liquidation  Value plus an amount  equal to one
percent (1%) of the  Liquidation  Value at the time of redemption for all of the
shares of  Holdings  Preferred  Stock in  respect of which  holders of  Holdings
Preferred Stock shall have exercised their demand  redemption  rights.  Holdings
will not be  required to pay the  redemption  price due in  connection  with the
redemption of any Holdings  Preferred Stock as described in this paragraph until
ninety-one business days after the redemption of all of the Notes required to be
redeemed by the Company in connection with such Change of Control.  The right of
a holder of shares of Holdings  Preferred  Stock to require  Holdings to redeem,
out of Cash Available for Redemption,  any or all of such shares (and any shares
of Holdings  Preferred  Stock  thereafter  issued as  payment-in-kind  dividends
thereon)  following a Change of Control or any Dividend Reference Date occurring
at least six months  after such Change of Control  will  terminate to the extent
that such holder  fails to exercise  his demand  redemption  right in respect of
such shares within the applicable  exercise  period  following any date on which
Holdings gives notice of such demand redemption rights.

                                      106
<PAGE>
         For purposes of the  Certificate of  Designation,  "Cash  Available for
Redemption" means, as of any date, the sum of

(i)      the lesser of

                  (A) the sum of (I)  the  aggregate  amount  of cash  and  cash
         equivalents  held by  Holdings  as of such date,  plus (II) the maximum
         undrawn amount available to Holdings (without duplication of any amount
         available  to any  subsidiary  of  Holdings  under  any  credit or loan
         agreements,  as amended and in effect from time to time,  including but
         not limited to any such credit or loan  agreement  in  connection  with
         which Holdings acts as a guarantor or co-obligor of the  obligations of
         any  such  subsidiary)  as of  such  date  under  any  credit  or  loan
         agreements,  as amended and in effect  from time to time,  to which the
         Holdings is party, as borrower, plus

                  (B) the maximum amount that Holdings could, if it declared and
         paid a cash dividend on its common stock on such date,  declare and pay
         without  being in  violation  of or default  under (with or without the
         lapse of time or the giving of notice,  or both) any  applicable law or
         any  note,  debenture,  indenture  or  other  agreement  or  instrument
         governing indebtedness for borrowed money of Holdings, plus

(ii)     the lesser of

                  (A) the sum of (I)  the  aggregate  amount  of cash  and  cash
         equivalents  held by the  Company as of such date plus (II) the maximum
         undrawn  amount  available  as of such date  under  (x) the New  Credit
         Facility, as amended and in effect from time to time, or (y) any credit
         or loan  agreements,  as  amended  and in  effect  from  time to  time,
         hereafter executed in connection with any refinancing or replacement of
         the New Credit Facility, and

                  (B) the maximum amount that the Company could,  if it declared
         and paid a cash dividend on its common stock on such date,  declare and
         pay without being in violation of or default under (with or without the
         lapse of time or the giving of notice,  or both) any  applicable law or
         any  note,  debenture,  indenture  or  other  agreement  or  instrument
         governing indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company, minus

         (iii) a  reasonable  reserve  determined  by the Board of  Directors of
Holdings in the good faith exercise of its business judgment.

         Mandatory  Redemption.  On December 31, 2009, Holdings shall redeem, at
the  Liquidation  Value,  all of the  outstanding  shares of Holdings  Preferred
Stock.

         If the funds of Holdings legally  available for redemption of Preferred
Stock on any  redemption  date are  insufficient  to redeem the total  number of
shares of Holdings  Preferred  Stock to be  redeemed  on such date,  those funds
which are legally  available shall be used to redeem the maximum possible number
of shares of Holdings  Preferred Stock ratably among the holders of the Holdings
Preferred Stock to be redeemed. At any time thereafter, when additional funds of
the Holdings are legally  available  for the  redemption  of Holdings  Preferred
Stock,  such funds shall immediately be used to redeem,  without  interest,  the
balance of the Holdings  Preferred Stock which Holdings has become  obligated to
redeem on any redemption date but which it has not redeemed.

         Substantially  all of Holdings'  operations  are conducted  through the
Company.  The  ability  of  Holdings  to pay  the  redemption  price  due on the
redemption  of any of the Holdings  Preferred  Stock will be dependent  upon the
payment  to it of  dividends,  interest  or other  charges by the  Company.  The
Company's  right to make such payments is restricted by the New Credit  Facility
and the Indenture.

Voting Rights

         The  outstanding  shares of  Holdings  Preferred  Stock  have no voting
rights except as required by law and as follows:

                                      107
<PAGE>
         (a) The  affirmative  vote of the  holders  of  record  of at least two
thirds ( 2/3) of the  outstanding  shares of Holdings  Preferred  Stock,  voting
together as a separate  class, is required (i) to change (A) the rate or time of
payment of any dividends on, or (B) the time or amount of any  redemption of, or
(C) the amount of any payments upon  liquidation of Holdings with respect to, or
(D) the priorities  afforded by the provisions of the Certificate of Designation
for the  benefit  of shares  of  Holdings  Preferred  Stock or (ii) to amend the
redemption rights of the holders of the Holdings Preferred Stock described above
under the heading "Mandatory  Redemption" or (iii) to amend the voting rights of
the holders of the Holdings Preferred Stock.

         (b) The  affirmative  vote of the holders of at least a majority of the
outstanding  shares of Holdings  Preferred Stock,  voting together as a separate
class, is required to: (i) increase the number of authorized  shares of Holdings
Preferred  Stock or (ii)  authorize or issue any  additional  shares of Holdings
Preferred  Stock  (other than as  dividends  on  outstanding  shares of Holdings
Preferred Stock to the extent permitted under the Certificate of Designation) or
(iii)  issue any  shares of  capital  stock of  Holdings  of any  class,  or any
security or  obligations  convertible  into any capital stock of Holdings of any
class, in each case ranking on a parity with or prior to the Holdings  Preferred
Stock as to  distribution  of assets in  liquidation  or in right of  payment of
dividends (other than shares of Holdings  Preferred Stock issued as dividends on
outstanding shares of Holdings Preferred Stock to the extent permitted under the
Certificate  of Designation  or in connection  with the exchange,  for shares of
Holdings  Preferred  Stock,  of any Exchange  Notes (as defined below) issued by
Holdings).

         (c) In the event that (I) (A) dividends  (either in cash or through the
issuance  of  additional  shares  of  Holdings  Preferred  Stock  to the  extent
permitted under the Certificate of Designation) on the Holdings  Preferred Stock
are in arrears and unpaid with  respect to any  Dividend  Reference  Date or (B)
December 31, 2002,  Holdings fails on three (3) or more Dividend Reference Dates
(whether or not  consecutive) to declare and pay in full in cash  dividends,  in
the  amount of all  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends  on the  shares of  Holdings
Preferred Stock outstanding as of each such Dividend Reference Date, on the then
outstanding  shares of Holdings Preferred Stock (each, a "Dividend Voting Rights
Triggering  Event") or (II) Holdings fails to redeem all of the then outstanding
shares of Holdings  Preferred  Stock on December 31, 2009 or otherwise  fails to
discharge  any  redemption  obligation  with respect to the  Holdings  Preferred
Stock,  then the maximum  authorized  number of  directors  of Holdings  will be
increased by one (1) and holders of Holdings  Preferred  Stock shall be entitled
to vote their shares of Holdings  Preferred Stock,  together with the holders of
any Parity  Securities upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are
exercisable,  to elect,  as a class,  an additional one (1) director.  Each such
event  described  in  clauses  (I) and (II) is herein  referred  to as a "Voting
Rights Triggering Event." So long as shares of Holdings Preferred Stock shall be
outstanding,  the holders of Holdings  Preferred Stock shall retain the right to
vote and elect, with the holders of any such Parity Securities,  voting together
as a single class,  such director until such time as (A) in the event such right
arises due to a Dividend Voting Rights Trigger Event, all accumulated  dividends
that are in arrears on the Holdings Preferred Stock are paid in full in cash or,
with respect to any Dividend  Reference Date occurring on or before December 31,
2002, through the issuance of additional shares of Holdings Preferred Stock; and
(B) in all other  cases,  the  failure,  breach or default  giving  rise to such
Voting Rights  Triggering Event is remedied or waived by the holders of at least
a majority  of the shares of  Holdings  Preferred  Stock  then  outstanding  and
entitled  to vote  thereon.  Such  period is herein  referred  to as a  "Default
Period."  Immediately upon the expiration of a Default Period,  the right of the
holders of Holdings  Preferred Stock to elect one director shall cease, the term
of office of the director elected by the holders of Holdings Preferred Stock and
such Parity  Securities as a class shall terminate,  and the number of directors
shall be such number as may be provided for in the Certificate of Incorporation,
as amended, or By-Laws of Holdings.

Exchange Notes

         Exchange  Provisions.  Holdings may, at its election,  exchange all but
not less than all of the outstanding  shares of Holdings Preferred Stock for 12%
Junior  Subordinated  Notes due  December  31, 2009 of Holdings  (the  "Exchange
Notes")  having the general  terms  described  below.  Upon the  exchange of the
Holdings  Preferred  Stock for the  Exchange  Notes,  each  holder  of  Holdings
Preferred  Stock will be entitled to  receive,  per share of Holdings  Preferred
Stock  so  
                                      108
<PAGE>
exchanged,  a principal amount of Exchange Notes equal to the Liquidation  Value
of such share as of the date of such exchange. Upon such exchange,  dividends on
the shares of Holdings Preferred Stock so exchanged shall cease to accrue,  such
shares  shall no  longer  be deemed  to be  outstanding,  and all  rights of the
holders  thereof as stockholders of Holdings with respect to shares so exchanged
(except the right to receive from  Holdings the Exchange  Notes in the aggregate
original  principal  amount to which such holder is entitled upon such exchange)
shall cease.  The Indenture and the New Credit Facility  restrict the ability of
Holdings to elect to issue  Exchange  Notes in exchange for  Holdings  Preferred
Stock.

         General.  The Exchange  Notes will be issued only if and when  Holdings
elects to require the exchange of the Holdings  Preferred Stock for the Exchange
Notes. The Exchange Notes will be unsecured  obligations of Holdings and will be
subordinated  to  Holdings'  obligations  under the New Credit  Facility and the
Holdings  Guarantee of the Notes.  The Exchange Notes will not be obligations of
the Company and,  accordingly,  the rights of the holders of the Exchange  Notes
will be effectively  subordinated to rights of the holders of the Notes,  except
to the extent that  Holdings  may itself be a creditor  with claims  against the
Company.  The maximum aggregate  original principal amount of the Exchange Notes
will be limited to the aggregate original principal amount of the Exchange Notes
originally issued in exchange for shares of the Holdings Preferred Stock.

         Interest.  (a) The Exchange Notes will bear interest from their date of
issuance at the rate of 12% per annum, which will be due and payable on the last
day of each  June 30 and  December  31 after  the  Exchange  Notes  are  issued.
Interest  on the  Exchange  Notes will accrue from the most recent date on which
interest  has been paid,  or if no  interest  has been paid,  from the  original
issuance  of the  Exchange  Notes.  Interest  is  payable in cash,  except  that
Holdings may elect to defer the payment of any interest  payable on any interest
payment date occurring on or before  December 31, 2002 and prior to the Catch-up
Date (as hereinafter  defined).  To the extent that any interest  accrued on the
Exchange Notes is not paid in cash on any interest  payment date,  such deferred
interest  bears interest at 12% per annum,  compounded on each interest  payment
date thereafter until paid.

         (b) On the last business day occurring on or before the first  interest
payment date  following the fifth  anniversary of the date on which the Exchange
Notes were originally issued in exchange for shares of Holdings  Preferred Stock
(the  "Catch-up  Date"),  Holdings  is  required  to pay in cash,  in respect of
interest  accrued  and unpaid  under the  Exchange  Notes,  in  addition  to any
interest  payment  otherwise  due on such  date,  such  additional  amount as is
necessary  so that the  aggregate  amount  includible  for  federal  income  tax
purposes  in gross  income  with  respect to the  Exchange  Notes by the holders
thereof for all periods  ending on or before such first  interest  payment  date
does not exceed the aggregate  cumulative  amount of interest paid in cash under
the Exchange  Notes  through such first  interest  payment date by more than the
product of the original  principal  amount of the Exchange  Notes  multiplied by
their yield to maturity.

         (c) Each payment of interest due on an interest  payment date occurring
after the Catch-up  Date is required to be in an amount  sufficient  so that the
total  amount of  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  at the close of such  interest
payment date shall in no event  exceed the maximum  amount which may be deferred
without  causing a loss or deferral of  Holdings'  deduction  of original  issue
discount on the  Exchange  Notes under  applicable  provisions  of the  Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         Holdings'  operations are conducted through the Company.  The rights of
Holdings  and its  creditors,  including  the  holders  of  Exchange  Notes,  to
participate in the assets of the Company upon any liquidation or  reorganization
of the Company or otherwise  will be subject to the prior claims of creditors of
the Company  (including,  among  others,  holders of the  Notes),  except to the
extent that Holdings may itself be a creditor  with claims  against the Company.
The ability of  Holdings  to pay  principal  and cash  interest  payments on the
Exchange Notes will be dependent  upon the payment to it of dividends,  interest
or other charges by the Company.  The  Company's  right to make such payments is
restricted by the New Credit Facility and the Indenture.

         Redemption.   Holdings  has  the   following   redemption   rights  and
obligations with respect to the Exchange Notes:

         (a) At any time  within  six  months  after a Change  of  Control  or a
Qualified  Public  Offering,  Holdings  may  redeem  all  or  any  part  of  the
outstanding  principal  amount  of the  Exchange  Notes,  without  premium,  but
together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

                                      109
<PAGE>
         (b) Within ten business days after a Change of Control, Holdings shall,
unless Holdings shall have theretofore  given notice of the optional  redemption
by Holdings of all of the Exchange Notes,  give written notice to the holders of
the Exchange Notes of the demand  redemption rights described in this paragraph.
In addition, within ten business days after each interest payment date occurring
at least six months  after such Change of Control,  Holdings  shall give written
notice to the holders of the  Exchange  Notes of such  redemption  rights.  Upon
receipt of any such notice,  each holder of Exchange Notes may require  Holdings
to redeem,  at a redemption  price equal to the outstanding  principal amount of
and accrued and unpaid interest on such Exchange Notes,  together with a premium
thereon in an amount  equal to one  percent  (1%) of such  principal  amount and
accrued and unpaid interest to be redeemed,  and all accrued and unpaid interest
on such principal amount, up to the lesser of (i) all of the Exchange Notes held
by such  holder and (ii) such  aggregate  amount of the  Exchange  Notes held of
record by such holder as shall equal the product of (A) the Cash  Available  for
Redemption  multiplied by (B) a ratio,  the numerator of which shall be equal to
the  redemption  price of all of the  Exchange  Notes in  respect  of which such
holder shall have exercised his demand  redemption  right and the denominator of
which shall be equal to the aggregate  redemption  price for all of the Exchange
Notes in respect of which the holders  thereof shall have exercised their demand
redemption right. Holdings will not be obligated to pay the redemption price due
in connection  with the  redemption  of any Exchange  Notes as described in this
paragraph (b) until ten business  days after the  redemption of all of the Notes
required  to be  redeemed  by the  Company  in  connection  with such  Change of
Control.  The right of a holder of Exchange Notes to require Holdings to redeem,
out of  Cash  Available  for  Redemption,  any or all  of  such  Exchange  Notes
following a Change of Control or any interest  payment  date  occurring at least
six months after such Change of Control  will  terminate to the extent that such
holder fails to exercise his demand redemption right in respect of such Exchange
Notes within the applicable exercise period following any date on which Holdings
gives notice of such demand redemption rights.

         Subordination and Standstill Provisions.  The payment of the principal,
premium,  if any, and interest on the Exchange Notes is subordinated in right of
payment to the prior  payment in full of all Senior Debt (as  defined  below) of
Holdings,  whether  outstanding on the date of issuance of the Exchange Notes or
thereafter created,  incurred,  assumed or guaranteed.  Upon any distribution to
creditors of Holdings in a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Holdings or
in a bankruptcy, reorganization,  insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding
relating  to  Holdings  or its  property,  the  holders  of Senior  Debt will be
entitled to receive payment in full in cash before the Exchange  Noteholders are
entitled  to  receive  any  payment.  If any  such  distribution  is made to the
Exchange  Noteholders  before all Senior Debt has been paid in full or provision
has been  made for such  payment,  such  distribution  must be paid  over to the
holders of the Senior Debt. No such subordination will prevent the occurrence of
an Event of Default (as defined below).

         During  the  continuance  of (i)  any  default  in the  payment  of the
principal, premium, if any, or interest on Senior Debt in an aggregate principal
amount of at least $10 million, including principal or interest which has become
due by reason of  acceleration,  or (ii) any other default,  in respect of which
Holdings  shall have been  notified in writing by the holder of such Senior Debt
or any trustee therefor,  with respect to Senior Debt in an aggregate  principal
amount of at least $10 million  permitting the holders thereof to accelerate the
maturity thereof, no payment may be made on the Exchange Notes, and payments may
thereafter be resumed only if both such default or any subsequent  default shall
have been cured or waived or shall cease to exist;  provided  that, in the event
that a Senior Debt default  (other than any such Senior Debt default of a nature
described  in  clause  (i)  of  this  paragraph)  shall  have  occurred  and  be
continuing,  the restrictions  set forth in this paragraph shall,  unless all of
the Senior Debt in respect of which such Senior Debt default shall have occurred
and  be  continuing   shall  have  been  declared  due  and  payable  under  any
acceleration  provision  applicable  thereto and such declaration shall not have
been waived,  rescinded or annulled, cease to apply upon the earliest of (A) two
hundred  seventy (270) days after the  occurrence of such Senior Debt default or
(B) the date on which all Senior Debt defaults under such Senior Debt shall have
been cured or waived; provided, further, that the restrictions set forth in this
paragraph on payments  with  respect to the  Exchange  Notes in the event that a
Senior  Debt  default  (other  than any such  Senior  Debt  default  of a nature
described in clause (i) of this  paragraph)  may be invoked no more than one (1)
time in any three hundred sixty-five (365) day period,  unless all of the Senior
Debt in respect of which such Senior Debt  default  shall have  occurred  and be
continuing  shall have been  declared  due and  payable  under any  acceleration
provision  applicable  thereto and such declaration  shall not have been waived,
rescinded or annulled.  If any such payment is made to the Exchange  Noteholders
before all Senior Debt has been paid in full or provision has been made for such
payment, such payment must be paid over to the holders of the Senior Debt.

                                      110
<PAGE>
         Holders of the Exchange Notes may not take any action to accelerate the
maturity of the  indebtedness  evidenced by the Exchange Notes unless all Senior
Debt shall have been paid in full in cash or all Senior  Debt shall  theretofore
have become due and payable.

         Holders of the Exchange Notes may not commence any action or proceeding
against Holdings to recover all or any part of any indebtedness evidenced by the
Exchange  Notes or bring or join  with any  creditor  in  bringing,  unless  the
holders of the Senior Debt then outstanding  shall join therein,  any proceeding
against Holdings under any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or similar law
or statute unless and until all Senior Debt shall be paid in full in cash.

For purposes of the Exchange Notes, "Senior Debt" means

         (a)  All   obligations   and   liabilities  of  Holdings   (other  than
indebtedness  represented  by the Exchange  Notes),  direct or  indirect,  as to
principal,  interest (including post-petition interest whether or not an allowed
claim),  premium or  otherwise,  initially  incurred or issued to  institutional
investors,  whether  outstanding  on the date  hereof or  hereafter  created  or
incurred, and whether at any time assigned or otherwise transferred to any other
institutional investor or any other person, including but not limited to (i) all
obligations  and  liabilities  in respect of money  borrowed or  purchase  money
indebtedness by or of Holdings, (ii) all guarantees and endorsements (other than
for  collection  or  deposit in the  ordinary  course of  business)  of any such
obligations and liabilities of others,  such as but not limited to guarantees of
any such  obligation  or  liability  of a  subsidiary  of  Holdings,  (iii)  all
obligations  and liabilities  secured by any mortgage,  lien,  pledge,  security
interest  or other  encumbrance  in respect of  property,  whether  incurred  in
connection  with  money  borrowed  or the  acquisition  of  property,  (iv)  all
obligations  and  liabilities  in  respect  of any  lease of  property,  and (v)
reimbursement  obligations  with respect to letters of credit and interest  rate
protection agreements;

         (b)  All   obligations   and   liabilities  of  Holdings   (other  than
indebtedness  represented  by the Exchange  Notes),  direct or  indirect,  as to
principal,  interest, premium or otherwise with respect to any obligation, note,
or debenture  offered by Holdings for sale to the public in an offer  structured
so as to comply with  applicable  rules and regulations for a public offering in
the jurisdiction or jurisdictions in which such obligation, note or debenture is
offered,  whether  outstanding  on the  date  hereof  or  hereafter  created  or
incurred, which are not expressly made pari passu or subordinate to the Exchange
Notes;

         (c)  All   obligations   and   liabilities  of  Holdings   (other  than
indebtedness  represented  by the Exchange  Notes) to which the  Exchange  Notes
shall be  expressly  subordinated  in writing by the  holders of not less than a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes then outstanding;

         (d) All other  obligations  and  liabilities  of  Holdings  (other than
indebtedness represented by the Exchange Notes); and

         (e) All renewals, extensions,  modifications and refundings of any such
obligation or liability;

unless  in the case of  either  (a),  (b),  (c),  (d) or (e),  the  terms of the
agreement or instrument  creating the obligation or liability provide that it is
not senior to the Exchange Notes.

         Events of  Default  and  Remedies.  Subject  to the  subordination  and
standstill  provisions  described  above  under the heading  "Subordination  and
Standstill Provisions": (i) upon the occurrence and continuation of any Event of
Default  (as  defined  below),  then  (a) in the case of any  Event  of  Default
specified in clause (a) or (d)(i) of the  definition of "Event of Default," each
holder  of  Exchange  Note,  and (b) in the case of any other  Event of  Default
specified  in clause (b) or (c) of the  definition  of "Event of  Default,"  the
holder or holders of record of at least  twenty-five  percent (25%) in aggregate
principal amount of the Exchange Notes then outstanding,  may proceed to protect
and enforce his or their rights,  as the case may be, by suit in equity,  action
at law and/or other appropriate  proceeding  either for specific  performance of
any covenant or condition, or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in the
Exchange Notes, and may by notice in writing to Holdings declare all or any part
of the unpaid  balance of the Exchange Notes held by him to be forthwith due and
payable,  and the holder may proceed to enforce  payment of such balance or part
thereof  in such  manner as he may  elect;  and (ii)  Holdings  shall pay to the
holder,  upon demand,  the reasonable costs and expenses  

                                      111
<PAGE>
(including  reasonable  attorneys  fees and expenses)  incurred by the holder in
connection  with the  enforcement  of his rights and  remedies  arising upon the
occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default.

         Anything in the Exchange Notes to the contrary notwithstanding,  if any
one or more  Events  of  Default  specified  in clause  (d)(ii)  or (iii) of the
definition of "Event of Default" shall occur and be continuing,  then the holder
or  holders  of  record  of at least  twenty-five  percent  (25%)  in  aggregate
principal  amount of the Exchange Notes then  outstanding may proceed to protect
and  enforce  his or their  rights by suit in equity  for  specific  performance
and/or action at law for damages; provided that the remedy, judgment, damages or
other relief in equity or at law of any such holder or holders  shall be limited
to the right to seek specific  performance of the obligation of Holdings to make
payments in respect of interest accrued on the Exchange Notes or damages, as the
case may be,  to,  and only to, the  extent  that  Holdings  shall have had cash
available for interest payments (defined in the Exchange Notes similarly to Cash
Available for  Redemption) at the relevant date,  determined in accordance  with
the Exchange  Notes.  Such remedy (i) shall be the sole and exclusive  remedy at
law or in equity of any such holder or holders of  Exchange  Notes in respect of
any one or more Events of Default  specified  in clause  (d)(ii) or (iii) of the
definition of "Event of Default" and (ii) shall be subject to the  subordination
and standstill  provisions described above under the heading  "Subordination and
Standstill Provisions."

         For  purposes  of the  Exchange  Notes,  "Event of  Default"  means the
occurrence and continuance of any of the following events:

         (a) Except as otherwise  provided in clause (d) below,  Holdings  shall
have failed,  for a period of thirty days after written notice thereof,  to make
any  principal,  interest,  fee or  other  payment  on  any of the  indebtedness
evidenced by the Exchange  Notes  (notwithstanding  that such payment shall have
been suspended pursuant to the subordination provisions hereof); or

         (b) Except as otherwise  provided in clause (d) below,  Holdings  shall
have  failed  duly to  observe  or perform  in any  material  respect  any other
covenant,  agreement  or provision  contained  in the Exchange  Notes other than
those  referred  to in  subdivision  (a)  above,  and such  failure  shall  have
continued for a period of thirty days after written notice thereof; or

         (c) Any customary  bankruptcy-type event with respect to Holdings shall
have occurred and be continuing.

         (d) notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (a), (b) and (c),

                  (i) the  failure of Holdings  to pay  interest  payable on any
         interest  payment date occurring  after the earlier of (A) December 31,
         2002 or (B) the Catch-up Date shall  constitute an Event of Default to,
         and only to, the extent that  Holdings  shall fail to pay such interest
         in an  amount  at  least  equal to the  amount  of cash  available  for
         interest payments, determined in accordance with the Exchange Notes, as
         determined  by Holdings as of a date within ten business  days prior to
         each such interest payment date;

                  (ii) the  failure of  Holdings  to make the  interest  payment
         described in  paragraph  (b) under the heading  "--Interest"  shall not
         constitute  an Event of Default  under the Exchange  Notes to, and only
         to,  the extent  that  Holdings  shall fail to make such  payment in an
         amount at least  equal to the  amount of cash  available  for  interest
         payments,   determined  in  accordance  with  the  Exchange  Notes,  as
         determined  by Holdings as of a date within ten business  days prior to
         the Catch-up Date; and

                  (iii) the  failure of Holdings  to make any  interest  payment
         described  in  paragraph  (c)  under  the  heading  "--Interest"  shall
         constitute  an Event of Default  under the Exchange  Notes to, and only
         to,  the extent  that  Holdings  shall fail to make such  payment in an
         amount at least  equal to the  amount of cash  available  for  interest
         payments,   

                                      112
<PAGE>

         determined  in  accordance  with the Exchange  Notes,  as determined by
         Holdings as of a date within ten  business  days prior to the  relevant
         interest payment date.






                                       113

<PAGE>
                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain  legal matters  related to the Notes  offered  hereby are being
passed upon for the Company by Sullivan & Worcester LLP, Boston, Massachusetts.
   
                                     EXPERTS

         The  consolidated  financial  statements and schedules of DESA Holdings
Corporation  at March 2, 1996 and March 1, 1997, and for each of the three years
in the period ended March 1, 1997 included in this  Prospectus have been audited
by Ernst & Young  LLP,  independent  auditors,  as set  forth  in their  reports
thereon  appearing  elsewhere  herein,  and are  included in reliance  upon such
reports  given upon the  authority  of such firm as experts  in  accounting  and
auditing.

         The  consolidated  financial  statements  of Heath  Company  (excluding
Heathkit  Division) as of December 31, 1996 and for the year then ended included
in this  Prospectus  have been  audited by  Deloitte & Touche  LLP,  independent
auditors,  as stated in their  report  appearing  herein,  and are  included  in
reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as
experts in accounting and auditing.
    
                                       114

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
<S>                                                                                                               <C>
  Report of Ernst & Young LLP..................................................................................... F-2
  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 2, 1996, March 1, 1997 and November 29, 1997
     (Unaudited).................................................................................................. F-3
  Consolidated Statements of Income for fiscal years ended February 25, 1995, March 2,
     1996 and March 1, 1997 and the  thirty-nine  weeks ended  November 30, 1996 and November
     29, 1997 (Unaudited)......................................................................................... F-4
  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for fiscal years ended
     February  25,  1995,  March 2, 1996 and  March 1, 1997 and the  thirty-nine weeks ended
     November 29, 1997 (Unaudited)          ...................................................................... F-5
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for fiscal years ended February 25, 1995,
     March 2, 1996 and March 1, 1997 and the  thirty-nine  weeks ended  November 30, 1996
     and November 29, 1997 (Unaudited)............................................................................ F-6
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...................................................................... F-7

HEATH  COMPANY  (EXCLUDING  HEATHKIT  DIVISION) AND  SUBSIDIARY (A  WHOLLY-OWNED
SUBSIDIARY OF HEATH HOLDING CORP.)
  Report of Deloitte and Touche LLP............................................................................... F-22
  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996:
    Balance Sheet................................................................................................. F-23
    Statement of Operations....................................................................................... F-24
    Statement of Shareholders' Equity............................................................................. F-25
    Statement of Cash Flows....................................................................................... F-26
    Notes to Financial Statements................................................................................. F-27
  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED OCTOBER 5, 1997:
    Balance Sheet................................................................................................. F-32
    Statement of Operations....................................................................................... F-33
    Statement of Shareholders' Equity............................................................................. F-34
    Statement of Cash Flows....................................................................................... F-35
    Notes to Financial Statements................................................................................. F-36
</TABLE>


                                       F-1

<PAGE>


                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Board of Directors and Stockholders
DESA Holdings Corporation

         We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets of DESA
Holdings  Corporation (the "Company") as of March 2, 1996 and March 1, 1997, and
the related  consolidated  statements of income,  stockholders' equity (deficit)
and cash flows for each of the three  years in the period  ended  March 1, 1997.
These financial  statements are the responsibility of the Company's  management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based
on our audits.

         We conducted our audits in accordance with generally  accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion,  the  financial  statements  referred to above  present
fairly, in all material  respects,  the consolidated  financial position of DESA
Holdings  Corporation at March 2, 1996 and March 1, 1997,  and the  consolidated
results of its  operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended March 1, 1997 in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.

         As discussed in Note 3, the Company  changed its method of  determining
the cost of inventory in 1996.


                                Ernst & Young LLP
New York, New York
April 4, 1997




                                      F-2

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPTS NUMBER OF SHARES)
                                                               MARCH 2, 1996     MARCH 1, 1997    NOVEMBER 29, 1997
                                                             ----------------- -----------------  -----------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>                <C>               <C>        
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents................................    $       145        $     5,058       $       201
  Accounts receivable, net.................................         10,751             13,066            65,586
  Inventories:
     Raw materials.........................................            363                508               740
     Work-in-process.......................................          4,519              4,386             7,831
     Finished goods........................................         10,054             10,853            18,562
                                                                ----------         ----------        ----------
                                                                    14,936             15,747            27,133
  Deferred tax assets......................................          1,621              1,206             1,177
  Other current assets.....................................            218                555             1,154
                                                                ----------         ----------        ----------
Total current assets.......................................         27,671             35,632            95,251
Property, plant and equipment:
  Land.....................................................            390                390               390
  Buildings and improvements...............................          4,297              4,297             4,297
  Machinery and equipment..................................         22,144             24,892            28,582
  Furniture and fixtures...................................            655                640               640
                                                                ----------         ----------        ----------
                                                                    27,486             30,219            33,909
  Less accumulated depreciation............................         17,742             20,137            22,500
                                                                ----------         ----------        ----------
                                                                     9,744             10,082            11,409
Goodwill...................................................         41,947             40,829            39,999
Other assets...............................................          6,183              5,441            11,121
                                                                ----------         ----------        ----------
Total assets...............................................    $    85,545        $    91,984       $   157,780
                                                                ==========         ==========        ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable.........................................    $    10,890        $    17,997       $    25,114
  Accrued liabilities......................................          9,115              8,695            10,319
  Income taxes payable.....................................            810              1,156             2,705
  Current portion of long-term debt........................          8,050             16,350            22,355
                                                                ----------         ----------        ----------
Total current liabilities..................................         28,865             44,198            60,493
Long-term debt.............................................        149,709            130,600           240,500
Deferred tax liabilities...................................          2,079              1,664             1,663
Other liabilities..........................................            294                276               381
                                                                ----------         ----------        ----------
Total liabilities..........................................        180,947            176,738           303,037
Commitments
Series C redeemable preferred stock, $.01 par value;  
   authorized -- 2,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding
   -- 17,600 shares at November 29, 1997 (liquidation 
   preference $17,617,000 at November 29, 1997)                         --                 --            14,598
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
   Common stock, $.01 par value; authorized -- 30,000,000 
     shares at March 2, 1996 and March 1, 1997 and 50,000,000
     shares at November 29, 1997; issued and outstanding --
     23,363,876 shares at March 2, 1996, 23,573,876 issued March 1,
     1997 and 12,606,163 shares at November 29, 1997.......            234                236               126
   Nonvoting common stock, $.01 par value; authorized -- 
     2,000,000 shares at March 2, 1996 and March 1, 1997 and
     3,000,000 shares at November 29, 1997; issued and 
     outstanding -- 1,781,557 shares At March 2, 1996 and 
     March 1, 1997 and 90,604 shares at November 29, 1997..             18                 18                 1
  Capital in excess of par value...........................         26,514             26,722            79,786
  Carryover predecessor basis adjustment...................        (32,309)           (32,309)          (32,309)
  Retained earnings (deficit)..............................        (89,829)           (79,113)         (206,997)
  Cumulative translation adjustment........................            (30)              (308)             (462)
                                                                ----------         ----------        ----------
Total stockholders' equity (deficit).......................        (95,402)           (84,754)         (159,855)
                                                                ----------         ----------        ----------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit).......    $    85,545        $    91,984       $   157,780
                                                                ==========         ==========        ==========
</TABLE>
                             See accompanying notes.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
                                               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                                        (In thousands)


                                                                 Fiscal years ended                 Thirty-nine weeks ended
                                                    -----------------------------------------     ---------------------------
                                                    February 25,      March 2,       March 1,     November 30,   November 29,
                                                        1995            1996           1997           1996          1997
                                                    ------------     ---------       --------     ------------   ------------
                                                                                                          (Unaudited)
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>     
Net sales.....................................        $172,501       $186,324        $209,105       $173,587     $193,404
Operating costs and expenses:
  Cost of sales...............................         107,484        116,217         130,890        108,587      123,243
  Selling and administrative expenses.........          35,975         37,828          45,257         33,913       37,559
                                                        ------         ------          ------         ------       ------
Operating profit..............................          29,042         32,279          32,958         31,087       32,602

  Interest expense............................           5,777          7,073          14,509         11,105       11,321
                                                        ------         ------         -------        -------      -------
Income before provision for income taxes......          23,265         25,206          18,449         19,982       21,281
Provision for income taxes....................          10,064         10,703           7,733          8,378        8,769
                                                        ------         ------           -----          -----        -----
Income before extraordinary item..............          13,201         14,503          10,716         11,604       12,512
Extraordinary items, net of income tax of $1,723
   in 1996 and $1,495 in thirty-nine weeks
   November 29, 1997..........................              --          2,638              --             --        2,308
                                                      --------          -----        --------       --------        -----
Net income....................................          13,201         11,865          10,716         11,604       10,204
Less dividends on preferred stock.............             900            853              --             --           17
                                                            --             --              --             --           --
Income available for common stockholders......        $ 12,301       $ 11,012        $ 10,716       $ 11,604     $ 10,187
                                                      ========       ========        ========       ========     ========
</TABLE>


                             See accompanying notes.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
                                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

                                FISCAL YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 25, 1995, MARCH 2, 1996 AND MARCH 1, 1997
                                    AND THE THIRTY-NINE WEEKS ENDED NOVEMBER 29, 1997 (UNAUDITED)
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)


                                                                                        Carry-
                                                                                        Over                     
                                                                                        Pre-                               Total
                           Preferred   Preferred                            Capital   decessor                            Stock-
                            Stock       Stock                  Nonvoting   In Excess    Basis     Retained  Cumulative     holders'
                            Series      Series      Common      Common       Of Par     Adjust-   Earnings  Translation   Equity
                               A           B        Stock        Stock       Value      ment     (Deficit)   Adjustment   (Deficit)
                          ---------- ------------ ----------  -----------  ---------- --------- ----------  ----------- -----------
<S>                       <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>        
Balance at February                                                                              
  26, 1994............... $   5,150  $     4,461  $     225   $      --     $ 24,752  $(32,309) $       12  $      (12) $     2,279
Net income...............        --           --         --          --           --        --      13,201          --       13,201
Dividends on
  preferred stock........       646          254         --          --           --        --        (900)         --           --
Exercise of stock option..       --           --          7          --          689        --          --          --          696
Translation adjustment....       --           --         --          --           --                    --          18           18
                            -------  -----------  ---------   ---------     --------  --------  ----------  ----------  -----------
Balance at February
  25, 1995................    5,796        4,715        232          --       25,441   (32,309)     12,313           6       16,194
Net income................       --           --         --          --           --        --      11,865          --       11,865
Dividends on
  preferred stock.........      622          231         --          --           --        --        (853)         --           --
Redemption of                 
  preferred stock.........   (6,418)      (4,946)        --          --           --        --          --          --      (11,364)
Exercise of stock options.       --           --          2          --          200        --          --          --          202
Exercise of BT warrant....       --           --         --          18          873        --          --          --          891
Dividends on common 
  stock and nonvoting
  common stock............       --           --         --          --           --        --    (113,154)         --     (113,154)
Translation adjustment....       --           --         --          --           --        --          --         (36)         (36)
                            -------  -----------  ---------   ---------     --------  --------  ----------  ----------  -----------
Balance at March 2, 1996..       --           --        234          18       26,514  (32,309)     (89,829)        (30)     (95,402)
Net income...............        --           --         --          --           --        --      10,716          --       10,716
Exercise of stock options.       --           --          2          --          208        --          --          --          210
Translation adjustment....       --           --         --          --           --        --          --        (278)        (278)
                            -------  -----------  ---------   ---------     --------  --------  ----------  ----------  -----------
Balance at March 1, 1997..       --           --        236          18       26,722   (32,309)    (79,113)       (308)     (84,754)
Net income................       --           --         --          --           --        --      10,204          --       10,204
Repurchase of
  common stock............       --           --         (1)         --          (29)       --          --          --          (30)
Exercise of stock options.       --           --         --          --            5        --          --          --            5
Exercise of stock options
  simultaneously with
  recapitalization........       --           --          2          --          148        --          --          --          150
Repurchase of common 
  stock related to
  recapitalization........       --           --       (237)        (18)     (26,846)       --    (138,071)         --     (165,172)
Issuance of common
  stock related to  
  recapitalization........       --           --        126           1       82,273        --          --          --       82,400
Expenses related to
  recapitalization........                                                    (5,489)                                        (5,489)
Issuance of warrants......       --           --         --          --        3,002        --          --          --        3,002
Dividends on
  preferred stock.........       --           --         --          --           --        --         (17)         --          (17)
Translation adjustment....       --           --         --          --           --        --          --        (154)        (154)
                            -------  -----------  ---------   ---------     --------  --------  ----------  ----------  -----------
Balance at November
  29, 1997................       --  $        --  $     126           1     $ 79,786  $(32,309) $ (206,997) $     (462) $  (159,855)
                            =======  ===========  =========   =========     ========  ========  ==========  ==========  ===========
</TABLE>
                                                       See accompanying notes.

                                                                 F-5
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
                                                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                                           (In thousands)

                                                                   Fiscal years ended                 Thirty-nine weeks ended
                                                       -----------------------------------------    ------------------------------
                                                       February 25,     March 2,       March 1,     November 30,      November 29,
                                                           1995           1996           1997           1996              1997
                                                      -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
                                                                                                           (Unaudited)
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>             <C>            <C>                <C>    
Operating activities
Net income...........................................    $13,201       $  11,865       $10,716        $11,604            $10,204
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash 
  provided by (used in) operating activities:
  Depreciation.......................................      2,148           2,332         2,432          2,036              2,363
  Amortization.......................................      1,966           1,963         2,104          1,568              1,570
  Deferred income taxes..............................     (1,260)            964            --             --                 28
  Equity in undistributed earnings of joint  venture.       (109)           (119)         (132)           (87)             (124)
  Extraordinary item.................................         --           2,638            --             --              2,308
  (Increase) decrease in operating assets............
    Accounts receivable, net.........................     (2,656)          4,431        (2,315)       (48,856)          (52,520)
    Inventories......................................     (6,474)            (67)         (811)        (4,608)          (11,386)
    Other current assets.............................        (43)            (64)         (337)           125              (599)
  Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:
    Accounts payable.................................      6,867          (3,224)        7,107         15,836              7,117
    Accrued liabilities..............................      3,824          (2,516)         (694)         4,213              1,607
    Income taxes payable.............................        833           1,380           346          4,743              3,834
    Other liabilities................................         40            (208)          (18)           (13)               105
                                                         -------       ---------       -------        -------            -------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities..     18,337          19,375        18,398        (13,439)           (35,493)
                                                         -------       ---------       -------        -------            -------

Investing activities
Capital expenditures.................................     (1,499)         (2,122)       (2,770)        (1,570)            (3,690)
Dividends received from joint venture................        196             112           132            111                124
Purchase of Toro assets..............................       (873)             --            --             --                 --
Other................................................         --             (50)         (244)           (31)               270
                                                         -------       ---------       -------        -------            -------
Net cash used in investing activities................     (2,176)         (2,060)       (2,882)        (1,490)            (3,296)
                                                         -------       ---------       -------        -------            -------

Financing activities
Recapitalization Transaction:
  Proceeds from new Term Loans.......................         --         155,000            --             --            100,000
  Proceeds from new revolver loan....................         --           9,900            --             --             35,500
  Proceeds from the issuance of notes................         --              --            --             --           130,000
  Proceeds from exercise of BT Warrant...............         --             891            --             --                 --
  Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock.............         --          (6,418)           --             --                 --
  Redemption of Series B Preferred Stock.............         --          (4,946)           --             --                 --
                                                              --         (50,950)           --             --           (183,095)
  Dividends paid on common stock and                          --        (113,154)           --             --                 --
    nonvoting common stock...........................                
  Payment of expenses................................         --          (5,673)           --             --           (16,772)
  Proceeds from issuance of Series C                          --             --             --             --             14,598
    Redeemable Preferred Stock.......................                
  Proceeds from issuance of warrants.................         --              --            --             --             3,002
  Exercise of stock options..........................         --             --             --             --                150
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock.............                                                                     82,400
  Payments for repurchase of common stock............         --              --            --             --           (165,172)
Increase (decrease) in revolving loan................         --          (7,141)       (2,759)        19,815             43,000
Principal payments of old Term Loans.................     (2,250)        (11,050)           --             --             (6,855)
Principal payments of new Term Loans.................         --              --        (8,050)        (4,830)                --
Decrease in promissory notes.........................        (97)             --            --             --             (2,645)
Exercise of stock options............................        696             202           210            201                  5
Repurchase of common stock...........................         --              --            --             --                (30)
                                                         -------       ---------       -------        -------            -------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities..     (1,651)        (17,989)      (10,599)        15,186             34,086
                                                         -------       ---------       -------        -------            -------
Effect of exchange rates on cash.....................         63              (1)           (4)            (9)              (154)
                                                         -------       ---------       -------        -------            -------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash                 
equivalents for the period...........................     14,573         (16,025)        4,913            248             (4,857)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period.....      1,597          16,170           145            145              5,058
                                                         -------       ---------       -------        -------            -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period...........    $16,170       $     145       $ 5,058        $   393            $   201
                                                         =======       =========       =======        =======            =======
</TABLE>
                                                       See accompanying notes.

                                                                 F-6
<PAGE>


                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

          Fiscal years ended February 25, 1995, March 2, 1996 and March
              1, 1997 and the thirty-nine weeks ended November 30,
                           1996 and November 29, 1997
                  (information for the thirty-nine weeks ended
              November 30, 1996 and November 29, 1997 is unaudited)

1.  Organization and Basis of Presentation

     DESA  Holdings  Corporation  ("Holdings")  was  formed  in  1993  by  (i) a
contribution  of $13.5  million by a group of investors  formed by Hicks,  Muse,
Tate & Furst Incorporated  ("Hicks Muse"), a privately held investment firm, for
13,500,000  shares of $.01 par value  common stock which  represents  60% of the
outstanding  voting  shares of Holdings,  with the  remaining  9,000,000  shares
acquired by the management  shareholders of DESA Holding Corp.  ("Old Holdings")
in exchange for 140,831 shares of Old Holdings,  (ii) 200,000 shares of Series A
variable rate cumulative Preferred Stock issued to BT Investment Partners,  Inc.
("Bankers  Trust") and (iii) 176,000 shares of Series B variable rate cumulative
Preferred  Stock issued to CIGNA  Investments  and Mutual Benefit Life Insurance
Company  ("CIGNA/Mutual").  Bankers  Trust also  received a warrant to  purchase
1,781,557  shares of common stock of Holdings  (the "BT  warrant") at a price of
$.50 per share and the  management  shareholders  received  options to  purchase
695,876  shares of common stock of Holdings (see Note 7). The fair market values
assigned  to  these   warrants  and  options  were   $1,781,557   and  $695,876,
respectively.  In December 1993, Holdings acquired all of the outstanding common
shares of DESA  International,  Inc.  (the  "Restructuring"  transaction).  This
Restructuring  met the criteria  under the Emerging  Issues Task Force Issue No.
88-16,  "Basis in Leveraged  Buyout  Transactions".  Consequently,  management's
entire residual  interest in Holdings was valued at its predecessor basis and is
shown  as  a  Carryover   Basis   Adjustment  of   $32,308,744,   which  reduces
stockholders'  equity on the  consolidated  balance  sheet  whereas Hicks Muse's
residual interest was valued at fair value.

     Holdings was  refinanced on January 12, 1996 through new  borrowings  ("new
Term Loans") via a new credit  agreement with Bankers Trust. In conjunction with
this  transaction,  Holdings paid a dividend of  $113,154,449  to the holders of
common stock and nonvoting  common  stock,  redeemed all  outstanding  shares of
Series A and Series B preferred stock including payment of the accrued preferred
stock dividends and repaid the outstanding balance of the old Term Loans.

     In addition,  as part of the  refinancing in January 1996,  Holdings issued
1,781,557  shares of nonvoting  common stock in conjunction with the exercise of
the BT  warrant.  Each share of  nonvoting  common  stock,  at the option of the
holder,  is  convertible  into one share of common  stock,  subject  to  certain
restrictions.

     Since the  refinancing  in  January  1996 did not result in a change in the
controlling  interest  held by the  management  shareholders  and Hicks Muse,  a
change in the accounting basis under generally accepted accounting principles to
reflect the current market value was not applied. Therefore, the above described
transactions  (the  "1996  Recapitalization")  have  been  accounted  for  as  a
recapitalization with all amounts paid to the management  shareholders,  Bankers
Trust, Hicks Muse and CIGNA/Mutual being recorded as reductions in stockholders'
equity.

2.  Company Operations

     Holdings   is   engaged,   through  its   wholly-owned   subsidiary,   DESA
International,  Inc.  ("DESA"),  in the  manufacturing  and marketing of various
consumer product lines,  including zone heating products and specialty products.
No single customer accounted for more than 10% of net sales in fiscal year 1995.
Two customers, which operate in the hardware homecenter industry,  accounted for
10% and 11% of net sales,  respectively,  in fiscal year 1996 and 13% and 11% of
net  sales,  respectively,  in fiscal  year 1997.  Other than a small  amount of
goodwill,  Holdings has no material assets, operations or cash flows independent
of DESA and,  accordingly,  separate financial statements for DESA have not been
provided, as management believes that such financial statements are not material
to an investor.

                                       F-7

<PAGE>



                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


3.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Fiscal Year

     Holdings'  fiscal year ends on the  Saturday  closest to  February  28. The
fiscal years for the financial statements included herein ended on March 1, 1997
(52 weeks), March 2, 1996 (53 weeks), and February 25, 1995 (52 weeks).

Consolidation

     The accompanying  consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
DESA Holdings Corporation and its wholly-owned  subsidiary,  DESA International,
Inc., and its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  DESA Industries of Canada,  Inc. and
DESA Europe B.V. All significant  intercompany  accounts and  transactions  have
been  eliminated.  Holdings'  50% interest in a joint  venture is accounted  for
using the equity method.

Interim Financial Information

     The interim  consolidated  financial statements as of November 29, 1997 and
for the  thirty-nine  weeks ended  November  30, 1996 and  November 29, 1997 and
related  disclosures  in  these  notes  are  unaudited.  The  interim  financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting
principles for interim  financial  information and Article 10 of Regulation S-X.
Accordingly,  they do not include all of the  information  and notes required by
generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial  statements.  In
the opinion of  management,  all  adjustments,  consisting  of normal  recurring
accruals,  considered  necessary  for a fair  presentation  have been  included.
Operating  results for the  thirty-nine  weeks ended  November  29, 1997 are not
necessarily  indicative  of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year
ending February 28, 1998.

Derivative Financial Instruments

     Holdings utilizes an interest rate protection  agreement to reduce interest
rate risk to effectively  convert floating rate debt to a fixed rate basis, thus
reducing the impact of interest rate changes on future income.  Gains and losses
pertaining to such agreement are recorded over the lives of the debt  agreements
as an adjustment to interest expense.

     Holdings  utilizes forward  exchange  foreign currency  contracts to reduce
foreign exchange risks that arise from foreign  exchange rate movements  between
the dates that foreign currency  transactions are recorded and the date they are
consummated.  Gains and losses  related to  qualifying  hedges of currency  risk
exposure are deferred as adjustments  to carrying  amounts of the related assets
when the hedged transactions occur.

Cash Equivalents

     Holdings considers all highly liquid investments  purchased with a maturity
of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

 Inventories

     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market.  Effective  February
26, 1995,  Holdings changed its method of determining the cost of all its United
States'  inventories from the first-in,  first-out (FIFO) method to the last-in,
first-out (LIFO) method.  Holdings  believes the LIFO method results in a better
matching of current costs with current revenues.


                                       F-8

<PAGE>



                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


3.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

     At  March  2,  1996  and  March  1,  1997,   approximately   95%  and  88%,
respectively,  of the total  inventory  balance is priced at LIFO. The effect of
the  change  in  fiscal  year 1996 and 1997 was to  increase  pre-tax  income by
$95,000 and $278,000,  respectively.  The cumulative  effect of this  accounting
change and the pro forma effects on prior years' earnings have not been included
because such effects are not reasonably determinable.

     If the LIFO method of valuing  inventories was not used, total  inventories
would have been  $95,000 and $373,000  lower than  reported at March 2, 1996 and
March 1, 1997, respectively.

Property, Plant and Equipment

     Property,  plant and  equipment  are  stated at cost.  Major  renewals  and
betterments  are  capitalized  whereas  maintenance  and repairs are expensed as
incurred. Upon disposition,  the asset cost and related accumulated depreciation
are removed  from the  accounts  and any  resulting  gain or loss is included in
income.

     Depreciation  of plant and  equipment is  determined  on the  straight-line
basis over the following estimated useful lives:


Buildings and improvements........................................ 33 years
Machinery and equipment........................................... 5-12 years
Furniture and fixtures............................................ 5-10 years
Tooling and molds................................................. 3 years

Income Taxes

Holdings  accounts  for income taxes using the  liability  method as required by
Financial  Accounting  Standard  No. 109,  "Accounting  for Income  Taxes" ("FAS
109").  Under the provisions of FAS 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are
determined  based on tax  rates  expected  to be in effect  when the taxes  will
actually be paid or refunds received.

Financing Costs

     Financing  costs are amortized  using the interest  method over the life of
the related  debt  instrument.  The  amortization  of these  financing  costs is
included in selling and administrative  expenses in the consolidated  statements
of income.

Goodwill

     Goodwill  is  amortized  on the  straight-line  basis  over 40 years and is
recorded at cost less accumulated amortization.  Holdings systematically reviews
the  recoverability of its goodwill by comparing the unamortized  carrying value
to  anticipated  undiscounted  future cash flows.  Any  impairment is charged to
expense when such  determination is made.  Accumulated  amortization at March 2,
1996 and March 1, 1997 was $2,542,000 and $3,660,000, respectively.


                                       F-9

<PAGE>



                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


3.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Warranty Costs

     Holdings  warrants its products  against  defects in design,  materials and
workmanship  generally  for 6 months to 2 years  depending  upon the product.  A
provision for estimated  future costs related to warranty expense is recorded on
an accrual basis when products are shipped.

Foreign Currency Translation

     All assets,  liabilities  and  results of  operations  are  measured in the
primary  currency  ("functional  currency")  in which each entity  conducts  its
business.  Assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in a  currency  other than the
functional  currency are remeasured and stated in the functional  currency based
on current or historical  exchange rates.  Gains or losses arising therefrom are
included  in  net  income.   Adjustments   resulting  from  translating  foreign
functional  currency assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars,  based on current
exchange rates,  are recorded as a separate  component of  stockholders'  equity
(deficit) called "Cumulative Translation  Adjustment." Revenues and expenses are
translated  into U.S.  dollars at average monthly  exchange rates.  The Canadian
dollar has been determined to be the functional  currency for Holdings' Canadian
subsidiary  and the  Netherlands  Guilder  as the  functional  currency  for the
European subsidiary.

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

     Statement   of  Financial   Accounting   Standards   No.  130,   "Reporting
Comprehensive  Income,"  was issued in June 1997.  Holdings  will be required to
adopt the new  standard for the fiscal year ending  February 27, 1999,  although
early  adoption is  permitted.  The primary  objective  of this  statement is to
report and disclose a measure ("Comprehensive  Income") of all changes in equity
of a company  that result from  transactions  and other  economic  events of the
period other than transactions  with owners.  Holdings will adopt this statement
in  fiscal  year 1999 and does not  anticipate  that the  statement  will have a
significant impact on its financial statements.

     Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 131,  "Disclosure  about
Segments of an  Enterprise  and Related  Information,"  was issued in June 1997.
Holdings  will be required to adopt the new  standard for the fiscal year ending
February 27, 1999, although early adoption is permitted. This statement requires
use of the  "management  approach" model for segment  reporting.  The management
approach  model is based on the way a company's  management  organizes  segments
within the company for making  operating  decisions and  assessing  performance.
Holdings will adopt this  statement in fiscal year 1999 and does not  anticipate
that the  adoption  of the  statement  will  have a  significant  impact  on its
financial statements.

Use of Estimates

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported
period. Actual results can differ from those estimates.

4.  Accounts Receivable

     Accounts  receivable  are net of an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  of
$1,108,000,  $936,000 and $962,000 at March 2, 1996,  March 1, 1997 and November
29, 1997, respectively.

                                      F-10

<PAGE>



                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)



5.  Financing Arrangements

Outstanding borrowings consist of the following (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            March      March       November
                                                                             2,          1,           29,
                                                                            1996        1997         1997
                                                                          --------   ---------    ----------
                                                                                                  (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                      <C>         <C>           <C>     
Senior Subordinated Notes 97/8%......................................... $      --   $      --     $130,000
Bankers Trust Co. and Various Banks Tranche A Term
  Loan (weighted average interest rate of 7.72% in
  1996, 8.04% in 1997, and 8.24% for the
  thirty-nine weeks ended November 29, 1997)............................   100,000      92,500     $     --
Bankers Trust Co. and Various Banks Tranche B Term
  Loan (weighted average interest rate of 9.22% in
  1996, 8.54% in 1997, and 8.73% for the
  thirty-nine weeks ended November 29, 1997)............................    55,000      54,450           --
Bankers Trust Co. and Various Banks Revolving Loan
  Commitment (weighted average interest rate of
  7.40% in 1996 and 8.24% in 1997 and 8.32% for
  the thirty-nine weeks ended November 29, 1997)........................     2,759          --           --
NationsBank and Various Banks Tranche A Term
  Loan (interest rate of 8.16% at November 29, 1997)....................        --          --       50,000
NationsBank and Various Banks Tranche B Term
  Loan (interest rate of 8.53% at November 29, 1997)....................        --          --       50,000
NationsBank and Various Banks Working Capital Loan
  Commitment (interest rate of 7.94% at November 29, 1997)..............        --          --       32,855
                                                                         ---------   ---------     --------
Total outstanding borrowings............................................   157,759     146,950      262,855
Less current portion:
Working Capital Loan Commitment.........................................        --          --       17,855
  Tranche A Term Loan...................................................     7,500      13,700        3,500
  Tranche B Term Loan...................................................       550       2,650        1,000
                                                                         ---------   ---------     --------
                                                                         $ 149,709   $ 130,600     $240,500
                                                                         =========   =========     ========
</TABLE>

     As part of the 1996 Recapitalization  discussed in Note 1, Holdings entered
into a new credit  agreement  on January  12,  1996 with  Bankers  Trust Co. and
various banks that consists of a Revolving Loan Commitment of up to $65,000,000,
a Tranche  A Term  Loan  Commitment  of  $100,000,000  and a Tranche B Term Loan
Commitment of $55,000,000.

 

                                      F-11

<PAGE>

                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


5.  Financing Arrangements (continued)

         The  Revolving  Loan  Commitment  period  extends to August  31,  2001.
Holdings  can  utilize  up to  $10,000,000  in  letters  of  credit  under  this
commitment.  As of March 2, 1996 and March 1, 1997,  Holdings has  approximately
$1,531,000  and   $1,131,000,   respectively,   in  standby  letters  of  credit
outstanding.  Currently,  interest  is  payable  at the prime rate plus 1.25% or
LIBOR plus 2.5% at Holdings' option.

     Borrowings are generally limited to specific  percentages of eligible trade
receivables and inventory.  Holdings pays commitment fees of 1/2 of 1% per annum
on the daily unutilized Revolving Loan Commitment.

     The Tranche A Term Loan  Commitment  period extends to August 31, 2001 with
current  interest  payable  at the prime  rate plus  1.25% or LIBOR plus 2.5% at
Holdings' option. Once repaid, Tranche A Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

     The Tranche B Term Loan Commitment period extends to February 28, 2003 with
current  interest  payable  at the prime  rate plus  1.75% or LIBOR plus 3.0% at
Holdings' option. Once repaid, Tranche B Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

     Commencing in fiscal 1997, the required annual repayments under the Tranche
A and Tranche B Term Loans are increased by 75% (50% if certain  leverage ratios
are met) of any excess  cash flows at the end of the fiscal  year,  as  defined.
Under the terms of this  provision,  Holdings is  obligated  to make  additional
payments in fiscal 1998 of $5,800,000  (Tranche A -- $3,700,000 and Tranche B --
$2,100,000).

     Holdings' management believes the book values of its term loans approximate
market value. Market value is determined based on the effective interest rate at
which Holdings could borrow funds with similar remaining maturities.

     Holdings purchased an interest rate protection agreement in June 1996 which
limits the maximum  interest  rate payable on the Term Loans to 8%.  Holdings is
required to purchase an interest  rate  protection  agreement on an annual basis
for 50% of the aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of its Term Loans until
the aggregate  outstanding  principal amount is less than  $75,000,000.  The New
Credit  Facility  discussed  in Note  15,  does not  contain  an  interest  rate
protection agreement requirement.

     This credit agreement includes various  restrictive  covenants which, among
other things, prohibit payment of dividends to common stockholders,  set maximum
limits on  capitalized  lease  obligations  and  capital  expenditures,  require
minimum  consolidated EBITDA (as defined) levels, and set consolidated  interest
coverage and leverage ratios.
Substantially all of Holdings' assets are pledged under these loan agreements.

     Cash payments for interest for the years ended February 25, 1995,  March 2,
1996,  and  March  1,  1997,  were  $5,425,000,   $8,186,000,  and  $13,656,000,
respectively.

     As part of the 1998 Recapitalization discussed in Note 15, Holdings entered
into a new credit  agreement on November 26, 1997 with  NationsBank,  N.A.,  UBS
Securities LLC and Nationsbanc  Montgomery  Securities,  Inc. that consists of a
Working  Capital  Loan  Commitment  of up to  $75,000,000,  a Tranch A Term Loan
Commitment  ("New  Tranche A Term Loan") of  $50,000,000,  a Tranche B Term Loan
Commitment  ("New  Tranche B Term Loan") of  $50,000,000,  an  Acquisition  Loan
Commitment of $20,000,000  and a Swing Line  Commitment of up to $5,000,000.  In
addition,  DESA  issued  $130,000,000  aggregate  principal  amount of Senior Su
bordinated Notes ("Senior Notes").


                                      F-12

<PAGE>
                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


5.  Financing Arrangements (continued)

         The Working  Capital  Loan  Commitment  period  extends to November 26,
2003.  Holdings  can utilize up to  $10,000,000  in letters of credit under this
commitment.  As of November 29, 1997,  Holdings  has  approximately  $900,000 in
standby  letters of credit  outstanding.  Currently,  interest is payable at the
prime rate plus 1.25% or LIBOR plus 2.25% at Holdings' option.

     Borrowings are generally limited to specific  percentages of eligible trade
receivables and inventory.  Holdings pays commitment fees of 1/2 of 1% per annum
on the daily unutilized Working Capital Loan Commitment.

     The new credit agreement requires a Clean-Up Period, as defined,  under the
Working  Capital  Loan  Commitment,  for a period  of  thirty  consecutive  days
occurring between January 1 and May 30 in each calendar year commencing  January
1, 1998.  During the Clean-Up Period,  the sum of the Working Capital  advances,
Letter of Credit advances and Swing Line Advances  outstanding  shall not exceed
$15,000,000.

     The New Tranche A Term Loan commitment  period extends to November 26, 2003
with current  interest  payable at the prime rate plus 1.25% or LIBOR plus 2.25%
at Holdings' option. Once repaid, New Tranche A Term Loan may not be reborrowed.

     The New Tranche B Term Loan commitment  period extends to November 26, 2003
with current interest payable at the prime rate plus 1.625% or LIBOR plus 2.625%
at Holdings' option. Once repaid, New Tranche B Term Loan may not be reborrowed.

     The Acquisition  Loan  commitment  period extends to November 26, 2003 with
current  interest  payable at the prime rate plus 1.625% or LIBOR plus 2.625% at
Holdings' option. Once repaid, Acquisition Loans may not be reborrowed.

     The Swing Line loan  commitment  period  extends to November  26, 2003 with
current interest payable at the prime rate plus 1.25%.

     The Senior Notes are due on December 15, 2007 with current interest payable
at 97/8% per annum. The Senior Notes can be redeemed earlier upon the occurrence
of certain events, as defined.

     The  following  table  shows  the  required  future  repayments  under  the
financing arrangements as of November 29, 1997 (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 New            New           Senior          Working         
                                              Tranche A      Tranche B     Subordinated     Capital Loan
                                              Term Loan      Term Loan         Notes         Commitment     Total
                                              ---------      ---------     ------------     ------------   -------
<S>                                           <C>            <C>             <C>               <C>         <C>    
For the year ending November 30, 1998......   $ 3,500        $ 1,000               --           17,855     $22,335
For the year ending November 30, 1999......     6,500          1,000               --               --       7,500
For the year ending November 30, 2000......    10,000          1,000               --               --      11,000
For the year ending November 30, 2001......    10,000          1,000               --               --      11,000
For the year ending November 30, 2002......    10,000          1,000               --               --      11,000
Thereafter.................................    10,000         45,000          130,000           15,000     200,000
                                              -------       --------         --------          -------    --------
                                              $50,000       $ 50,000         $130,000          $32,855    $262,855
                                              =======       ========         ========          =======    ========
</TABLE>


                                      F-13

<PAGE>

                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

5.  Financing Arrangements (continued)

     Commencing in fiscal 1999,  the required  annual  repayments  under the New
Tranch A and Tranche B Term Loans are  increased by 50% of any excess cash flows
at the end of the fiscal year, as defined.

     Holdings' management believes the book values of its term loans approximate
market value. Market value is determined based on the effective interest rate at
which Holdings could borrow funds with similar remaining maturities.

     This credit agreement includes various  restrictive  covenants which, among
other things, prohibit payment of dividends to common stockholders,  set maximum
limits on  capitalized  lease  obligations  and  capital  expenditures,  and set
consolidated  interest  coverage,  fixed charge  coverage  and leverage  ratios.
Substantially all of Holdings' assets are pledged under these loan agreements.

6.  Income Taxes

     Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary  differences
between the carrying  amounts of assets and liabilities for financial  reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

     Significant components of Holdings' deferred tax liabilities and assets are
as follows (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    February 25,      March 2,       March 1,
                                                        1995            1996           1997
                                                    ------------     ----------     ---------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>            <C>   
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Depreciation and amortization....................    $ 1,861         $2,079         $1,792
  Inventory reserves, including LIFO...............         --             --            146
  Other-- net......................................         --             --             35
                                                    -------------    -----------    -----------
Total gross deferred tax liabilities...............      1,861          2,079          1,973
                                                    =============    ===========    ===========
Deferred tax assets:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts..................        390            402            324
  Inventory reserves, including LIFO...............        421             72             --
  Accrued expenses.................................      1,556          1,147          1,028
  Other-- net......................................         --             --            163
                                                    -------------    -----------    -----------
Total gross deferred tax assets....................      2,367          1,621          1,515
                                                    -------------    -----------    -----------
Net deferred tax liabilities.......................    $  (506)        $  458         $  458
                                                    =============    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

     No  valuation  allowance  is  necessary  as  management  believes  that all
deductible  temporary  differences will be utilized as charges against reversals
of future taxable temporary differences and future taxable income.


                                      F-14

<PAGE>
                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


6.  Income Taxes (continued)

     The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Thirty-nine weeks ended
                                                       Fiscal Year              ------------------------
                                                       -----------              November 30, November 29,                
                                             1995          1996         1997       1996         1997
                                          ----------    -----------   --------- -----------  -----------
                                                                                        (Unaudited)
<S>                                        <C>             <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>    
Current:
  Federal................................  $   9,356       $  6,191     $ 5,821    $  6,444      $ 4,207
  State and local........................      1,758          1,389       1,110         832        1,003
  Foreign................................        210            436         802       1,102        1,352
                                          ----------    -----------   --------- -----------  -----------
                                              11,324          8,016       7,733       8,378        6,562

Deferred:
  Federal................................    (1,066)            855          --          --         (65)
  State and local........................      (194)            109          --          --         (13)
                                          ----------    -----------   --------- -----------  -----------
                                             (1,260)            964          --          --         (78)
                                          ----------    -----------   --------- -----------  -----------
Total....................................   $ 10,064       $  8,980     $ 7,733    $  8,378     $  6,484
                                          ==========    ===========   ========= ===========  ===========
</TABLE>

     The income statement classification of the provision for income taxes is as
follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     Thirty-nine weeks ended
                                                                                   ----------------------------
                                                     Fiscal year                    November 30,   November 29,
                                         1995           1996           1997             1996           1997
                                       ---------     ----------     ----------     --------------  ------------
                                                                                           (Unaudited)
<S>                                      <C>            <C>             <C>                <C>           <C>   
Income tax expense attributable          $10,064        $10,703         $7,733             $8,378        $8,769
  to continuing operations............
Extraordinary item....................        --         (1,723)            --                 --        (2,285)
                                       ---------     ----------     ----------     --------------  ------------
Total.................................   $10,064         $8,980         $7,733             $8,378        $6,484
                                       =========     ==========     ==========     ==============  ============
</TABLE>

     Included in earnings before income tax expense and  extraordinary  item for
the years ended February 25, 1995,  March 2, 1996, and March 1, 1997 are foreign
earnings of $323,000, $747,000, and $1,688,000, respectively.



                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

6.  Income Taxes (continued)

     Undistributed  earnings  of  Holdings'  foreign  subsidiaries  amounted  to
approximately  $1,830,000  at March 1, 1997.  Approximately  $1,438,000 of those
earnings are  considered to be  indefinitely  reinvested  and,  accordingly,  no
provision  for U.S.  federal and state income taxes has been  provided  thereon.
Upon  distribution  of those  earnings in the form of  dividends  or  otherwise,
Holdings would be subject to both U.S. income taxes (net of foreign tax credits)
and  withholding  taxes payable to the various foreign  countries.  In the event
that these indefinitely  reinvested  earnings were distributed,  it is estimated
that U.S.  federal  and state  income  taxes,  net of  foreign  tax  credits  of
approximately $564,000, would be due.

 The effective  income tax rate differs from the  statutory  rate as follows (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     Thirty-nine weeks ended
                                                                                   ----------------------------
                                                     Fiscal year                    November 30,   November 29,
                                                   1995         1996       1997         1996           1997
                                                ---------    ---------  ---------  --------------  ------------
                                                                                           (Unaudited)
<S>                                              <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>            <C>   
Federal income tax at statutory
  rate......................................     $ 8,143      $ 8,822     $6,457        $6,996         $6,653
State income tax, net of Federal
  benefit...................................       1,017          974        722           541            645
Foreign income taxes........................          97          436        212           446            784
Other-- net.................................         807          471        342           395            687
                                                     ---          ---        ---           ---            ---
Provision for income taxes..................     $10,064      $10,703     $7,733        $8,378         $8,769
                                                 =======      =======     ======        ======         ======
</TABLE>

     Cash payments for income taxes for the years ended February 25, 1995, March
2,  1996,  and March 1,  1997  were  $10,344,000,  $8,174,000,  and  $7,387,000,
respectively.

7.  Stockholders' Equity

Preferred Stock

     Prior to the 1996 Recapitalization (see Note 1), Holdings was authorized to
issue  2,000,000  shares  of  Preferred  Stock  of  which  465,000  shares  were
designated Series A variable rate cumulative  Preferred Stock and 265,000 shares
were designated  Series B variable rate cumulative  Preferred  Stock. The issued
shares were nonvoting.

Series A and B Preferred Stock

     The holders of Series A variable rate  cumulative  Preferred Stock ("Series
A") and the holders of Series B variable cumulative Preferred Stock ("Series B")
were  entitled,  until  redemption,  to receive  quarterly  dividends at various
rates, as defined, of the stated value per share.

     Preferred  dividends  accrued  for fiscal 1995 and 1996 were  $899,925  and
$853,100  which were paid in 25,833 and 24,888 shares of Series A and 10,164 and
9,236 shares of Series B, respectively.


                                      F-16

<PAGE>

                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

  7.  Stockholders' Equity (continued)

Series A and B Preferred Stock (continued)

     As part of the  1996  Recapitalization  transactions  discussed  in Note 1,
Holdings redeemed and canceled the outstanding  shares of Series A and Series B,
in whole,  at a price  equal to the stated  value per share  plus the  dividends
which were accrued and unpaid but not added to the stated value.

Stock Option Plan

     In March  1994,  Holdings  established  the 1994  Stock  Option  Plan which
terminates in ten years and provides for the issuance of incentive stock options
or nonqualified  stock options for 1,169,261  shares of common stock.  The stock
options may be granted to key employees or eligible nonemployees, as defined, as
determined by the Option  Committee of the Board of  Directors,  and the term of
the options  cannot exceed ten years from the grant date.  The exercise price of
the incentive options shall be equal to or greater than the fair market value of
the  common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant,  and  the  exercise  price  of the
nonqualified options is determined by the Option Committee.

     Holdings adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 ("SFAS
123"),  "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation,"  during fiscal 1997. SFAS 123
requires  Holdings  to  either  adopt  a fair  value  based  method  of  expense
recognition for all stock based  compensation  awards,  or provide pro forma net
income information as if the recognition and measurement  provisions of SFAS 123
had been adopted.  Holdings decided to account for its stock based  compensation
awards  following the provisions of Accounting  Principles  Board Opinion No. 25
("APB 25"). APB 25 requires  compensation  expense to be recognized  only if the
market price of the  underlying  stock exceeds the exercise price on the date of
grant.  Holdings'  stock based awards  consist of stock options with an exercise
price  equal to market  price on the date of grant.  As such,  Holdings  has not
recorded compensation expense in connection with these awards. The fair value of
the options was estimated at the date of grant using a minimum value method with
a risk free interest rate ranging from 5.47% to 6.42%,  a 0% dividend  yield and
an average life of one to three years.  The effect of applying the SFAS 123 fair
value method to Holdings'  stock based awards  results in net income that is not
materially different from the amount reported.

     In fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997,  Holdings issued options to purchase 871,876
shares,  75,000 shares,  and 215,000 shares,  respectively,  of common stock, of
which 176,000 incentive options,  51,000 incentive options, and 15,000 incentive
options, respectively, vest in three equal annual installments commencing on the
first anniversary date. The remaining 200,000 incentive options issued in fiscal
1997, 24,000 incentive  options issued in fiscal 1996, and 695,876  nonqualified
options issued in fiscal 1995 vest  immediately upon grant. The weighted average
fair  value of an  option  granted  during  the year was $0.12 and $0.06 for the
years ended March 2, 1996 and March 1, 1997, respectively.


                                      F-17

<PAGE>
                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


  7.  Stockholders' Equity (continued)

Stock Option Plan (continued)

      The following is a summary of transactions:


                                                                       Number
                                                                     of Shares
                                                                    ------------
Non qualified options:
  Outstanding at February 26, 1994..............................            --
  Granted in 1995 at $1.00 per share............................       695,876
  Exercised in 1995 at $1.00 per share..........................      (695,876)
                                                                    ------------
  Outstanding at February 25, 1995..............................            --
                                                                    ============

Incentive options:
  Outstanding at February 26, 1994..............................            --
  Granted on April 1, 1994 at $1.00 per share...................       176,000
  Forfeited in 1995 at $1.00 per share..........................       (12,000)
                                                                    ------------
  Outstanding at February 25, 1995 at $1.00 per share...........       164,000

  Granted on June 1, 1995 at $2.99 per share....................        24,000
  Exercised in 1996 at $1.00 per share..........................      (144,000)
  Exercised in 1996 at $2.99 per share..........................       (24,000)
  Forfeited in 1996 at $1.00 per share..........................       (20,000)
  Granted on February 22, 1996 at $1.00 per share...............        51,000
                                                                    ------------
  Outstanding at March 2, 1996 at $1.00 per share...............        51,000

  Granted on March 11, 1996 at $1.00 per share..................       100,000
  Granted on May 21, 1996 at $1.00 per share....................       100,000
  Granted on August 1, 1996 at $1.00 per share..................        15,000
  Exercised in 1997 at $1.00 per share..........................      (210,000)
                                                                    ------------
  Outstanding at March 1, 1997 at $1.00 per share...............        56,000

  Granted on April 1, 1997 at $2.00 per share (Unaudited).......        21,000
  Granted on August 25, 1997 at $2.00 per share (Unaudited).....        28,385
  Exercised in 1998 at $1.00 per share (Unaudited)..............       (56,000)
  Exercised in 1998 at $2.00 per share (Unaudited)..............       (49,385)
                                                                    ------------
  Outstanding at November 29, 1997..............................            --
                                                                    ============

Shares Reserved for Issuance

     At February 25, 1995,  March 2, 1996,  and March 1, 1997,  473,385  shares,
305,385  shares and 95,385 shares,  respectively,  of common stock were reserved
for the exercise and future grants of stock options. At February 25, 1995, March
2, 1996, and March 1, 1997,  1,781,557  shares of common stock were reserved for
issuance upon conversion of the nonvoting common stock.


                                      F-18

<PAGE>



                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


8.  Pension Plans

     All eligible salaried employees are covered by a defined  contribution plan
("401K").  After  an  employee  has  been  employed  for  six  months,  Holdings
contributes  2%  of  their  salary.   Holdings  matches  an  additional  50%  of
participant  contributions up to a maximum  contribution of 1%. The cost of this
plan was $213,000,  $260,000,  and $299,000 for the fiscal years ended  February
25, 1995, March 2, 1996, and March 1, 1997, respectively.

     Holdings has a defined benefit pension plan covering  substantially  all of
its industrial employees. The defined benefits are based on a service multiplier
that is multiplied by years of credited  service.  Holdings'  funding  policy is
consistent with the requirements of federal laws and regulations.

     Assets of the 401K and  deferred  benefit  pension  plans are  invested  in
securities of governmental agencies, common stocks, and insurance contracts.

     A summary of  Holdings'  net  periodic  pension cost related to the defined
benefit plan for fiscal years 1995, 1996, and 1997 is as follows (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Fiscal Year
                                                   1995           1996            1997
                                                   ----           ----            ----
<S>                                              <C>            <C>            <C>     
Service cost -- benefits earned during the
     period....................................  $     54       $     92       $     85
Interest cost on projected benefit
     obligation................................        90            110            136
Actual gain on plan assets.....................        22           (251)          (257)
Net amortization...............................      (105)           168            141
Net pension cost...............................  $     61      $     119      $     105
                                                 ========      =========      =========
</TABLE>


                                      F-19

<PAGE>



                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


8.  Pension Plans (continued)

     The  following  table  sets forth the funded  status of  Holdings'  defined
benefit plan and the amount recognized in Holdings'  consolidated balance sheets
as of March 2, 1996 and March 1, 1997 (in thousands):


                                                        1996          1997
                                                        ----          ----
Actuarial present value of accumulated benefit 
obligation:
     Vested obligation..............................     $1,523        $1,764
     Unvested obligation............................         42            60
                                                     ----------    ----------
Accumulated benefit obligation......................      1,565        $1,824
Future benefit increases............................         94            54
                                                     ----------    ----------
Projected benefit obligation........................     $1,659        $1,878
                                                     ==========    ==========

Plan assets at fair market value....................     $1,573        $2,081
Projected benefit obligation........................      1,659         1,878
                                                     ----------    ----------
Excess (deficiency) of plan assets over projected          (86)           203
     benefit obligation.............................
Unrecognized net loss...............................        209           122
Unrecognized net obligation.........................        214           188
                                                     ----------    ----------
Prepaid asset.......................................       $337          $513
                                                     ==========    ==========


     The  weighted  average  discount  rate used in  determining  the  actuarial
present  value  of  the  projected  benefit  obligation  was  8.25%  and  8.00%,
respectively,  for fiscal years 1996 and 1997.  The expected  long-term  rate of
return on plan  assets  for  fiscal  years  1996 and 1997 was 9%.  The impact in
fiscal year 1997 of the change in the weighted average discount rate used was to
increase the projected benefit obligation by approximately  $28,000. Such change
in the weighted average discount rate used will impact the  determination of the
net periodic pension cost in fiscal 1998.

9.  Foreign Exchange Contracts

     At March 1, 1997, Holdings had forward exchange foreign currency contracts,
with  maturities   ranging  from  April  1997  to  December  1997,  to  purchase
approximately  $6.8 million in foreign  currencies  to cover future  payments to
component  suppliers.  The carrying values of forward  exchange foreign currency
contracts approximate their estimated fair values.



                                      F-20

<PAGE>



                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


10.  Lease Commitments

     Holdings leases certain machinery,  office and manufacturing facilities for
periods up to five years under  operating lease  agreements.  Total rent expense
for fiscal 1995, and 1996 and 1997 was approximately $665,000,  $1,336,000,  and
$1,624,000, respectively. Future minimum lease payments under all noncancellable
operating leases at March 1, 1997 are as follows (in thousands):


Fiscal years ending:
  1998........................................................   $ 1,316
  1999........................................................     1,195
  2000........................................................       701
  2001........................................................       298
  2002........................................................       231
  Thereafter..................................................       430
                                                                 ---------
Total minimum lease payments..................................   $ 4,171
                                                                 =========

11.  Other Assets

     Other assets consist of the following (in thousands):


                                                    March 2,         March 1,
                                                      1996             1997
                                                  ------------     ------------
Investment in joint venture......................   $  550           $  550
Deferred financing costs.........................    5,511            4,535
Other............................................      122              356
                                                  ------------     ------------
                                                    $6,183           $5,441
                                                  ============     ============

     In connection with the 1996 Recapitalization (see Note 1), Holdings charged
to income the  unamortized  balance of deferred  financing costs of the Old Term
Loans and other related expenditures of $4,361,000 and recorded a tax benefit of
$1,723,000 (net amount of $2,638,000 is reflected as an extraordinary item). The
financing costs incurred in connection with the 1996 Recapitalization, which are
shown above net of  amortization,  have been capitalized and are being amortized
over the term of the new debt.

12.  Foreign Operations

     The accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements include the following
amounts  related  to  Holdings'  foreign  operations  in Canada  and  Europe (in
thousands):


                                                         Fiscal Year
                                                 ----------------------------
                                                  1995        1996       1997
                                                  ----        ----       ----
Total assets..................................   $3,484     $ 3,211    $ 4,121
Total liabilities.............................    1,885       1,202      1,228
Net sales.....................................    8,601      11,160     17,188
Operating profit..............................      435         953      1,695


                                      F-21

<PAGE>



                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


13.  Segment Information

     Operational  results and other  financial  data presented for the principal
business  segments of Holdings for the years ended  February 25, 1995,  March 2,
1996, and March 1, 1997 consist of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Zone Heating     Specialty       General
                                                      Products        Products      Corporate        Total
                                                    ------------     ---------      ---------        -----
                                                                   (In thousands)
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>          <C>            <C>
Year ended February 25, 1995
Net Sales....................................          $136,070        $36,431          --         $172,501
Operating income.............................            34,855          5,311       (11,124)        29,042
Depreciation and amortization................             2,122             26         1,966          4,114
Total assets.................................            30,286          9,719        67,254        107,259
Capital expenditures.........................             1,395             20            84          1,499

Year ended March 2, 1996
Net Sales....................................          $147,821        $38,503          --         $186,324
Operating income.............................            39,350          5,072       (12,143)        32,279
Depreciation and amortization................             2,296             36         1,963          4,295
Total assets.................................            25,390         10,041        50,114         85,545
Capital expenditures.........................             2,049             63            10          2,122

Year ended March 1,1997
Net sales....................................          $167,625        $41,480          --         $209,105
Operating income.............................            41,521          5,342       (13,905)        32,958
Depreciation and amortization................             2,365             67         2,104          4,536
Total assets.................................            28,510         10,385        53,089         91,984
Capital expenditures.........................             2,432            332             6          2,770
</TABLE>

     For the years  end  February  25,  1995,  March 2, 1996 and March 1,  1997,
Holdings  net  export  sales  were   $7,567,000,   $5,329,000  and   $2,343,000,
respectively.

14.  Related Party Transactions

     Holdings  entered into a monitoring  and  oversight  agreement  dated as of
December 1, 1993  pursuant to which Hicks Muse has provided  financial  advisory
services to Holdings in  connection  with the  negotiation  and financing of the
Restructuring  and will  continue  to provide  financial  advisory  services  to
Holdings in the future.  The term of this  agreement is for three years and will
continue from year to year  thereafter  unless  terminated  by either party.  As
compensation  for such  services,  Holdings will pay Hicks Muse a fee of $25,000
per  quarter  together  with all  reasonable  expenses  incurred  in  connection
therewith.  This fee will be increased or decreased  each fiscal year based on a
specified percentage of sales, as defined, but not less than $100,000 per annum.
Under this  agreement,  Hicks Muse was paid  $114,000,  $189,000 and $211,000 in
fiscal years 1995, 1996, and 1997, respectively.

15.  Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

     J.W. Childs Equity Partners,  L.P. ("Childs") entered into a Stock Purchase
Agreement  dated as of October 8, 1997 with Holdings and its  stockholders  (the
"Recapitalization Agreement"). Pursuant to the Recapitalization Agreement,


                                      F-22
<PAGE>

                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

15.  Subsequent Events (Unaudited) (continued)

Childs  and  certain  other   investors   and  certain  of  Holdings'   existing
stockholders acquired 100% of the equity interests in Holdings.  Holdings issued
new Common Stock,  Series C Redeemable  Preferred Stock (the "Preferred  Stock")
and Warrants to purchase 463,232 shares of Holdings  nonvoting common stock (the
"Warrants")  to Childs and certain  other  investors  and  certain of  Holdings'
existing stockholders in exchange for aggregate consideration of $100.0 million.
Holdings  used such proceeds  together  with a portion of the proceeds  borrowed
under a new term loan,  acquisition,  and  revolving  credit  facility (the "New
Credit  Facility") with  NationsBank,  N.A.  ("NationsBank"),  as administrative
agent, to purchase all of its outstanding common stock in a transaction intended
to be accounted  for as a  recapitalization  (the "1998  Recapitalization").  In
connection  with  the  1998  Recapitalization,  Holdings  entered  into  certain
financing  transactions.  Additional  borrowings  under the New Credit Facility,
together  with  the  proceeds  from  the  offering  and  issuance  by  Holdings'
subsidiary,  DESA, of $130,000,000  aggregate  principal  amount of Senior Notes
(the  "Refinancing"),  were used by  International  to  refinance  its  existing
indebtedness.  The  Senior  Notes are fully and  unconditionally  guaranteed  by
Holdings. The aforementioned 1998 Recapitalization and Refinancing  transactions
are reflected in the interim  financial  statements  for the  thirty-nine  weeks
ended November 29, 1997.

     In connection with the aforementioned Recapitalization, Holdings charged to
expense the unamortized  balance of deferred financing costs related to the 1996
Recapitalization   and  charged  certain  expenses   associated  with  the  1998
Recapitalization  against capital in excess of par value.  Holdings  recorded an
extraordinary  item of  approximately  $2,308,000  net of a related  income  tax
benefit   of   approximately   $1,495,000   in   connection   with   such   1998
Recapitalization for the thirty-nine weeks ended November 29, 1997.

     The  holders of the  Preferred  Stock are  entitled  to receive  cumulative
dividends  at a rate of 12% per annum.  Such  dividends  are payable as and when
declared  by  Holdings'  Board  of  Directors  in cash or via  the  issuance  of
additional  shares of  Preferred  Stock at a value of $1,000 per share if a cash
dividend  is  not  declared  prior  to any  May 31 or  November  30  before  its
redemption.  The Preferred  Stock provides for mandatory  redemption on November
30, 2009 at its  liquidation  value of $1,000 per share plus accrued  dividends.
The liquidation  value is adjustable based upon the occurrence of certain future
events, as defined.

     The  Warrants  entitle the holders to purchase  463,232  shares of Holdings
nonvoting  common stock for $.01 per share and are exercisable at any time prior
to their  expiration  on November 30, 2009.  Such Warrants have been recorded at
their fair value of  $3,002,000 as an addition to capital in excess of par value
and a reduction to the carrying value of the Preferred Stock.

     On January 12, 1998,  Holdings entered into an agreement to purchase all of
the issued and  outstanding  stock of Heath  Company,  which was  consummated on
February 4, 1998, for an aggregate purchase price of $42,365,000.  Such purchase
price comprised of $40,365,000 in cash and a $2,000,000 junior subordinated note
payable.  Heath  Company had sales of  approximately  $58,000,000  and operating
profit of approximately $4,600,000 for its fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.


                                      F-23
<PAGE>

                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

15.  Subsequent Events (Unaudited) (continued)

     Such note payable  matures on December  31, 2008 and accrues  interest at a
rate of 7.5% per annum.  Holdings intends to account for such acquisition  using
the  purchase  method.  The  preliminary  fair value of the assets  acquired and
liabilities  assumed at February 4, 1998 is summarized below in thousands.  This
allocation  is  preliminary  and will be  adjusted as  necessary  based upon our
further analysis of the Heath Company acquisition over the next 12 months.


Current assets                                                   $25,757
Property, plant and equipment                                        458
Other                                                              2,370
Goodwill                                                          23,769
Current liabilities                                               (9,989)
                                                                 -------
                                                                  42,365
                                                                 =======

     In March 1998,  the Company  entered into a letter of intent to acquire all
of the outstanding  stock of Fireplace  Manufacturers,  Inc. ("FMI") for a total
purchase price of approximately $27 million. FMI, a manufacturer of gas and wood
fireplaces  and  related  accessories,  had net  sales  and net  income of $31.9
million  and $1.0  million,  respectively,  for its fiscal  year ended March 31,
1997.  Also,  in April 1998,  the Company  entered  into a letter of intent with
Universal  Heating,  Inc.  ("UHI") to acquire the  worldwide  rights  (except in
China) to distribute Universal's indoor and outdoor heating products and to form
a joint venture to manufacture  various  products in China that will be marketed
by the Company. The total purchase price for these transactions is approximately
$15 million.  Universal,  a privately held manufacturer of gas heating products,
had net sales and net income of  approximately  $21.2  million and $1.6 million,
respectively,   for  its  year  ended   December  31,  1997.  The  two  proposed
acquisitions  will be financed  through a combination of indebtedness  under the
Company's New Credit Facility as well as additional  equity  contributions  from
the Company's principal stockholders.


                                      F-24

<PAGE>


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


To the Shareholders
Heath Company
Benton Harbor, Michigan

We have audited the accompanying  balance sheet of Heath Company (a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Heath Holding Corp.) (excluding  Heathkit Division) and subsidiary
as of December 31, 1996, and the related statement of operations,  shareholders'
equity, and cash flows for the year then ended.  These financial  statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our  opinion,  such  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in all material
respects, the financial position of Heath Company (a wholly-owned  subsidiary of
Heath Holding Corp.) (excluding Heathkit Division) and subsidiary as of December
31, 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then
ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.




April 24, 1997 (December 12, 1997 as to Note 10)


                                      F-25
<PAGE>




HEATH  COMPANY  (EXCLUDING  HEATHKIT  DIVISION) AND  SUBSIDIARY (A  WHOLLY-OWNED
SUBSIDIARY OF HEATH HOLDING CORP.)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31, 1996
(IN THOUSANDS)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



ASSETS                                                            LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT ASSETS:                                                   CURRENT LIABILITIES:
<S>                                                <C>              <S>                                                    <C>    
  Cash                                             $    129         Note payable                                           $ 7,130
  Accounts receivable:                                              Trade accounts payable                                   4,716
    Trade (net of allowances for doubtful
         accounts and customer returns of $399)       6,105         Payable to affiliate                                     1,426
    Other                                                69         Accrued expenses:
  Inventories                                        12,197           Warranty                                               1,292
  Prepaid expenses                                      273           Compensation and benefits                                394
  Deferred income taxes benefit                       1,937           Merchandising programs                                 1,261
                                                 ----------
         Total current assets                        20,710           Settlements and other                                  2,370
                                                                                                                           -------
                                                                           Total accrued expenses                            5,317
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT - NET                   1,006         Current maturities of long-term debt                       221
                                                                                                                           -------
                                                                           Total current liabilities                        18,810

DEFERRED INCOME TAXES BENEFIT                         1,904       LONG-TERM DEBT, less current maturities                      498

                                                                  NEGATIVE GOODWILL, net of amortization of $286             1,755

                                                                  MINORITY INTEREST IN NET ASSETS OF SUBSIDIARY                  3

                                                                  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
                                                                    Common stock, par value $.01 per share - voting, 
                                                                     2,500 shares authorized; 1,500 shares issued and 
                                                                     outstanding, 54 shares in treasury                         15
                                                                    Additional paid-in capital                               1,485
                                                                    Retained earnings                                        1,071
                                                                    Foreign currency translation adjustment                   (17)
                                                                                                                         ---------
                                                                           Total shareholders' equity                        2,554
                                                 ----------                                                              ---------

TOTAL ASSETS                                        $23,620       TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY               $23,620
                                                 ==========                                                              =========
</TABLE>

                       See notes to financial statements.


                                      F-26
<PAGE>




HEATH  COMPANY  (EXCLUDING  HEATHKIT  DIVISION) AND  SUBSIDIARY (A  WHOLLY-OWNED
SUBSIDIARY OF HEATH HOLDING CORP.)

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
(IN THOUSANDS)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------



NET SALES                                                            $44,415
COST OF GOODS SOLD                                                    34,758
                                                               -------------
GROSS PROFIT                                                           9,657
OPERATING EXPENSES                                                     7,837
                                                               -------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS                                                 1,820
OTHER EXPENSE - SETTLEMENTS AND OTHER - NET                            2,696
                                                               -------------
LOSS BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES AND
   MINORITY INTEREST IN NET INCOME
   OF SUBSIDIARY                                                       (876)
MINORITY INTEREST IN NET INCOME OF SUBSIDIARY                              6
                                                               -------------
LOSS BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                                 (882)
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                                             (312)
                                                               -------------
NET LOSS                                                            $  (570)
                                                               =============

See notes to financial statements.


                                      F-27
<PAGE>




HEATH  COMPANY  (EXCLUDING  HEATHKIT  DIVISION) AND  SUBSIDIARY (A  WHOLLY-OWNED
SUBSIDIARY OF HEATH HOLDING CORP.)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
(IN THOUSANDS)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                                                                                Foreign
                                                               Additional                       Currency
                                                 Common         Paid-In        Retained       Translation
                                                  Stock         Capital        Earnings        Adjustment        Total
<S>                                               <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>             <C>   
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1996                          $ 15           $1,485         $1,641           $ (17)          $3,124
Net Loss                                                                          (570)                           (570)
                                                 ------          ------         ------           ------          ------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996                        $ 15           $1,485         $1,071           $ (17)          $2,554
                                                  ====           ======         ======           ======          ======
</TABLE>

See notes to financial statements.


                                      F-28
<PAGE>




HEATH  COMPANY  (EXCLUDING  HEATHKIT  DIVISION) AND  SUBSIDIARY (A  WHOLLY-OWNED
SUBSIDIARY OF HEATH HOLDING CORP.)

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
(IN THOUSANDS)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Loss                                                              $   (570)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating 
activities:
   Allocation of Corporate income/expense - net                           (879)
   Amortization of negative goodwill                                      (149)
   Depreciation                                                            295
   Gain on sale of equipment                                                (1)
   Deferred income taxes                                                  (312)
   Minority interest in net income of subsidiary                             6
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities that provided (used)
   cash:
      Accounts receivable                                               (1,211)
      Inventories                                                       (4,577)
      Prepaid expenses                                                     (19)
      Trade accounts payable                                             2,581
      Payable to affiliate                                               1,173
      Accrued expenses                                                   2,457
                                                                   -----------
         Net cash used in operating activities                          (1,206)

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES -
   Purchases of equipment and tooling                                     (477)
   Proceeds from sales of equipment                                          7
                                                                   -----------
         Net cash used in investing activities                            (470)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Net borrowings on note payable (line-of-credit)                       2,230
   Repayment of subordinated debt                                         (250)
   Payments on long-term debt                                             (221)
                                                                   -----------
         Net cash provided by financing activities                       1,759
                                                                   -----------

NET INCREASE IN CASH                                                        83

CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR                                                   46
                                                                   -----------

CASH AT END OF YEAR                                                     $  129
                                                                   ===========

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION -
   Cash paid during the year for interest                               $  566
                                                                   ===========

See notes to financial statements.


                                      F-29
<PAGE>
HEATH  COMPANY  (EXCLUDING  HEATHKIT  DIVISION) AND  SUBSIDIARY (A  WHOLLY-OWNED
SUBSIDIARY OF HEATH HOLDING CORP.)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         Nature of  Operations - Heath  Company,  which is wholly owned by Heath
         Holding Corp., consists of the Heath/Zenith  ("Heath/Zenith")  division
         and the HeathKit  ("Heathkit")  division.  Heath  Company owns 99.5% of
         Heath   Limited   which  is  located  in  Hong  Kong  with   assets  of
         approximately  $4.6  million.  The  Heath/Zenith  division,  located in
         Benton Harbor,  Michigan is engaged in the distribution of motion-senor
         lighting products and wireless home-control  devices.  Heath Limited is
         engaged in the importing and exporting of electronic components,  parts
         and  accessories,  and the supervision of  manufacturing  of electronic
         components,  parts and accessories carried out by sub-contractors.  All
         of Heath  Limited's  sales are to  Heath/Zenith.  The  customers of the
         Heath/Zenith  division  are located  throughout  the United  States and
         Canada.

         Heath  Acquisition  Corp. was formed in December  1994,  solely for the
         purpose of acquiring the outstanding  common stock of Heath Company,  a
         non  affiliated  Company.  In January  1995,  Heath  Acquisition  Corp.
         acquired Heath Company.  Subsequently,  Heath Acquisition Corp. amended
         its name to Heath Holding Corp.

         Basis of Presentation - The financial  statements  include the accounts
         of  Heath/Zenith  and  Heath  Limited.  All  significant   intercompany
         transactions have been eliminated.

         Estimates - The preparation of financial  statements in conformity with
         generally accepted  accounting  principles  requires management to make
         estimates and  assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets
         and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at
         the  date of the  financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts  of
         revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Although management
         believes the estimates are reasonable, actual results could differ from
         those estimates.

         Payable to affiliate - Represents the payable to Heathkit.

         Inventories - Inventories  are carried at the lower of cost  (first-in,
         first-out method) or market.

         Property,  Plant and Equipment - Is recorded at cost.  Depreciation  is
         computed by the  straight-line  method  based on the  estimated  useful
         lives of the related  assets  ranging from 2 to 20 years.  Expenditures
         for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

         Taxes on Income -  Deferred  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are
         computed for differences  between the financial statement and tax bases
         of assets and  liabilities  that will  result in taxable or  deductible
         amounts in the future.  Such  deferred  income tax asset and  liability
         computations  are based on  enacted  tax laws and rates  applicable  to
         periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income.
         Valuation  allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred
         tax assets to the amounts  expected to be realized.  Income tax expense
         is the tax  payable  or  refundable  for the  period  plus or minus the
         change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities.

         Heath  Company  and Heath  Limited are  separate  taxable  entities.  A
         portion of the deferred tax asset benefit attributable to Heath Company
         was allocated to the accounts of Heath/Zenith  based on the differences
         between  the  financial  statement  and tax  bases  of the  assets  and
         liabilities  of  Heath/Zenith.  Also included in the deferred tax asset
         benefit are amounts  attributable  to Heath Limited.  The provision for
         income  taxes was  allocated  to  Heath/Zenith  based on the  effective
         income tax rate of Heath Company.  Deferred tax assets  attributable to
         net  operating  loss (NOL's)  carryforwards  available to Heath Company
         have been allocated 100% to Heath/Zenith.  No benefit related to future
         utilization of NOL's has been allocated to Heathkit.

         Negative  Goodwill - Negative goodwill was allocated to the accounts of
         Heath/Zenith  and Heath  Limited  based on the values of the assets and
         liabilities  attributable to Heath/Zenith  and Heath Limited on January
         25,  1995  (date  of   acquisition)   and  is  being   amortized  on  a
         straight-line basis over fifteen years.
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
         Foreign  Currency   Translation  -  The  functional  currency  for  the
         Heath/Zenith   foreign   operations  is  the  Hong  Kong  dollar.   The
         translation  from Hong Kong  dollars is  performed  for  balance  sheet
         accounts  using  current  exchange  rates in  effect at the date of the
         balance  sheet  date and for  revenue  and  expense  accounts  using an
         average exchange rate during the period.  The gains or losses resulting
         from  such  translation  are  included  as  a  separate   component  of
         shareholder's   equity.   Gains  or  losses   from   foreign   currency
         transactions  were not material during the year ended December 31, 1996
         and are reflected in income from operations.

         Revenue  Recognition  - Sales are  recognized  at the time  product  is
         shipped.  Returns,  including   "destroy-in-field"  items,  are  netted
         against  sales and amounted to  approximately  $2,707,000  for the year
         ended December 31, 1996.

         Research  and  Development  Costs - Such costs are expensed as incurred
         and are included in operating expenses in the accompanying statement of
         income.  Research  and  development  costs  incurred for the year ended
         December 31, 1996 were approximately $1,100,000.

         Corporate Allocations - Interest expense,  management fees (see Note 8)
         and  general  and  administrative   expenses  have  been  allocated  to
         Heath/Zenith.  Heath  Company's bank debt is currently  recorded on the
         accounts of Heath/Zenith. An allocation of interest expense was made to
         Heathkit based on the average  receivable balance from the division and
         Heath  Company's  borrowing  rate  (see Note 4).  Management  fees were
         allocated to Heath/Zenith based on the division's sales as a % of total
         Heath  Company  sales  volume.  General  and  administrative  expenses,
         consisting  primarily of salaries for corporate  support  functions and
         occupancy costs are allocated  based on estimates of time  attributable
         to the division and square footage, respectively.  Other administrative
         expenses have been allocated  based on a budget formula that was agreed
         upon by management at the beginning of the year.

2.       INVENTORY

         Inventory at December 31 consisted of the following (in thousands):

Raw materials                                                         $    690
Work-in-process                                                          2,944
Finished goods                                                           8,563
                                                                 -------------

Total                                                                  $12,197
                                                                 =============

3.       PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

         Property, plant and equipment at December 31 consisted of the following
(in thousands):

Buildings and improvements                                            $    688
Machinery and equipment                                                  1,194
Tooling                                                                    251
Construction in progress
                                                                 -------------
                                                                         2,133
Less accumulated depreciation                                            1,127
                                                                 -------------

Total                                                                   $1,006
                                                                 =============

4.       NOTE PAYABLE

         Heath Company has a loan agreement (the  "Agreement") with a bank which
         provides a revolving line of credit and a term loan (see Note 5). Terms
         of the Agreement  include  certain  restrictions  on  expenditures  for
         property and operating leases. The Company is also required to maintain
         minimum  levels of working  capital and net worth,  along with  certain
         financial ratios measured annually.  Borrowings under the agreement are
         collateralized by substantially all assets of the Company.

                                      F-31
<PAGE>
         The revolving line of credit has a maximum borrowing  commitment of $11
         million  and is  subject  to a  borrowing  formula.  The line of credit
         agreement  requires  the  payment of interest at the bank prime rate or
         base  lending  rate,  plus 1% (9.25% at December 31, 1996) or the LIBOR
         rate,  plus 3.00%  (8.62% at  December  31,  1996).  The line of credit
         expires January 26, 1998.

         The agreement also provides for letters of credit up to $3 million.  No
         advances were taken against the letters at December 31, 1996.

5.       LONG-TERM DEBT

         Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

         Term notes  payable to bank - payable in monthly  installments  of $12,
            plus  interest at 1.25% over the prime rate  (9.50% at December  31,
            1996) or LIBOR rate plus 3.25% (8.62%
            at December 31, 1996) through January 1998                $ 719
         Less current portion                                           221
                                                                      -----

         Total long-term debt                                         $ 498
                                                                      =====

         The annual aggregate maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 1996,
         are as follows (in thousands):

         1997                                                         $ 221
         1998                                                           498
                                                                      -----

         Total                                                        $ 719
                                                                      =====

6.       RETIREMENT

         Heath Company has a 401(k)  defined  contribution  profit  sharing plan
         covering  substantially  all  employees.  The Company has the option to
         make  matching  contributions  at the  discretion  of  management.  The
         Company  contributed  approximately  $41,000 on behalf of  Heath/Zenith
         employees during the year ended December 31, 1996.

7.       FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

         The  provision  for  income  taxes   consisted  of  the  following  (in
         thousands):

         Current tax liability                                        $   180
         Benefit of operating loss carryforward                          (180)
         Deferred tax credit                                             (312)
                                                                      --------

         Provision for income taxes                                   $  (312)
                                                                      ========

         The  effective  tax rate on income  differs from the federal  statutory
         rate primarily due to state income taxes and  non-taxable  amortization
         of negative goodwill.

                                      F-32
<PAGE>
         Deferred tax assets resulting from temporary differences are as follows
         at December 31 (in thousands):

                                                      Deferred Tax
                                                         Assets
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                                     (In Thousands)
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                               Current           Non Current

Accounts receivable                                $  136
Inventory                                             248
Settlements                                           620
Accrued warranty                                      438
Accrued promotional allowances                        429
Accrued vacations                                      48
Fixed assets                                                           $1,056
Net operating loss                                                      1,063
All other                                              18                  23
                                                 --------            --------

Subtotal                                            1,937               2,142

Less - valuation allowance                          -                     238
                                               ----------            --------

Total                                              $1,937              $1,904
                                                   ======              ======

         The Company  has net  operating  loss  carryforwards  of  approximately
         $2,100,000  available to offset future taxable income. Of the total net
         operating loss  carryforward  amount,  $1,343,000  expires at a rate of
         $133,000 each year for the next 10 years,  while the remainder  expires
         in 15 years.

8.       RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

         The  Company  is  required  to pay  $21,000  per  month to HIG  Capital
         Management,  Inc., a majority  shareholder,  for  management  services.
         During the year ended December 31, 1996 the Company paid  approximately
         $250,000 of which approximately $217,000 was allocated to Heath/Zenith.

9.       MAJOR CUSTOMER TRANSACTIONS

         Sales to one  customer  approximated  $21.7  million for the year ended
         December 31, 1996. Accounts receivable from this customer  approximated
         $2.9 million at December 31, 1996.

10.      LITIGATION

         On November  18, 1997,  Heath  Company  reached a settlement  in a case
         involving  the Company as both a defendant  and  plaintiff,  concerning
         alleged patent infringement. The cases were initiated prior to December
         31, 1996. The settlement resulted in the Company paying a net amount of
         $1.825 million,  for which the parties  received  certain  licenses and
         covenant not to sue rights.  The Company  believes the license received
         is of nominal  future value and,  therefore the  settlement  amount has
         been  recorded as an expense  and  accrued as a  liability  in the 1996
         financial statements.  During 1996, the Company incurred other costs of
         approximately $1.1 million related to the lawsuit.

         Heath  Company  has  received  notification  of other  possible  patent
         infringements,  none of which is currently in  litigation.  The Company
         believes  it has no  material  liability  for which it is alleged  that
         infringement  of patents has occurred,  however,  the ultimate  outcome
         cannot be determined at this time.

         Heath  Company's   insurance  company  has  received   notification  of
         litigation claim surrounding product liability. The insurance company's
         attorneys and management of the Company has evaluated the circumstances
         surrounding  the case and  believe  it has no  merit.  In  management's
         opinion, additional liability in excess of insurance coverages, if any,
         will not have a material affect on the Company's results of operations,
         financial position or liquidity.

                                      F-33
<PAGE>



11.      STOCK OPTION PLAN

         During 1995, the Company's Board of Directors  approved the "1995 stock
         option plan." The plan allows  eligible  employees,  as selected by the
         plan  administrator,  to receive  options to purchase  shares of common
         stock at a price determined by the administrator, but not less than the
         fair market  value at date of grant.  The maximum term of an option may
         not exceed 10 years.  There are 300,000 shares reserved under the plan.
         Transactions under the plan are summarized as follows:


                                                  Shares         Price Range

Options outstanding at January 26, 1995              191,000        $1.00
Options granted                                        5,000     $1.00-$1.10
                                               -------------

Options outstanding at December 31, 1995             196,000     $1.00-$1.10
Options granted                                        4,000        $7.00
Options terminated                                   (1,000)     $1.00-$1.10
                                               -------------

Options outstanding at December 31, 1996             199,000     $1.00-$7.00
                                               =============

         Subsequent  to  year-end,  2,000 of the  options  granted  in 1996 were
         terminated  and the  exercise  price  of the  remaining  2,000  options
         granted in 1996 was revised to $1.00.

         Statement of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  ("SFAS") No. 123 became
         effective  for the  Company  during  1996.  The  Company has elected to
         continue  to  follow  the   "Intrinsic   Value"  method  of  Accounting
         Principles  Board  opinion No. 25 ("APB 25") and  include the  required
         disclosures  under  SFAS  123.  Stock  options  granted  did not have a
         material  affect on the  Company's  financial  position  or  results of
         operations.

12.      SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK

         The Company has authorized  500,000 shares of Series A Preferred  Stock
         at a par value of $1.00.  The shares contain both voting and conversion
         rights.  Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible,  at any
         time  at the  option  of the  holder,  into  shares  of  Common  Stock.
         Additionally,  Series A Preferred Stock will be automatically converted
         to Common Stock upon the  occurrence of the closing of an  underwritten
         public offering or upon the conversion by the holders of eighty percent
         of the then  issued and  outstanding  shares of the Series A  Preferred
         Stock into shares of Common Stock. No preferred shares were outstanding
         at December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995.

                                      F-34
<PAGE>

           HEATH COMPANY (EXCLUDING HEATHKIT DIVISION) AND SUBSIDIARY
               (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF HEATH HOLDING CORP.)

                            BALANCE SHEET (unaudited)
                                 5 October 1997
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:
     Cash                                                         $     131
     Accounts receivable:
       Trade (net of allowance for doubtful accounts and 
       customer returns)                                              8,268
       Other                                                          1,079
     Inventories                                                     10,539
     Prepaid expenses                                                   160
     Deferred income taxes benefit                                    1,561
                                                                -----------
          Total current assets                                       21,738

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT - NET                                   1,040

DEFERRED INCOME TAXES BENEFIT                                         1,561
                                                                -----------
TOTAL ASSETS                                                       $ 24,339
                                                                ===========

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
     Note payable                                                   $ 7,160
     Trade accounts payable                                           3,307
     Payable to affiliate                                             1,273
     Accrued expenses:
          Warranty                                                    1,459
          Compensation and benefits                                     512
          Merchandising programs                                      1,411
          Settlements and other                                       2,739
                                                                -----------
                   Total accrued expenses                             6,121
     Current maturities of long-term debt                               221
                                                                -----------
                   Total current liabilities                         18,082

     LONG-TERM DEBT, less current maturities                            313

     NEGATIVE GOODWILL, (net of amortization)                         1,651

     MINORITY INTEREST IN NET ASSETS OF SUBSIDIARY                       --

     SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
          Common stock, par value $.01 per share - voting, 
                   2500 shares authorized; 1,500 shares 
                   issued and outstanding, 54 shares in 
                   treasury                                              15
          Additional paid-in-capital                                  1,485
          Retained Earnings                                           2,793
          Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                                                -----------
                   Total shareholders' equity                         4,293
                                                                -----------

     TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                    $ 24,339
                                                                ===========


                                      F-35
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           HEATH COMPANY (EXCLUDING HEATHKIT DIVISION) AND SUBSIDIARY
               (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF HEATH HOLDING CORP.)

                       STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (unaudited)
         Thirty-nine Weeks Ended October 5, 1997 and September 29, 1996
                                 (In thousands)


                                                                            Thirty-nine Weeks Ended
                                                                   ------------------------------------------
                                                                   September 29, 1996      October 5, 1997
                                                                   -----------------     --------------------

<S>                                                                           <C>                     <C>    
NET SALES                                                                     30,723                  $41,151

COST OF GOODS SOLD                                                            23,937                   31,409
                                                                   -----------------     --------------------

GROSS PROFIT                                                                   6,786                    9,742

OPERATING EXPENSES                                                             5,942                    6,256
                                                                   -----------------     --------------------

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS                                                           844                    3,486

OTHER EXPENSE                                                                    676                    1,012
                                                                   -----------------     --------------------

INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
  AND MINORITY INTEREST IN NET INCOME
  OF SUBSIDIARY                                                                  168                    2,474

MINORITY INTEREST IN NET INCOME OF SUBSIDIARY                                      5                        5
                                                                   -----------------     --------------------

GAIN/(LOSS) BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAX                                      163                    2,469

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAX                                                          28                      728
                                                                   -----------------     --------------------

NET INCOME / (LOSS)                                                             $135                   $1,741
                                                                   =================     ====================
</TABLE>



                                      F-36
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           HEATH COMPANY (EXCLUDING HEATHKIT DIVISION) AND SUBSIDIARY
               (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF HEATH HOLDING CORP.)

                       STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (unaudited)
             Thirty-nine Weeks Ending October 5, 1997 and September
                                    29, 1996
                                 (In thousands)
                                                                                           Thirty-nine weeks ending
                                                                                          --------------------------
                                                                                           September     October 5,
                                                                                           29, 1996         1997
                                                                                          -----------    -----------
<S>                                                                                              <C>          <C>   
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net Income                                                                                       $135         $1,741
Adj. to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
     Amortization of negative Goodwill                                                           (113)          (106)
     Depreciation                                                                                 256            351
     (Gain) Loss on sale of equipment                                                              --             (1)
     Deferred income taxes                                                                        253            720
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities that provided (used) cash:
          Accounts Receivable                                                                    (987)        (3,173)
          Payable to affiliate                                                                    210           (156)
          Inventories                                                                           1,208          1,658
          Prepaid Expenses                                                                          3            113
          Trade Accounts Payable                                                                 (444)        (1,409)
          Accrued Expenses                                                                        301            803
                                                                                          -----------    -----------
               Net cash used in operating activities                                              822            541

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
     Purchases of equipment and tooling                                                          (389)          (386)
     Proceeds from sales of equipment                                                              --              2
                                                                                          -----------    -----------
               Net cash provided by financing activities                                         (389)          (384)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
     Net borrowings on note payable (line of credit)                                             (265)            30
     Repayment of subordinated debt                                                                --             --
     Payments on long-term debt                                                                  (166)          (185)
                                                                                          -----------    -----------
               Net cash provided by financing activities                                         (431)          (155)

NET INCREASE / (DECREASE) IN CASH                                                                   2              2

CASH AT BEGINNING OF FISCAL YEAR                                                                   30            129
                                                                                          -----------    -----------

CASH AT PERIOD END                                                                                $32           $131
                                                                                          ===========    ===========

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION -
     Cash paid for Interest                                                                      $566           $587
</TABLE>

                        See notes to financial statements

DISCLOSURE:       As of December 1995, balance sheet accounts were not accounted
                  for on a  divisional  basis.  Therefore,  figures  above  were
                  derived   utilizing   estimated  balance  sheet  accounts  for
                  Heath-Zenith at December 1995.


                                      F-37
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           HEATH COMPANY (EXCLUDING HEATHKIT DIVISION) AND SUBSIDIARY
               (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF HEATH HOLDING CORP.)


                  STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (unaudited)
              Thirty-nine Weeks Ended October 5, 1997 and September
                                    29, 1996
                                 (In thousands)


                                                                          Foreign
                                              dditional                  Currency
                                 Common        Paid-In      Retained    Translation
                                  Stock      A Capital      Earnings    Adjustment       Total
                               -----------   -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------
<S>                                    <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>   
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1996               $15        $1,485        $1,641        ($17)        $3,124

  Net Income                                                       135                        135
                               -----------   -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------
BALANCE, SEPTEMBER 29, 1996            $15        $1,485        $1,776        ($17)        $3,259
                               ===========   ===========   ===========  ===========   ===========


BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1997               $15        $1,485        $1,071        ($17)        $2,554

  Net loss                                                       1,741          (2)         1,739
                               -----------   -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------
BALANCE, OCTOBER 5, 1997               $15        $1,485        $2,812        ($19)        $4,293
                               ===========   ===========   ===========  ===========   ===========
</TABLE>





                       See notes to financial statements.


                                      F-38
<PAGE>


                            DESA INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                       REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-4

                                    PART II

                   INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS


Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

     Section 145 of the Delaware General  Corporation Law (the "DGCL") provides,
in effect, that in the case of a non-derivative  action, any person made a party
to any  action  by reason  of the fact  that he is or was a  director,  officer,
employee or agent of the Company may and, in certain cases,  must be indemnified
by the  Company  against,  judgments,  fines,  amounts  paid in  settlement  and
reasonable expenses (including  attorney's fees), if in either type of action he
acted in good  faith  and in a manner  he  reasonably  believed  to be in or not
opposed to the best  interests of the  Company.  In a  derivative  action,  this
indemnification  does not apply to matters as to which it is  adjudged  that the
director, officer, employee or agent is liable to the Company, unless upon court
order it is determined that, despite such adjudication of liability, but in view
of all the  circumstances  of the case, he is fairly and reasonably  entitled to
indemnity for expenses.

     Article Tenth of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation states that the
Company  shall  indemnify  any person who was, is, or is threatened to be made a
party to a  proceeding  by  reason  of the fact  that the or she (i) is or was a
director  or officer of the  Company or (ii) while a director  or officer of the
Company, is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer,
partner, venturer, proprietor,  trustee, employee, agent, or similar functionary
or another foreign or domestic  corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,  sole
proprietorship,  trust,  employee  benefit  plan,  or other  enterprise,  to the
fullest extent  permitted under the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be
amended.

     Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities arising under the Securities At
of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
such  indemnification  is against  public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities  (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling  person of the registrant in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be government by the final  adjudication
of such issue.

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

     (a)  Listed  below  are  the  exhibits  which  are  filed  as  part of this
registration  statement (according to the number assigned to them in Item 601 of
Regulation S-K).

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

     (a)  Listed  below  are  the  exhibits  which  are  filed  as  part of this
registration  statement (according to the number assigned to them in Item 601 of
Regulation S-K).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit No.                        Description of Document                               Exhibit File No.
- -----------                        -----------------------                               ----------------
   <S>    <C>                                                                                <C>

    2.1    Recapitalization Agreement, dated as of October 8, 1997, among J.W.                 2.1**
           Childs Equity Partners, L.P., Desa Holdings Corporation and each
           Stockholder of  Desa Holdings Corporation named therein
    2.2    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 12, 1998, by and among               2.2**
           Heath Holding Corp., its Shareholders and Optionholders and the Company
    3.1    Articles  of  Incorporation  of the  Company                                       3.1**  
    3.1A   Articles  of  Incorporation of Desa Holdings Corporation                           3.1A**

<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit No.                        Description of Document                               Exhibit File No.
- -----------                        -----------------------                               ----------------
   <S>    <C>                                                                                <C>
    3.2    By-laws of the Company                                                             3.2**
    3.2A   By-laws of Desa Holdings Corporation                                               3.2A**
    4.1    Indenture, dated as of November 26, 1997, by and among the Company,                4.1**
           Holdings and Marine Midland Bank relating to $130,000,000 of the
           Company's 97/8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2007
    4.2    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 26, 1997 by and                4.2**
           among the Company, Holdings, NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc.
           and UBS Securities LLC
    4.3    Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 21, 1997, by and among the                4.3**
           Company, Holdings, NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc. and UBS
           Securities LLC
    4.4    Global Note Payable to CEDE & Co.                                                  4.4**
    4.5    Holdings Guarantee                                                                 4.5**
     5     Form of Opinion of Sullivan & Worcester LLP                                          5
   10.1    Credit Agreement, dated as of November 26, 1997 by and among the
           Company, Holdings, NationsBank, N.A., UBS Securities LLC and
           NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc.                                            10.1**
   10.2    Management Incentive Plans of the Company, dated March 1, 1997                     10.2**
   10.3    Sales Compensation and Incentive Plan of the Company for FY 1998                   10.3**
   10.4    Services Agreement between the Company and Hamilton Ryker Company                  10.4**
   10.5    Services Agreement between the Company and Manpower Services                       10.5**
   10.6    Manufacturer's Representative Agreement between the Company and Sales              10.6**
           & Marketing Specialists
   10.7    Manufacturer's Representative Agreement between the Company and The                10.7**
           Upper Midwest Group
   10.8    Manufacturer's Representative Agreement between the Company and                    10.8**
           Marketing Consultants, Inc.
   10.9    Manufacturer's Representative Agreement between the Company and                    10.9**
           Belmont Enterprises, Inc.
   10.10   Manufacturer's Representative Agreement between the Company and                    10.10**
           Kitchin & Son, Inc.
   10.11   Manufacturer's Representative Agreement between the Company and                    10.11**
           Hurley Marketing Services
   10.12   Manufacturer's Representative Agreement between the Company and                    10.12**
           Marketing Services Group
   10.13   Manufacturer's Representative Agreement between the Company and Sales              10.13**
           Managers, Inc.
   10.14   Manufacturer's Representative Agreement between the Company and                    10.14**
           Manufacturers Products, Inc.
   10.15   Intellectual Property Agreement between the Company and Worgas                     10.15**
           Bruciatori SRL dated December 1, 1996
   10.16   Intellectual Property Agreement between the Company and Valor Limited              10.16**
           dated May 21, 1996
   10.17   Intellectual Property Agreement between the Company and Remington                  10.17**
           Arms Company dated August 29, 1969
   10.18   Intellectual Property Agreement between the Company and Remington                  10.18**
           Arms Company dated January 29, 1988

                                      II-2
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit No.                        Description of Document                               Exhibit File No.
- -----------                        -----------------------                               ----------------
   <S>    <C>                                                                                <C>

   10.19   Lease Agreement between the Company and Shelbyville Industrial Spec.               10.19
           Building - WRS Partnership
   10.20   Agreement to produce and sell finished goods between the Company and               10.20
           Tangible/Shinn Fu
   10.21   Agreement to produce and sell finished goods between the Company and               10.21**
           BYSE
   10.22   Agreement to produce and sell finished goods between the Company and               10.22**
           NU-TEC
   10.23   Agreement to produce and sell finished goods between the Company and               10.23**
           International Pin
   10.24   Agreement to produce and sell finished goods between the Company and               10.24**
           Kingsman Industries
   10.25   Agreement to produce and sell finished goods between the Company and               10.25**
           Sealey
   10.26   Agreement to produce and sell finished goods between the Company and               10.26**
           Hudson Manufacturing
   10.27   Agreement to produce and sell finished goods between the Company and               10.27**
           Sengoka Works, Ltd
   10.28   Employment Agreement, dated as of November 26, 1997, between the                   10.28**
           Company and Robert H. Elman
   10.29   Employment Agreement, dated as of November 26, 1997, between the                   10.29**
           Company and John M. Kelly
   10.30   Employment Agreement, dated as of November 26, 1997, between the                   10.30**
           Company and Terry G. Scariot
    12     Schedule of Earnings to Fixed Charges                                                12
    21     Subsidiaries of the Company                                                          21**
   23.1    Consent of Sullivan & Worcester LLP                                         Contained in Exhibit 5
   23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP                                                          *
   23.3    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP                                                      *
    24     Powers of Attorney                                                                    *
    25     Statement of Eligibility of Marine Midland Bank as trustee under the                  25
           Indenture
    27     Amended Financial Data Schedule                                                       27
   99.1    Form of Letter of Transmittal to be used in connection with the Exchange             99.1
           Offer
   99.2    From of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery                                                99.2
- ----------
<FN>
*  To be filed by amendment
** Previously filed
</FN>
</TABLE>

  (b) The following Financial Statement Schedules are included herein:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             Page Number
<S>                                                                                              <C>
     Report of Ernst & Young LLP                                                                 S-1
     Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (DESA International, Inc.)       S-2
     Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                                             S-6
</TABLE>
                                      II-3
<PAGE>


Item 22. Undertakings.

     (a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

         (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

          (i) To include  any  prospectus  required  by Section  10(a)(3) of the
     Securities Act of 1933;

         (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the
     effective  date  of  the   registration   statement  (or  the  most  recent
     post-effective amendment thereof) which,  individually or in the aggregate,
     represent  a  fundamental  change  in  the  information  set  forth  in the
     registration  statement.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  any increase or
     decrease  in volume of  securities  offered (if the total  dollar  value of
     securities  offered  would not exceed  that which was  registered)  and any
     deviation from the low or high end of the estimated  maximum offering range
     may be  reflected  in the form of  prospectus  filed  with  the  Commission
     pursuant  to Rule  424(b)  if, in the  aggregate,  the change in volume and
     price  represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum  aggregate
     offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration  Fee" table in
     the effective registration statement;

         (iii) To include any material  information  with respect to the plan of
     distribution not previously disclosed in the registration  statement or any
     material change to such information in the registration statement.

         (2) That,  for the  purpose  of  determining  any  liability  under the
     Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective  amendment shall be deemed
     to be a new  registration  statement  relating  to the  securities  offered
     therein,  and the offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed
     to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

         (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective  amendment
     any  of  the  securities  being  registered  which  remain  unsold  at  the
     termination of the offering.

     (b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for
information  that is incorporated  by reference into the prospectus  pursuant to
Item 4, 10(b),  11, or 13 of this form,  within one  business  day of receipt of
such  request,  and to send the  incorporated  documents  by first class mail or
other equally  prompt means.  This includes  information  contained in documents
filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the
date of responding to the request.

     (c) The undersigned  registrant  hereby  undertakes to supply by means of a
post-effective  amendment,  all  information  concerning a transaction,  and the
company  being  acquired  involved  therein,  that  was not the  subject  of and
included in the registration statement when it became effective.


                                      II-4
<PAGE>


                         Report of Independent Auditors


Board of Directors and Stockholders
Desa Holdings Corporation

We  have  audited  the  consolidated   financial  statements  of  DESA  Holdings
Corporation  (the  "Company")  as of March 2,  1996 and March 1,  1997,  and the
related  consolidated  statements of income,  stockholders' equity (deficit) and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period  ended  March 1, 1997,  and
have issued our report thereon dated April 4, 1997  (included  elsewhere in this
Prospectus).  Our audits also  included  the  consolidated  financial  statement
schedules listed in Schedule I and II attached hereto in this Prospectus.  These
schedules are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these schedules based on our audits.

In our opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statement  schedules  referred to
above, when considered in relation to the basic financial  statements taken as a
whole, presents fairly, in all material respects,  the information set forth for
the periods stated above.


                               Ernest & Young LLP


New York, New York
April 4, 1997










                                      S-1

<PAGE>


           SCHEDULE I - Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             DESA International, Inc.

                                  Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets



                                                                                   March 2,                   March 1,
                                                                                     1996                       1997
                                                                               -----------------        --------------------
                                                                                            (In thousands)
<S>                                                                             <C>                       <C>            
Assets
Current assets:

  Cash and cash equivalents                                                     $          145            $         5,058
  Accounts receivables (including $122,730 and $122,520 due from
  parent in 1996 and 1997, respectively) less allowance for doubtful
  accounts of  $1,008 and $822 in 1996 and 1997, respectively                          133,481                    135,586
  Inventories                                                                           14,936                     15,747
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                              1,839                      1,761
                                                                                --------------            ---------------
Total current assets                                                                   150,401                    158,152

Property, plant and equipment, net                                                       9,744                     10,082
Other assets (principally goodwill)                                                     46,895                     45,067
                                                                                --------------            ---------------
                                                                                $      207,040            $       213,301
                                                                                ==============            ===============
Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity
Current liabilities                                                             $       28,865            $        44,198
Long-term debt                                                                         149,709                    130,600
Other non-current liabilities                                                            2,373                      1,940
                                                                                --------------            ---------------
Total liabilities                                                                      180,947                    176,738

Stockholder's equity:
  Common stock                                                                          31,900                     31,900
  Other stockholder's equity                                                            (5,807)                     4,663
                                                                                --------------            ---------------
                                                                                        26,093                     36,563
                                                                                --------------            ---------------
                                                                                $      207,040            $       213,301
                                                                                ==============            ===============
</TABLE>




                                      S-2
<PAGE>



Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (continued)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             DESA International, Inc.


                                  Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income


                                                             February 25,           March 2,           March 1,
                                                                  1995                1996               1997
                                                         --------------------- ------------------ ------------------
                                                                               (In thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>                    <C>                <C>
Net sales                                               $              172,501 $          186,324 $          209,105

Costs and expenses:
  Cost of goods sold                                                   107,484            116,217            130,890
  Selling, general and administrative                                   35,817             37,828             45,224
                                                        ------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Profit                                                        29,200             32,279             32,991
   Interest expense                                                      5,777              7,073             14,509
                                                        ------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes and extraordinary item                       23,423             25,206             18,482
Income taxes                                                            10,064             10,401              7,733
                                                        ------------------------------------------------------------
Income before extraordinary item                                        13,359             14,805             10,749
Extraordinary item, net of income taxes of $1,421                           --              2,176                 --
                                                        ------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                              $               13,359 $           12,629 $           10,749
                                                        ============================================================
</TABLE>




                                      S-3
<PAGE>



Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (continued)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             DESA International, Inc.


                                  Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows




                                              February 25,         March 2,           March 1,
                                                  1995               1996               1997
                                           ------------------ ------------------ ------------------
                                                                (In thousands)
<S>                                            <C>                 <C>                <C>       
Net cash provided by operating activities      $    18,337         $   19,375         $   18,398

Investing Activities
Capital expenditures                                (1,499)            (2,122)            (2,770)  
Dividends received from joint venture                  196                112                132
Purchase of Toro assets                               (873)                --                 --
Other                                                   --                (50)               244
                                           ---------------    ---------------    ---------------
Net cash used in investing activities               (2,176)            (2,060)            (2,882)

Financing Activities
Proceeds from new Term Loans                            --            155,000                 --
Proceeds from new revolver loan                         --              9,900                 --
Proceeds from exercise of BT  Warrant                                     891                 --
Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock                  --             (6,418)                --
Redemption of Series B Preferred Stock                  --             (4,946)                --
Repayment of old Term Loans                             --            (50,950)                --
Dividends paid on common stock and
   nonvoting common stock                               --           (113,154)                --
Payment of expenses                                     --             (5,673)                --
Decrease in revolving loan                              --             (7,141)            (2,759)
Payments on old Term Loans                          (2,250)           (11,050)            (8,050)
Decrease in promissory notes                           (97)                --                 --
Proceeds from issuance of common stock                 696                202                210
                                           ---------------    ---------------    ---------------
Net cash used in financing activities               (1,651)           (33,339)           (10,559)
Effect of exchange rates on cash                        63                 (1)                (4)
                                           ---------------    ---------------    ---------------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash
   equivalents                                      14,573            (16,025)             4,913
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
   fiscal year                                       1,597             16,170                145
                                           ---------------    ---------------    ---------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of fiscal 
   year                                        $    16,170         $      145          $   5,058
                                           ===============    ===============    ===============
</TABLE>


                                      S-4
<PAGE>


Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (continued)

                            DESA International, Inc.

              Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 - Basis of Presentation

The  accompanying   condensed  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the
accounts of DESA International, Inc. ("DESA") and its wholly owned subsidiaries:
DESA   Industries  of  Canada,   Inc.  and  DESA  Europe  B.V.  All  significant
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. DESA's 50% interest
in a joint venture is accounted for using the equity method.

The condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles for condensed financial statements
and Article 10 of Regulation S-X.  Accordingly,  the financial statements do not
include  all of  the  information  and  notes  required  by  generally  accepted
accounting principles for complete financial statements.


Note 2 - Dividends from Investee

Cash  dividends  paid to DESA from the Company's 50% interest in a joint venture
accounted for by the equity method are as follows:


      February 25,                March 2,                   March 1,
          1995                      1996                       1997
- ------------------------ --------------------------  ------------------------
                               (In thousands)

         $ 196                     $ 112                      $ 132





                                      S-5
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           SCHEDULE II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
                                      DESA International, Inc.
                                            March 1, 1997
            COL. A                 COL. B                COL. C                COL. D         COL. E
                                                       Additions
                                                              Charged to
                                 Balance at     Charged to       Other                      Balance at
                                  Beginning     Costs and      Accounts-    Deductions -      End of
         Description              of Period      Expenses      Describe       Describe        Period
- ------------------------------  ------------- -------------- -------------  ------------- --------------

<S>                                 <C>            <C>                       <C>           <C>    
Year Ended March 1,1997: 
 Deducted from assets accounts:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts   1,108,000       (63,000)                  109,000(1)     936,000

Year Ended March 2,1996:
 Deducted from assets accounts:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts   1,072,000      (160,000)                 (196,000)(1)  1,108,000

Year Ended February 25, 1995:     
 Deducted from assets accounts:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts    882,000        274,000                    84,000(1)   1,072,000

<FN>
(1) Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recovery.
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                      S-6
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Company has
duly caused this Amendment to Registration  Statement to be signed on its behalf
by the  undersigned,  thereunto duly  authorized,  in the City of Bowling Green,
State of Kentucky, on the 30th day of April, 1998.

                                              Desa International, Inc.

                                              By: /s/ Robert H. Elman
                                              Name: Robert H. Elman
                                              Title:  Chairman and Chief
                                                       Executive Officer


     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
to  Registration  Statement  has been  signed by the  following  persons  in the
capacities indicated on April 30, 1998.


    Signature                        Title                             Date
    ---------                        -----                             ----

/s/ Robert H. Elman           Chairman, Chief Executive          April 30, 1998
Robert H. Elman               Officer and Director

_______*____________          Director                           April 30, 1998
John W. Childs

_______*____________          Director                           April 30, 1998
Raymond B. Rudy

/s/ Adam L. Suttin            Director                           April 30, 1998
Adam L. Suttin

/s/ Michael Greene            Director                           April 30, 1998
Michael Greene

/s/ Terry G. Scariot          President and Director             April 30, 1998
Terry G. Scariot

/s/ Edward G. Patrick         Vice President of Finance,         April 30, 1998
Edward G. Patrick             Treasurer

/s/ Scott M. Nehm             Vice President and Controller      April 30, 1998
Scott M. Nehm


 *   By: /s/ Adam L. Suttin
            Adam L. Suttin, Attorney-in-fact


<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities Act of 1933,  Holdings has
duly caused this Amendment to Registration  Statement to be signed on its behalf
by the  undersigned,  thereunto duly  authorized,  in the City of Bowling Green,
State of Kentucky, on the 30th day of April, 1998.

                                              Desa Holdings Corporation

                                              By: /s/ Robert H. Elman 
                                              Name: Robert H. Elman
                                              Title:  Chairman and Chief
                                                         Executive Officer


     Pursuant  to  the   requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities indicated on April 30, 1998.

      Signature                       Title                           Date


/s/ Robert H. Elman       Chairman, Chief Executive               April 30, 1998
Robert H. Elman           Officer and Director

________*_____________    Director                                April 30, 1998
John W. Childs

________*_____________    Director                                April 30, 1998
Raymond B. Rudy

/s/ Adam L. Suttin        Director                                April 30, 1998
Adam L. Suttin

/s/ Michael Greene        Director                                April 30, 1998
Michael Greene

/s/ Terry G. Scariot      President and Director                  April 30, 1998
Terry G. Scariot

/s/ Edward G. Patrick     Vice President of Finance,              April 30, 1998
Edward G. Patrick         Treasurer

/s/ Scott M. Nehm         Vice President and Controller           April 30, 1998
Scott M. Nehm


 *   By: /s/ Adam L. Suttin
            Adam L. Suttin, Attorney-in-fact




                                                                       EXHIBIT 5


                              SULLIVAN & WORCESTER LLP
                               ONE POST OFFICE SQUARE
                             BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02109
                                   (617) 338-2800
                                FAX NO. 617-338-2880
     IN WASHINGTON, D.C.                                   IN NEW YORK CITY
1025 CONNECTICUT AVENUE, N.W.                              767 THIRD AVENUE
   WASHINGTON, D.C. 20036                              NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10017
       (202) 775-8190                                       (212) 486-8200
    FAX NO. 202-293-2275                                 FAX NO. 212-758-2151





                                                _________, 1998




DESA International, Inc.
2701 Industrial Drive
Bowling Green, KY 42102

Re:      Registration Statement on Form S-4
         $130,000,000 of Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         The  following  opinion  is  furnished  to you in  connection  with the
registration pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 (the "Registration
Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"),
by  DESA  International,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),  of
$130,000,000 of Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "New Notes"),  which New
Notes  will  initially  be  guaranteed  (the   "Guarantees")  by  DESA  Holdings
Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation and the parent of the Company ("Holdings")
and issued under an indenture relating to the New Notes (the "Indenture") by and
among the Company, Holdings and Marine Midland Bank, as Trustee (the "Trustee").
The New Notes will be offered in  exchange  for a like  principal  amount of the
Company's 97/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "Old Notes") pursuant to
that certain  Registration  Rights Agreement,  dated as of November 26, 1997, by
and among the Company, Holdings, NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc. and UBS
Securities LLC (the "Registration  Rights  Agreement").  The Registration Rights
Agreement  was  executed in  connection  with the private  placement  of the Old
Notes.

         We have  acted  as  counsel  to the  Company  in  connection  with  the
preparation of the  Registration  Statement,  and we have examined  originals or
copies,  certified or otherwise  identified  to our  satisfaction,  of corporate
records, certificates and statements of officers and accountants of the Company,
of public officials, and such other documents as we have considered necessary in
order to furnish the opinion hereinafter set forth. We are members of the bar of
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  Accordingly, we do not purport to be experts
on or generally  familiar with, and except as to the General  Corporation Law of
the State of  Delaware,  we express no opinion  with  respect to the laws of any
state other than The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

         Based on and subject to the foregoing,  we are of the opinion that: (i)
the New Notes have been duly  authorized  by the  Company  and,  when  issued in
exchange  for the Old  Notes  pursuant  to the  terms of the  Indenture  and the
exchange offer described in the Registration  Statement,  will be validly issued
and will constitute legal and binding  obligations of the Company;  and (ii) the
Guarantees have been duly authorized by Holdings and, when issued along with the
New Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture,  will be validly issued
and will  constitute the legal and binding  obligations of Holdings,  subject in
each  case  to  the  effect  of  (a)  bankruptcy,  insolvency,   reorganization,
moratorium  or other  similar  laws  relating  to or  affecting  the  rights and
remedies of  creditors  and the  obligations  of debtors  generally  and (b) the
application of general principles of equity  (regardless of whether  enforcement
is considered in proceedings at law or in equity).


<PAGE>



DESA International, Inc.
__________, 1998
Page 2


         We express no opinion as to the applicability (and, if applicable,  the
effect) of Section 548 of the United States  Bankruptcy  Code or any  comparable
provision of state law to the conclusions expressed above.

         We hereby  consent to the  filing of this  opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration  Statement  and to the reference to our firm made therein under the
caption "Legal Matters." In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we
come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of
the Securities  Act or the Rules and  Regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission promulgated thereunder.

                                                Very truly yours,



                                                 [When in final form to
                                                  be signed by
                                                 SULLIVAN & WORCESTER LLP]




                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.19

                       THE INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT BOARD OF
                       THE CITY OF SHELBYVILLE, TENNESSEE





                                       AND





            SHELBYVILLE INDUSTRIAL SPEC BUILDING - WRS - PARTNERSHIP





                            FACILITY LEASE AGREEMENT





                          DATED AS OF DECEMBER 1, 1994







<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


Parties
Preamble

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1.       Definitions of Terms
Section 1.2.       References to Lease
Section 1.3.       References to Articles, Sections, Etc.
Section 1.4.       Headings

                                   ARTICLE II
                   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS

Section 2.1.   Representations, Warranties, and Covenants of the Issuer
Section 2.2.   Representations, Warranties, and Covenants of the Company

                               ARTICLE III

                          DEMISING CLAUSE: TERM

Section 3.1.   Demise of Facility
Section 3.2.   Lease Term
                                   ARTICLE IV

                           ACQUISITION OF THE PROJECT

Section 4.1.   Assumption of Bank Loan, Issuance of Series A Note, and 
                Issuance of Series B Note
Section 4.2    Costs of the Project
Section 4.3    Company Required to Pay Project Costs in Event Loan Insufficient
Section 4.4.   Payment of Expenses of Loan
Section 4.5.   Other Amounts Payable by the Company
Section 4.6.   Bank Priority

                                    ARTICLE V

                          RENTAL PROVISIONS: PREPAYMENT

Section 5.1.   Quiet Enjoyment


<PAGE>

Section 5.2.   Rental Payments; Basic Rental Payments; and Additional 
                    Rental Payments
Section 5.3.   Credits Toward Basic Rental Payments
Section 5.4.   General Obligation; Obligations of Company Unconditional
Section 5.5.   Prepayment of Rental Payments
Section 5.6.   Rights and Obligations of Company upon Full Prepayment of 
                    Rental Payments

                                   ARTICLE VI

                           MAINTENANCE, MODIFICATIONS,
                              TAXES, AND INSURANCE


Section 6.1.   Maintenance of the Facility
Section 6.2.   Modification of the Facility
Section 6.3.   Improvements as Part of the Facility
Section 6.4.   Taxes, Assessments, and Utility Charges
Section 6.5.   Insurance Required
Section 6.6    Insurers and Policies
Section 6.7.   Application of Net Proceeds of Insurance
Section 6.8.   Advances by Issuer
Section 6.9.   Obligation of Company to Maintain Insurance Regardless 
                    of Approval

                                   ARTICLE VII

                     DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION, CONDEMNATION. ETC.

Section 7.1.   Damage or Destruction
Section 7.2.   Condemnation

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                SPECIAL COVENANTS

Section 8.1.   Warranty of Condition or Suitability; Use of Project
Section 8.2.   Indemnity and Hold Harmless Provisions
Section 8.3.   Reimbursement of issuer
Section 8.4.   Right of Access to the Project
Section 8.5.   Project as a Public Facility
Section 8.6.   Compliance with Orders, Ordinances, Etc.
Section 8.7.   Discharge of Liens and Encumbrances
Section 8.8.   Restriction Against Certain Religious Activities
Section 8.9.   Further Assurances and Corrective Instruments
Section 8.10.  Granting of Easements
Section 8.11.  Release of Certain Land



<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IX

                     ASSIGNMENT; REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT; ETC.

Section 9.1.   Assignment and Subleasing
Section 9.2.   Consent to Assignment
Section 9.3.   Restrictions on Mortgage or Sale of Project by Issuer
Section 9.4.   Removal of Fixtures
Section 9.5.   Installation of Company's Own Machinery
Section 9.6.   References to Loan Ineffective After Paid

                                    ARTICLE X

                         EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

Section 10.1.  Events of Default Defined
Section 10.2.  Remedies on Default
Section 10.3.  Remedies Cumulative
Section 10.4.  Agreement to Pay Attorneys' Fees and Expenses
Section 10.5.  Delay or Omission Not a Waiver
Section 10.6.  Interpretation of any Conflicting Provisions
Section 10.7.  Force Majeure Provision

                                   ARTICLE XI

                       OPTIONS; PURCHASE OF PROJECT; ETC.

Section 11.1.  Options to Terminate
Section 11.2.  Option to Purchase Project Prior to Payment of the Loan
Section 11.3.  Option to Purchase Project After Payment of the Loan
Section 11.4.  Option to Purchase Unimproved Land
Section 11.5.  Conveyance on Exercise of Option to Purchase Project
Section 11.6.  Payments Upon, and Conditions For, Early Termination
Section 11.7.  Continuation of Certain Provisions

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.1.  Certificates and Opinions
Section 12.2.  Limited Liability of the Issuer
Section 12.3.  Notices
Section 12.4.  Binding Effect
Section 12.5.  Severability
Section 12.6   Limitation of Rights
Section 12.7.  Execution of Counterparts
Section 12.8.  Applicable Law
Section 12.9.  Table of Contents and Section Headings Not Controlling
Section 12.10. No Liability of the City of SHELBYVILLE, Tennessee
Section 12.11. Net Lease
Section 12.12. Not Partners



<PAGE>



Signatures
Acknowledgments

                                    Exhibits

Exhibit "A" Description of Land
Exhibit "B" Permitted Encumbrances




<PAGE>
                                                       
                            FACILITY LEASE AGREEMENT


                  THIS FACILITY LEASE  AGREEMENT,  dated as of December 1, 1994,
by and  between THE  INDUSTRIAL  DEVELOPMENT  BOARD OF THE CITY OF  SHELBYVILLE,
TENNESSEE (the "Issuer"), a public, nonprofit corporation organized and existing
under  the laws of the  State of  Tennessee,  and  SHELBYVILLE  INDUSTRIAL  SPEC
BUILDING - WRS PARTNERSHIP,  a Tennessee partnership (the "Company") (the Issuer
and the Company being herein called, collectively, the "Parties").


                              W I T N E S S E T H:

                  WHEREAS, the Issuer is a public,  nonprofit  corporation and a
public  instrumentality of the City of Shelbyville,  Tennessee and is authorized
under Chapter 53, Title 7, Tennessee Code Annotated,  as amended (the "Act"), to
enter into lease  agreements with  manufacturing,  industrial,  commercial,  and
financial enterprises with respect to one or more projects for such payments and
upon such terms and  conditions as the Board of Directors of the Issuer may deem
advisable in accordance  with the provisions of the Act in order to maintain and
increase  employment  opportunities by inducing such enterprises to locate in or
to remain in the State of Tennessee (the "State");

                  WHEREAS,  to  induce  Desa  International,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation  ("Desa")  to  locate  a  manufacturing  facility  in  the  City  of
Shelbyville, Tennessee, the Company and Desa were informed that the Issuer would
undertake  to cause the  Company  to  acquire  certain  land and build a certain
manufacturing  facility  thereon (the land and building being referred to as the
"Facility"),  and to cause  Desa to equip  said  Facility  with such  furniture,
fixtures  and  equipment  as it  needed  or  desired  for  its  operations  (the
"Equipment"),  in Shelbyville,  Tennessee,  which Facility is to be owned by the
Issuer and leased by the Issuer to the  Company,  and which  Equipment  is to be
owned by the  Issuer  and  leased  by the  Issuer to Desa,  following  which the
Company  acquired  the land,  built the Facility and leased the same to Desa who
located its manufacturing operation in Shelbyville,  and the Issuer now proposes
to  acquire  the  Facility  from the  Company  and to lease the same back to the
Company,  pursuant hereto, and to acquire the Equipment from Desa, and lease the
same  back to  Desa,  pursuant  to a  certain  Equipment  Lease  Agreement  (the
"Equipment Lease"); and

                  WHEREAS, the Company has borrowed, and Trans Financial Bank of
Tennessee,  F.S.B.  ("Bank"),  has lent,  the sum of Seven Hundred  Thousand and
NO/100 Dollars  ($700,000.00)  to the Company (the "Bank Loan"),  to finance the
cost of the acquisition of the Facility by the Company, pursuant to that certain
Construction  Loan and  Disbursement  Agreement,  dated  March 1,  1994,  by and
between Bank and Company (the "Bank Loan Agreement),  which loan is evidenced by
a certain Construction Loan Promissory Note of the Company, payable to the order
of the Bank in the amount of the Bank  Loan,  dated  March 1,  1994,  (the "Bank
Note"),  and is  secured  by a  certain  Construction  Mortgage  Deed of  Trust,
Security Agreement and Financing Statement, dated March 1, 1994, made by


<PAGE>
                                       -2-

the Company to Jack F. Stringham II, Esq., trustee,  for the benefit of the Bank
(the "Bank Deed of Trust"); and

                   WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors  of the Issuer,  pursuant to
Section 7- 53-102 of the Act, has found and determined that the agreement by the
Issuer to acquire,  equip and lease such  manufacturing  facility  will  develop
trade and commerce in and adjacent to the City of Shelbyville,  Tennessee,  will
contribute to the general  welfare,  will alleviate  conditions of  unemployment
and,  has induced the Company to locate in and will induce the Company to remain
in Shelbyville, Tennessee;

                  WHEREAS,  the  Issuer  is  authorized  by  law  and  deems  it
necessary  to enter into that  certain  Assumption  Agreement  (the  "Assumption
Agreement"),  dated as of December 1, 1994, by and among the Issuer, the Company
and the Bank, in order to finance the acquisition of the Facility and to further
the purposes of the Issuer; and

                  WHEREAS,  the  Issuer has not made and does not intend to make
any  profit by reason of its  business  or  venture in which it may engage or by
reason  of its  entering  into  this  Lease,  and no  part of the  Issuer's  net
earnings,  if any,  will  ever  inure  to the  benefit  of any  person,  firm or
corporation except the City of Shelbyville, Tennessee; and,

                  WHEREAS,  the  Issuer is  authorized  by law and has deemed it
necessary to borrow money for the purpose of acquiring  the Facility and to that
end has duly  authorized  and  directed the  issuance of its not  exceeding  Two
Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($200,000.00) Industrial Development Revenue
Note, Series A (Desa Project) (the "Series A Note"); and

                  WHEREAS,   the  Issuer  has  executed  a  certain   Collateral
Assignment of Facility Lease (the  "Assignment of Facility Lease") and a certain
Deed of Trust,  Assignment  of Leases and  Security  Agreement  (Facility)  (the
"Facility Deed of Trust") to secure,  inter alia,  the loan of the  indebtedness
(the "Facility Loan") evidenced by the Series A Note; and

                  WHEREAS,  the  Issuer is  authorized  by law and has deemed it
necessary to borrow money for the purpose of acquiring the Equipment and to that
end has duly  authorized  and directed the issuance of its not  exceeding  Eight
Hundred Sixty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($860,000.00)  Industrial  Development
Revenue Note, Series B (Desa Project) (the "Series B Note"); and

                  WHEREAS,   the  Issuer  has  executed  a  certain   Collateral
Assignment  of  Equipment  Lease (the  "Assignment  of  Equipment  Lease") and a
certain Security Agreement (the "Equipment Security Document") to secure,  inter
alia,  the loan of the  indebtedness  (the  "Equipment  Loan")  evidenced by the
Series B Note; and

                  WHEREAS,  the  Issuer is  authorized  by law and has deemed it
necessary  to acquire the  Facility  and the  Equipment  (the  Facility  and the
Equipment  being  sometimes  referred to as the  "Project") as aforesaid,  which
acquisition has occurred of even date herewith; and


<PAGE>
                                       -3-

                  WHEREAS,  the Issuer  proposes  to lease the  Facility  to the
Company and the Company  desires to lease the Facility  from the Issuer upon the
terms and conditions set forth herein.

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  for and in consideration of the premises and
the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

                  Section 1.1.  Definitions  of Terms.  In addition to the words
and terms defined in the preamble  hereto and  elsewhere  defined in this Lease,
the  following  words and terms as used  herein,  whether  or not the words have
initial capitals,  shall have the following  meaning,  unless the context or use
indicates another or different meaning or intent,  and such definitions shall be
equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of any of the words and
terms herein defined:

                  "Act" means Chapter 53, Title 7, Tennessee Code Annotated.  as
amended and supplemented from time to time.

                  "Additional  Rental Payments" means that portion of the Rental
Payments described in Section 5.2(b) of this Lease.

                  "Authorized  Representative" means, in the case of the Issuer,
the Chairman, the Vice Chairman, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the
Issuer; in the case of Desa, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or
the  Treasurer;  in the case of the Company,  W. R. (Pete) Sain, Jr. or James L.
Sain; and, in the case of any of them, such additional  persons as, at the time,
are designated to act on behalf of the Issuer, Desa, or the Company, as the case
may be, by written certificate furnished to the Issuer, Desa, or to the Company,
as the case may be,  containing  the specimen  signature of each such person and
signed on its behalf by a previously Authorized Representative.

                  "Bank" means Trans  Financial Bank of Tennessee,  F.S.B.,  its
successors and assigns, or any subsequent owner of the Bank Note.

                  "Bank  Loan  Documents"  means,  collectively,  the Bank  Loan
Agreement, the Bank Note, the Bank Deed of Trust and the Assumption Agreement.

                  "Basic  Rental  Payments"  means  that  portion  of the Rental
Payments described in Section 5.2(a) of this Lease.

                  "Building" means all buildings, structures,  improvements, and
fixtures  located on the Land,  the  acquisition  of which is financed  with the
proceeds of the Bank Loan or the Facility Loan, but not with the proceeds of the
Equipment Loan.

<PAGE>
                                       -4-

                  "Company" means (a) Shelbyville Industrial Spec Building - WRS
Partnership, a partnership, formerly known as Desa II Partnership, organized and
existing  under  the laws of the  State of  Tennessee,  (b) any  successors  and
assigns of said partnership,  and (c) any surviving.  resulting or transferee as
permitted herein.

                  "Condemnation"  means  the  taking of title to, or the use of,
the  Facility  under  the  exercise  of  the  power  of  eminent  domain  by any
governmental entity or any other person acting under governmental authority.

                  "Costs of the  Project"  means all of those costs and expenses
enumerated in Section 4.2 hereof.

                  "Desa  Lease"  means that certain  Lease,  dated  February 25,
1994,  by and  between  Company  and Desa,  as  amended  by that  certain  First
Amendment  to Lease,  dated as of  December  1,  1994,  and as  further  amended
hereafter.

                  "Equipment"  means  those  items of  furniture,  fixtures  and
equipment and related  property  acquired by the Issuer with the proceeds of the
Series B Note,  and any  equipment  acquired in  substitution  therefor  and any
renewals or replacements thereof pursuant to the Equipment Lease.

                  "Equipment  Lender"  means Desa  International,  Inc.,  or any
subsequent owner of the Series B Note.

                  "Equipment Loan Documents" means,  collectively,  the Series B
Note. the Assignment of Equipment Lease, and the Equipment Security Document.

                  "Event of  Default"  or  "Default"  means any of those  events
defined as Events of Default by Section 10.1 of this Lease.

                  "Facility" means, collectively, the Land and Building.

                  "Facility Loan Documents"  means,  collectively,  the Series A
Note, the Assignment of Facility Lease, and the Facility Deed of Trust.

                  "Fiscal Year" means the fiscal year, as such from time to time
exists, of Desa.

                  "Gross  Receipts " means all  receipts,  revenues,  and income
received by the Company and other monies received by or on behalf of the Company
with respect to the Facility, and any sublease of the Facility.

                  "Independent  Counsel"  means an  attorney or  attorneys  duly
admitted  to practice  law before the  highest  court of any state of the United
States of America or the District of Columbia and shall include  counsel for the
Issuer and counsel for the Company.

                  "Issuer" means The Industrial Development Board of the City of
Shelbyville, Tennessee, and its lawful successors and assigns.


<PAGE>
                                       -5-

                  "Land"  means the real  estate and  interests  in real  estate
described  in  Exhibit  "A" hereto  annexed  and by this  reference  made a part
hereof, less such real estate and interest in real estate as may be taken by the
exercise of the power of eminent domain as provided in Article VII of this Lease
and less such real  estate  and  interest  in real  estate as may be sold to the
Company pursuant to Article XI of this Lease.

                  "Lease" means this Facility Lease  Agreement,  as from time to
time supplemented or amended.

                  "Lender" means  Shelbyville  Industrial  Spec Building - WRS -
Partnership, or any subsequent owner of the Series A Note.

                  "Lien" means any interest in Property  securing an  obligation
owed to anyone,  whether such interest is based on the common law,  statute,  or
contract, and including,  but not limited to, the security interest arising from
a  mortgage,  encumbrance,  pledge,  conditional  sale,  trust  receipt,  lease,
consignment,  or bailment for security  purposes.  The term "Lien" also includes
reservations,  exceptions,  encroachments,  easements, rights of way, covenants,
conditions,  restrictions,  leases,  and  other  similar  title  exceptions  and
encumbrances,   including,  but  not  limited  to,  mechanics',   materialmen's,
warehousemen's,   carriers',  and  other  similar  encumbrances  affecting  real
property. For the purposes of this Lease, one shall be deemed to be the owner of
any Property which he, she, or it has acquired or holds subject to a conditional
sale agreement or other arrangement  pursuant to which title to the Property has
been retained by or vested in someone else for security purposes.

                  "Loan" means,  collectively,  the Bank Loan, the Facility Loan
and the Equipment Loan.

                  "Loan Documents means,  collectively,  the Bank Loan Document,
the Facility Loan Documents, and the Equipment Loan Documents.

                  "Loan  Payment  Date"  means  each  date  on  which  interest,
principal, if any, or any of the foregoing, shall be payable on the Bank Loan or
the Facility Loan.

                  "Net  Proceeds"  means  so much  of the  gross  proceeds  with
respect  to which that term is used as remains  after  payment of all  expenses,
costs,  and  taxes,  including  reasonable  attorney's  fees  and  extraordinary
expenses, incurred in obtaining such gross proceeds.

                  "Permitted   Encumbrances"  means:  (a)  the  Liens,  if  any,
described  in Exhibit  "B"  attached  hereto;  (b)  utility,  access,  and other
easements and rights of way, restrictions, leases and exceptions that do not, in
the written opinion of the Authorized  Representative of Desa, materially impair
the utility or value of the Property affected thereby for the purposes for which
it is intended; (c) mechanics',  materialmen's,  warehousemen's,  carriers', and
other similar liens to the extent  permitted by Section 8.7 of this Lease;  and,
(d) Liens for taxes at the time not delinquent.

<PAGE>
                                       -6-

                  "Project"  means  collectively:  (a) the  Facility and (b) the
Equipment.

                  "Property"  means  any  interest  in any kind of  property  or
assets, whether real, personal, or mixed, tangible or intangible.

                  "Rental  Payments"  means,  collectively,   the  Basic  Rental
Payments and the Additional Rental Payments, as described in Section 5.2 of this
Lease.

                  "State" means the State of Tennessee.

                  "Substitute  Facilities"  means such  facilities as defined in
Section 7.2(a) of this Lease.

                  "Term"  means the term of this Lease as  specified  in Section
3.3 hereof.

                  Section  1.2.   References  to  Lease.   The  words  "hereof,"
"herein,"  "hereunder," and other words of similar import refer to this Lease as
a whole.

                  Section 1.3. References to Articles. Sections. Etc. References
to  Articles,  Sections,  and  other  subdivisions  of  this  Lease  are  to the
designated  Articles,   Sections,  and  other  subdivisions  of  this  Lease  as
originally executed.

                  Section  1.4.  Headings.  The  headings  of this Lease are for
convenience only and shall not define or limit the provisions hereof.

                               (END OF ARTICLE I)

<PAGE>
                                       -7-


                                   ARTICLE II

                   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS


                  Section 2.1. Representations. Warranties, and Covenants of the
issuer. The Issuer hereby represents,  warrants, and covenants as follows as the
basis for the undertakings on its part herein contained:

                      (a) That the Issuer:  (1) was  legally  created and exists
under the  provisions of the Act; (2) has the power under the  provisions of the
Act to enter into the  transactions  contemplated by this Lease and to carry out
its obligations hereunder;  and, (3) has been duly authorized, by proper action,
to execute, deliver and perform this Lease and the Loan Documents;

                      (b) That the Project  constitutes  a "project"  within the
meaning of the Act, and that the Issuer is entering  into the Loan  Documents to
aid in the financing of the Project to accomplish the public purposes of the
Act;

                      (c) That the Issuer will finance the costs incurred in the
acquisition of the Project in accordance  with the terms and  provisions  hereof
and of the Equipment  Lease, in order to induce and cause the Company to provide
a  manufacturing  facility in  Shelbyville,  Tennessee,  such  facility upon its
completion, to be leased to or occupied by (i) industrial, commercial, financial
or service  enterprises;  (ii) nonprofit  domestic  corporations  or enterprises
whose purpose is the promotion,  support and encouragement of either agriculture
or  commerce  in the State or whose  purpose  is the  promotion  of the  health,
welfare and safety of the citizens of the State;  or (iii) similar  corporations
or enterprises, thereby maintaining and increasing employment opportunities, and
furthering  the welfare of the residents of the City of  Shelbyville  and of the
State;

                      (d) That in order to finance the costs of the Project, the
Issuer is entering into the Loan Documents;

                      (e)  That  to the  Issuer's  knowledge,  the  Project,  as
designed, complies with all presently applicable building and zoning ordinances;

                      (f) That the Issuer  will not pledge the rentals and other
amounts  derived  from the  Project  other  than to secure the Loan and will not
mortgage or encumber the Project;

                      (g) That  nothing  in this  Lease  shall be  construed  to
require Issuer to operate the Project other than as lessor; and

                      (h) That all  requirements  of the Act have been  complied
with.

<PAGE>
                                       -8-

                  Section 2.2. Representations. Warranties. and Covenants of the
Company.  The company hereby represents,  warrants,  and covenants as follows as
the basis for the undertaking on its part herein contained:

                      (a) That the Company:  (i) is a partnership duly organized
and  validly  existing  under  the laws of the  State;  (ii) has the  power  and
authority to enter into this Lease; and (iii) has duly authorized the execution,
delivery, and performance of this Lease; and

                      (b) That the  execution and delivery of this Lease and the
Facility  Loan  Documents  will be valid and  binding  on the  Company  and that
neither  the  execution  nor  delivery  of  the  foregoing  documents,  nor  the
consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, nor the fulfillment of or
compliance with the terms and conditions  hereof or thereof,  will conflict with
or result in a breach of any of the  terms,  conditions,  or  provisions  of any
agreement  or  instrument  to which the Company is now a party or by which it is
bound,  or  constitute  a default  hereunder or under any of the  foregoing,  or
result  in the  creation  or  imposition  of any Lien upon any  Property  of the
Company  under  the  terms  of any  instrument  or  agreement,  other  than  the
respective Liens, if any, under the Loan Documents and under this Lease; and

                      (c) That  throughout  the Term, the Company will not take,
permit to be taken,  fail to take,  or  permit to fail to be taken,  any  action
which would cause the Project not to  constitute a "project"  within the meaning
of the Act; and

                      (d) That  the  financing  by the  Issuer  of the  costs of
acquiring the Project will induce and cause the Company to provide said Project;
and

                      (e) That all of the proceeds of the Facility  Loan will be
used for the payment of the Costs of the Project; and

                      (f) That to the knowledge of the Company,  the  execution,
delivery and performance in accordance with the respective  terms of this Lease,
the Loan Documents and any other documents  executed and delivered in connection
with this transaction do not and will not (i) violate any applicable law or (ii)
conflict  with,  result  in a  breach  of or  constitute  a  default  under  any
indenture, agreement or other instrument to which Company is a party or by which
Company or any of the Company's properties may be bound; and

                      (g) That there is no action,  suit,  proceeding or, to the
Company's knowledge,  any inquiry or investigation at law or in equity or before
or by  any  public  board  or  body  pending  or,  to the  Company's  knowledge,
threatened against or affecting the Company or the Company's  property,  wherein
an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding would have a material, adverse effect
on the  validity  or  enforceability  of  the  Loan,  this  Lease,  or the  Loan
Documents, which has not been previously disclosed.

                               (END OF ARTICLE II)

<PAGE>
                                       -9-


                                   ARTICLE III

                              DEMISING CLAUSE; TERM

                  Section 3.1. Demise of Facility. The Issuer demises and leases
to the Company,  and the Company leases from the Issuer,  the Facility,  subject
only to permitted encumbrances, in accordance with the provisions of this Lease,
to have and to hold for the Term.

                  Section 3.2. Lease Term. The Term of this Lease shall commence
as of the date  hereof  and shall  terminate  January 1,  2004,  unless  earlier
terminated pursuant to the provisions of Article XI hereof;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,
that in no event  shall this Lease be  terminated  (except  pursuant  to Section
10.2(a)(4)  hereof),  but the Term hereof  shall  continue  on a  month-to-month
basis, until: (a) the principal of the Loan and the interest thereon, shall have
been paid in full or  provisions  made for such  payment;  (b) all  liabilities,
reasonable costs, and reasonable expenses of the Issuer,  including those of its
legal counsel,  incurred  pursuant to, or in connection  with,  this Lease shall
have been fully paid and discharged to the satisfaction of the Issuer;  and, (c)
all other  liabilities,  costs, and expenses which the Company herein assumes or
agrees  to pay  shall  have  been  fully  paid or  satisfactory  provision  made
therefor.

                              (END OF ARTICLE III)

<PAGE>

                                      -10-


                                   ARTICLE IV

                           ACQUISITION OF THE FACILITY


                  Section 4.1.  Assumption of Bank Loan and Issuance of Series A
Note.  In order to  provide  funds  for the  purpose  of  financing  the cost of
acquiring the Facility,  the Issuer has assumed the Bank Loan. without recourse,
pursuant  to the  Assumption  Agreement,  has issued the Series A Note,  and has
entered into the other  applicable  Loan  Documents.  The Issuer and the Company
agree that the proceeds of the Bank Loan and Facility  Loan shall be used to pay
for Costs of the Project.  It is agreed and understood that throughout the Term,
the Facility shall be owned by the Issuer, and leased to the Company pursuant to
this Lease.

                  Section 4.2.  Costs of the  Project.  The proceeds of the Bank
Loan and the Facility Loan shall be drawn by the Company on behalf of the Issuer
to pay for Costs of the  Project.  For  purposes  of this  Lease.  "Costs of the
Project" shall consist of all costs of acquiring,  improving, and installing the
Facility as the same may be available therefor and financed pursuant to the Bank
Loan Documents and the Facility Loan Documents, including, without limitation:

                           (i) all costs of acquiring the Land and the Building,
                  including architectural, engineering, development, consulting,
                  marketing and supervisory services with respect to acquisition
                  of the  Facility  under  the  Act,  and  capitalized  interest
                  heretofore  accrued or paid in  connection  with the temporary
                  financing  of all  or any  part  of  the  costs  of any of the
                  foregoing;

                           (ii) all fees, taxes, charges, and other expenses for
                  recording  or filing,  as the case may be, the  instrument  or
                  instruments  conveying the Land and the improvements,  if any,
                  thereon  to the  Company,  and  reconveying  the  Land and the
                  improvements  thereon  from the  Company to the  Issuer,  this
                  Lease, the Desa Lease,  the Bank Loan Documents,  the Facility
                  Loan  Documents or any  additional  documents,  instruments or
                  agreements  relating thereto or to the Bank Loan, the Facility
                  Loan or this Lease;

                           (iii)  all costs of  entering  into the Bank Loan and
                  the Facility Loan,  including,  but not limited to, all legal,
                  accounting,   feasibility  study,  financial  advisory,  legal
                  investment, and any other fees, discounts, costs, and expenses
                  incurred in  connection  with the  preparation,  reproduction.
                  authorization,  execution,  and  delivery of the Bank Loan and
                  the Facility Loan, the Bank Loan Documents,  the Facility Loan
                  Documents,  this Lease, and any and all additional  documents,
                  instruments or agreements related thereto,  and the payment of
                  any premium for title insurance;

                           (iv)  reimbursement  to the  Company  for  any of the
                  above enumerated items of cost or expense paid by it.

<PAGE>

                                      -11-

Nothing contained in this Lease, or in any related documents,  shall impose upon
the Issuer to see to the proper  application  of the proceeds of the Loan or any
disbursement thereof.

                  Section 4 3.  Company  Required to Pay Project  Costs in Event
Loan  Insufficient.  If the  moneys  in the  Bank  Loan  and the  Facility  Loan
available  for payment of the Costs of the Project  should not be  sufficient to
pay the costs thereof in full,  the Company  agrees to complete the Facility and
to pay all that  portion  of the cost of the  Project as may be in excess of the
moneys  available  therefor in the Loan.  The Issuer does not make any warranty,
either express or implied,  that the moneys under the Bank Loan and the Facility
Loan and which,  under the  provisions  of this  Lease,  will be  available  for
payment of the Costs of the Project,  will be  sufficient to pay all costs which
will be  incurred  in  that  connection.  The  Company  agrees  that,  if  after
exhaustion  of the moneys in the Bank Loan and the  Facility  Loan,  the Company
should pay any portion of the Costs of the Project pursuant to the provisions of
this Section,  it shall not be entitled to any  reimbursement  therefor from the
Issuer,  nor shall it be entitled to any  diminution in or  postponement  of the
payments required to be made hereunder.

                  Section 4.4.  Payment of Expenses of Loan.  The Company agrees
to be liable and pay for recording  expenses,  legal fees, printing expenses and
other fees and expenses incurred or to be incurred by or on behalf of the Issuer
in  connection  with or as an incident to the Bank Loan and the Facility Loan or
the Bank Loan Documents or the Facility Loan Documents.

                  Section 4.5. Other Amounts Payable by the Company. The Company
agrees to pay all costs and expenses (including  attorney's fees), not otherwise
paid  under  the  terms of this  Lease  reasonably  incurred  by the  Issuer  in
connection with, or as a direct or indirect result of, or in connection with the
administration  or enforcement of, and compliance  with, this Lease and the Bank
Loan or the Facility  Loan, or otherwise in regard to the Facility.  The Company
may, however,  without creating a default  hereunder,  contest in good faith the
necessity,  and the  reasonableness  of, any  costs,  expenses,  fees,  amounts,
liabilities and  obligations  referred to in this Section 4.5 and in Section 8.2
hereof.

                  Section 4.6. Bank Priority.  It is agreed and understood  that
the terms,  conditions,  provisions,  liens and security  interests set forth or
granted in the Bank Loan  Documents are and shall  continue to be secured by the
Facility with priority over those set forth or granted  herein,  in the Facility
Loan Documents or in the Equipment Loan Documents,  as applicable.  In the event
of any conflict or  inconsistency  between the terms and  provisions of the Bank
Loan  Documents,  this  Lease or the  Facility  Loan  Documents,  the  terms and
provisions of the Bank Loan Documents shall control and prevail.

                               (END OF ARTICLE IV)


<PAGE>
                                      -12-


                                    ARTICLE V

                          RENTAL PROVISIONS; PREPAYMENT


                  Section 5.1. Quiet Enjoyment.  The Issuer hereby covenants and
agrees that it will not take any action,  other than  pursuant to Section 8.4 or
Article X of this Lease,  to prevent  the Company or Desa from having  quiet and
peaceable  possession  and enjoyment of the Project during the Term and will, at
the request of the Company or Desa, and at the requesting  person's cost, to the
extent that it may lawfully do so, join in any legal action in which the Company
or Desa asserts its right to such possession and enjoyment.

                  Section  5.2.  Rental  Payments;  Basic Rental  Payments;  and
Additional Rental Payments. The Company covenants and agrees to pay, or cause to
be paid, as and for rental and for use of the Project,  throughout the Term, the
Basic Rental  Payments and the  Additional  Rental  Payments as provided in this
Section, in funds which constitute lawful monies of the United States of America
for the payment of public and private debts, as at the time of payment.

                      (a) Basic Rental Payments.  The Company shall,  throughout
the Term,  pay, or cause to be paid,  as Basic Rental  Payments,  the  following
amounts:

                           (1) On or prior to any  installment  payment date for
                  the Bank Loan under the Bank Note, until the principal of, and
                  interest  on the Bank Loan shall have been fully  paid,  a sum
                  which will enable the Issuer to pay the amount payable on such
                  date as principal of (where at maturity,  or upon acceleration
                  or otherwise),  and interest upon the Bank Note as provided in
                  the Bank Loan Documents.

                           (2) On or prior to any  installment  payment date for
                  the Facility Loan under the Series A Note, until the principal
                  of, and  interest on the  Facility  Loan shall have been fully
                  paid,  a sum which  will  enable  the Issuer to pay the amount
                  payable on such date as principal of (whether at maturity,  or
                  upon acceleration or otherwise),  and interest upon the Series
                  A Note as provided in the Facility Loan Documents.

                      (b)  Additional  Rental  Payments.  The Company shall from
time to time pay, as  Additional  Rental  Payments,  within  thirty (30) days of
receipt of written demand therefor from the person entitled to payment  thereof,
an amount  sufficient to pay the following costs and expenses to the extent such
costs and  expenses  are not paid  from the  proceeds  of the Baulk  Loan or the
Facility Loan:

                           (1) The fees and other costs incurred for services of
                  such  engineers,   architects,   attorneys,   and  independent
                  accountants  as are employed to make  examinations,  opinions,
                  and reports required under, or contemplated by, this Lease;


<PAGE>
                                      -13-

                           (2) The fees and  other  costs,  not  otherwise  paid
                  under  this  Lease,  incurred  by the  Issuer by reason of its
                  leasing   of  the   Project   or  in   connection   with   its
                  administration  and enforcement of, and compliance  with, this
                  Lease, or otherwise in connection with the Project; and,

                           (3)  All  amounts   advanced  by  the  Issuer   under
                  authority of this Lease or otherwise  and which the Company is
                  obligated to repay.

                  The Issuer hereby directs the Company to make the Basic Rental
Payments (i) under  subsection  (a)(1) to the Bank for payment of the Bank Loan,
and such payments shall be made in a timely manner so that the Issuer can comply
with the provisions of the Bank Loan Documents, and (ii) under subsection (a)(2)
to the Lender for payment of the Facility  Loan, and such payments shall be made
in a timely  manner so that the  Issuer can comply  with the  provisions  of the
Facility Loan Documents.

                  Payments of Additional  Rental  Payments  shall be made by the
Company directly to the persons entitled to such payment.

                  In the  event  the  Company  shall  fail to make  any  payment
required  by this  Section,  the  payment so in  default  shall  continue  as an
obligation  hereunder of the Company until the amount in default shall have been
fully  paid,  and the  Company  shall  pay,  or cause to be paid,  the same with
interest  thereon  from the date of  default  until so paid at a rate per  annum
equal to twelve  percent  (12%) or the  maximum  rate of interest  allowable  by
applicable law, whichever is less.

                  The Company  shall make the payments  required by this Section
without any further  notice thereof  except as may be  specifically  required by
this Section.

                  Section  5.3.  Credits  Toward  Basic  Rental  Payments.   The
following  amounts shall be credited (to the extent,  if any, which such amounts
shall  not have  previously  been the basis  for such a  credit)  in the  manner
specified,  against the Basic Rental  Payments,  and such Basic Rental  Payments
shall accordingly be reduced to the extent of any such credits:

                      (a) Any  amounts  paid as a  prepayment  of  Basic  Rental
Payments pursuant to Section 5.5 hereof;

                      (b) Any  other  amounts  paid to Bank or the  Lender  as a
prepayment of Basic Rental Payments, the Bank Loan or the Facility Loan pursuant
to any provisions  hereof or the terms thereof,  including,  but not necessarily
limited to, Section 9.4 hereof.

                  Section  5.4.  General  Obligation;   Obligations  of  Company
Unconditional.  The Company shall pay to or upon the order of the Issuer,  at or
before the time when payable by the Issuer,  all costs and liabilities  incurred
by the Issuer in connection  with its financing of the Facility,  under the Bank
Loan Documents or the Facility Loan  Documents,  or otherwise as a result of the
transactions contemplated by this Lease.


<PAGE>
                                      -14-

                  The  obligations of the Company to make the payments  required
in Section  5.2  hereof,  and to perform  and  observe  any and all of the other
covenants  and  agreements  on its part  contained  herein,  shall be a  general
obligation of the Company and shall be absolute and  unconditional  irrespective
of any defense or any rights of set off,  recoupment,  or counterclaim which the
Company  otherwise  may have  against the Issuer.  The  Company  shall not:  (a)
suspend,  discontinue,  or abate any  payment  required  by  Section  5.2 hereof
(except as  provided  in  Section  5.3);  (b) fail to  observe  any of its other
covenants or agreements in this Lease,  the Bank Loan  Documents or the Facility
Loan Documents;  or, (c) except as provided in Article XI hereof, terminate this
Lease for any cause  whatsoever,  including,  without limiting the generality of
the foregoing,  failure to complete the Project; failure of Desa to occupy or to
use the Project as contemplated in this Lease or otherwise;  any change or delay
in the time of  availability  of the Project;  any defect in the title,  design,
operation,  merchantability,  fitness,  or  condition  of the  Project or in the
suitability  of the  Project  for the  purposes  or needs of  Desa;  failure  of
consideration;  eviction or constructive  eviction;  destruction of or damage to
the Project;  commercial  frustration of purpose;  the taking by Condemnation of
title  to or the  use of all or any  part  of the  Project;  any  change  in the
taxation  or other laws of the  United  States of America or of the State or any
political  subdivision of either; any declaration or finding that any portion of
this Lease is invalid or  unenforceable;  and, any failure of the Issuer,  Bank,
Desa or the Lender to perform  and  observe any  agreement,  whether  express or
implied, or any duty,  liability,  or obligation arising out of or in connection
with this Lease or otherwise.

                  Nothing  contained  in this  Section  shall  be  construed  to
release the Issuer from the  performance  of any of the  agreements  on its part
contained in this Lease,  and in the event the Issuer should fail to perform any
such  agreement on its part,  the Company may institute  such action against the
Issuer,  as the  Company may deem  necessary  to compel  performance;  provided,
however, that anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no such
action shall: (a) violate the agreements on the part of the Company contained in
the second  paragraph of this Section;  (b) diminish the amounts  required to be
paid by the Company  pursuant  to any  provision  of this Lease;  or (c) seek to
impose or impose any pecuniary  liability on the Issuer  payable from any source
other than as  provided in the Loan  Documents,  or any  personal  or  pecuniary
liability on any officer or director of the Issuer.  The Company may, at its own
cost and expense, and in its own name or in the name of the Issuer, prosecute or
defend any action or proceeding or take any action involving third persons which
the Company deems  reasonably  necessary in order to secure or protect its right
to possession,  occupancy,  and use of the Project, and in such event the Issuer
shall, provided the Company shall pay, or cause to be paid, all costs (including
attorneys'  fees) reasonably  incurred by the Issuer in connection  therewith as
such costs accrue, cooperate fully with the Company.

                  Section 5.5.  Prepayment of Rental Payments.  (a) Basic Rental
payments under Section 5.4(a)(1) may be prepaid in full or in part as permitted,
but only as permitted  under the Bank Loan  Documents or with Bank's  consent in
its sole  discretion,  and Basic Rental Payments under Section  5.4(a)(2) may be
prepaid in full or in part at any time without premium or penalty.


<PAGE>
                                      -15-

                      (b) The amount  necessary to prepay the Rental Payments in
full, or to provide for such full prepayment,  shall be determined in accordance
with the provisions of Section 11.6 of this Lease.

                  Section  5.6.  Rights and  Obligations  of  Company  Upon Full
Prepayment of Rental Payments.  In the event the Rental Payments shall have been
prepaid in full,  the Company  shall have the option to purchase  the Project in
accordance  with the  provisions  of Section 11.3 hereof.  If such option is not
exercised,  then (i) this Lease shall continue in accordance with its terms, and
(ii) the Company shall have no further  obligation to pay Basic Rental  Payments
during such paid up period of the Term hereof.

                               (END OF ARTICLE V)


<PAGE>
                                      -16-


                                   ARTICLE VI

                MAINTENANCE, MODIFICATIONS, TAXES, AND INSURANCE

                  Section 6.1. Maintenance of the Facility. Throughout the Term,
the Company shall, at its own expense,  keep and maintain the Facility, or cause
the Facility to be kept and maintained,  in good condition,  repair, and working
order  (ordinary  wear and tear  excepted),  making,  or causing to be made, all
repairs and replacements thereto (whether ordinary or extraordinary,  structural
or nonstructural, or foreseen or unforeseen), and operate the Facility, or cause
the Facility to be operated, as deemed necessary and proper by the Company.

                  Section 6.2. Modification of the Facility. (a) The Company, at
its own cost and expense, may make such additions,  renewals,  replacements,  or
improvements to or alterations of the Project,  or may construct or place on the
Facility, such additional or renewal or replacement facilities,  furnishings, or
equipment,  as the  Company may deem  desirable  to attain the  purposes  herein
contemplated,    provided   that   such   additions,   renewals,   replacements,
improvements,  alterations,  facilities,  furnishings,  or  equipment  shall not
impair  the fair  market  value,  structural  soundness,  or  usefulness  of the
Facility.

                      (b) At the  request  of the  Company  or Desa,  the Issuer
shall join in any application for such municipal and other governmental  permits
and  authorizations as the Company may deem necessary or advisable in connection
with any such  construction,  acquisition  or  installation,  provided  that the
Company  or Desa shall  indemnify  and hold the  Issuer  harmless,  or cause the
Issuer  to be  indemnified  and held  harmless,  against  and from all costs and
expenses,  including  attorneys'  fees,  which may be  incurred by the Issuer in
connection with any such joinder or application.

                  Section  6.3.  Improvements  as  Part  of  the  Facility.  All
buildings,  structures,  improvements,  fixtures,  accessions and other Property
which shall be  constructed,  placed,  or installed in or upon the Facility as a
substitute  for, or in renewal or  replacement  of, any  buildings,  structures,
improvements,  fixtures,  accessions, or other Property constituting part of the
Facility,  shall  become a part of the  Facility;  provided,  however,  that the
Company does not warrant, covenant or represent that such additions would become
a part of the Facility.

                  Section 6.4. Taxes, Assessments,  and Utility Charges. (a) The
Company  shall pay, or cause to be paid, as the same shall  respectively  become
due: (i) all taxes, in lieu of tax payments,  regulatory  fees, and governmental
charges of any kind whatsoever, including ad valorem taxes, that may at any time
be lawfully  assessed or levied  against or with respect to the Facility  and/or
any  furnishings,  equipment,  or other  Property  installed  or  brought by the
Company or any other person, therein or thereon,  excluding,  however, any taxes
levied  upon or with  respect to the income or  revenues  of the Issuer from the
Facility;  (ii) all  utility  or other  charges,  including  "service  charges,"
incurred or imposed for the operation,  maintenance, use, occupancy, upkeep, and
improvement of the Facility;  and, (iii) all assessments and charges of any kind
whatsoever lawfully made by any governmental body


<PAGE>
                                      -17-

for  public  improvements  which  are in  respect  of the  Facility  or any part
thereof. It is acknowledged and agreed, however, that the Issuer and the Company
do not expect or intend that any ad valorem  taxes will be assessed  against the
Facility during the Term.

                      (b) The Company or any other person may, in good faith and
at  its  own  expense,  contest  any  such  taxes,  in  lieu  of  tax  payments,
assessments, and other charges, after giving notice of its intention to do so to
the Issuer. In the event of any such contest,  the Company or such other person,
as applicable, may permit the taxes, assessments,  or other charges so contested
to remain  unpaid  during the period of such  contest and any appeal  therefrom,
unless the Issuer shall notify the Company or such other person,  as applicable,
that by nonpayment of any such items the Facility,  or any part thereof,  may be
imminently   subject  to  loss  or  forfeiture,   in  which  event  such  taxes,
assessments,  or charges  shall be paid promptly or secured by posting a bond in
form and substance satisfactory to the Issuer. The Issuer shall, if requested by
the Company or such other person,  as  applicable,  and provided that the Issuer
shall be indemnified  and held harmless  against and from all costs and expenses
(including  attorneys'  fees) which may be reasonably  incurred by the Issuer in
connection therewith,  cooperate fully with the Company or such other person, as
applicable, in any such contest.

                  Section 6.5. Insurance  Required.  (a) At all times throughout
the Term, the Company shall maintain  insurance  against such risks and for such
amounts as are customarily  insured against by businesses of like size and type,
paying,  as the same become due and payable,  all  premiums in respect  thereto,
including but not necessarily limited to:

                           (i) fire  insurance  with Uniform  Standard  Extended
                  Coverage   Endorsements  or  equivalent   coverage  obtainable
                  through Federal or State programs, and vandalism and malicious
                  mischief  insurance,  as may be approved  for  issuance in the
                  State, at all times in an amount equal to not less than 80% of
                  the replacement cost of the Building, exclusive of excavations
                  and foundations with respect to the Building;

                           (ii)    comprehensive    general   public   liability
                  insurance,  insuring against all claims for personal injury or
                  death on an  occurrence  basis  in an  amount  not  less  than
                  $1,000,000  per  occurrence  and  $1,000,000  per person,  and
                  against all claims for property damage on an occurrence  basis
                  in an amount not less than $500,000 per occurrence; and

                           (iii)  workers'  compensation  coverage and any other
                  type of insurance required by the laws of the State.

                      Any of the insurance required above may provide deductible
provisions  in  amounts  not  exceeding  that in  similar  policies  carried  by
businesses  of a size and character  similar to the Company,  but in no event to
exceed  $10,000,  if  reasonably   obtainable,   and  the  Company  shall  be  a
self-insurer to the extent of the amount of the deductible obtained.

                      (b) The Net Proceeds of the insurance  carried pursuant to
the  provisions of this Section shall be paid and applied as provided by Section
6.7 hereof.

<PAGE>
                                      -18-

                  Section 6.6. Insurers and Policies.  (a) Each insurance policy
required by Section 6.5 hereof: (1) shall be issued by a financially responsible
insurer (or insurers) of recognized standing,  legally authorized to provide the
respective  insurance  in the  State;  and (2) shall  prohibit  cancellation  or
modification  by the insurer  without at least  thirty  (30) days prior  written
notice to the Issuer,  Desa and the Company.  Before the  expiration of any such
policy,  the Company shall furnish the Issuer and Desa evidence  satisfactory to
the Issuer and Desa,  that such policy has been  renewed or  replaced,  or is no
longer required by this Lease. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
all  insurance  policies  carried  pursuant to Section 6.5 hereof shall name the
Company,  Desa and the Issuer as parties  insured  thereunder as the  respective
interest of each of such parties may appear,  and each policy shall provide that
losses  thereunder  shall be adjusted by the Company,  with the  concurrence  of
Desa, with the insurer on behalf of the insured parties.

                      (b)  All  such  policies  of  insurance,  or  certificates
(acceptable to the Issuer and Desa) of the insurers, or of an agent or agents of
the  insurers,  that such  insurance is in force and effect,  shall be deposited
with the Bank.

                  Section 6.7. Application of Net Proceeds of Insurance. The Net
Proceeds of the  insurance  carried  pursuant to the  provisions  of Section 6.5
hereof shall be applied as follows:

                      (a) The Net Proceeds of the insurance  carried pursuant to
Sections  6.5(a)(i)  hereof  shall be applied as provided in Section 7.1 hereof;
and

                      (b) The Net Proceeds of the insurance  carried pursuant to
Sections   6.5(a)(ii)   and   6.5(a)(iii)   hereof   shall  be  applied   toward
extinguishment  or  satisfaction  of the  liability  with  respect to which such
insurance proceeds may be paid.

                  Section 6.8. Advances by Issuer.  (a) In the event the Company
shall  fail to pay,  or fail to  cause  to be  paid,  any  tax,  assessment,  or
governmental charge required to be paid by the provisions of Section 6.4 hereof,
prior to the date  upon  which  such tax,  assessment  or  charge  would  become
delinquent, or maintain, or cause to be maintained,  the full insurance coverage
required by the provisions of Section 6.5 hereof, the Issuer, with not less than
ten (10) days' prior written  notice to the Company and Desa,  may (but shall be
under no obligation  to) pay such tax,  assessment,  or  governmental  charge or
obtain or maintain  the  required  policy of  insurance,  and pay the premium or
premiums on the same.

                      (b) In the event  that the  Company  or any  other  person
shall  permit any unsafe or dangerous  condition  to exist in the  Project,  the
Issuer may (but shall be under no obligation  to) notify the Company and Desa in
writing of such condition, and if the Company or Desa shall fail to correct such
condition,  or cause such  condition  to be  corrected,  within  (30) days after
receipt  of such  notice,  may (but  shall be under no  obligation  to) make the
required correction, improvement, or repair.

                      (c) All  amounts so  advanced  by any person  pursuant  to
subsections  (a) or (b) of this  Section  shall be  promptly  reimbursed  by the
Company to the person making the advance,  together  with interest  thereon from
the date of such advance to the date of

<PAGE>
                                      -19-

reimbursement  at a rate per annum equal to twelve  percent (12%) or the maximum
rate of interest allowable by applicable law, whichever is less.

                  Section  6.9.  Obligation  of  Company to  Maintain  Insurance
Regardless of Approval. No acceptance or approval of any insurance policy by the
Issuer  shall  relieve or release  the  Company  from any  liability,  duty,  or
obligation under the provisions of this Lease.

                               (END OF ARTICLE VI)

<PAGE>
                                      -20-


                                   ARTICLE VII

                     DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION, CONDEMNATION, ETC.

                  Section 7.1.  Damage or  Destruction.  (a) Subject to the Bank
Loan  Documents,  in the event the Facility  shall be damaged or  destroyed  (in
whole or in part) at any time during the Term:

                           (i) the Company shall  promptly  give, or cause to be
                  given,  written  notice of such damage or  destruction  to the
                  Issuer, the Bank and Desa;

                           (ii) any Net  Proceeds of  insurance  resulting  from
                  damage to or  destruction  of the Facility shall be applied by
                  the Company,  at the option of Desa, to the  prepayment of all
                  or any  portion  of Rental  Payments  and/or to the  repair or
                  replacement of the Facility;

                           (iii)  so long as  there  shall  be  outstanding  any
                  indebtedness  evidenced by the Loan, the Company shall, if and
                  to the  extent  required  by  the  Lender,  promptly  replace,
                  repair, or restore the Facility to such condition,  value, and
                  utility to allow the Facility to operate as it was designed to
                  operate  prior  to  such  damage  or  destruction,  with  such
                  changes,   alterations,   and  modifications   (including  the
                  substitution and addition of other  Property),  as may be then
                  approved by the Bank, Lender, Equipment Lender and Desa.

                  In the event such Net  Proceeds of  insurance,  or the portion
thereof,  if any, are insufficient to pay in full the costs of such replacement,
repair,  rebuilding or  restoration,  the Company shall be obligated to complete
such  replacement,  repair,  or  restoration,  paying  from its own monies  that
portion of the costs thereof in excess of such Net Proceeds of insurance.

                  All such replacements, repairs, or restoration of the Facility
made pursuant to this  Section,  whether or not  requiring  the  expenditure  of
monies of the  Company,  shall  automatically  become a part of the Facility the
same as if specifically described herein.

                      (b) If the Loan,  including the interest  payable thereon,
and all sums payable pursuant to Section 5.2(b) hereof, have been fully paid, or
provision  therefor has been made,  all such Net Proceeds of insurance  shall be
paid as provided in the  Equipment  Lease or the Desa Lease,  or if no provision
with respect thereto is made, such Net Proceeds shall be paid to the Company.

                      (c)  The  Company  shall  be  entitled  to  any  insurance
proceeds or portion  thereof made for damage to or  destruction  of any Property
which, at the time of such damage or destruction, is not part of the Project.

                  Section 7.2. Condemnation. (a) In the event all or any part of
the title to, or the use of, the Facility shall be taken by Condemnation  during
the Term:

<PAGE>
                                      -21-

                           (i) the Company shall  promptly  give, or cause to be
                  given,  written notice of any Condemnation  proceedings of, or
                  affecting,  the  Facility,  or  any  portion  thereof,  to the
                  Issuer, Bank, Desa, Lender and the Equipment Lender;

                           (ii) any Net Proceeds of any Condemnation award shall
                  be  applied  by the  Company,  at the  option of Desa,  to the
                  prepayment  of  any  portion  of  Rental   Payments,   to  the
                  restoration  of the  Facility,  and/or to the  acquisition  of
                  Substitute Facilities, as such term is hereinafter defined;

                           (iii)  so long as  there  shall  be  outstanding  any
                  indebtedness  evidenced by the Loan, the Company shall, to the
                  extent  required by Desa,  (i)  promptly  restore the Facility
                  (excluding any land taken by  Condemnation) to such condition.
                  value,  and utility to allow the Facility to operate as it was
                  designed  to  operate  prior to such  Condemnation,  with such
                  changes, alterations, and modifications (which do not increase
                  expense, unless Desa pays such additional cost) as may be then
                  required  by  Desa,  or  (ii)  acquire,   by  construction  or
                  otherwise,    facilities   (the   "Substitute    Facilities"),
                  acceptable  to Desa,  of such  nature  and  value to allow the
                  Facility  to operate as it was  designed  to operate  prior to
                  such  condemnation,   with  such  changes,   alterations,  and
                  modifications as may be then required by Desa.

                  In the event that such Net Proceeds are not  sufficient to pay
in full the costs of such  restoration  of the Facility or such  acquisition  of
Substitute  Facilities,   the  Company  shall  be  obligated  to  complete  such
restoration  or  acquisition,  or to  acquire  such  Substitute  Facilities,  as
applicable,  and shall pay from its own monies that portion of the costs thereof
in excess of such Net Proceeds of any condemnation award.

                  The  restored  portions  of the  Facility,  or the  Substitute
Facilities,  whether  or not  requiring  the  expenditure  of the  moneys of the
Company or Desa, shall automatically become part of the Facility.

                      (b) If the Loan,  including the interest  payable thereon,
and all sums payable  pursuant to Section 5.2(b)  hereof,  have been fully paid,
all such Net Proceeds of any Condemnation award shall be paid as provided in the
Equipment  Lease or the Desa Lease,  or if no provision with respect  thereto is
made, such Net Proceeds shall be paid to the Company.

                      (c) The Company  shall be entitled to the  proceeds of any
Condemnation  award or  portion  thereof  made for  damage to, or taking of, any
Property  which,  at the  time of such  damage  or  taking,  is not  part of the
Project.

                              (END OF ARTICLE VII)
<PAGE>

                                      -22-


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                SPECIAL COVENANTS

                  Section 8.1. No Warranty of Condition or  Suitability;  Use of
Project.  The Company  acknowledges  its full  familiarity with the Land and the
Building,  and it represents  that it is solely  responsible  for the plan under
which  the  Facility  will be  operated  and  maintained.  The  Issuer  makes no
representations or warranties,  either express or implied,  as to the condition,
title, design, operation, merchantability, or fitness of the Project, or that it
is, or will be, suitable for the purposes or needs of the Company or Desa.

                  Section  8.2.  Indemnity  and Hold  Harmless  Provisions.  The
Company  hereby  releases  the  Issuer,  its  members,  agents,  employees,  and
consultants from; agrees that the Issuer, its members,  agents,  employees,  and
consultants  shall not be liable for; and agrees to reimburse  and indemnify and
hold the Issuer, its members,  agents,  employees, and consultants harmless from
and against,  any and all: (a)  liability  for loss or damage to Property or any
injury to or death of any and all persons  that may be  occasioned  by any cause
whatsoever  pertaining  to the Project or arising by reason of or in  connection
with the acquisition,  occupation, or use of said Project; (b) liability arising
from, or expense incurred by reason of, the Issuer's leasing of the Project, and
all  causes of action  and  attorneys  fees and any other  expense  incurred  in
defending  any  suits or  actions  which  may  arise  as a result  of any of the
foregoing excluding Issuer's  obligations to the Company hereunder;  and (c) all
costs and  expenses  of the  Issuer or the  officers,  directors,  or  employees
thereof,  incurred as a result of carrying out its obligations under this Lease,
the  Loan  Documents,  or any  other  document  herein  contemplated;  provided,
however,  that the  foregoing  shall  not apply to the  negligence  or wanton or
willful  misconduct  of  the  Issuer,  its  members,  agents,   consultants  and
employees.

                  Section 8.3. Reimbursement of Issuer.  Notwithstanding that it
is the  intention of the parties  that the Issuer shall not incur any  pecuniary
liability by reason of this Lease,  or the Loan  Documents,  or by reason of any
actions,  documents,  statutes,  ordinances,  or  regulations  pertaining to the
foregoing,  the Company shall  promptly pay any and all costs and  expenses,  as
such costs and expenses accrue, which may be incurred by, or judgments which may
be rendered against, the Issuer, or any of its officers, employees, or agents at
any time or times during, or subsequent to the Term: (a) in enforcing any of the
terms, covenants,  conditions, or provisions of this Lease; (b) in defending any
action, suit, or proceeding brought against the Issuer, or any of its respective
officers,  employees,  or agents as a result of the  violation of, or failure to
comply with, any present or future Federal,  State, or municipal law, ordinance,
regulation,  or  order,  or  as  a  result  of  any  alleged  failure,  neglect,
misfeasance,  or default on the part of the  Company,  or any of the  employees,
servants,  agents,  or  independent  contractors  of  any of  the  foregoing  in
connection  with,  arising  from, or growing out of, this Lease or in connection
with the Loan, the Loan Documents,  or the Project, or any operations  conducted
in, or any use or occupancy of, said Project,  or any action  pertaining  to, or
connected with, any of the foregoing.

<PAGE>
                                      -23-

                  Section 8.4.  Right of Access to the  Project.  The Issuer and
its duly authorized agents shall have the right at all reasonable times to enter
upon, and to examine and inspect,  the Project. In addition,  the Issuer and its
duly authorized agents shall have such rights of access to the Project as may be
reasonably necessary for the proper maintenance and repair of the project in the
event of any failure by the Company to perform its obligations hereunder.

                  Section 8.5. Project as a Public Facility.  The Company shall,
during the Term, admit, or cause to be admitted, persons; employ, or cause to be
employed,  persons at, and render,  or cause to be  rendered,  services  at, the
Project without discrimination as to race, religion,  creed, color, sex, age, or
national origin.

                  Section 8.6. Compliance with Orders. Ordinances.  Etc. (a) The
Company  shall  throughout  the Term,  without  expense to the Issuer,  promptly
comply,  or promptly cause  compliance,  with all statutes,  codes,  laws, acts,
ordinances,   orders,  judgments,  decrees,  injunctions,   rules,  regulations,
permits,  licenses,   authorizations,   directions,   contract  provisions,  and
requirements of all Federal,  State, county,  municipal,  and other governments,
departments,   commissions,  boards,  companies  or  associations  insuring  the
premises, courts, authorities,  officials, and officers, foreseen or unforeseen,
ordinary or extraordinary,  which now or at any time hereafter may be applicable
to the  Project,  or  any  part  thereof,  or to  any  of  the  streets,  roads,
passageways,  sidewalks,  curbs,  gutters  adjoining  the  Project,  or any part
thereof,  or to any use, manner of use, or condition of the Project, or any part
thereof.

                      (b)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of subsection (a) of
this  section,  the  Company or any other  person may, in good faith and at his,
her, or its own expense,  upon prior written  notice to the Issuer,  contest the
validity or the  applicability  of any  requirement of the nature referred to in
subsection (a) of this section.  In such event, the Company, or any such person,
as  applicable,  may fail to comply  with the  requirement  or  requirements  so
contested during the period of such contest,  and any appeal  therefrom,  unless
the Issuer or the Trustee shall notify the Company and Desa, or any such person,
as applicable,  that by failure to comply with such requirement or requirements,
the  Project,  or any  part  thereof,  may be  imminently  subject  to  loss  or
forfeiture,  in which event the Company or Desa shall  promptly take such action
with respect thereto as shall be  satisfactory to the Issuer.  The Issuer shall,
if requested by the  Company,  Desa or such other  person,  as  applicable,  and
provided that the Issuer shall be indemnified and held harmless against and from
all costs and  expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees)  which may be  reasonably
incurred  by the  Issuer  in  connection  therewith,  cooperate  fully  with the
Company, Desa or such other person, as applicable, in any such contest.

                  Section  8.7.  Discharge  of Liens and  Encumbrances.  (a) The
Company  shall not permit or create,  or suffer to be permitted or created,  any
Lien, except for Permitted Encumbrances,  upon the Facility or any part thereof,
by reason of any labor,  materials, or services rendered or supplied, or claimed
to be rendered or supplied,  with respect to the Facility,  or any part thereof.
The Company shall  immediately  give notice to the Issuer and Desa of the filing
or  assertion  of any such Lien of which it has  knowledge,  and  shall,  within
thirty (30) days after receipt of actual or constructive notice of the filing or
assertion of any

<PAGE>
                                      -24-

such Lien,  satisfy the Lien or cause it to be discharged of record or otherwise
prevent the enforcement thereby by payment,  deposit, filing the requisite bond,
or taking such other action as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer.

                      (b)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of subsection (a) of
this section,  the Company,  Desa or any other person, may, in good faith and at
his, her, or its own expense,  upon prior written notice to the Issuer,  contest
any  such  Lien.  In such  event,  the  Company,  Desa or any  such  person,  as
applicable,   may  permit  the  Lien  or  encumbrance  so  contested  to  remain
undischarged and unsatisfied  during the period of such contest,  and any appeal
therefrom,  unless the Issuer  shall  notify the Company  and Desa,  or any such
persons,  as  applicable,  that by  nonpayment of such Lien or  encumbrance  the
Project,  or any part thereof,  may be imminently subject to loss or forfeiture,
in which event, the Company or Desa shall promptly secure payment of such unpaid
Lien or encumbrance by filing,  or causing to be filed,  the requisite  bond, in
form and substance satisfactory to the Issuer. The Issuer shall, if requested by
the Company,  Desa or such other person,  as  applicable,  and provided that the
Issuer shall be  indemnified  and held  harmless  against and from all costs and
expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees) which may be reasonably  incurred by the
Issuer in connection  therewith,  cooperate fully with the Company, Desa or such
other persons, as applicable, in any such contest.

                  Section 8.8. Restriction Against Certain Religious Activities.
The Company hereby covenants that, for such period as may be required by law, no
part of the Project  shall be used for sectarian  instruction,  or as a place of
religious  worship,  or in connection  with any part of a program of a school or
department of divinity of any religious denomination.

                  If at any time the  applicable law would permit the Project to
be used for a purpose  prohibited by this Section,  such  prohibition  shall, to
that extent,  be of no further force or effect.  This covenant shall survive any
termination of this Lease.

                  Section 8.9.  Further  Assurances and Corrective  Instruments.
The Issuer and the  Company  agree that they will,  from time to time,  execute,
acknowledge and deliver,  or cause to be executed,  acknowledged  and delivered,
such  supplements  hereto and such  further  instruments  as may  reasonably  be
required for correcting  any inadequate or incorrect  description of the Project
hereby leased or intended so to be or for carrying out the  expressed  intention
of this Lease.

                  Section 8.10.  Granting of  Easements.  The Company may at any
time or times,  subject to its leasehold  interest,  grant easements,  licenses,
rights of way (including the dedication of public  highways) and other rights or
privileges  in the nature of  easements  with  respect to any property or rights
included  in the  Project,  or  the  Company  may  release  existing  easements,
licenses,  rights  of way and  other  rights  and  privileges  with  or  without
consideration,  and the Issuer  agrees  that it shall  execute  and  deliver any
instrument  necessary  or  appropriate  to confirm and grant or release any such
easement, license, right of way or other grant or privilege upon receipt of: (1)
a copy of the  instrument  of grant or  release,  and (2) a written  application
signed by the Authorized  Representative of the Company and Desa requesting such
instrument and stating (i) that such grant or release is not detrimental to the


<PAGE>
                                      -25-

proper  conduct of the business of the Company or Desa, and (ii) that such grant
or release will not impair the effective use or interfere  with the operation of
the Project.

                  Section  8.11.  Release of Certain Land.  Notwithstanding  any
other  provisions of this Lease,  the parties hereto  reserve the right,  at any
time and from time to time, to amend this Lease for the purpose of effecting the
release of or removal from this Lease and the leasehold estate created hereby of
(i) any  unimproved  part of the Land (on which no part of the Building or other
building  or  equipment  owned  by the  Company  or Desa  and  essential  to the
continued  operation of the Project is  situated),  or (ii) any part of the Land
with respect to which the Company proposes to convey fee title or an easement to
a  railroad,  public  utility  or public  body in order that  railroad  service,
utility  services or roads may be provided for the Project;  provided that if at
the time any such  amendment is made any of the Loan is  outstanding  and unpaid
such amendment shall not be effective until and unless the Lender, Bank Desa and
Equipment Lender have consented thereto in writing.

                              (END OF ARTICLE VIII)

                                   ARTICLE IX

                     ASSIGNMENT: REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT: ETC.

                  Section 9.1. Assignment and Subleasing.  (a) This Lease may be
assigned  and the  Project  subleased,  as a whole  or in part,  by the  Company
without the necessity of obtaining the consent of the Issuer, subject,  however,
to each of the following conditions: (i) no assignment shall relieve the Company
from primary liability for any obligations under this Lease, and in the event of
any such  assignment,  the Company shall continue to remain primarily liable for
payment of the amounts  specified in this Lease and for  performance and absence
of the other agreements on its part provided to be performed and observed by the
Company  to the same  extent as though no  assignment  had been  made;  (ii) the
assignee or sublessee shall assume the  obligations of the Company  hereunder to
the extent of the  interest  assigned or  subleased;  (iii) the  Company  shall,
within  thirty  (30) days  after the  delivery  thereof,  furnish or cause to be
furnished to the Issuer a true and complete copy of each assignment,  assumption
of obligation or sublease,  as the case may be; and (iv) Desa, Bank,  Lender and
Equipment  Lender  shall  have  consented  to  such  assignment,  assumption  of
obligation or sublease.

                      (b) The Company may contract for the performance by others
of operations or services on, or in connection  with,  the Project,  or any part
thereof, for any lawful purpose; provided, however, that any such contract shall
not be inconsistent  with the provisions of this Lease or the Loan Documents and
that the Company shall remain fully obligated and responsible  under this Lease,
to the same extent as if such contract had not been executed.

                  Section 9.2.  Consent to  Assignment.  The Issuer shall assign
its rights to receive  certain monies under this Lease to the Bank and Lender as
security for the payment of the Loan. Such  assignment  shall in no way diminish
or impair the  obligations,  if any, of the Issuer under this Lease and shall be
subject and subordinate to this Lease. The Company


<PAGE>
                                      -26-

hereby agrees and consents to such assignment by the Issuer,  and further agrees
and  consents  to all  terms,  provisions,  and  conditions  of  the  Assumption
Agreement and the Assignment of Facility Lease.

                  Section  9.3.  Restrictions  on Mortgage or Sale of Project by
Issuer. The Issuer agrees that, except for any assignment, mortgage or pledge of
its interest in the rentals  hereunder  to Lender  pursuant to the Deed of Trust
and the Assignment of Lease,  it will not mortgage,  sell,  assign,  transfer or
convey the Project or any portion  thereof during the Term,  except as otherwise
permitted herein.

                  Section 9.4. Removal of Fixtures. (a) In the event the Company
determines  from  time  to  time  that  any  item of  fixtures  or  improvements
constituting a part of the Facility has become inadequate,  obsolete,  worn out,
unsuitable,  undesirable,  or  unnecessary,  the  Company  may remove  such item
constituting  a part of the  Facility,  and may  sell,  trade-in,  exchange,  or
otherwise dispose of the same, as a whole or in part, provided that:

                           (i) Such  removal  will  not  materially  impair  the
                  overall  efficiency  of  the  operation  of  the  Project,  or
                  adversely affect the structural integrity of the Project; and,

                  (ii) The Company shall either:

                           (A) substitute, or cause to be substituted,  for such
                  removed  item (by direct  payment of the costs  thereof),  and
                  install,  or  cause to be  installed,  in the  Project,  other
                  fixtures or related property having equal or greater value and
                  utility in the  operation of the Project (but not  necessarily
                  having the same function),  all of which substituted  property
                  shall be free of all Liens, other than Permitted Encumbrances,
                  and shall become a part of the Project; or,

                           (B)  not  make,  or  cause  to  be  made,   any  such
                  substitution and installation,  provided that: (i) in the case
                  of the sale of any such  removed  item (other than to itself),
                  or in the case of the scrap thereof, the Company shall pay, or
                  cause to be paid,  to the  Bank,  or if the Bank Loan is paid,
                  the Lender,  the proceeds from such sale of the scrap thereof,
                  as the case may be; or,  (ii) in the case of the  trade-in  of
                  such  removed  item for other  property not to be installed in
                  the Project,  the Company  shall pay, or cause to be paid,  to
                  the Bank, or if the Bank Loan is paid,  the Lender,  an amount
                  of money equal to the credit  received by it in such trade-in;
                  or,  (iii) in the case of the sale of any such removed item of
                  fixtures,  equipment,  or improvements  constituting a part of
                  the  Project  by the  Company  or in  the  case  of any  other
                  disposition  thereof, the Company shall pay to the Bank, or if
                  the Bank Loan is paid, the Lender, an amount of money equal to
                  the fair  market  value  thereof  at the time of sale or other
                  disposition; and

                           (C) Desa shall have granted its prior written consent
                  (in its sole discretion).



<PAGE>
                                      -27-

                  Any  monies  paid to the Bank or the  Lender  pursuant  to the
provisions  of this  Section  shall be as a  prepayment  of the Bank Loan or the
Facility Loan, as applicable, and the Company shall receive a credit therefor in
accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 hereof.

                  (b)  Notwithstanding  any provision of Section  9.4(a) hereof,
unless the Loan Documents require otherwise,  the Company without being required
to make the  substitution  specified  in  Section  9.4(a)(2)(A)  hereof,  or the
payment  specified  in  Section  9.4(a)(2)(B)  hereof,  may  remove  and sell or
otherwise dispose of any item or items of fixtures, or improvements constituting
part of the  Facility,  and without the  necessity of notifying  the Bank or the
Lender (but with the required prior written approval of Desa), provided that the
aggregate value of such furnishings, equipment, and improvements so removed does
not exceed:  (A) Ten Thousand  Dollars  ($10,000)  in any Fiscal Year;  and, (B)
Fifty Thousand Dollars  ($50,000) in all Fiscal Years during the Term. The value
of any such furnishings,  equipment, or improvements so removed pursuant to this
subsection  (b) shall not be  included in the  computations  required by Section
9.4(c) hereof.

                  (c) The Issuer shall promptly  execute any and all instruments
deemed necessary by the Company, in its sole discretion, to fully effectuate the
provisions of this Section.

                  Section 9.5.  Installation of Desa's Own Machinery.  Desa may,
from  time to  time,  in its sole  discretion  and at its own  expense,  install
machinery,  equipment and other tangible and movable  property in the Project or
on the Land.  All such  machinery,  equipment  and other  tangible  and  movable
property  shall  remain  the sole  property  of Desa in which the Issuer and the
Company shall have no interest.

                  Section 9.6.  References to Loan Ineffective  After Paid. Upon
payment in full of the Bank Loan,  the Facility Loan or the Equipment  Loan, all
references  in this Lease to the Bank Loan,  the Facility  Loan or the Equipment
Loan and to Bank,  the  Lender or  Equipment  Lender,  as  applicable,  shall be
ineffective and the Bank, the Lender or Equipment Lender,  as applicable,  shall
not thereafter have any rights hereunder.

                               (END OF ARTICLE IX)

                                    ARTICLE X

                         EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

                  Section 10.1. Events of Default Defined. Each of the following
shall be an  "Event of  Default"  under  this  Lease,  and the  terms  "Event of
Default" or "Default" shall mean,  whenever they are used in such Lease, any one
or more of the following events:

                      (a) The  failure  by the  Company  to pay,  or cause to be
paid, when due, the Basic Rental Payments, or any part thereof,  specified to be
paid under Section 5.2 hereof;


<PAGE>
                                      -28-

                      (b) The filing by the Company of a  voluntary  petition in
bankruptcy  or any  petition  or  other  pleading  seeking  any  reorganization,
composition,  readjustment,  liquidation, or similar relief under any present or
future law or regulation, or the seeking of or consent to or acquiescence in the
appointment of any trustee,  receiver,  or liquidator of all or any  substantial
part of its  assets  or of its  interest  in the  Facility,  or the  making of a
general assignment for the benefit of creditors,  or the admission in writing of
the inability by the Company to pay its debts generally as the same shall become
due;

                      (c) The  adjudication  of the  Company to be  bankrupt  or
insolvent,  or the filing of a petition  or other  pleading  against the Company
seeking   an   adjudication   of   bankruptcy,   reorganization,    composition,
readjustment,  liquidation, or similar relief under any present or future law or
regulation, which shall remain undismissed or unstayed for an aggregate of sixty
(60) days (whether or not consecutive),  or the entry of an order or decree by a
court of  competent  jurisdiction,  without the consent or  acquiescence  of the
Company,  appointing a trustee in bankruptcy or  reorganization or a receiver or
liquidator of the Company, of all or any substantial part of its Property, or of
the  Facility,  which order or decree  shall  continue  unvacated or unstayed on
appeal or  otherwise  and in effect  for a period of ninety  (90) days  (whether
consecutive or not);

                      (d) The occurrence of a "default" or an "event of default"
under any of the Loan Documents;

                      (e) Subject to Section 10.7, the failure by the Company to
observe and perform any covenant,  condition, or agreement hereunder on its part
to be observed or performed [except  obligations  referred to in paragraphs (a),
(b) or (c) of this  Section  for which no such notice must be given for a period
of thirty (30) days after written notice, specifying such failure and requesting
that it be  remedied,  is given to the Company by the Issuer,  unless the Issuer
shall  agree in writing to an  extension  of such time prior to its  expiration;
provided,  however,  if the  failure  stated in the notice  cannot be  corrected
within the  applicable  period,  the Issuer will not  unreasonably  withhold its
consent to an extension of such time if  corrective  action is instituted by the
Company within the applicable period and diligently pursued until the default is
corrected.

                  Section  10.2.  Remedies on Default.  (a) Whenever an Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Issuer or the Lender may take
any one or more of the following remedial steps:

                           (1) Declare,  by written notice to the Company, to be
                  immediately  due and payable,  whereupon the same shall become
                  due  and  payable:  (i) all  unpaid  Rental  Payments  payable
                  pursuant  to  Section  5.2  hereof in an  amount  equal to the
                  amount  required to pay, or cause to be paid,  the Loan;  and,
                  (ii) all other payments due or to become due under this Lease;

                           (2)  Withhold  any or all further  performance  under
                  this Lease;

                           (3)  Re-enter  and  take  possession  of the  Project
                  without  terminating  this Lease, and sublease the Project for
                  the account of the Company, holding the


<PAGE>
                                      -29-

                  Company  liable  for the  difference  in the  rent  and  other
                  amounts  payable by such sublessee in such  subleasing and the
                  Rental  Payments  and other  amounts  payable  by the  Company
                  hereunder;

                           (4)  Terminate  the Term,  exclude the  Company  from
                  possession  of the Project  and use its best  efforts to lease
                  the Project to another for the account of the Company, holding
                  the Company liable for all Rental  Payments and other payments
                  due up to the  effective  date  of  such  leasing  and for the
                  difference  in the amounts  payable by such new lessee and the
                  amounts payable by the Company under this Lease; and/or

                           (5) Take any other action or proceeding  permitted by
                  the terms of this

                      (a) Whenever any Event of Default  shall have occurred and
be continuing,  the Issuer may take, in addition to the above and the following,
whatever action at law or in equity may appear necessary or desirable to collect
the  Rental  Payments  then due and  thereafter  to become  due,  or to  enforce
performance and observance of any obligation, agreement, warranty or covenant of
the Company under this Lease.

                      (b) Any sums paid to the Issuer  (other than for indemnity
for costs or other expenses) by reason of any remedy  specified in this Section,
shall be used to pay all or a portion of the Loan.

                      (c) No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve
the Company from its obligation to make all payments  required under Section 5.2
hereof.

                      (d)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions  of  this
Section, until final action pursuant to this Section shall have been taken which
would  preclude  such  action,  the Company may pay all  accrued  unpaid  Rental
Payments  (exclusive  of such  Rental  Payments  accrued  solely  by  virtue  of
acceleration  thereof as provided in Section 10.2(a)(1)  hereof),  and otherwise
fully cure all  Events of  Default.  In such  event,  this Lease  shall be fully
reinstated as if an Event of Default had not occurred.

                  Section 10.3. Remedies Cumulative.  No remedy herein conferred
upon or  reserved  to the  Issuer  is  intended  to be  exclusive  of any  other
available  remedy,  but each and every such remedy  shall be  cumulative  and in
addition to every other  remedy  given  under this  Lease,  or now or  hereafter
existing at law or in equity.  No delay or  omission  to  exercise  any right or
power accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or power or
shall be construed to be a waiver  thereof,  but any such right and power may be
exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient. In order to
entitle the Issuer to exercise  any remedy  reserved to it in this  Article,  it
shall not be  necessary  to give any  notice,  other than such  notice as may be
herein expressly required in this Lease.

                  Section 10.4.  Agreement to Pay Attorneys'  Fees and Expenses.
In the event the  Company  shall  default  under any of the  provisions  of this
Lease,  and the Issuer  shall employ  attorneys or incur other  expenses for the
collection of amounts payable hereunder, or

<PAGE>

                                      -30-

the enforcement of performance or observance of any obligations or agreements on
the part of the Company herein contained, the Company shall, on demand therefor,
pay to the Issuer the reasonable  fees of such attorneys and such other expenses
so incurred.

                  Section  10.5.  Delay or  Omission  Not a Waiver.  No delay or
omission of the Issuer to exercise any right or power  accruing  upon any breach
of any  covenant or agreement  contained  herein,  or upon the  happening of any
other  Default  hereunder,  shall  impair any such  right or power,  or shall be
construed to be a waiver of any such right or power, or shall be construed to be
a waiver of any other Default hereunder,  or any acquiescence therein; and every
such power,  right,  or remedy  contained  herein of the Issuer may be exercised
from time to time and as often as may be deemed  expedient  by the  Issuer.  Any
waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any form or character on the part of the
Issuer of any breach of, or default under, this Lease, or any waiver on the part
of the Issuer or the Lender of any  provision  or condition  herein,  must be in
writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such
writing.

                  Section 10.6. Interpretation of any Conflicting Provisions. In
the event of any conflict between any of the provisions  hereof,  or between any
such provisions and the provisions of the Loan  Documents,  except to the extent
otherwise provided in such document,  the provisions of the Loan Documents shall
prevail.

                  Section  10.7.  Force  Majeure  Provision.  The  provisions of
Section 10.1(d) are subject to the following limitations: if, by reason of force
majeure,  the Company is unable in whole or in part to carry out the  agreements
of the Company on its part herein contained,  the Company shall not be deemed in
default during the  continuance of such  inability.  The term "force majeure" as
used herein shall mean, without limitation, the following: acts of God; strikes;
lockouts or other industrial disturbances; acts of public enemies; orders of any
kind of any governmental body,  including the government of the United States or
of the State or any of their departments,  agencies, or officials,  or any civil
or military authority;  insurrections;  riots; epidemics; landslides, lightning;
earthquake;  fire;  hurricane;  storms;  floods;  washouts;  droughts;  arrests;
restraint of government and people, civil disturbances;  explosions, breakage or
accident to machinery,  transmission pipes, or canals; partial or entire failure
of utilities;  or any other cause or event not reasonably  within the control of
the  Company,  in each case  which has the  effect of making it  impossible  (as
distinguished  from  impracticable  for the Company to perform,  it being agreed
that the  settlement of strikes,  lockouts,  and other  industrial  disturbances
shall be entirely  within the  discretion of the Company,  and the Company shall
not be required to make settlement of strikes,  lockouts,  and other  industrial
disturbances  by acceding to the demands of the  opposing  party or parties when
such course is, in the judgment of the Company, unfavorable to the Company.

                               (END OF ARTICLE X)



<PAGE>
                                      -31-


                                   ARTICLE XI

                       OPTIONS: PURCHASE OF FACILITY; ETC.            

                  Section 11.1.  Options to  Terminate.  The Company shall have,
and is hereby granted, the following options to terminate this Lease:

                      (a) At the time of any  prepayment of the Rental  Payments
in whole  pursuant to the  provisions  of Section  5.5  hereof,  the Company may
terminate  this  Lease (i) by  paying  to the  appropriate  person  the  amounts
required by Section 11.6 hereof, and (ii) by Company giving the Issuer notice in
writing of such termination.

                      (b) At any  time  after  full  payment  of the  Loan,  the
Company may terminate  this Lease by giving the Issuer notice in writing of such
termination.

                  Section 11 2. Option to Purchase  Facility Prior to Payment of
the Loan. The Company shall have, and is hereby granted,  the option to purchase
the Facility prior to the full payment of the Loan at the time of any prepayment
of the Rental  Payments  in whole  pursuant  to the  provisions  of Section  5.5
hereof.  The purchase  price payable by the Company in the event of its purchase
pursuant to this Section shall be a sum equal to One Hundred Dollars ($100) plus
the amount necessary to prepay the Rental Payments in whole.

                  Section 11.3. Option to Purchase Facility After Payment of the
Loan.  The Company  shall have,  and is hereby  granted,  the further  option to
purchase the Facility at any time during the Term  following full payment of the
Loan for a purchase price of One Hundred Dollars ($100).  To exercise the option
granted in this Section, the Company shall notify the Issuer of its intention so
to  exercise  such  option not less than five (5) days nor more than ninety (90)
days prior to the  proposed  date of purchase  and shall on the date of purchase
pay such purchase price to the Issuer.

                  Section 11.4. [This Section Intentionally Omitted]

                  Section  11.5.  Conveyance  on  Exercise of Option to Purchase
Project. At the closing of any purchase pursuant to this Lease, the Issuer shall
upon  receipt of the  purchase  price  deliver  to the  Company  the  following:
documents  (including,  without limitation,  a special warranty deed and bill of
sale) conveying to the Company good and marketable  title to said Property as it
then exists,  subject to the following:  (i) those Liens (if any) to which title
to said  Property  was subject  when  conveyed  to the Issuer;  (ii) those Liens
created by the  Company or to the  creation  or  suffering  of which the Company
consented;  (iii)  those  Liens  resulting  from the  failure of the  Company to
perform or observe any of the  agreements  on its part  contained in this Lease;
and (iv) Permitted Encumbrances other than the Loan Documents.

                  Section  11.6.   Payments  Upon.  and  Conditions  For.  Early
Termination.  Termination  by the Company of this Lease pursuant to Section 11.1
hereof or the purchase of the Project  pursuant to Section 11.2 hereof shall not
be effective until the Company shall have made the following payments:

                      (a) To the Bank an amount which will be  sufficient to pay
the Bank Loan in full;

<PAGE>
                                      -32-

                      (b) To the Bank,  an amount  sufficient  to pay all unpaid
fees and expenses of the Bank under the Bank Loan Documents or otherwise;

                      (c) To the Lender an amount  which will be  sufficient  to
pay the Facility Loan in full;

                      (d) To the Lender,  an amount sufficient to pay all unpaid
fees and expenses of the Lender under the Facility Loan Documents or otherwise;

                      (e) To the  Issuer,  an  amount  certified  by the  Issuer
sufficient to pay all unpaid fees and expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees) of
the Issuer incurred under this Lease;
and

                      (f) To the appropriate person, an amount sufficient to pay
all other fees,  expenses,  or charges, if any, due and payable or to become due
and payable  under this Lease,  the Bank Loan  Documents  or the  Facility  Loan
Documents and not otherwise paid or provided for.

                  Section  11.7.   Continuation  of  Certain  Provisions.   Upon
termination of this Lease, the liabilities of the Company under such Lease shall
terminate,  except that its liabilities  and obligations  under Sections 8.2 and
8.3  of  this  Lease,  and  as  otherwise  herein  expressly   provided,   shall
nevertheless survive.

                               (END OF ARTICLE XI)

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                  Section 12.1.  Certificates  and Opinions.  Any certificate or
opinion  made or given by an  officer  or  director  of the  Issuer may be based
(whether or not  expressly so stated),  insofar as it relates to legal  matters,
upon a  certificate  or opinion of or  representations  by counsel,  unless such
officer or director knows that the certificate or  representations  with respect
to the matter  upon  which his or her  certificate  or opinion  may be based are
erroneous; and, any certificate or opinion made or given by counsel may be based
(insofar as it relates to factual matters,  information with respect to which is
in the  possession  of the  Issuer)  upon the  certificate  or  opinion  of,  or
representation  by, an officer or director of the  Issuer,  unless such  counsel
knows that the certificate or  representations  with respect to the matters upon
which his or her certificate or opinion may be based as aforesaid are erroneous.

                  Section  12.2.  Limited  Liability of the Issuer.  No recourse
under or upon any obligation,  covenant, agreement or certification contained in
the Loan  Documents,  in the Loan,  or in this Lease,  or in any other  document
whatsoever,  or under  any  judgment  obtained  against  the  Issuer,  or by the
enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable  proceeding by virtue
of any constitution or statute or otherwise or under any circumstances, under or
independent of the Loan Documents, this Lease or any other

<PAGE>
                                      -33-

document, shall be had against any incorporator, member, director or officer, as
such,  past,  present or future,  of the Issuer,  either directly or through the
Issuer or any receiver  thereof,  or for the payment of any other sum or for the
performance of any obligation under the Loan Documents, this Lease, or any other
document or  certification.  Any and all  personal  liability  of every  nature,
whether  at  common  law or in  equity,  or by  statute  or by  constitution  or
otherwise,  of any such incorporator,  member,  director or officer, as such, to
respond  by  reason of any act or  omission  on his part or  otherwise,  for the
payment for or to the Issuer or any receiver thereof, of any sum that may remain
due and unpaid  upon the Loan,  is hereby  expressly  waived and  released  as a
condition of and  consideration for the execution of the Loan Documents and this
Lease.

                  Section 12.3. Notices.  All notices,  certificates,  and other
communications  hereunder shall be in writing,  and shall be sufficiently  given
and shall be deemed given when  delivered  and, if  delivered by mail,  shall be
sent by registered mail or certified  mail,  return receipt  requested,  postage
prepaid, addressed as follows:

                  To the Issuer:

                  The Industrial Development Board
                  of the City of Shelbyville, Tennessee
                  c/o John C. Shofner, Esq.
                  Bomar, Shofner, Irion & Rambo
                  104 Depot Street
                  Shelbyville, TN 37160-0129

                  To the Company:

                  Shelbyville Industrial Spec Building - WRS - Partnership
                  c/o Sain Construction Company
                  713 Vincent
                  Manchester, Tennessee 37355

                  To the Bank:

                  Trans Financial Bank of Tennessee, F.S.B.
                  308 North Jackson
                  P.O. Box 1090
                  Tullahoma, Tennessee 37388-1090

                  To the Equipment Lender:

                  Desa International, Inc.
                  2701 Industrial Drive
                  P.O. Box 90004
                  Bowling Green, Delaware 42102-9004

<PAGE>
                                      -34-

                  To Desa:

                  Desa International, Inc.
                  2701 Industrial Drive
                  P.O. Box 90004
                  Bowling Green, Delaware 42102-9004


                  Section 12.4.  Binding  Effect.  This Lease shall inure to the
benefit of and shall be binding upon the Issuer, the Company, and the respective
heirs, executors, successors, administrators, and assigns of the foregoing.

                  Section 12.5. Severability. In the event any provision of this
Lease  shall  be  held  invalid  or  unenforceable  by any  court  of  competent
jurisdiction,  such holding  shall not  invalidate or render  unenforceable  any
other provision hereof.

                  Section  12.6.  Limitation  of  Rights.  Except  as  otherwise
expressly provided herein,  nothing in this Lease, express or implied,  shall be
construed to confer upon any person,  other than the Issuer,  the  Company,  the
Bank,  Desa, the Equipment  Lender and the Lender,  any right,  remedy or claim,
legal or equitable, under or by reason of this Lease or any provisions hereof.

                  Section  12.7.  Execution of  Counterparts.  This Lease may be
executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of
which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

                  Section 12.8. Applicable Law. This Lease has been executed and
delivered  in the State of  Tennessee.  It is intended  that such Lease shall be
construed  and  governed  exclusively  by the  applicable  laws of the  State of
Tennessee and the United States of America.

                  Section  12.9.  Table of  Contents  and Section  Headings  Not
Controlling.  The Table of Contents and the headings of the several  Sections in
this Lease have been prepared for  convenience  of reference  only and shall not
control,  affect the meaning,  or be taken as an interpretation of any provision
of this Lease.

                   Section  12.10.  No  Liability  of the  City of  Shelbyville.
Tennessee. The City of Shelbyville,  Tennessee, shall not in any event be liable
for the  payment of the  principal  of, or  interest  on,  the Loan,  or for the
performance  of any  pledge,  mortgage,  obligation  or  agreement  of any  kind
whatsoever  herein  contained by or of the Issuer and neither the Loan Documents
nor any of the Issuer's  agreements or obligations  herein or otherwise shall be
construed to constitute an indebtedness  of the City of  Shelbyville,  Tennessee
within the meaning of any constitutional or statutory provision whatsoever.

                   Section  12.11.  Net Lease.  This  Lease  shall be deemed and
consumed to be a "net lease," and the Company  shall pay  absolutely  net during
the Term  the  rent  and all  other  payments  required  hereunder,  free of any
deductions, and without abatement, deduction or set off, other than those herein
expressly provided.

<PAGE>
                                      -35-

                   Section 12.12. Not Partners.  Nothing  contained herein or in
any other  document shall be deemed to render Issuer,  Bank,  Lender,  Equipment
Lender, Desa or Company partners or venturers for any purpose.

                              (END OF ARTICLE XII)




<PAGE>
                                      -36-

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Lease to be executed in
its corporate name, its official seal to be hereunto affixed and attested by its
duly authorized officer, and the Company has caused this Lease to be executed in
its name and behalf by its  authorized  officer,  all as of the date first above
written.

 

                                            SHELBYVILLE INDUSTRIAL SPEC BUILDING
                                            - WRS - PARTNERSHIP

                                            By: /s/ W. R. Sain
                                            Title: Managing General Partner



<PAGE>


                                      -37-

STATE OF TENNESSEE

COUNTY OF


         Personally  appeared before me,  W. R. Sain.  Notary Public,  and
______________ and with whom I am personally  acquainted (or proved to me on the
basis of satisfactory  evidence),  and who  acknowledged  that they executed the
foregoing  instrument  for  the  purposes  therein  contained  and  who  further
acknowledged  that  they  are  Chairman  and  Secretary,  respectively,  of  THE
INDUSTRIAL  DEVELOPMENT BOARD OF THE CITY OF SHELBYVILLE,  TENNESSEE,  a public,
nonprofit  corporation  organized  and  existing  under the laws of the State of
Tennessee,  the within named  bargainer and that they are  authorized to execute
this instrument on behalf of said corporation.

         WITNESS my hand, at office, this ___ day of December, 1994.

                                               /s/ David A. Rudder
                                               Notary Public

                                               My Commission Expires:



<PAGE>
                                      -38-

                                    EXHIBIT A

                   Land  in  the  7th  Civil   District   of   Bedford   County,
Shelbyville, Tennessee, more particularly described as follows:

                   Beginning  at a metal  pin in  fence on the  west  margin  of
Stanley  Boulevard at the  southwest  corner of the Claude Eady property and the
southeast  corner of the herein described tract and running thence with the west
margin of Stanley  Boulevard thence S 54(degree)58'W  36.20 feet to its point of
intersection  with the north  margin of Eagle  Boulevard,  thence with the north
margin of Eagle  Boulevard N  73(degree)38'W  173.76  feet to a point,  thence N
77(degree)13'W  255.00 feet to a metal pin,  the  southwest  comer of the herein
described  tract;  thence leaving the margin N  10(degree)43'E  724.25 feet to a
metal pin in fence, the northwest corner of the herein described tract; thence S
84(degree)32'E  165.70  feet  to an  18  inch  white  oak  in  fence;  thence  S
85(degree)l9'E  196.57 feet to a metal pin at a cedar snag at fence corner,  the
northwest corner of the said Eady property and the northeast comer of the herein
described tract; thence with Eady's west line S 03(degree)09'W  134.10 feet to a
point in fence;  thence S 03(degree)54'W  631.95 feet to the point of beginning,
containing 7.06 acres.

                   Being the  property  conveyed to The  Industrial  Development
Board of the City of  Shelbyville,  Tennessee,  by  instrument of record in Deed
Book _____, page _____, Register's Office for Bedford County, Tennessee.



<PAGE>


                                      -39-

                                    EXHIBIT B

                             PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES

         1.       Taxes for the current year.

         2.       Matters shown on the survey of Rex Northcutt,  Registered Land
                  Surveyor, dated February 21, 1994.

         3.       Easement to the City of Shelbyville,  dated December 17, 1974,
                  of record in Deed Book 130,  page 215,  Register's  Office for
                  Bedford County, Tennessee.


<PAGE>
                                      -40-


                                      LEASE

         This LEASE,  made and entered  into on this the _____ day of  February,
1994, by and between DESA II  PARTNERSHIP  hereinafter  referred to as "Lessor,"
and DESA INTERNATIONAL, INC. hereinafter referred to as "Lessee".


WITNESSETH:

         Lessor does hereby  lease,  demise and let unto Lessee a 53,000  square
feet  building  located on seven (7) acres of land at 783 Eagle Blvd. in the 7th
Civil District of Bedford County, Shelbyville, Tennessee including finishing per
attached Schedule A (the "Leased Premises") with cost not to exceed nine hundred
thousand dollars ($900,000), and more specifically described as follows:

         Beginning  at a metal  pin in  fence  on the  west  margin  of  Stanley
         Boulevard at the  southwest  corner of the Claude Eady property and the
         southeast  corner of the herein described tract and running thence with
         the west  margin of Stanley  Boulevard  thence S 54 58' W 36.20 feet to
         its point of  intersection  with the north  margin of Eagle  Boulevard,
         thence with the north margin of Eagle  Boulevard N 73 38' W 173.76 feet
         to a point, thence N 77 13' W 255.00 feet to a metal pin, the southwest
         corner of the herein  described  tract;  thence leaving the margin N 10
         43' E 724.25 feet to a metal pin in fence,  the northwest corner of the
         herein  described  tract;  thence S 84 32' E 165.70  feet to an 18 inch
         white oak in fence;  thence S 85 19' E 196.57  feet to a metal pin at a
         cedar  snag at fence  corner,  the  northwest  corner  of the said Eady
         property and the northeast corner of the herein described tract; thence
         with Eady's west line S 3 09' W 134.10 feet to a point in fence; thence
         S 3 54' W 631.95 feet to the point of beginning, containing 7.06 acres.

         For  title  source  see Deed Book  166;  Page 240 in the  Office of the
Register of Deeds, Bedford County, Tennessee FN 94-68.

This Lease is made under the following terms and conditions:

         1. Term.  Based upon  completion of all items on Schedule A, this Lease
shall begin on June 1, 1994,  and run for a period of one hundred  twenty  (120)
months  from and  after  that  date to May 31,  2004,  provided  the  conditions
hereinafter  set forth are  faithfully  kept and complied  with by both parties.
DESA shall have access to the building for equipment  installation  on and after
May 1, 1994.

         2. Purchase  Option.  Lessee shall have the option to purchase the land
and  building  at the end of sixty (60)  months in May,  1999 for seven  hundred
ninety  thousand  dollars  ($790,000) and at the end of one hundred twenty (120)
months in May, 2004 for six hundred thousand dollars ($600,000).

<PAGE>
                                      -41-

         3. Renewal Option.  Lessee shall have the option to renew the lease for
an additional  sixty (60) month period to May 31, 2009 upon the  condition  that
there is no default in  performance  of any  condition of this Lease for which a
notice of default has been given to Lessee.  Such renewal term shall be upon the
same terms,  covenants and  conditions  hereof.  Further,  Lessee shall have the
option at the end of such  renewal  period to purchase  the land and building in
May, 2009 for one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000).

         4.  Rental.  The rental price on this  building  during the term of the
Lease shall be ELEVEN THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED DOLLARS ($11,500) per month, payable
by the fifteenth day of the Lease period and  thereafter on the same day of each
month during the 120 months.

         5. Modifications by Lessor.  Lessor agrees to complete additions to the
structure  as  requested  by the  lessee  which  will be on the same  terms  and
conditions as this lease as long as interest  rates and  insurance  rates remain
constant.  Any improvements and modifications to be made by Lessor shall utilize
materials  which  are  new,  and  both  workmanship  and  materials  shall be of
first-class quality.

         6. Improvements by Lessee. Any improvements made by Lessee shall remain
the property of the Lessee and may be removed upon the  expiration of the lease.
Lessee shall repair any damage  occasioned  by such  removal.  Should Lessee not
desire to remove said improvements, then, and in that event, Lessor may purchase
same for an amount equal to the original cost of said improvements to Lessee.

         7.  Insurance  and   Maintenance.   Lessor  shall  be  responsible  for
maintaining  hazard  insurance to the extent of the full insurable  value of the
Leased Premises for loss or damage by fire with the standard extended  coverage,
vandalism and malicious mischief endorsements.

         Lessee shall keep and maintain in good order,  condition and repair the
Leased  Premises and every part thereof.  Lessee shall further  maintain in good
order and repair the  sidewalks,  gutters,  curbs,  parking  area and in lawn in
front of and adjacent to the Leased Premises. Lessee will, at Lessee's sole cost
and expense,  maintain  comprehensive  liability insurance with reference to the
Leased Premises and shall name Lessor as an additional insured thereon.

         8. Taxes.  Lessee  shall pay all real estate  taxes and any other taxes
assessed against the property. Lessor will attempt to arrange for in-lieu of tax
agreement per Schedule B.

         9.  Utilities.  Lessee shall be  responsible  for all utility bills and
deposits for the Leased Premises.

         10. Return of Premises. Lessee agrees to return the premises at the end
of this Lease or any term renewal term in as good a condition as when this Lease
was entered into, normal wear and tear expected,  or otherwise to be responsible
for repairs.

         11. Restoration of Premises by Lessor.


<PAGE>
                                      -42-

         a. In the event  the  Leased  Premises  are  damaged  or  destroyed  or
rendered  partially  untenantable  for their then use by fire or other casualty,
the Lessor shall promptly repair (but only from insurance  proceeds  received by
Lessor  pursuant  to the  provisions  of this  Lease,  less the cost of any such
recovery)  the  Leased  Premises  and  restore  the  same to  substantially  the
condition  in  which  they  were  immediately  prior  to the  happening  of such
casualty.  Lessor's  obligation to repair shall not extend to any  improvements,
additions or personalty of the Lessee.

         b. Rent  Abatement.  During the period  from the date of such  casualty
until the Leased Premises are repaired and restored, Lessee's obligations to pay
any basic  rental due  hereunder  shall  abate.  The  abatement  shall be in the
proportion  of the Leased  Premises  destroyed or rendered  untenantable  to the
total Leased Premises.

         c. Termination Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that
fifty  percent  (50%) or more of the Leased  Premises or fifty  percent (50%) or
more of the improvements located thereon are destroyed or rendered  untenantable
by fire or other casualty,  either party shall have the option to terminate this
Lease  effective  as of the date of such  casualty by giving to the other party,
within forty-five (45) days after the happening of such casualty, written notice
of such termination.  Upon the happening of such event,  Lessor shall retain all
insurance proceeds payable to it pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.

         12.  Condemnation.

         a.  Complete or  Substantial  Condemnation.  If the whole of the Leased
Premises or such portion thereof as will make the Leased Premises unsuitable for
the purposes  leased is  condemned  for any public use or purpose by any legally
constituted  authority,  then,  and in either of such  events,  this Lease shall
cease  from the time when  possession  is taken by such  public  authority,  and
rental  shall be accounted  for between  Lessor and Lessee as of the date of the
surrender of  possession.  Such  termination  shall be without  prejudice to the
rights  of  either  the  Lessor  or  Lessee  to  recover  compensation  from the
condemning authority for any loss or damage caused by such condemnation. Neither
Lessor nor Lessee  shall have any rights in or to any award made to the other by
the condemning authority.

         b. Partial  Condemnation.  If, during the term of this Lease, less than
the entire  Leased  Premises  shall be taken in any such  proceeding  and if the
Leased  Premises is not thereby  rendered  unsuitable  for the purposes  leased,
then,  and in that  event,  this  Lease  shall  upon  vesting  of  title  in the
proceeding,  terminate  solely  as to the part so  taken,  and  Lessor  shall be
entitled  to the total award made in any such  proceeding.  If this Lease is not
terminated as a result of complete or  substantial  condemnation  as hereinabove
set for, this Lease shall continue for the balance of its term as to the part of
the Leased  Premises  remaining  without any reduction or abatement of or effect
upon the term  hereof  or the  liability  of the  Lessee to pay in full the rent
herein provided to be paid.

         13. Assignment--Lessor's Consent Required. The Lessee may sublet all or
portions of the Leased  Premises for the remainder of the term with the approval
of the Lessor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld,  provided that
the business or occupation of the sublessee is not extra hazardous, disreputable
or illegal and provided further that the Lessee


<PAGE>
                                      -43-

shall remain  primarily  liable for the payment of the rent herein  reserved and
for the performance of all other terms of this Lease required to be performed by
Lessee.

         14.  Indemnification.  Lessor warrants that there are no  environmental
problems  associated  with this land and  agrees to  indemnify  Lessee  from any
violation of an Environmental Protection Agency guideline which is now existing,
and Lessee agrees to offer the same  indemnification to Lessor for any violation
which might occur during its occupancy or because of its use of the property.


<PAGE>
                                      -44-

         IN TESTIMONY  WHEREOF  witness the  signatures of the parties hereto on
the day and date first above written.



                                        LESSOR:

                                        DESA II PARTNERSHIP


                                        BY:________________________________

                                        LESSEE:

                                        DESA INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                        BY:________________________________
                                                 Dirk D. Miller
                                                 Vice President

STATE OF TENNESSEE

COUNTY OF BEDFORD

         I, the  Undersigned,  a Notary  Public in and for the State and  County
aforesaid, do hereby certify that _________________ did personally appear before
me and did certify and declare  that he is the  Managing  Partner of a Tennessee
general partnership, and that he acknowledged he executed the foregoing Lease as
Managing Partner thereof on behalf of said partnership as duly authorized by the
partnership and as the act of the partnership for the purposes therein stated on
this ______day of ___________ , 1994.


- -------------------------
NOTARY PUBLIC

MY COMMISSION EXPIRES:____________



STATE OF TENNESSEE

COUNTY OF BEDFORD

I, the undersigned,  a Notary Public in and for the State and County  aforesaid,
do  hereby  certify  that the  foregoing  Lease was  executed  before me by DESA
International,  Inc. by and through Dirk D. Miller its Vice President,  and that
the said Dirk D. Miller  personally  appeared  before me, after being first duly
sworn, and declared that he was the officer


<PAGE>


                                      -45-

designated  and that he executed the  foregoing  Lease as Vice  President of the
Corporation  and that the  execution of this Lease is the voluntary act and deed
of the Corporation.

WITNESS my hand on this ____ day of _____________, 1993.


- -------------------------
NOTARY PUBLIC

MY COMMISSION EXPIRES:____________



<PAGE>


                                      -46-

                                   SCHEDULE A

                               PROJECT DESCRIPTION

CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB

CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADED TRUCK DOCK

ELECTRICAL

1. 800 AMP SERVICE

2. HIGH BAY HALITE LIGHTING FIXTURES

3. 110 V RECEPTACLES

4. 220 V RECEPTACLES

SPRINKLER SYSTEM FACTORY AREA

LOADING DOCKS, LEVELERS & SEALS

OUTSIDE UTILITIES, GAS, WATER ELECTRICAL SEWER &
SPRINKLER SYSTEM

SHOP RESTROOMS / BREAK ROOM

OFFICE SPACE

OFFICE SPRINKLER SYSTEM

OFFICE AREA ELECTRICAL, HEATING & COOLING

FACTORY HEATING SYSTEM

PAINT MIXING ROOM

MANTEL MANUFACTURING WALLS

GENERAL AIR PLUMBING

LP GAS PLUMBING

SECURITY SYSTEM / FIRE PROTECTION / PAGING SYSTEM

COOLING FANS (4)

PAVED PARKING LOT & DRIVEWAYS

WASHER PITS

<PAGE>



February 15, 1994

Pete Sain, Jr. & Associates
Sain Construction Co.
713 Vincent
Manchester, TN  37355

In Re:  Baker-Warren Building, Shelbyville, Tn.

Gentlemen:

         As Mayor of the City of Shelbyville, I believe there will be no problem
with the Shelbyville  Industrial Bond Board granting an in-lieu of tax agreement
to your firm if you should  purchase the  captioned  building for  manufacturing
purposes.

         The City of  Shelbyville  Bond Board does have the  authority  to grant
in-lieu of tax arrangements with industrial clients who establish  manufacturing
facilities in Shelbyville. We have done this for many corporations in the past.

         This would have to be voted on by the entire bond  board,  but I do not
foresee there being a problem with the request.

Sincerely,



Mayor Henry Feldhaus



<PAGE>


SCHEDULE B


February 18, 1994

Mr. D. S. Vitale, President
DESA, INTERNATIONAL
P.O. Box 90004
Bowling Green, KY  42102-9004

Re:  Real Estate Tax Abatement

Dear Mr. Vitale:

In reference to your letter of February 16, 1994  regarding  the Real Estate Tax
Abatement on the  Baker-Warren  Building  through a lease  arrangement with Pete
Sain,  Jr., I, as Mayor,  have  discussed  this  arrangement  with a majority of
Shelbyville City Council members and in conjunction with Dirk Miller.

We are confirming negotiations as follows:

         1st five years                      0  Tax
         6th year                           60% Tax
         7th year                           70% Tax
         8th year                           80% Tax
         9th year                           90% Tax
         10th year                          100%Tax

We hope this will  satisfy  your  needs at this time and if we can be of further
assistance to you, please call.

Cordially,



Mayor Henry Feldhaus, III

cc:      Sain Construction Co.
         Pete Sain, Jr.




<PAGE>


                                ADDENDUM TO LEASE

         This Addendum to Lease made and entered into on the _____ day of March,
1996, by and between  SHELBYVILLE  INDUSTRIAL  SPEC BUILDING - WRS - PARTNERSHIP
(Lessor) and DESA INTERNATIONAL. INC. (Lessee).

         WHEREAS,  the parties  have  heretofore  entered into a Lease dated the
25th day of February,  1994,  the subject of which is the 7 acres located at 783
Eagle  Boulevard,  Shelbyville,  Bedford  County,  Tennessee,  and upon which is
located a 53,000 square foot industrial building presently used by Lessee; and

         WHEREAS,  the Lessor was designated in the aforesaid  Lease of February
25,  1994,  as "Desa ll  Partnership;"  however,  at the request of Lessee,  the
partnership name of Lessor was changed to Shelbyville Industrial Spec Building -
WRS Partnership; and

         WHEREAS,  Lessee has requested  Lessor to provide an additional  20,000
square feet of building  space as an  addition to the present  facility  located
upon the leased premises; and

         WHEREAS,  the  parties  desire to enter into this  Addendum  to reflect
their new rental arrangement.

     Now,  therefore,  for  and in  consideration  of the  mutual  promises  and
covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

         1. Paragraph No. 1 of the Lease is deleted and substituted in its stead
         is the following:  "1. Term. Based upon completion of the 20,000 square
         foot  addition,  the modified  terms of this Lease shall begin on March
         15, 1996,  and run for a period of 1 12 months from and after that date
         to July 15, 2005,  provided the  conditions  hereinafter  set forth are
         faithfully  kept and  complied  with by both  parties.  Desa shall have
         access to the building for equipment  installation and other use on and
         after May 1, 1996, or sooner if completion allows."

         2. Paragraph No. 2 of the Lease is deleted and substituted in its stead
         is the following:


<PAGE>

                                      -2-

         "2. Purchase Option.  Lessee shall have the option to purchase the land
         and the building at the end of 52 months,  that is July 15,  2000,  for
         $1,085,000.00, and at the end of 112 months, that is July 15, 2005, for
         $820,000.00."

         3. Paragraph No. 3 of the Lease is deleted and substituted in its stead
         is the following:

         "3.  Renewal  Option.  Lessee shall have the option to renew this Lease
         for an additional 60 month period to July 15, 2010,  upon the condition
         that there is no default in the  performance  of any  condition of this
         lease for which a notice of  default  has been  given to Lessee and has
         not been  cured.  Such  renewal  term  shall  be upon  the same  terms,
         covenants and conditions hereof.  Further, Lessee shall have the option
         at the end of such renewal  period to purchase the land and building in
         July, 2010, for $140,000.00."

         4. Paragraph No. 4 of the Lease is deleted and substituted in its stead
         is the following:

         "4. Rental.  The rental price on this building  during the term of this
         Lease  shall be  $15,500.00  per month,  payable by the 15th day of the
         Lease  and  thereafter  on the same day of each  month  during  the 112
         months."

         5. All other terms and  conditions of the original Lease remain in full
         force and  effect.  In the event of any  conflicts  or  inconsistencies
         between the original Lease and the terms of this Addendum, the terms of
         the Addendum shall control.

         WITNESS our signatures the day and date first above written.

                                       LESSOR:

                                       SHELBYVILLE INDUSTRIAL SPEC
                                       BUILDING - WRS - PARTNERSHIP


                                       By: /s/ W. R. Sain

                                       LESSEE:

                                       DESA INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                       By: /s/ T. G. Scariot


<PAGE>
                                       -3-
STATE OF TENNESSEE

COUNTY OF

         I, the  undersigned,  a Notary  Public,  in and for  State  and  County
aforesaid,  do hereby certify that W. R. Sain,  did personally  appear before me
and did  certify  and  declare  that he is the  Managing  Partner of a Tennessee
General Partnership,  Shelbyville  Industrial Spec Building - WRS - Partnership,
and he acknowledged that he executed the foregoing Addendum to Lease as Managing
Partner  thereof  on  behalf  of  said  Partnership  as duly  authorized  by the
Partnership and as an act of the Partnership for the purposes therein contained.

         Witness my hand and official seal this __ day of April, 1996.

                                            /s/ William J. Redmond
                                            NOTARY PUBLIC


My commission expires:

STATE OF

COUNTY OF


         I, the  undersigned,  a Notary  Public,  in and for  State  and  County
aforesaid,  do hereby certify that the foregoing  Addendum to Lease was executed
before  me by Desa  International,  Inc.,  by and  through  T. G.  Scariot,  its
President, and that he personally appeared before me, after being duly sworn and
declared that he was the Officer  designated  and that he executed the foregoing
Addendum to Lease as such Officer of the  Corporation  and that the execution of
the Lease is the voluntary act and deed of the Corporation.

         Witness my hand and official seal this __ day of April, 1996.

                                              /s/ Linda Faith Kowen
                                              NOTARY PUBLIC


My commission expires:




                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.20

                       MANUFACTURING AND SUPPLY AGREEMENT



                      MADE AND ENTERED INTO BY AND BETWEEN:



                            DESA INTERNATIONAL, INC.,



                                       AND



                            TANGIBLE IND. CO., LTD.,



                                       AND



                              SHINN FU CORPORATION




<PAGE>

                       MANUFACTURING AND SUPPLY AGREEMENT


Entered into as of March 1, 1992,  between DESA  International,  Inc.,  with its
principal  place  of  business  located  in  Bowling  Green,  Kentucky,  U.S.A.,
hereinafter referred to as DESA, and Tangible Ind. Co., Ltd., with its principal
place of business located in Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.,  hereinafter referred to as
Tangible,  and Shinn Fu Corporation with its principal place of business located
in Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C., hereinafter referred to as SF.

                                   WITNESSETH:


Whereas, DESA is engaged in the development,  design, distribution and marketing
of I. Manual Stapleguns II. Electric Stapleguns III. Electric Nailguns IV. Cable
Tackers, with its packaging, warnings and instructions,  hereinafter referred to
as the Products;

Whereas, Tangible is engaged in and possesses considerable experience, skill and
knowledge in manufacturing of the Products;

Whereas, SF is engaged in sourcing and sale of the Products from Tangible;

Whereas,  DESA agrees to appoint  Tangible as its exclusive  manufacturer of the
Products and SF as its exclusive supplier of the Products;

Whereas,  Tangible  desires to develop its  capabilities  of  manufacturing  the
Products for DESA and, SF desires to supply and sell the Products to DESA; and



<PAGE>
                                       -2-

Whereas the parties  intend to establish a trustworthy  and mutual  relationship
between  DESA,  Tangible and SF regarding the  manufacture  and purchase of said
Products.

Now,  therefore,  in consideration of these premises and of the  representations
and agreements  hereinafter set forth, DESA,  Tangible and SF do hereby covenant
and agree as follows:

1.       DEFINITIONS

         1.1      Pricing for "Products" as per the attached appendix "A".

         1.2      On December 1, 1992 and  subsequently on December 1 thereafter
                  during  the  term  of  this  agreement,  Tangible  and SF will
                  document  material price  increases for Products which will be
                  passed through to DESA as part of price schedule found in 1.1.

         1.3      COST REDUCTIONS

                  Product  cost  reductions  brought  about  by  design  changes
                  developed  jointly  among DESA,  Tangible and SF shall benefit
                  the parties according to the following schedule:

                           1.       50% of  cost  savings  to  DESA  after  full
                                    recovery of any tooling  cost related to the
                                    change by DESA.

                           2.       50% of cost  savings  to  Tangible/SF  after
                                    tooling cost is recovered by DESA.
2.       DISTRIBUTION

         2.1      SCOPE OF DISTRIBUTION

                  During the term of this Agreement, DESA will have the sole and
                  exclusive  right to sell and to promote  the sale of  electric
                  tool Model ET-801 in U.S.A. designed


<PAGE>
                                       -3-

                  and  developed  by Tangible and approved by DESA prior to this
                  agreement.   DESA  will  permanently  maintain  the  sole  and
                  exclusive rights to sell and to promote the sale of manual and
                  electric products designed during the manufacturing agreement.
                  A  non-exclusive  license to market  and to sell the  Products
                  (except  ET-801)  outside of North  America will be granted to
                  Tangible and SF upon agreed terms.

         2.2      INDEPENDENT PURCHASE STATUS

                  This agreement does not create an agency relationship. DESA is
                  and  will  be an  independent  purchaser  and  seller  of  the
                  Products.   Neither   parties  to  this  agreement   shall  be
                  authorized to make any contract or  representation or to incur
                  any obligation or liability of any kind on behalf of the other
                  parties.   Each  party  to  this  agreement  shall  be  solely
                  responsible for all of its own expenses under the contract and
                  the acts of its employees.

3.       PRODUCTS

         3.1      PRODUCT SPECIFICATION

                  All products  manufactured  by Tangible and sold by SF to DESA
                  pursuant to this agreement shall be  manufactured  strictly in
                  accordance  with  DESA's  specifications,  as set forth in the
                  physical  characteristics outline in Appendix B-1 through B-6,
                  and mutually agreed upon performance specifications.

         3.2      Delivery  tests  of  the  Products  shall  be  carried  out in
                  accordance with the specifications as provided by DESA.

         3.3      DESIGN

                  DESA is the sole  owner of, and has the  exclusive  rights to,
                  the  designs,  patents  and  pattern  protections,  of  manual
                  Products. Tangible and SF may not transfer


<PAGE>
                                       -4-

                  the  mentioned  to  other  manual  Products  for  any  purpose
                  whatever.  Tangible  and SF can  freely  use  the  designs  of
                  electric  tools  not  exclusively  belonging  to  DESA  and/or
                  patented by DESA.

4.       DELIVERY AND ORDER TERMS

         4.1      PURCHASE ORDERS

                  All purchase orders from DESA for the Products hereunder shall
                  be made in writing.

         4.2      PRODUCTION CAPACITY

                  Tangible  undertakes  to maintain  production  capacity and SF
                  undertakes to accept purchase  orders from DESA  corresponding
                  to volumes  forecasted by DESA and  anticipated  in accordance
                  with  Tangible and SF under  Section 4.6 below.  The foregoing
                  only  includes  the  right  to  the  forecast  and  is  not an
                  obligation for DESA to purchase such forecasted quantities.

         4.3      PAYMENTS

                  Payments  for  each  shipment   shall  be  by*  from  date  of
                  shipment.*

         4.4      TRANSPORTATION

                  The Products shall be delivered FOB Taiwan. The delivery terms
                  are to be interpreted in accordance with  "Incoterms"  then in
                  effect.

         4.5      PURCHASE FORECASTS AND SCHEDULES

                  After  negotiations  with, and agreement of,  Tangible and SF,
                  DESA shall indicate to Tangible and SF the  anticipated  total
                  volume of annual purchase for each

- ------------------
* Confidential portion omitted and filed separately with the Commission.
<PAGE>
                                       -5-

                  twelve   (12)   month   period  of  the   agreement.   In  all
                  circumstances,  should the parties not agree,  the same volume
                  in pieces as the  foregoing  twelve (12) month  period  +/-20%
                  should  be  accepted.  Such  forecasts  shall be  provided  in
                  writing before the end of February every year. On the basis of
                  said  forecasts,  adjusted as necessary and agreement of DESA,
                  Tangible  and SF, every third month DESA shall issue a six (6)
                  month  schedule,  and every  month an updated  four (4) months
                  order  schedule.  Any  changes to the four (4) month  schedule
                  cannot  be  made  during  the  first  two (2)  months  without
                  approval  by  Tangible   and  SF.  For  new   products  to  be
                  manufactured  at the first occasion DESA is to provide a seven
                  (7) month schedule.

         4.6      DELAYS IN DELIVERY

                  Products  ordered in accordance  with the firm order  schedule
                  shall be ready for shipment within two (2) months after DESA's
                  order. If such orders are not fulfilled in time,  Tangible and
                  SF shall jointly pay the following penalty:

                  For delays  exceeding  fifteen  (15) days but not  twenty-five
                  (25)  days,  premium  freight  cost as  required,  for  delays
                  exceeding  twenty-five (25) days, 3% of the order value,  plus
                  premium  freight  cost as required;  and for delays  exceeding
                  forty-five  (45) days,  5% of the order  value,  plus  premium
                  freight costs as required.

         4.7      FORCE MAJEURE

                  Failure  of  Tangible/SF  to make any  delivery  for  portions
                  thereof when due, if  occasioned in whole or in part by act of
                  God or the public enemy, fire,  explosion,  flood, war, riots,
                  civil   insurrection,    sabotage,    embargo,    governmental
                  requisition
<PAGE>
                                       -6-

                  or other such action of governmental  authorities,  or strikes
                  or other labor trouble,  or other such occurrence,  act, cause
                  or thing  beyond the control of Tangible  and SF, shall excuse
                  any such failure on the part of Tangible and SF.  Tangible and
                  SF shall have no  obligation or liability  whatsoever  arising
                  out  of or  in  connection  with  any  such  failure.  If  the
                  fulfillment  of an  order  is  delayed  by more  than  six (6)
                  months, due to circumstances mentioned above, each party shall
                  be entitled to cancel such order.

5.       WARRANTY

         Tangible/Sf warrant the Products will be free from defects in material,
         workmanship and finish.  Tangible and SF warrant that the Products will
         conform to the  specifications  set forth in Appendix  B-1 through B-5.
         Tangible and SF will assume  responsibilities for damages, and expenses
         arising from any breach of the  foregoing  warranties  to the following
         extent:  an  average  of the  last  twelve  (12)  months,  or  based on
         quarterly  projections  for new products,  free charge  finished  goods
         replacement (DESA shall provide evidence).

         Tangible  and SF shall have no  obligation  to  indemnify  DESA for any
         defects  unless  Tangible and SF are given notice of such defect within
         eighteen  (18) months from the date of the arrival of the Products to a
         U.S.A. port or to another port appointed by DESA.

         All  liability of Tangible and SF under this  warranty  shall be offset
         against amounts payable by DESA under then existing purchase orders for
         Products.

<PAGE>
                                       -7-

6.       INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

         6.1      TRADEMARKS

                  Products  delivered  under this  agreement  shall be marked by
                  Tangible  and SF with  DESA's  trademarks  or  trade  names in
                  accordance  with  such  instructions  as DESA may from time to
                  time give to Tangible and SF.

                  Nothing  in this  agreement  shall  be  construed  to grant to
                  Tangible  and SF any license or right to use any  trademark or
                  tradename of DESA.

         6.2      INFRINGEMENT

                  DESA  states  that  the  Products  of  this  agreement  do not
                  infringe   upon  any  third  party's   intellectual   property
                  including any patents, registered trademarks, or copyrights in
                  U.S.A.. In case the sale of the mentioned  Products results in
                  an intellectual  property claim against  Tangible and SF, DESA
                  shall hold  Tangible and SF harmless from any costs or damages
                  that may be incurred against Tangible and SF in any such case.

7.       PRODUCT LIABILITY

         7.1      INSURANCE

                  SF will provide DESA Product Liability Insurance coverage of a
                  minimum amount totaling one million U.S.  dollars using a U.S.
                  insurance agency.

         7.2      LIABILITY

                  Tangible and SF will not  indemnify,  hold  harmless or defend
                  DESA  against  damages,  loss,  expenses,  liability or claims
                  arising,  in  whole  or in  part,  out  of any  deficiency  in
                  packaging,  warnings or  instructions  provided by DESA.  If a
                  claim  for   damages  by  an   allegedly   defective   product
                  manufactured by Tangible is filed


<PAGE>
                                       -8-

                  by a third party against one of the parties to this agreement,
                  the latter shall inform the other  parties  thereof as soon as
                  possible.

                  The parties  hereto  shall be  obligated to provide each other
                  with  reasonable  assistance,  including,  but not  limited to
                  appearance at court and  examining  claims by a third party in
                  connection  with  litigation  concerning  alleged defects in a
                  product.

8.       CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

         Each party has received,  and will for the proper  performance  of this
         agreement  receive,  information from the other party, which the latter
         does  not  ordinarily  disclose  to  outsiders  and  which  the  latter
         considers  confidential and proprietary.  It is especially  agreed that
         Tangible  and SF will not be  entitled  to make any  reference  for any
         purpose whatever as being the manufacturer and supplier of DESA.

         Each party  guarantees  that all  information  received  from the other
         party before or during the term of this  agreement will be used only to
         carry out the terms of this agreement,  shall be kept  confidential and
         shall be protected in the same manner as the receiving  party  protects
         its own confidential information.

         The foregoing shall not apply to information:

                  (A)      which become lawfully known or lawfully  available to
                           the receiving party from a third party,  who received
                           the   information   lawfully  and  was  not  under  a
                           continuing  obligation  of  confidence  regarding the
                           information disclosed.
<PAGE>
                                       -9-

                  (B)      which came in the receiving party's  possession prior
                           to disclosure by the other party;

                  (C)      which  was in or  became  part of the  public  domain
                           through no breach of this  agreement by the receiving
                           party.

9.       TERM AND TERMINATION

         9.1      INITIAL TERM AND RENEWAL

                  (A)      Unless  terminated as provided in Section 9.2 hereof,
                           this  agreement  shall  continue  in full  force  and
                           effect for an initial term  expiring  three (3) years
                           from  the  date   hereof  and   hereafter   shall  be
                           automatically  renewed  in  successive  3 year  terms
                           unless  terminated by either party by written  notice
                           to  the  other  at  least  120  days   prior  to  the
                           expiration of the initial or any renewal term hereof.

                  (B)      All   drawings,    manufacturing    and   engineering
                           specifications  or  technical   information  and  any
                           tooling  supplied  to  Tangible or by DESA or paid by
                           DESA,  upon  termination of this  agreement  shall be
                           promptly  returned to DESA within  three  months from
                           the    termination.    All   parties    should   keep
                           records/receipts      of      the      aforementioned
                           specifications, technical information, and tooling.

         9.2      CAUSES FOR TERMINATION ON NON-RENEWAL

                  Each  party may elect to  terminate  this  agreement  prior to
                  expiration of the initial or any renewal term, or elect not to
                  renew  this  agreement,  upon  written  notice  to  the  other
                  parties,  in  the  event  of  the  occurrence  of  any  of the
                  following: 

                  (A)      If the other  parties  shall fail to  perform  any of
                           their  obligations  hereunder and fail to remedy such
                           non-performance   within   thirty   (30)  days  after
                           receiving   notice   specifying  the  nature  of  the
                           non-performance;
<PAGE>
                                      -10-

                  (B)      If one party sells,  assigns or transfers  any of its
                           rights or obligations  under this  agreement  without
                           having  obtained  the  written  consent  of the other
                           parties;

                  (C)      If one of the parties shall be declared  insolvent or
                           bankrupt, make an assignment or other arrangement for
                           the benefit of creditors, or if one of the parties is
                           nationalized or has any material amount of its assets
                           expropriated.

         9.3      DISPOSITION OF STOCK ON TERMINATION

                  Termination of this agreement shall not affect any firm orders
                  that  may be  placed  but not  shipped.  If the  agreement  is
                  terminated  by  DESA  and  the  termination  is not  based  on
                  Tangible and SF's breach of contract,  DESA shall be obligated
                  to purchase  stock of products from Tangible via SF where such
                  stock  consists  of  products  of volumes  not  exceeding  the
                  quantities stated in the last issued six months order schedule
                  made by DESA  pursuant  to Article 4.5 of this  agreement.  If
                  Tangible or SF is the party  terminating  the agreement,  DESA
                  shall have the right to purchase  remaining  products in stock
                  from Tangible via SF. In both alternatives  shipments shall be
                  made in such portions as set in the schedule.

10.      JOINT VENTURE

         Should DESA volume  projections  in a twelve (12) month  period of said
         Products  (excluding  electric  stapleguns)  reach one million (USD) in
         purchase and actual shipment amount reaches half million (USD), a joint
         venture program will be developed equally or on a prorated basis.

<PAGE>
                                      -11-

11.      NOTICES

         Every  notice  required  or  contemplated  by this  agreement  shall be
         telefaxed  or  delivered  in  person  addressed  to the  party for whom
         notices are intended at the address hereinafter  specified.  Orders may
         be sent by  telefax  or  airmail.  Unless  otherwise  provided  in this
         agreement,  notice  by  telefax  shall  be  effective  after  the  firm
         confirmation from the other parties. A notice sent by registered letter
         shall be deemed to be received by the other parties ten (10) days after
         it was sent.

         DESA International, Inc.
         P.O. Box 90004
         2701 Industrial Drive
         Bowling Green, Kentucky 42102
         U.S.A.
         Telefax:  502-781-9669
         ATTENTION:  Director of Materials

         Tangible Ind. Co., Ltd.
         8, LANE 551, SEC. 1, WAN SHOW RD.
         KUEI-SHAN HSIANG, TAOYUAN COUNTY
         Taiwan, R.O.C.
         Telefax:  02-902-9944
         ATTENTION:  TED CHANG

         Shinn Fu Corporation
         9-16, NAN KAN HSIA, NAN KAN
         LU-CHU HSIANG, TAOYUAN COUNTY
         Taiwan, R.O.C.
         Telefax:  03-326-1010
         ATTENTION:  Manager, OEM Division

12.      GOVERNING LAW

         The formation, construction, and performance of this agreement shall be
         governed by the laws of Taiwan, Republic of China.

<PAGE>
                                      -12-

13.      SEPARABILITY

         If any  provisions  of  this  agreement  shall  be  deemed  illegal  or
         unenforceable,  such  provision  shall  not  affect  the  validity  and
         enforcement of all the other legal and enforceable provisions hereof.

In witness whereof, the parties have caused this agreement to be executed on the
date first above written.

DESA INTERNATIONAL                              TANGIBLE IND. CO., LTD.


By: /s/ Steve Marcum                            By: /s/ Ted Chang
     Name:   Steve Marcum                             Name:   Ted Chang
     Title:  Director of Materials                    Title:  President

SHINN FU CORPORATION


By: /s/ Vickie Huang
     Name:  Vickie Huang
     Title: Vice President




<PAGE>

                                PRICE APPENDIX A


                March 1, 1992 Manufacturing and Supply Agreement

                                     Between

                    DESA International, Shinn Fu and Tangible


                                                          Selling Price in USD
                                                            Effective 3/1/92
Model                  Description                            FOB Taiwan
- -----                  -----------                            ----------

34302                  ET-801 Electric Staplegun                 *

TBD                    ET-806 Electric Staplegun                 *

32003                  ET-802 Electric Nailgun                   *

TBD                    Professional Staplegun                    *

TBD                    Heavy Duty Staplegun                      *

TBD                    Light Duty Staplegun                      *

TBD                    Cable Tacker                              *

- ----------
* Confidential portion omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




<PAGE>

                                  APPENDIX B-1

                               ELECTRIC STAPLEGUN
                                 SPECIFICATIONS


DESA Item Number:   34302

Tangible Item Number:   ET-801

Description:      Electric Staplegun for 1/4 to 9/16
                  Inch Wide Crown Staples

Power Rating:   120 Volts     10 Amps

UL Listing Required

Control Number:   3B89

Housing:   Black

Trigger & On-Off Switch:   Gray (Homeease Standard Color)

Clam Shell Packaging - Ultrasonic Sealed

Insert Card  -  4 Colors: Blue (Pantone 300), Orange (Pantone 130) White & Black

Instruction Manual:   DESA Part Number 099241-01   Revision A

6 Tools Per Shipping Carton:   DESA to Provide Artwork



<PAGE>
                                  APPENDIX B-2

                               ELECTRIC STAPLEGUN
                                 SPECIFICATIONS


DESA Item Number:   TBD

Tangible Item Number:   ET-806

Description:      Electric Staplegun for 1/4 to 9/16
                  Wide Crown Staples

Power Rating:   120 Volts     10 Amps

UL Listing Required

Control Number:   3B89

Housing:   Black

Trigger & On-Off Switch:   Gray (Homeease Standard Color)

Clam Shell Packaging

Insert Card  -  4 Colors: Blue (Pantone 300), Orange (Pantone 130) White & Black

Instruction Manual:   DESA Part Number TBD

6 Tools Per Shipping Carton:   DESA to Provide Artwork


<PAGE>
                                                  


                                  APPENDIX B-3

                                ELECTRIC NAILGUN
                                 SPECIFICATIONS


DESA Item Number:   32203

Tangible Item Number:   ET-802

Description:      Electric Nailgun for 1 Inch Brad Nails

Power Rating:   120 Volts     9 Amps

UL Listing Required

Control Number:   3L25

Housing:   Black

Trigger & On-Off Switch:   Gray (Pantone Standard Color)

Tooling Marking:   Insert Into Housing

Clam Shell Packaging - Ultrasonic Sealed

Insert Card  -  4 Colors:Blue (Pantone 300), Orange (Pantone 130) White & Black

Instruction Manual:   DESA Part Number 099353-01   Revision A

6 Tools Per Shipping Carton:   DESA to Provide Artwork

UPC Number:   0 43593 32003 X

UCC Number:   005 20 500 43593 32003 XX

Outer Carton:   Kraft - Cut Case Format




<PAGE>

                                  APPENDIX B-4


                             PROFESSIONAL STAPLEGUN
                                 SPECIFICATIONS


GENERAL

         All steel construction
         Slide track loading with metal latch
         Wire handle latch
         Finish:   chrome plated
         Staple capacity:   min. of one strip
         Staple size window
         Steel handle

PERFORMANCE

         Power:   equal to arrow T-50
         Handle angle:  max. 31 degree
         Handle force:   less than revised Swingline 10060

STAPLES

         Heavy duty (.050 wide)
         Wide crown
         1/4 to 9/16 inch length

LIFE

         20,000 staplings

PACKAGING

         Clamshell



<PAGE>

                                  APPENDIX B-5


                              HEAVY DUTY STAPLEGUN
                                 SPECIFICATIONS


GENERAL

         Plastic body:   2 piece ABS
         Steel slide track with metal latch
         Steel front cover
         Finish:   chrome plated
         Wire handle latch
         Staple capacity:  one strip
         Staple size window
         Steel handle (same as professional tool)

PERFORMANCE

         Power:   equal to arrow T-50
         Handle angle:  max. 31 degree
         Handle force:   less than revised Swingline 10060

STAPLES

         Heavy duty (.050 wide)
         wide crown
         1/4 to 9/16 length

LIFE

         15,000 staplings

PACKAGING

         Clamshell



<PAGE>


                                  APPENDIX B-6


                              LIGHT DUTY STAPLEGUN
                                 SPECIFICATIONS


GENERAL

         Plastic body:   2 piece ABS
         Steel front cover - chrome plated
         Steel slide track with metal latch
         Metal front
         Wire handle latch
         Staple capacity:   one strip
         Steel handle

PERFORMANCE

         Power:   equal to arrow JT-21
         Handle angle:   max. 26 degree

STAPLES

         Light duty (.0235 wide)
         wide crown
         1/4 to 3/8 inch length

LIFE

         10,000 staplings

PACKING

         Clamshell

COST ESTIMATES

         Tooling est:      *
         Est. cost:        *

- -----------
* Confidential portion omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                          EXHIBIT 12

                                    Fiscal     Nov. 30      Feb. 26       Fiscal      Fiscal       Fiscal       Nov. 30     Nov. 29
                                     1993        1993         1994         1995        1996         1997          1996        1997
                                    ------     --------     --------      ------      ------       ------       --------    -------
Ratio of earnings to
    fixed charges
- --------------------

<S>                                <C>         <C>             <C>       <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>   
Income before income taxes          5,304       10,295          807       23,265       25,206       18,449       19,982      21,281
                                                                                                                            
Plus fixed charges:                                                                                                         
     Interest expense               4,186        2,893        1,455        5,777        7,073       14,509       11,105      11,321
     Interest factor included                                                                                                 
        in rent expense               175           50          149          286          445          541          397         490
Amortization of deferred
     financing costs                  270          252          206          787          893          976          762         762
                                   ------       ------       ------       ------       ------       ------       ------      ------
                                                                                                                            
Total Earnings                      9,935       13,490        2,617       30,115       33,617       34,475       32,246      33,854
                                                                                                                            
Fixed Charges                       4,631        3,195        1,810        6,850        8,411       16,026       12,264      12,573
                                                                                                                            
Ratio                                 2.1          4.2          1.5          4.4          4.0          2.2          2.6         2.7
                                                                                                                         
</TABLE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT 25

                                                                  Conformed Copy

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                                   ----------

                                    FORM T-1
                    STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE TRUST
                     INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A CORPORATION
                          DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
                                   -----------
                      CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE
                      ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
                                SECTION 305(b)(2)
                                   -----------
                               Marine Midland Bank
               (Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

          New York                                   16-1057879
  (Jurisdiction of incorporation                    (I.R.S. Employer
   or organization if not a U.S.                    Identification No.)
   national bank)

  140 Broadway, New York, N.Y.                         10005-1180
  (212) 658-1000                                      (Zip Code)
  (Address of principal executive offices)

                                Charles E. Bauer
                                 Vice President
                               Marine Midland Bank
                                  140 Broadway
                          New York, New York 10005-1180
                               Tel: (212) 658-1792
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            DESA INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              AND OTHER REGISTRANTS
                        (See of Other Registrants Below)
               (Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
<S>                                 <C>                     <C>

 DELAWARE                            22-2940760               2701 Industrial Drive
 (State or other jurisdiction        (I.R.S. Employer         Bowling Green, Kentucky 42102
 of incorporation or organization)    Identification No.)     (502) 781-9600
                                                              (Address of principal executive offices)
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                Other Registrants


DESA Holdings Corporation           Delaware                 16-1251518
(Name of Corporation)          (Jurisdiction of           (IRS Employer 
                                 Incorporation)        Identification Number)

                             2701 Industrial Drive,
                          Bowling Green, Kentucky 42102
                                 (502) 781-9600
                    (Address of Principal Executive Offices)

                    9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2007
           Guarantees of the 9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2007
                         (Title of Indenture Securities)


<PAGE>

General
Item 1. General Information.

                 Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

         (a) Name and address of each  examining  or  supervisory  authority  to
         which it is subject.

                 State of New York Banking Department.

                 Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C.

                 Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System,
                 Washington, D.C.

         (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

                          Yes.

Item 2. Affiliations with Obligor.

                 If the obligor is an affiliate of the  trustee,  describe  each
                 such affiliation.

                          None.

<PAGE>
Item 16.  List of Exhibits.


Exhibit

TA(i)             *       -      Copy of the Organization Certificate of Marine
                                 Midland Bank.

TA(ii)            *        -     Certificate of the State of New York Banking
                                 Department dated December 31, 1993 as to the
                                 authority of Marine Midland Bank to commence
                                 business.

TA(iii)                    -     Not applicable.

TA(iv)            *        -     Copy of the existing By-Laws of Marine
                                 Midland Bank as adopted on January 20, 1994.

TA(v)                      -     Not applicable.

TA(vi)            *        -     Consent of Marine Midland Bank required by
                                 Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of
                                 1939.

TA(vii)                    -     Copy of the latest report of condition of the
                                 trustee (December 31, 1997), published
                                 pursuant to law or the requirement of its
                                 supervisory or examining authority.

TA(viii)                   -     Not applicable.

TA(ix)                     -     Not applicable.


*        Exhibits  previously filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
         with  Registration  No. 33-53693 and  incorporated  herein by reference
         thereto.

<PAGE>
                                    SIGNATURE


Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Trust  Indenture Act of 1939, the Trustee,
Marine Midland Bank, a banking corporation and trust company organized under the
laws of the State of New York,  has duly caused this statement of eligibility to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto duly  authorized,  all in
the City of New York and State of New York on the 23rd day of February, 1998.



                                                MARINE MIDLAND BANK


                                                By: /s/ Frank J. Godino
                                                         Frank J. Godino
                                                         Vice President



<PAGE>
                                                                Exhibit TA (vii)

                           Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
                           OMB Number: 7100-0036
                           Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
                           OMB Number: 3064-0052
                           Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
                                                       OMB Number: 1557-0081
Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council     Expires March 31, 2000
                                                                       
                                          Please refer  to page i,            1
                                          Table  of  Contents, for 
                                          the required disclosure
                                          of estimated burden.

Consolidated  Reports  of  Condition  and Income  for A Bank With  Domestic  and
Foreign Offices--FFIEC 031

Report at the close of business December 31, 1997

This report is required by law; 12 U.S.C. ss.324 (State member banks); 12 U.S.C.
ss. 1817 (State nonmember banks); and 12 U.S.C. ss.161 (National banks).

NOTE:  The  Reports  of  Condition  and Income  must be signed by an  authorized
officer  and the Report of  Condition  must be  attested to by not less than two
directors  (trustees) for State  nonmember  banks and three  directors for State
member and National Banks.

I, Gerald A. Ronning, Executive VP & Controller
     Name and Title of Officer  Authorized  to Sign  Report 

of the named bank do hereby  declare that these  Reports of Condition and Income
(including the supporting  schedules) have been prepared in conformance with the
instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and are true
to the best of my knowledge and believe.

     /s/ Gerald A. Ronning
Signature of Officer Authorized to Sign Report
           1/26/98
Date of Signature

           (971231)
         (RCRI 9999)

This  report  form is to be  filed  by  banks  with  branches  and  consolidated
subsidiaries   in  U.S.   territories   and   possessions,   Edge  or  Agreement
subsidiaries,   foreign  branches,   consolidated   foreign   subsidiaries,   or
International Banking Facilities.

The  Reports of  Condition  and Income are to be  prepared  in  accordance  with
Federal regulatory authority instructions.

We, the  undersigned  directors  (trustees),  attest to the  correctness of this
Report of Condition (including the supporting schedules) and declare that it has
been  examined  by us and to the  best of our  knowledge  and  belief  has  been
prepared in conformance with the instructions  issued by the appropriate Federal
regulatory authority and is true and correct.

   /s/ Malcolm Burnett
Director (Trustee)
   /s/ Bernard J. Kennedy
Director (Trustee)
   /s/ Sal H. Alfiero
Director (Trustee)

Submission of Reports
Each Bank must prepare its Reports of Condition and Income either:

(a)  in automated  formand then file the computer  data file  directly  with the
     banking  agencies'  collection  agent,  Electronic Data System  Corporation
     (EDS), by modem or computer diskette; or
(b)  in  hard-copy  (paper)  form and arrange  for another  party to convert the
     paper report to automated for. That party (if other than EDS) must transmit
     the bank's computer data file to EDS

To  fulfill  the  signature  and  attestation  requirement  for the  Reports  of
Condition  and Income for this report date,  attach this  signature  page to the
hard-copy f the completed report that the bank places in its files.

FDIC Certificate Number           0   0    5    8    9
                                      (RCRI 9030)
<PAGE>
REPORT OF CONDITION

Consolidating domestic and foreign subsidiaries of the
Marine Midland Bank            of Buffalo
    Name of Bank                City

in the state of New York, at the close of business
December 31, 1997


ASSETS
                 Thousands
                 of dollars
Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

   Noninterest-bearing balances
   currency and coin .................................   $   928,754
   Interest-bearing balances .........................     2,571,410
   Held-to-maturity securities .......................             0
   Available-for-sale securities .....................     3,968,837

   Federal funds sold and securities purchased
   under agreements to resell ........................       497,992

Loans and lease financing receivables:

   Loans and leases net of unearned
   income ............................................    21,550,115
   LESS: Allowance for loan and lease
   losses ............................................       407,355
   LESS: Allocated transfer risk reserve .............             0

   Loans and lease, net of unearned
   income, allowance, and reserve ....................    21,142,760
   Trading assets ....................................       979,454
   Premises and fixed assets (including
   capitalized leases) ...............................       225,646

Other real estate owned ..............................         8,092
Investments in unconsolidated
subsidiaries and associated companies ................             0
Customers' liability to this bank on
acceptances outstanding ..............................        24,795
Intangible assets ....................................       479,713
Other assets .........................................       488,168
Total assets .........................................    31,315,621

<PAGE>

LIABILITIES

Deposits:
   In domestic offices ...............................    20,072,724

   Noninterest-bearing ...............................     4,090,858
   Interest-bearing ..................................    15,981,866

In foreign offices, Edge, and Agreement
subsidiaries, and IBFs ...............................     3,834,827

   Noninterest-bearing ...............................             0
   Interest-bearing ..................................     3,834,827

Federal funds purchased and securities sold
   under agreements to repurchase ....................     2,007,482
Demand notes issued to the U.S. Treasury .............       192,186
Trading Liabilities ..................................       215,748

Other borrowed money:
   With a remaining maturity of one year
   or less ...........................................     1,402,449
   With a remaining maturity of more than
   one year through three years ......................        63,601
   With a remaining maturity of more than
   three years .......................................        61,707
Bank's liability on acceptances
executed and outstanding .............................        24,795
Subordinated notes and debentures ....................       497,774
Other liabilities ....................................       719,423
Total liabilities ....................................    29,092,716

EQUITY CAPITAL

Perpetual preferred stock and related
surplus ..............................................             0
Common Stock..........................................       205,000
Surplus ..............................................     1,984,326
Undivided profits and capital reserves ...............         8,678
Net unrealized holding gains (losses)
on available-for-sale securities .....................        24,901
Cumulative foreign currency translation
adjustments ..........................................             0
Total equity capital .................................     2,222,905
Total liabilities, limited-life
preferred stock, and equity capital ..................    31,315,621


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
     This schedule  contains summary  financial  information  extracted from the
financial  statements of Desa Holdings  Corporation at and for the periods ended
March  1,  1997 and  November  29,  1997 and is  qualified  in its  entirety  by
reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                         0001051362
<NAME>                        DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
       
<S>                                         <C>                 <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                   YEAR             9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              MAR-1-1997   FEB-28-1998
<PERIOD-START>                                 MAR-3-1996   MAR-2-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                   MAR-1-1997   NOV-29-1997
<CASH>                                         5,058,000    201,000
<SECURITIES>                                   0            0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  13,066,000   65,586,000
<ALLOWANCES>                                   936,000      962,000
<INVENTORY>                                    15,747,000   27,133,000
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               35,632,000   95,251,000
<PP&E>                                         30,219,000   33,909,000
<DEPRECIATION>                                 (20,137,000) (22,500,000)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 91,984,000   157,780,000
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          44,198,000   60,493,000
<BONDS>                                        130,600,000  240,500,000
                          0            17,600,000
                                    0            0
<COMMON>                                       254,000      127,000
<OTHER-SE>                                    (85,008,000) (159,982,000)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   91,984,000   157,780,000
<SALES>                                        209,105,000  193,404,000
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               209,105,000  193,404,000
<CGS>                                          130,890,000  123,243,000
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  130,890,000  123,243,000
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               0            0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               0            0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             14,509,000   11,321,000
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                18,449,000   21,281,000
<INCOME-TAX>                                   7,733,000    8,769,000
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            10,716,000   12,512,000
<DISCONTINUED>                                 0            0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0            2,308,000
<CHANGES>                                      0            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   10,716,000   10,187,000
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  0            0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  0             0
        


</TABLE>

 
                            DESA INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                          FORM OF LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

                    9 7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007

 THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON [ ] UNLESS
                       EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION DATE").

                The Exchange Agent is for the Exchange Offer is:

                               MARINE MIDLAND BANK


     By Mail, By Overnight Courier                       By Facsimile:
              or By Hand:                      (For Eligible Institutions Only)
          Marine Midland Bank                           (212) 658-2292
         140 Broadway, Level A
     New York, New York 10005-1180                   Confirm by Telephone:
Attention:  Corporate Trust Operations                  (212) 658-5931

                              For Information Call:
                                 (800) 662-9844

         Delivery of this instrument to an address other than as set forth above
or transmission of instructions via a facsimile number other than the one listed
above will not constitute a valid delivery.  The instructions  accompanying this
Letter of Transmittal should be read carefully before this Letter of Transmittal
is completed.

         The undersigned acknowledges that he or she has received the Prospectus
dated [ ] (the  "Prospectus")  of DESA  International,  Inc. (the "Company") and
this  Letter of  Transmittal  (the  "Letter  of  Transmittal"),  which  together
constitute  the  Company's  offer  (the  "Exchange  Offer") to  exchange  $1,000
principal  amount (or integral  multiples in excess thereof) of its 9 7/8 Senior
Notes due  2007,  (the  "New  Notes"),  which  have  been  registered  under the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended  (the  "Securities  Act"),  pursuant  to a
Registration  Statement  of which  the  Prospectus  is a part,  for each  $1,000
principal amount (or integral  multiples in excess thereof) of its outstanding 9
7/8 Senior Notes due 2007 (the "Old  Notes"),  of which  $130,000,000  aggregate
principal amount is outstanding.  Other  capitalized  terms used but not defined
herein have the meaning given to them in the Prospectus.

         This  Letter is to be  completed  by a holder  of Old  Notes  either if
certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if a tender of certificates for Old
Notes,  if  available,  is to be  made by  book-entry  transfer  to the  account
maintained  by  the  Exchange  Agent  at  The  Depository   Trust  Company  (the
"Book-Entry  Transfer  Facility")  pursuant to the  procedures set forth in "The
Exchange Offer -- Book-Entry  Transfer" section of the Prospectus and an Agent's
Message is NOT  delivered.  Tenders by  book-entry  transfer may also be made by
delivering an Agent's Message in lieu of this Letter. The term "Agent's Message"
means a message, transmitted by the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to and received
by the  Exchange  Agent and  forming  a part of a  Book-Entry  Confirmation  (as
defined below),  which states that the Book-Entry Transfer Facility has received
an express acknowledgment from the tendering  participant,  which acknowledgment
states that such  participant  has received and agrees to be bound by, and makes
the  representations  and  warranties  contained  in,  this  Letter and that the
Company may enforce this Letter against such participant.

         The term "Holder"  with respect to the Exchange  Offer means any person
(i) in whose name Old Notes are  registered  on the books of the  Company or any
other  person  who has  obtained  a  properly  completed  bond  power  from  the
registered  holder or (ii) in whose name the Old Notes are held of record by DTC
who  desires  to  deliver  such Old Notes by  book-entry  transfer  at DTC.  The
undersigned has completed,  executed and delivered this Letter of Transmittal to
indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange
Offer.  Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes must  complete this letter in
its entirety.


<PAGE>


                                        2

         Holders  who  desire to tender  their Old Notes and whose Old Notes are
not lost but are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their Old Notes
and all other documents  required hereby to the Exchange Agent by the Expiration
Date or who are unable to complete the  procedure for  book-entry  transfer on a
timely basis must tender  their Old Notes  pursuant to the  guaranteed  delivery
procedure set forth in "The Exchange Offer--Procedures for Tendering."



<PAGE>
                                        3


      PLEASE READ THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
                    CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

       DESCRIPTION OF 9 7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007 (OLD NOTES)


                                                                                                  Principal Amount
                                                                                                Tendered (must be in
         Name(s) and                                                                              denominations of
        Address(es) of                                            Aggregate Principal          $1,000 or any integral
     Registered Holder(s)               Certificate                Amount Represented           multiples in excess
  (Please fill in, if blank)             Number(s)*                by Certificate(s)                thereof )**
<S>                                     <C>                        <C>                          <C>




                                           Total

<FN>
*        Need not be completed by holders of Old Notes who tender by book-entry transfer.

**       Need not be completed by holders who wish to tender with respect to all Old Notes listed.
</FN>
</TABLE>


NOTE:  SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW.  PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING
INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY.

|_|      CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY
         TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH DTC
         AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Name of Tendering Institution:______________________________________________
DTC Book-Entry Account Number:______________________________________________
Transaction Code No:________________________________________________________

         By  crediting  the Old Notes to the  Exchange  Agent's  account  at the
Book-Entry  Transfer  Facility's  Automated Tender Offer Program ("ATOP") and by
complying with  applicable  ATOP  procedures with respect to the Exchange Offer,
including  transmitting to the Exchange Agent a  computer-generated  message (an
"Agent's   Message")  in  which  the  holder  of  the   Outstanding   Debentures
acknowledges   and   agrees  to  be  bound  by  the  terms  of,  and  makes  the
representations and warranties contained in, this Letter, the participant in the
Book-Entry  Transfer  Facility  confirms on behalf of itself and the  beneficial
owners  of  such  Old  Notes  all  provisions  of  this  Letter  (including  all
representations  and warranties)  applicable to it and such beneficial  owner as
fully as if it had completed the  information  required  herein and executed and
transmitted this Letter to the Exchange Agent.

|_|    CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE
       OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND
       COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):______________________________________________
Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery :__________________________
Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery :_______________________________
DTC Account Number:___________________________________________________________

<PAGE>
                                        4

If Delivered by Book-Entry Transfer:
  Name of Tendering Institution:______________________________________________
  DTC Book-Entry Account No.:_________________________________________________
  Transaction Code No.:_______________________________________________________

|_|      CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER TENDERING OLD NOTES ACQUIRED AS A
         RESULT OF MARKET-MAKING OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES AND WISH TO RECEIVE
         10 ADDITIONAL  COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS
         OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

         Name:____________________________
         Address:_________________________


<PAGE>
                                        5

To:  Marine Midland Bank


Ladies and Gentlemen:

         Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  Exchange  Offer,  the
undersigned  hereby  tenders to the  Company the  principal  amount of Old Notes
indicated  above.  Subject to and effective  upon the acceptance for exchange of
the principal  amount of Old Notes  tendered in  accordance  with this Letter of
Transmittal,  the undersigned sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order
of, the Company all right,  title and interest in and to the Old Notes  tendered
hereby. The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange
Agent its agent and  attorney-in-fact  (with full  knowledge  that the  Exchange
Agent also acts as the agent of the  Company)  with  respect to the tendered Old
Notes  with full  power of  substitution  to (i)  deliver  such Old Notes to the
Company or transfer  ownership of such Old Notes on the account books maintained
by DTC, in each case,  together with all accompanying  evidences of transfer and
authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Company,  (ii) present such Old Notes
or transfer  ownership of such Old Notes on the account books maintained by DTC,
for  transfer  on the books of the Company and (iii)  receive all  benefits  and
otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial  ownership of such Old Notes, all in
accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer.  The power of attorney  granted
in this paragraph shall be deemed irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

         The undersigned  hereby represents and warrants that he or she has full
power and authority to tender,  sell, assign and transfer the Old Notes tendered
hereby and that the Company will acquire good and  unencumbered  title  thereto,
free and clear of all liens,  restrictions,  charges  and  encumbrances  and not
subject to any adverse  claim,  when the same are acquired by the  Company.  The
undersigned  hereby  acknowledges  that  this  Exchange  Offer is being  made in
reliance  upon an  interpretation  by the staff of the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission that any New Notes acquired in exchange for Old Notes tendered hereby
may be offered for sale,  resold and otherwise  transferred  by holders  thereof
(other than any such Holder that is an  "affiliate" of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries  within the  meaning of Rule 405 under the  Securities  Act of 1933
(the "Securities Act")), without compliance with the registration and prospectus
delivery  provisions  of the  Securities  Act,  provided that such New Notes are
acquired in the  ordinary  course of business of the Holder  receiving  such New
Notes and that neither the Holder nor any such other  person has an  arrangement
with any  person to  participate  in the  distribution  of such New  Notes.  The
undersigned  hereby further  represents that (i) the New Notes acquired pursuant
to the Exchange Offer are being obtained in the ordinary course of such Holder's
business, (ii) such Holder has no arrangements with any person to participate in
the  distribution  (within the meaning of the Securities  Act) of such New Notes
and (iii) such Holder is not an  "affiliate",  as defined  under Rule 405 of the
Securities Act of the Company or any of its  subsidiaries  or, if such Holder is
an affiliate,  that such Holder will comply with the registration and prospectus
delivery  requirements  of the Securities Act to the extent  applicable.  If the
undersigned is not a  broker-dealer,  the undersigned  represents that it is not
engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a  distribution  of New Notes.  If
the  undersigned  is a  broker-dealer  that will  receive  New Notes for its own
account  in  exchange  for  Old  Notes  that  were   acquired  as  a  result  of
market-making  activities or other trading  activities,  it acknowledges that it
will  deliver a  prospectus  in  connection  with any  resale of such New Notes;
however,  by so  acknowledging  and by delivering a prospectus,  the undersigned
will not be deemed to admit that it is an  "underwriter"  within the  meaning of
the Securities Act. The undersigned will, upon request,  execute and deliver any
additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Company to be necessary
or desirable to complete the assignment,  transfer and purchase of the Old Notes
tendered hereby.

         For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall be deemed to have
accepted validly tendered Old Notes,  when, as and if the Company has given oral
or written notice of acceptance thereof to the Exchange Agent.

         If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for exchange pursuant to the
Exchange  Offer for any reason,  any such  unaccepted Old Notes will be returned
(except as noted below with respect to tenders through DTC), without expense, to
the  undersigned at the address shown below or at a different  address as may be
indicated herein under "Special Payment Instructions" as promptly as practicable
after the Expiration Date.

         All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter
of  Transmittal  shall  survive  the death,  incapacity  or  dissolution  of the
undersigned,  and any obligation of the  undersigned  hereunder shall be binding
upon the administrators, legal representatives, heirs, personal representatives,
successors and assigns of the undersigned.

         The undersigned  understands  that tenders of Old Notes pursuant to the
procedures  described  under the caption  "The  Exchange  Offer--Procedures  for
Tendering" in the Prospectus and in the instructions hereto will constitute a
<PAGE>
                                        6

binding  agreement  between the  undersigned  and the Company upon the terms and
subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer.

         Unless otherwise indicated under "Special Payment Instructions," please
issue the New Notes issued in exchange  for the Old Notes  accepted for exchange
and return any Old Notes not  tendered  or not  exchanged  in the name(s) of the
undersigned (or, in either such event, in the case of Old Notes tendered by DTC,
by credit to the account at DTC).  Similarly,  unless otherwise  indicated under
"Special  Delivery  Instructions,"  please send the New Notes issued in exchange
for the Old Notes  accepted  for  exchange and any Old Notes not tendered or not
exchanged (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the undersigned at the
address shown below the  undersigned's  signature(s),  unless,  in either event,
tender is being  made  through  DTC.  In the event  that both  "Special  Payment
Instructions"  and "Special Delivery  Instructions" are completed,  please issue
the New Notes  issued in exchange  for the Old Notes  accepted  for exchange and
return any Old Notes not  tendered or not  exchanged in the name(s) of, and send
said New Notes to, the person(s) so indicated.  The undersigned  recognizes that
the Company has no obligation pursuant to the "Special Payment Instructions" and
"Special  Delivery  Instructions" to transfer any Old Notes from the name of the
registered  holder(s) thereof if the Company does not accept for exchange any of
the Old Notes so tendered.

         Holders  of the Old Notes  who wish to  tender  their Old Notes and (i)
whose Old Notes are not  immediately  available or (ii) who cannot deliver their
Old Notes, this Letter of Transmittal or any other documents  required hereby to
the  Exchange  Agent prior to the  Expiration  Date,  may tender their Old Notes
according to the  guaranteed  delivery  procedures  set forth in the  Prospectus
under the caption "The  Exchange  Offer--Guaranteed  Delivery  Procedures."  See
Instruction 1 regarding  the  completion  of the Letter of  Transmittal  printed
below.
                          SPECIAL PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS
                          (See Instructions 3, 4 and 5)

To be completed  ONLY if  certificates  for Old Notes in a principal  amount not
tendered  or not  purchased,  or New  Notes  issued  in  exchange  for Old Notes
accepted for  exchange,  are to be issued in the name of someone  other than the
undersigned.

Issue New Notes to:

Name:_____________________________________________
         (Please Print)

Address:__________________________________________

__________________________________________________

__________________________________________________
         (Include Zip Code)

__________________________________________________
     (Tax Identification or Social Security No.)

                          SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
                          (See Instructions 3, 4 and 5)

To be completed  ONLY if  certificates  for Old Notes in a principal  amount not
tendered  or not  purchased,  or New  Notes  issued  in  exchange  for Old Notes
accepted for exchange are to be sent to someone other than the  undersigned,  or
the undersigned at an address other than that shown above.

Mail to:__________________________________________

Name:_____________________________________________
         (Please Print)
Address:__________________________________________

__________________________________________________

__________________________________________________
                  (Include Zip Code)

__________________________________________________
(Tax Identification or Social Security No.)
<PAGE>
                                        7


                                PLEASE SIGN HERE
         WHETHER OR NOT OLD NOTES ARE BEING PHYSICALLY TENDERED HEREBY

______________________________________________ Dated: __________________________

______________________________________________ Dated: __________________________
Signature(s) of Registered Holder(s) or Authorized Signatory

Area Code and Telephone Number: ______________________________________________

         The above lines must be signed by the registered holder(s) of Old Notes
as their name(s)  appear(s) on the Old Notes or, if tendered by a participant in
DTC, exactly as such  participant's  name appears on a security position listing
as the owner of the Old Notes or by person(s)  authorized  to become  registered
holder(s) by properly  executed bond power and other documents  transmitted with
this Letter of  Transmittal.  If Old Notes to which this  Letter of  Transmittal
relates are held of record by two or more joint  holders,  then all such holders
must sign this Letter of  Transmittal.  If signature is by a trustee,  executor,
administrator,  guardian,  attorney-in-fact,  officer of a corporation  or other
person acting in a fiduciary or  representative  capacity,  such person must (i)
set forth his or her full title  below and (ii)  unless  waived by the  Company,
submit  evidence  satisfactory  to the Company of such person's  authority so to
act. See  Instruction 3 regarding the  completion of this Letter of  Transmittal
printed below.

         If the signature appearing above is not the registered Holder(s) of the
Old Notes, then the registered Holder must sign a valid proxy.

Name(s):_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________
                                 (Please Print)

Capacity (full title):_________________________________________________________

Address:_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________
                               (Include Zip Code)

                            GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)
                        (If required - See Instruction 3)

Authorized Signature:__________________________________________________________

Name:__________________________________________________________________________
                                 (Please Print)

Name of Firm:__________________________________________________________________

Address:_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________
                               (Include Zip Code)

Title:_________________________________________________________________________

Area Code and Telephone No.:___________________________________________________

Dated:_________________________________________________________________________

                                  INSTRUCTIONS
<PAGE>
                                        8

                    FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                              OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

         1. Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal  and Old Notes.  The tendered
Old Notes (or a confirmation of a book-entry  transfer into the Exchange Agent's
account at DTC of all Old Notes delivered electronically), as well as a properly
completed  and duly  executed  copy of this Letter of  Transmittal  or facsimile
hereof and any other documents  required by this Letter of Transmittal,  must be
received by the  Exchange  Agent at its address set forth  herein  prior to 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration  Date. The method of delivery of the
tendered Old Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required  documents
to the Exchange  Agent is at the election and risk of the Holder and,  except as
otherwise  provided  below,  the delivery will be deemed made only when actually
received by the Exchange  Agent.  Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended
that the  Holder  use an  overnight  or hand  delivery  service.  In all  cases,
sufficient  time  should be  allowed  to assure  timely  delivery.  No Letter of
Transmittal or Old Notes should be sent to the Company.

         Holders who wish to tender  their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are
not  immediately  available,  or (ii) who cannot  deliver their Old Notes,  this
Letter of Transmittal  or any other  documents  required  hereby to the Exchange
Agent  prior to 5:00 p.m.,  New York City time,  on the  Expiration  Date,  must
tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth
in the Prospectus.  Pursuant to such procedures: (i) such tender must be made by
or through a member firm of a registered  national securities exchange or of the
National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc., or a commercial bank or trust
company having an office or  correspondent  in the United States or an "eligible
guarantor  institution" (an "Eligible  Institution")  within the meaning of Rule
17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; (ii) prior to the
Expiration  Date,  the  Exchange  Agent  must have  received  from the  Eligible
Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
(by facsimile  transmission,  mail or hand delivery)  setting forth the name and
address  of the Holder of the Old Notes,  the  certificate  number or numbers of
such Old Notes and the principal amount of Old Notes tendered,  stating that the
tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing  that,  within three business days
after the  Expiration  Date,  this Letter of Transmittal  (or facsimile  hereof)
together  with the Old  Notes  (or a  confirmation  of  electronic  delivery  of
book-entry  delivery  into the  Exchange  Agent's  account at DTC) and any other
required  documents  will be  deposited  by the  Eligible  Institution  with the
Exchange  Agent;  and (iii)  such  properly  completed  and  executed  Letter of
Transmittal (or facsimile  hereof),  as well as all other documents  required by
this  Letter of  Transmittal  and all  tendered  Old  Notes in  proper  form for
transfer (or a confirmation of electronic  delivery of book-entry  delivery into
the Exchange  Agent's  account at DTC),  must be received by the Exchange  Agent
within three  business days after the  Expiration  Date,  all as provided in the
Prospectus  under  the  caption  "The  Exchange  Offer  --  Guaranteed  Delivery
Procedures."  Any  Holder of Old Notes who wishes to tender his or her Old Notes
pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures  described above must ensure that
the Exchange  Agent  receives the Notice of  Guaranteed  Delivery  prior to 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration  Date.  Upon request of the Exchange
Agent,  a Notice of  Guaranteed  Delivery  will be sent to  Holders  who wish to
tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth
above.

         All questions as to the validity,  form, eligibility (including time of
receipt) and  acceptance  of tendered Old Notes and  withdrawal  of tendered Old
Notes  will  be  determined  by  the  Company  in  its  sole  discretion,  which
determination will be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right
to  reject  any and all Old  Notes not  properly  tendered  or any Old Notes the
Company's  acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for the Company,
be  unlawful.  The  Company  also  reserves  the right to waive any  defects  or
irregularities  or  conditions  of  tender  as  to  the  Exchange  Offer  and/or
particular Old Notes. The Company's  interpretation  of the terms and conditions
of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions in this Letter of Transmittal)
shall be final and  binding  on all  parties.  Unless  waived,  any  defects  or
irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes must be cured within such
time as the Company shall determine. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor
any other  person  shall be under any duty to give  notification  of  defects or
irregularities with respect to tenders of Old Notes, nor shall any of them incur
any liability for failure to give such  notification.  Tenders of Old Notes will
not be deemed to have been made until such defects or  irregularities  have been
cured or  waived.  Any Old Notes  received  by the  Exchange  Agent that are not
validly  tendered  and as to which the defects or  irregularities  have not been
cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering  Holders
of Old Notes,  unless otherwise provided in this Letter of Transmittal,  as soon
as practicable following the Expiration Date.

         2.  Partial  Tenders.  Tenders  of Old Notes will be  accepted  only in
denominations  of $1,000 and any integral  multiples in excess thereof.  If less
than the entire  principal  amount of any Old Notes is tendered,  the  tendering
Holder should fill in the principal  amount tendered in the fourth column of the
box  entitled  "Description  of 9 7/8% Senior  Subordinated  Notes Due 2007 (Old
Notes)"  above.  The  entire  principal  amount  of Old Notes  delivered  to the
Exchange Agent will be
<PAGE>
                                        9

deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. If the entire principal
amount of all Old Notes is not tendered, then Old Notes for the principal amount
of Old Notes not tendered and the New Notes issued in exchange for any Old Notes
accepted will be sent to the Holder at his or her registered  address,  unless a
different  address  is  provided  in the  appropriate  box  on  this  Letter  of
Transmittal, promptly after the Old Notes are accepted for exchange.

         3.   Signatures  on  the  Letter  of   Transmittal;   Bond  Powers  and
Endorsements;  Guarantee  of  Signatures.  If this  Letter  of  Transmittal  (or
facsimile  hereof) is signed by the record  Holder(s) of the Old Notes  tendered
hereby, the signature must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of
the Old Notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

         If this Letter of  Transmittal  (or facsimile  hereof) is signed by the
registered  Holder or Holders of Old Notes  tendered and the New Notes issued in
exchange  therefor are to be issued (or any untendered  principal  amount of Old
Notes is to be reissued) to the registered  Holder, the said Holder need not and
should not endorse any tendered Old Notes, nor provide a separate bond power.

         If this  Letter of  Transmittal  (or  facsimile  hereof) is signed by a
person other than the registered Holder or Holders of any Old Notes listed, such
Old Notes must be endorsed or accompanied  by appropriate  bond powers signed as
the name of the registered Holder or Holders appears on the Old Notes.

         If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) or any Old Notes or
bond  powers  are  signed by  trustees,  executors,  administrators,  guardians,
attorneys-in-fact or officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or
representative  capacity,  such persons  should so indicate when  signing,  and,
unless  waived by the  Company,  evidence  satisfactory  to the Company of their
authority so to act must be submitted with this Letter of Transmittal.

         Endorsements on Old Notes or signatures on bond powers required by this
Instruction 3 must be guaranteed by an Eligible  Institution  participating in a
recognized medallion signature guarantee program.

         Except as otherwise  provided  below,  all signatures on this Letter of
Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) must be guaranteed by an Eligible  Institution
participating in a recognized medallion signature guarantee program.  Signatures
on this  Letter of  Transmittal  need not be  guaranteed  if (i) this  Letter of
Transmittal  is signed by the  registered  Holder(s)  of the Old Notes  tendered
herewith  (including  any  participant  in DTC whose name  appears on a security
position  listing  as the  owner  of Old  Notes)  and  such  Holder(s)  have not
completed the box set forth herein entitled "Special  Payments  Instructions" or
the box  entitled  "Special  Delivery  Instructions"  or (ii) such Old Notes are
tendered for the account of an Eligible Institution.

         4. Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions. Tendering Holders should
indicate,  in the  applicable  box or boxes,  the name and  address to which New
Notes or substitute Old Notes for principal amounts not tendered or not accepted
for exchange are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of
the person signing this Letter of  Transmittal  (or in the case of tender of the
Old Notes  through  DTC, if  different  from DTC).  In the case of issuance in a
different  name, the taxpayer  identification  or social  security number of the
person named must also be indicated.

         5. Tax  Identification  Number.  Federal income tax law requires that a
Holder  whose  offered Old Notes are  accepted  for  exchange  must  provide the
Company (as payor) with his, her or its correct Taxpayer  Identification  Number
("TIN"), which, in the case of an exchanging Holder who is an individual, is his
or her social security  number.  If the Company is not provided with the correct
TIN or an  adequate  basis for  exemption,  such  Holder may be subject to a $50
penalty  imposed by the  Internal  Revenue  Service  (the  "IRS").  In addition,
delivery to such Holder of New Notes may be subject to backup  withholding in an
amount equal to 31% of the gross proceeds  resulting from the Exchange Offer. If
withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained. Exempt
Holders   (including,   among  others,  all  corporations  and  certain  foreign
individuals)  are  not  subject  to  these  backup   withholding  and  reporting
requirements.

         To prevent backup withholding, each exchanging Holder must provide his,
her or its correct TIN by completing the Substitute Form W-9 enclosed  herewith,
certifying  that the TIN  provided is correct (or that such Holder is awaiting a
TIN) and that either (i) the Holder is exempt from backup withholding,  (ii) the
Holder has not been  notified by the IRS that he, she or it is subject to backup
withholding  as a result of a failure to report all  interest or  dividends,  or
(iii) the IRS has notified the Holder that he, she or it is no longer subject to
backup  withholding.  In order to  satisfy  the  Exchange  Agent  that a foreign
individual qualifies as an exempt recipient, such Holder must submit a statement
signed under penalty of perjury attesting to such exempt status. Such statements
may be obtained from the Exchange  Agent.  If the Old Notes are in more than one
name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the Substitute Form W-9
for
<PAGE>
                                       10

information  on  which  TIN to  report.  If you do not  provide  your TIN to the
Company  within 60 days,  backup  withholding  will begin and continue until you
furnish your TIN to the Company.

         6. Transfer  Taxes.  The Company will pay all transfer  taxes,  if any,
applicable  to the  exchange of Old Notes  pursuant to the Exchange  Offer.  If,
however,  New Notes or Old Notes for principal  amounts not tendered or accepted
for exchange are to be delivered  to, or are to be  registered  or issued in the
name of, any person other than the  registered  Holder of the Old Notes tendered
hereby,  or if tendered Old Notes are registered in the name of any person other
than the person  signing  this Letter of  Transmittal,  or if a transfer  tax is
imposed  for any reason  other than the  exchange  of Old Notes  pursuant to the
Exchange Offer,  then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether  imposed on
the  registered  Holder or on any other person) will be payable by the tendering
Holder.

         Except as provided in this  Instruction 6, it will not be necessary for
transfer  tax  stamps to be affixed  to the Old Notes  listed in this  Letter of
Transmittal.

         7. Waiver of  Conditions.  The Company  reserves the absolute  right to
amend, waive or modify specified conditions in the Exchange Offer in the case of
any Old Notes tendered.

         8. Mutilated,  Lost Stolen or Destroyed Old Notes. Any tendering Holder
whose Old Notes have been mutilated,  lost,  stolen or destroyed  should contact
the Exchange Agent at the address indicated herein for further instructions.

         9. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies. Questions and requests
for  assistance  and requests for  additional  copies of the  Prospectus or this
Letter of  Transmittal  may be  directed  to the  Exchange  Agent at the address
specified  above. The telephone number for the Exchange Agent is [ ] Holders may
also contact [ ], telephone  number:  [ ], or their broker,  dealer,  commercial
bank,  trust company or other  nominee for  assistance  concerning  the Exchange
Offer.



<PAGE>
                                       11


                          (DO NOT WRITE IN SPACE BELOW)

  Certificate                 Old Notes                       Old Notes
  Surrendered                  Tendered                        Accepted




Delivery Prepared By: ____________ Checked By: __________ Dated:______________

<PAGE>
                                       12
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                     PAYOR'S NAME: DESA International, Inc.
<S>                  <C>                                                    <C>

                      PART I -- PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE
   SUBSTITUTE         BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND                ____________________________
    Form W-9          DATING BELOW                                              Social Security Number

                                                                                          OR

                                                                            ______________________________
                                                                            Employer Identification Number

                      PART II -- Certification--Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:
 Department of
  the Treasury        (1)      The number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am waiting for
Internal Revenue               a number to be issued to me), and
    Service
                      (2)      I am not subject to backup withholding because (i) I am exempt from backup withholding, (ii) I have
                               not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") that I am subject to backup withholding as
                               a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends,  or (iii) the IRS has notified
                               me that I am no  longer  subject  to  backup  withholding.


                      Certification Instructions--You must cross out item (2) in Part II above  if you
Payer's Request       have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding
  for Taxpayer        because of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return.  However, if
 Identification       after being  notified by the IRS that you were  subject to
  Number (TIN)        backup  withholding you  received another  notification  from
                      the IRS that you are no longer subject to                                       PART III
                      backup withholding, do not cross out item (2).
                                                                                            Awaiting TIN |_|
                      Signature:__________________________________  Date:_________
                      Name (Please Print):________________________________________
</TABLE>

         NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 MAY RESULT
IN BACKUP  WITHHOLDING  OF 31% OF ANY PAYMENTS  MADE TO YOU.  PLEASE  REVIEW THE
ENCLOSED  GUIDELINES  FOR  CERTIFICATION  OF TAXPAYER  IDENTIFICATION  NUMBER ON
SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.

                   YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE
           IF YOU CHECKED THE BOX IN PART III OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.


             CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

         I certify  under  penalties of perjury  that a taxpayer  identification
number has not been issued to me, and either (i) I have mailed or  delivered  an
application  to  receive a  taxpayer  identification  number to the  appropriate
Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (ii)
I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that
if I do not provide a taxpayer  identification number within 60 days, 31% of all
reportable  payments  made to me thereafter  will be withheld  until I provide a
number.

  -------------------------------------   -----------------------------
                 Signature                             Date
  -------------------------------------
            Name (Please Print)



                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.2

                      FORM OF NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
                                       FOR
                    9 7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007
                                       OF
                            DESA INTERNATIONAL, INC.


         As set forth in the Prospectus, dated April __, 1998 (the "Prospectus")
of DESA  International,  Inc. (the  "Company")  and the  accompanying  Letter of
Transmittal and instructions thereto (the "Letter of Transmittal"), this form or
one  substantially  equivalent  hereto  must  be used to  accept  the  Company's
exchange offer (the "Exchange  Offer") to purchase all of its outstanding 9 7/8%
Senior  Subordinated  Notes  Due 2007  (the  "Old  Notes")  if (i)  certificates
representing  the Old Notes to be tendered for purchase and payment are not lost
but are not  immediately  available,  (ii) time will not  permit  the  Letter of
Transmittal,   certificates  representing  such  Old  Notes  or  other  required
documents to reach the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration  Date or (iii) the
procedures for book-entry  transfer  cannot be completed prior to the Expiration
Date.  This form may be  delivered  by an Eligible  Institution  by mail or hand
delivery or transmitted, via telegram, telex or facsimile, to the Exchange Agent
as set forth below.  All  capitalized  terms used herein but not defined  herein
shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

         THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON [ ]
UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION  DATE").  TENDERS OF OLD NOTES MAY
BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M. ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.


                  The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:

                               MARINE MIDLAND BANK



      By Mail, By Overnight Courier                     By Facsimile:
               or By Hand:                    (For Eligible Institutions Only)
           Marine Midland Bank                         (212) 658-2292
          140 Broadway, Level A
      New York, New York 10005-1180                 Confirm by Telephone:
 Attention:  Corporate Trust Operations                (212) 658-5931

                              For Information Call:
                                 (800) 662-9844


         DELIVERY  OF  THIS  INSTRUMENT  TO  AN  ADDRESS,  OR  TRANSMISSION  VIA
TELEGRAM, TELEX OR FACSIMILE,  OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE
A VALID DELIVERY.

         This form is not to be used to guarantee signatures.  If a signature on
the  Letter  of  Transmittal  is  required  to be  guaranteed  by  an  "Eligible
Institution" participating in a recognized medallion signature guarantee program
under the  instruction  thereto,  such  signature  guarantee  must appear in the
applicable space provided in the signature box on the Letter of Transmittal.



<PAGE>
                                       -2-


To:  The Bank of New York

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         The  undersigned  hereby  tender(s) to the Company,  upon the terms and
subject  to the  conditions  set forth in the  Exchange  Offer and the Letter of
Transmittal,  receipt of which is hereby  acknowledged,  the aggregate principal
amount  of Old  Notes  set  forth  below  pursuant  to the  guaranteed  delivery
procedures set forth in the Prospectus.

         The undersigned  understands  that tenders of Old Notes pursuant to the
Exchange  Offer may not be withdrawn  after 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the
Expiration  Date.  Tenders of Old Notes may also be  withdrawn  if the  Exchange
Offer is terminated without any such Old Notes being purchased  thereunder or as
otherwise provided in the Prospectus.

         All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Notice
of Guaranteed  Delivery shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned
and every obligation of the undersigned under this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
shall  be  binding  upon  the  heirs,   personal   representatives,   executors,
administrators,  successors,  assigns,  trustees in  bankruptcy  and other legal
representatives of the undersigned.

                                             PLEASE SIGN AND COMPLETE

Signature(s) of Registered Owner(s) or        Names(s) of Registered Holder(s):
Authorized Signatory:
_________________________________             _________________________________
_________________________________             _________________________________
_________________________________             _________________________________

Aggregate Principal Amount of Old             Address:
Notes Tendered:
_________________________________             _________________________________
_________________________________             _________________________________
_________________________________             _________________________________
                                                       Area Code and
Certificate No(s) of Old Notes                Telephone No.:_________________
(if available):
                                              If Old Notes will be delivered by
_________________________________             book-entry transfer at
_________________________________             The Depository Trust Company,
_________________________________             Insert DTC Book-entry Account
Date:____________________________            No.:__________________________

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be signed by the registered holder(s) of
Old Notes exactly as its (their) name(s) appear on  certificates  for Old Notes,
or by person(s)  authorized to become  registered  holder(s) by endorsements and
documents  transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.  If signature is
by a trustee, executor, administrator,  guardian,  attorney-in-fact,  officer or
other person acting in a fiduciary or representative  capacity, such person must
provide the following information.

                      Please print name(s) and address(es)

Name(s):___________________________________

Capacity: _________________________________

Address(es):_______________________________

<PAGE>

                                       -3-

DO NOT SEND OLD NOTES WITH THIS FORM. NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT
TOGETHER WITH A PROPERLY COMPLETED AND DULY EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

                                    GUARANTEE
                    (NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)

         The  undersigned,  a member firm of a  registered  national  securities
exchange  or of the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  or a
commercial  bank or trust  company  having an office or a  correspondent  in the
United  States,  hereby (a)  represents  that each  holder of Old Notes on whose
behalf this tender is being made  "own(s)" the Old Notes  covered  hereby within
the meaning of Rule 14e-4 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
(b) represents that such tender of Notes complies with such Rule 14e-4,  and (c)
guarantees that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days from the date
of this Notice of Guaranteed  Delivery,  a properly  completed and duly executed
Letter of  Transmittal  (or a facsimile  thereof),  together  with  certificates
representing  the Old  Notes  covered  hereby in proper  form for  transfer  (or
confirmation  of the  book-entry  transfer  of such Old Notes into the  Exchange
Agent's account at The Depository  Trust Company,  pursuant to the procedure for
book-entry  transfer set forth in the Prospectus) and required documents will be
deposited by the undersigned with the Exchange Agent.

         THE  UNDERSIGNED  ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT  IT MUST  DELIVER  THE  LETTER  OF
TRANSMITTAL  AND OLD NOTES TENDERED HEREBY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITHIN THE TIME
PERIOD SET FORTH ABOVE AND THAT FAILURE TO DO SO COULD RESULT IN FINANCIAL  LOSS
TO THE UNDERSIGNED.

Name of Firm:_________________________         _________________________________
                                                        Authorized Signature
Address:______________________________         Name:___________________________
______________________________________
                                               Title:___________________________
Area Code and Telephone No.:                   Date:____________________________
______________________________________



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission